^

THE

INDIAN CALENDAR

THE

INDIAN CALENDAR
WITH TABLES FOR THE CONVERSION OF HINDU AND
MUHAMMADAN INTO A.D. DATES, AND VICE VERSA

ROBERT SEWELL
Late of

Her

Majesty's

Indian

Civil Service,

SANKARA BALKRISHNA DIKSHIT

Traitiing College, Poona.

WITH TABLES OF ECLIPSES VISIBLE

BY

Dr.

ROBERT SCHRAM
Of

Vienna.

LONDON

SWAN SONNENSCHEIN

&

Paternoster Square

Co.,

Ltd.

IN

INDIA

^ENTlt.'X

Printed al the Motley J^ess, Amsterdam.

PREFACE.
This Volume
of Indian

Government

many

and

only of those engaged

of Indian

history,

Documents bearing dates

prior

of great

abound,

antiquity,

and verifying the authenticity of these

is

it

the decypherment

to those given in
title

any existing

and since

forgeries,

necessary to have at hand means for testing

Within the

exhibits.

in

but also of Judicial Courts and

produced before Courts of Justice as evidence of

often

of them

use, not

the

for

compilation

the

India.

in

Ofifices

almanack are

designed

is

inscriptions

last ten

years

much

light

has been

thrown on the subject of the Indian methods of time-reckoning by the pubHcations of Professor
Jacobi, Dr. Schram, Professor Kielhorn, Dr. Fleet, Pandit

but these, having appeared only

India.

The Government

Tables

for

in scientific periodicals,

of Madras, therefore, desiring to have a

ready reference, requested

was widened, and

Sahkara Balkrishna Dikshit, and others

are not readily accessible to officials in

in its present

me

shape

summary

of the subject with

to undertake the work. In process of time the

it

embraces the whole of

capacity the recognition of the Secretary of State for India. Besides containing a

Indian

of the

system, with the necessary tables, the volume

chronological

me by

of Tables of Eclipses most kindly sent to

In

the

from

assistance

whom

earher stages of
Dr.

Burgess

J.

desire to express

my

my

labours

(late

mainly

his,

but

have

Tables XIV. and

it

now

Schram of Vienna.

After completing a large part of the calculations

is

to

added

I.,

and drawing up the draft of an introductory

complete the work as joint authors. The introductory treatise

to

it

several explanatory paragraphs,

XV. were prepared by Mr.

T. Lakshmiah Naidu of Madras.

impossible to over-estimate the value of the work done

for the first

time easy for anyone to ascertain the incidence,

cause of science,

amongst others those

phenomena.

solar eclipse occurring in India during the past

in the

explanation

Director-General of the Arch.-eological Survey of India) to

sincere thanks.

we agreed

relating to astronomical

It

full

enriched by a set

entered into correspondence with Mr. Sankara Balkrishna Dikshit, with the result that,

after^a short interval,

is

is

had the advantage of receiving much support and

necessary for determining the elements of Table

treatise,

Dr. Robert

scheme

British India, receiving in that

cannot neglect

this

by Dr. Schram, which renders

in

1600 years, but while thus

time and place, of every

briefly noting his services

opportunity of expressing to him

kindness to myself.

S38499

my gratitude

for his

my warm

must also tender

Astronomy

Professor of

at

thanks for

much

invaluable help to Mr.

11. 11.

Turner, Savilian

Oxford, to Professor Kiclhorn, CLE., of Gottingen, and to Professor

Jacobi.

The Tables have been

on

No

for accuracy.

tested

and

and we believe

re-tested,

that they

may be

safely relied

pains have been spared to secure this object.

R.

SEWELL.

II.

was only

It

had

Table

in

September, 1893, that

made much

already

progress

became acquainted with Mr. R.

of Table

idea then occurred to

me

by

that

full,

tithis

be

and karana

for

sankranti

for

determined.

moment

M.

of

proceeded to work out the

therefore

and

examples

calculation

Largeteau,

My

the

for

but

given

is

we have

calculation

Sewell

all luni-

any day of any year; and again, that by giving the exact moment of the Mesha

the foundation on which

(Mr.

of the beginning and end of

each solar year the exact European equivalent

I

rules

and 25

days of the luni-solar years,

for the initial

but also the beginning and ending moments of the nakshatra, yoga,

calculated,

exact

in

Mesha

sankrantis,

and then

of the required dates, for this purpose

suit

my

methods.

Full explanation of the

general scheme was originally propounded by

have formed

built.

moments

the

worked out the true

of

Mesha

intercalations),

my

were carried out by simple methods of

own.

sankrantis, of

much of

Text.

in the

intercalations of

months

Mr. Sewell had prepared the rough draft of

Muhammadan

now embodied

mean

and of the samvatsaras of the cycle of Jupiter

a treatise giving an account of the Hindu and

the information

every solar date could also be

to thank Professor Jacobi for his publications which

we have

for

The

the Text.

for

details for the

calculation

extending and modifying Professor Jacobi's Tables to

mode

Sewell, after he

the principal articles of

and by adding some of Professor Jacobi's Tables published

the Indian Antiquary, not only could the exact

framed

for

inserting the a, h, c figures (cols. 23, 24,

which Mr. Sewell had already worked out

I.)

but had not proposed to print in

solar

necessary

calculations

of this work, and had almost finished a large portion of them.

I.

The

in

the

in

But

systems of reckoning, and collecting

found

it

necessary to re-write

this,

and to add a quantity of new matter.

I

am

scholars,

any

or

responsible for

which

difference

differs

of opinion

information given in this work which

all

from

that

generally

seems possible are printed

are not, of course, fully discussed as this

Every precaution has been taken

may have

crept

in,

received

as well as

all

is

in

by them.
footnotes,

is

new

either

to

European

All points regarding which

and not

in

the Text.

They

not a controversial work.

to

avoid error, but

all

corrections of mistakes which

suggestions for improvement in the future,

will

be gladly and

thankfully received.
S.

BALKRISHNA DIKSHIT.

TABLE OF CONTENTS.
PART

I.

The Hindu Calendar.

Art.

I.

Introductory

and

Elciitents

Art.

4.

5.

,,

6.

Definitions.

The panchahga
The vara, or week day
Days of the week
Time divisions

2
2

2
2

Subdivisions of the day

7.

8.

The
The
The
The
The

amavasya, purnima

tithi,

nakshatra

yoga

9.

,,

10.

II.

12.

13.

Lunar months
Amanta and purnimanta systems

,,

14.

Luni-solar

15.

16.

The solar year, tropical, sidereal, and anomalistic

The Kalpa. Mahayuga. Yuga. Julian Period

Siddlianta year-measurement

,,

17.

8.

karana

paksha

20.

,,

21.

Siddhantas now used

for the

same

a7id other Astronomical Works.

Siddhantas, Karanas, bija, Hindu schools of astronomers

Note on the Siddhantas, and their authors and dates
Authorities at present accepted by Hindus

...

....

Further

details.

,,

23.

,,

24.

Length of months

,,

25.

,,

26.

Adhika masas. Calendar used

True and mean sankrantis. Sodhya

Indian Zodiac,
Sankrantis.

rasi,

Names

7
7

Contents of the Pahchaiiga.

The
The

Art. 22.

month names

The Siddhantas
Art. 19.

4
4

ariisa

given to solar months

Duration of solar months.

.10
Table

10
il
11

TABLE OF CONTENTS.
Page

Art. 28.

The beginning of a solar month

Rule I. (a) The midnight Rule (Bengal).
1. (li)
The any-time Rule (Orissa).
II. (a) The sunset Rule (Tamil).
II. (l>) The afternoon Rule (Malabar).

12

,,

29.

Paiichangs, tithis

13

30.

Extract from an actual pafichanga

13

31.

Correspondence of

The Ahargana

16
tithis

and

days

solar

16

Performance of religious ceremonies, sraddhas, vratas

32.

34.

35.

36.

Adhika and kshaya tithis

Variation on account of longitude
Examples of the same
True and mean time
Mean sun, mean moon, true and mean

37.

Basis of calculation for the Tables

38.

Nakshatras

Elements

17

17

18
19

19
sunrise

19

20

20

of uncertainty

21

Equal and unequal space systems.

Yoga-taras.

Garga and Brahma

Siddlianta systems
Table.

21

Longitude of Ending-points of Nakshatras

22

,,

39.

Auspicious Yogas

40.

Karanas

23

,,

40fl.

Eclipses

23

41

22

Note by Professor Jacobi

names

Oppolzer's Canon.

Lunar months and

23

their

24

Season-names, star-names

44.

42

,,

45.

Modern names

of,

24

derived from the nakshatras

24

Table shewing this derivation

Adhika and kshaya masas.

25

Rules

25

26

Table
,,

46.

Their names.

,,

47.

Their determination according to true and mean systems

Change of

Rules
practice about

A.U.

100

....

..........

Bhaskaracharya

Sripati.

48.

Rules given

49.

Different

,,

50.

Some

,,

51.

Intercalation of

52.

The Hindu New Year's Day in solar and

When the first month is intercalary

in

results

another form

by

different

27
28
28

Siddkantas

peculiarities in the occurrence of

26
27

29

adhika and kshaya masas

months by purnimiinta scheme

29

30

Years and Cycles.

Differs in different tracts

,,

53.

The

si.\ty-year cycle of Jupiter

luni-solar

reckoning

31

32
32
32

TABLE OF CONTENTS.
Page

Art. 54

56

55.

Kshaya samvatsaras

33

57.

Variations in expunction of samvatsaras

33

Jyotislia-tattva

58.

To

,,

59.

Rules for the same

find the current

(a)
(b)
(c)

By
By
By

33

Rule

34

samvatsara

34
34
34

the Siirya Siddhanta

the

Arya Siddhhita

35

the Siirya Siddhanta with the bija

60.

Brihatsamhita and Jyotishatattva Rules

authorities.
List of Expunged Samvatsaras by different

61.

Earliest

35

(d)

use of Jupiter's cycle

southern (luni-solar) sixty-year cycle

62.

63.

The
The twelve-year

64.

The

Two

kinds of

36
30

cycle of Jupiter

37

Do

37

Graha-paravritti

and Onko cycles

PART

37

II.

The Various
Art. 65.

Table

Eras.

General remarks

66.

Importation of eras into different tracts

,.

67.

Examples of

68.

69.

70.

Eras differently treated by the same author

Only one safe deduction
Explanation
Current and expired years.

71.

Description

Do

of the several eras

The Kali-Yuga
The Saptarshi Kala Era
The Vikrama Era
The Christian Era
The Saka Era
The Chedi or Kalachuri Era
The Gupta Era
The Valabhi Era
The Bengali San
The Vilayati Year
The Amli Era of Orissa
The Fasali Year
The Luni-solar Fasali Year
The Mahratta Sur San, or Shahur San
The Harsha Kala
The Magi San
The Kollam Era, or Era of Parasurama
The Nevar Era
The Chalukya Era
The Siiiiha Samvat

39
39

39
39
4

4
4
4
4i
4i

42
42
42

43
43
43
43
43

44
44
45
45
^^
45
^5

46
46

TAHI.E OK CONTENTS.
I'age

Art.

The Lakshmana Sena Era

The Ilahi Era
The Mahratta Raja Saka Era
Names of Hindi and N. W. Fasali months

72.

PART

46
46
47

47

III.

Description and Explanation of the Tables.

Art.

73

102.

Table

I.

(general)

"Lunation-parts" or "tithi indices", or"/."

Art. 80.
81.

Relation of " tithi-index " and "tithi-part"

82.

To

83

explained

47
49

....

50

convert "/. " into solar time

Lunar conditions

86.

requisite

50
for

tlie

intercalation or

suppression of a month

50

adopting tithi-index notation

87.

Reasons

90.

Method
months

91.

Plan of work adopted for Table

96.

Moments of Mesha-sankranti

for

for arriving at correct intercalated

51

and suppressed
S52

differ

according to Ar_ya and

Surya Siddliantas
Table shewing difference

102.

a, b,

c,

(cols.

Table

II.,

Parts

i.

and

months, and of months

104.

Table

II.,

Part

iii.

ii.

55

24, 25) fully explained

Increase of a,

Table.
103.

23,

54

b, c. in

56

a year and in a day

Correspondence ofamantaand purnimanta

in different eras

Do. of years of

57

different eras

58

Rules for conversion of a year of one era into that of another

(Collective duration of months)

105.

Table

106.

Tables IV.,

III.

V. {w.

a, b. c for

every day

in

no.

a year, and for hours

59

60
60

Tables VI., VII. (Lunar and solar equations of the centre

Equation of the centre explained

III.

62

Tables VIII., VIIlA., VIIlB

112 117.

58

59

and minutes)
107

57

Tables IX. to

XVI

G2

PART

IV.

Use of the Tables.

Art. 118.

119.

'

120.

121.

..

Purposes

To
To
To

for

which the Tables

may

be used

find the

corresponding year and month of other eras

find the

samvatsara

62

...

63
63

added or suppressed month

122- -129. To convert a Hindu date into a date A.D. and vice versa
By methods A, B, or C
131- -133. To find the nakshatra, yoga, and karana current on any date
Explanation of work for nakshatras and yogas
To convert a solar date into a luni-solar date, and vice versa
'34find the

63
63
63

64

64
65

TABLE 0 CONTENTS.
Page

Art. 135

136.

Details for

Art.

(a)

135.

(b)

(a)

136.

(b)

137

138.

Details for

Art.

(a)

137.

work by Method A
Conversion of a Hindu solar date into a date A. D.
Do. of a date A.D. into a Hindu solar date
Do. of a Hindu luni-solar date into a date A.D.
Do. of a date A.D. into a Hindu luni-solar date
work by Method B
Conversion of Hindu dates into dates A.D.
.

(a) Luni-solar Dates

(d)

138.

Solar Dates

(aj Luni-solar

142.

clue

for finding

or

expunged

144.

To

find the

145.

Do. of

moment

76
77
luni-solar dates into dates

when a

tithi

A.D.

of the ending of a

tithi

...

(b)

Conversion of Hindu solar dates into dates A.D.

150.

(c)

Conversion

dates

into

A.D. of

tithis

A.D. into Hindu luni-solar dates

Conversion of dates A.D. into Hindu solar dates
Determination of Karanas

(d) Conversion of dates

152.

(e)

153.

(f)

156.

(G)

159. (h)

Do. of Nakshatras
Do. of Yogas

160.

Verification of Indian dates

Epoch of

89
90
93

96
97
97
98

V.

The Muhamtnadan
Art. 161.

86

which are

coupled with solar months

151.

PART

78
78
78

149.

(i)

77

probably repeated

is

beginning

its

69
69
70

75

Details for

,,

67
68

74

Dates

0) Solar Dates
work by Method C
Art. 139. (a) Conversion of Hindu

139160.

65

66

73

Conversion of dates A.D. into Hindu dates

(b)

65

Calendar.
loi

the Hijra

162.

Leap-years

163.
164.

The months. Table

A month begins with

165.

Occurrence of

102
the heliacal rising of the

moon

under certain conditions

this

caused

by

Difference

Days of the Week.

168.

Compensation

169.

Rules for conversion of a date A.H. into a date A.D.

170.

Rules for conversion of a date A.D. into a date A.H.

Dr. Burgess's Perpetual

for

103

Style in Europe

Muhammadan

102

103

Table

New

102
103

difference in longitude

166.

167.

in,

....

Calendar

103
.

104
105
/io6i

TABLE OF CONTENTS.
Page

Table

I.

II.

to

ciii

III.

cviii to ex.

V.

cxi.

VI.

cxii.

vir.

cxii.

VIII.
A.

VIII

B.

to cvi.

cvii.

IV.

VIII

cii.

cxiii.

cxiv.

cxiv, cxv.

IX.

cxvi, cxvii.

X.

cxviii.

XI.

cxix, cxx.

XII.

cxxi.

XIII.

cxxii.

XIV.

cxxiii.

XV.

cxxiv, cxxivrt.

XVI.

cxxv, cxxxvi.

APPENDIX.
Eclipses of the

Sun

in

India

by Dr. Robert Schram.

09 to 116.

Table

128 to 137.

B
C

139 to 148.

127.

138.

Additions and Corrections

Index

17 to

149 to 161.
.

163 to 169.

THE INDIAN CALENDAR.

PART

I.

THE HINDU CALENDAR.

In

1.

be applied.

any Indian date

converting
into

ii8 to 134 below are detailed the various uses to which this work may
speaking our chief objects are three; firstly, to provide simple methods for

articles

Briefly

or solar

luni-solar

faUing

between the years A.D. 300 and 1900

equivalent date A.D., and vice versa, and for finding the week-day corresponding to any

its

such date; secondly, to enable a speedy calculation to be

maining three of the

moment

yoga, and karana, at any

given

in

others

are

They

auxiliary.

given for securing the

we

re-

th& Jiakskatra,

treat.

first

are described in Part

which we have designed

of the
I.,

utmost

for the use of courts

simplicity,

no calculation

III.

Table

below.

I.

is

the principal Table,

Three separate methods are

of the above objects, and these are detailed in Part IV.

All these three methods are simple and easy, the

is

viz.,

of any given date during the same period, whether that date be

For securing these objects several Tables are given.

2.

Table

determination of the

for the

Indian or European style; and thirdly, to provide an easy process for the verification of

Indian dates falling in the period of which

the

made

elements of an Indian /rtr/^r?;>_fa (calendar),

five principal

consisting

whatever

and

first

two being remarkably

offices in India.

solely

the

in

being required.

use

The

first

method (A)

so,

and

it is

these

{Arts. 135, 136)

of an eye-table in conjunction with

The second (B) is a method for obtaining

137, 138) by the use of Tables I., III. and

by a very brief calculation [Arts.

by both these methods is often correct, and it is always within one or two days
of the truth, the latter rarely.
Standing by itself, that is, it can always, provided that the era
and the original bases of calculation of the given date are known, be depended on as being
within two days of the truth, and is often only one day out, while as often it is correct.
approximate

The

IX.

When

the

the above
1

results

result

week-day happens to
proviso,

can

See Art. 126 below.

be

mentioned

in

the given date

its

be fixed correctly by either of these methods.

equivalent, always under

^

The

third

method

(C)

THE INDIAN CALENDAR.

is

and

39 to

From

may be
reader

for this

concerns

to XI.

1.

when once studied

once begun by using Part IV. below, but the process

at

much more

is

The

The pancJidiiga.

4.

obtained by the use of Tables

perfectly simple and easy

the nature of the Indian calendar

if

chiefly

paiichaitga

in

use.

Definitiotts.

(calendar),

///.

of time-division,

elements

five

carefully explained

is

any other known system

intricate than

Elements and

(aiigas).

is

these results the nakshatra, yoga, and karana can be easily calculated.

intelligible to the

him beforehand,

more complicated

little

Calculation of a date

be more

will

and tlicugh a

60),

upde.'st^'jod.
3.

to

may be

melliod by vliich cntiiely correct results

{Arts.

that

which has
the

viz.,

vara,

{panchd) limbs

five

tithi,

nakshatra, yoga

and karana.
The vara or week-day. The natural or solar day is called a savana divasa in Hindu
5.
Astronomy. The days are named as in Europe after the sun, moon, and five principal planets,
and are called varus (week-days), seven of which compose the week, or cycle of varas. A vara
begins at sunrise. The week-days, with their serial numbers as used in this work and their
The more common names are given
various Sanskrit synonyms, are given in the following list.
'

The

in italics.

list

is

fairly

exhaustive but does not pretend to be absolutely

so.

Days of the Week.

Sunday.

1.

Adi,

Aditya, Ravi, Ahaskara, Arka, Aruna, Bhattaraka, Aharpati,

Bhaskara, Bradhna, Bhanu

2.

Monday.

3.

Tuesday.

J)(?;rt,

etc.

Abja, Chandramas, Chandra, Indu, Nishpati, Kshapakara,

4.
5.

Thursday.

6.

Friday.

Guru, Angirasa, Brihaspati, Dhishana, Suracharya, Vachaspati,

Sukra, Bhargava, Bhrigu, Daityaguru, Kavya, Usanas, Kavi.

Saturday.

Sani, Sauri, Manda.

7.

etc.

Mangala, Aiigaraka, Bhauma, Mahisuta, Rohitanga.

Wednesday. Budha, Baudha, Rauhineya, Saumya.

'

etc.

Time-Divisions.
6.

The Indian

time-divisions.

prativipala (sura)

is

60 prativipalas make
do.
60 vipalas
do.
60 palas
do.
60 ghatikas

The

subdivisions of a solar

day

(sa'i'ana

divasa) are as follow

equal to 0.006 of a second.

0.4 of a second.

vipala (para, kashtha-kala)

pala (vighati, vinadi)

ghatika (ghati, danda, nadi, nadika)

divasa (dina, vara, vasara)

24 seconds.

24 minutes.

solar day.

Again

of

It

10 vipalas

do.

6 pranas

do.

8i-cm

iilmiist

iTi-liiiii

thai

Ijotli

prana =. 4 seconds.
pala
sj^tciiisi

=
lind

24 seconds.

moon, the third of Mars, the fourth of Miiciirv, the

thi-

Thr word

In the Table, for conveuicnov of addition, Saturday

rar/i

is

to he affixed to eaeli

of these

ramiiKm origin
fifth

iu

is

The

(JhuUo'ii.

of Jupiter, thf sixth of

namea; 7J/7pi=Sun, Jiavir^ra

styled 0.

lirsl

\cuiiii,

^ Snuday

is

Ihi-

tin-

day of

till-

siiu,

sinnth of Solum

Ibe swoiul
[R.

S]

THE HINDU CALENDAR.

Tlic

7.

when

titlii,

longitudes

the

aDiavasya, purniind.
of the

sun

and

Tlic

moon

nionieiit

are

equal,

new moon,

of
is

or that point of time

called aniavasya

(lit.

the "dwelling

and moon). A titlii is the time occupied by the moon in increasing her
distance from the sun by 12 degrees; in other words, at the exact point of time when the moon
(whose apparent motion is much faster than that of the sun), moving eastwards from the sun
together"

of the sun

after the aniavasya, leaves the

or pratipad,

and so

sun behind by 12 degrees, the

with the

rest,

first

tithi,

which

is called/^-^/i'/rtf/ff

the complete synodic revolution of the

moon

or one

30 tithis for the 360 degrees. Since, however, the motions of the sun and
are always varying in speed ^ the length of a tithi constantly alters. The variations in the

lunation

moon

ends;

occupying

length of a

tithi

are as follow, according to

Hindu

calculations:

THE INDIAN CALENDAR.

The paksha. The next natural division of time greater than a solar day is the />tf/^.y//<7
or moon's fortnight. The fortnight during which the moon is waxing has several names,
the commonest of which are sukla or iwrt'^/^rt (lit. " bright ", that during which the period of the night
following sunset is illuminated in consequence of the moon being above the horizon). The fortnight
during which the moon is waning \s c-aA&<\ Tao?X con\mov\y krishna o\ baltula ox vady a (lit. " black",
"dark", or the fortnight during which the portion of the night following sunset is dark in consequence
of the moon being below the horizon). The first fortnight begins with the end of amavasya and lasts
up to the end of piirnima
the second lasts from the end of purnima to the end of amavasya.
The words "piarva" (former or first) and "apara" (latter or second) are sometimes used for
sukla and krishna respectively.
"Sudi" (or "sudi") is sometimes used for sukla, and "vadi" or
" badi " for krishna.
They are popular corruptions of the words " suddha " and " vadya " respectively.
12.
Lunar months. The next natural division of time is the lunation, or lunar month of
two lunar fortnights, viz., the period of time between two successive new or full moons. It is
called a chandra niasa, or lunar month, and is the time of the moon's synodic revolution.
The names of the lunar months will be found in Table II., Parts i. and ii., and Table III.,
col.
and a complete discussion on the luni-solar month system of the Hindus in Arts. 41
2,
(For the solar months sec Arts. 22 to 2^.)
to 5
Amanta and piirnimanta systems. Since either the amavasya or purnima, the new
13.
moon or the full moon, may be taken as the natural end of a lunar month, there are in use
By one, called the amanta system, a
in India two schemes of such beginning and ending.
month ends with the moment of amavasya or new moon by the other it ends with the purnima
The purnimanta scheme is now in
or full moon, and this latter is called a purnimanta month.
11.

a wing

(lit.

')

use in Northern India, and the amanta scheme in Southern India.

to

show
An

is

scheme was

that the purnimanta

apt

title.

The

full

moon

stauiis as it

also in use in at least

There

some

is

epigraphical evidence

parts

of Southern India

neve with the waxiu? half on oue side and the waning half on the other. The week

an arbitrary division.

The "synodic revolution" of the moon is the period during which

The period of her exact orbital revolution is called her

roughly 291/3 days.

the

of

because

about

two

best seen
sition at

revolution

days

sun

and

than

moon being

her

synodic

by the accompanying

then

revolution

figure,

to

Ml

plus

Ml

to

where ST

N.

"sidereal revolution".

series of her snccessive phases,

The term "synodic" was given

The sidereal revolution of the moon is less by

movement of the earth on the ecliptic. This will be
E the earth, C the ecliptic, M M' the moon. (A) the po-

in consequence of the forward

is

S the sun,

a fixed star,

one new moon, (B) the position at the next new moon. The circle
is

moon completes one

the

together in the heavens (</ " synod").

to

Ml

representing the sidereal revolution,

its

synodic

[R. S.]

57^-

Q-

ST
C. A.

528) gives the following as the length in days of the various lunations:

Vouug (^"General Jalroiiomi)", Edit, of 1889, p

Mean synodic month (new moon

Sidereal

to

new moon)

h.

m.

29

12

(equinox to equinox)

Anomalistic month

....

(perigee to perigee)

Nodical month (node to node)

...

.V.

41
43

27

43

4.68

27

13

18

37.44

27

85.SI

27

month

Tropical month

d.

2 684
ll..'i46

THE HINDU CALENDAR.

up

about

to

beginning of the

the

century A.D.

9'''

Marwar, have come to or have

originally from

The Marvadis

'

of Northern India who,

Southern India

settled in

still

arrangement of months and fortnights; and on the other hand the Dakhanis

common

the scheme of amanta fortnights and months

Lnni-solar

14.

correspond

with

the

motith

The general

7iames.

year

solar

which

in

The solar year

tropical, sidereal,

riod of the earth's orbital revolution,

course. In Indian astronomy this

The

the time during which the annual seasons complete their

i.e.,

generally called a varsha,

period during which the earth

same again

the

to

in

revolution round the sun passes from one equi-

its

called a tropical year.

is

any given part of the earth's surface.

equinoxes have a retrograde motion among the
to

the equinoxes. Its present annual rate

Again, the

which the earth

/'.

from

c.,

line of apsides

marks the return of the same

It

shorter than a sidereal year because the

is

which motion

stars,

1".5 in a year; and the period during

comes from one end of the apsides to the same again,

has an eastward motion of about

aphelion, or from perihelion to perihelion,

called

is

See Fleet's Corpus Inscrip. Indic, vol

Compare the note oa

This rate of annual precessioQ

p.

never become a matter for obseration,

mind

borne in

be

is

The anomaly

HI., Introduction,

that fixed by

we

p.

i8ooas2327' 55".63,and

79 note; Ind. Ant., XVII.,

it

modern European Astronomy, but since the

have, in dealing with

that almost all practical

degree, while the SHrya-Siddhdnta fixes

4

p.

141 /.

as

54" or

Hindu Astronomy,

Hindu works (Karatias)

guided by Hindu calculations alone.

from

Addenda

the earth, after completing

its

sidereal revolulion, has not arrived

eastwards.

Hence the year occupied

planet's

true anomaly

its

orbit. Its

subject

is

mean anomalij
no

to

is

variation

the angle

The equation
it

greatest

its

would occupy

of the

value
if

its

is

the

unit

The

360.

and

it

is

6.

at

its

may

its

centre

is

is

called the equation of the centre.

zero at perihelion

c,

the moon's

(Table

(C. A.
1.,

cols.

mean anomaly;

ecliptic slightly

ecliptic

still

and vei^

and equator,

i.e.,

si

iwly shifts

each side of the mean."

when

it

(C. A.

called the anomalistic year.

revolving radius vector.

and aphelion, and a maximum midway between them.

the sun's

position

It is

will begin to increase.

is

planet's velocity at different periods of

uniformly

Edit,

amount ahead

of 1889, p.
noon from

23, 24, 25) give a. the distance of the

its

perihelion

True ano/n.-^mean anom. \- equation of

mean anomaly; the two

among

computed that

p. 128.)

The angle
centre.

In the case of the

and behind, the position

125.)

the sun, expressed in lO.OOOths

last expressed in

lOOOths of the unit of

[R. S.]

this

is

at present about 24' less than

it

was 2000 years

ago,

diminution will continue for about 15,000 years, reducing

The whole change, according

Young, General Astronomy,

of,

tlie

the stars, thus altering the latitudes of the stars and the angle

the obliquity of the ecliptic. This obliquity

decreasing about half a second a year.

obliquity to 221/4,

new

motion between perihelion and aphelion uniform in time,

Young, General Astronomy.

c.

drawn from the

In the case in point,

perihelion because the apsidal point has shifted slightly

be the variations in the

which would be obtained were

motion were uniform.

360;

quite

old perihelion to the

respective equations of the centre are given in Tables VI. and VII.

"The

between the

the

of

the

nearly 1.55' for the present, the sun getting alternately that

Prof. Jacobi's, and our, a, 6,

of

from

velucity in other words the angle described by a

of

between the true and mean anomalies

sun

travelling

in

the actual angle as above whatever

must

sheet.)

perihelion, or an angle contained between a line

its

It

the annual precession at one minute, or -Lth of a

fix

(see Art. 160a. given in the

degrees,

of a planet is its angular distance

to be

exact occurrence of the equinoxes can

sun to the planet, called the radius vector, and a line drawn from the sun to the perihelion point of its orbit.

and

the obliquity of

is

4 on the moon's motion. [R. S]

therefore

an anomalistic year.

or the slightly varying relative position of the planes of the ecliptic and the equator.

Leverrier gives the obliquity in A.D. 1700 as 23 28' 43".22, in A.D.

1

called the precession of

is

of the year varies owing to various causes, one of which

length

the ecliptic,

It

about 5o".264.^

is

revolution round the sun

in its

aphelion to

The

shower of rain", or " measured by a

called a sidereal year.

is

"

tropic

season

"

lit.

during which the earth makes one revolution round the sun with reference to

period

the fixed stars,

The

list

".

rainy season

nox or

is

saiikranti

is to be
and succession see the Tables. (See Arts, ^i ^j^
and anomalistic. Next we come to the solar year, or pe-

Chaitra, and so on in succession. For the

15.

Mesha

the

occurs in each year,

or entrance of the sun into the sign of the zodiac Mesha, or Aries,
called

Northern India use

country.

of naming the lunar months so as to

rule

amanta month

the

that

is

own

in their

use their purniminta

in

to Lagrange, can never exceed about

1" 2' on

THE INDIAN CAIENDAR.

h.

THE HINDU CALENDAR.

be seen that the duration

will

It

the year in

of

approximates closely to the anomalistic year; and

In

some of these works

theoretically the year

It

18.

or

all

the above works except the

little

first

sidereal; in the case of some of the others

is

three

greater than that of the sidereal year.

it

cannot

be found how the calculations were

may, however, be stated roughly that the Hindu year is sidereal for the last 2000 years.
The year as given in each of the above works must have been in use somewhere

be said definitely what year

made.

is

another in India

of only three works

while

some period; but

at

none

in

is

to

it

at present, so far as our information goes, the year

use, viz., that of the present Siirya Siddha>ita,t\\G

in

is

meant

is

first

Arya Siddhanta.

and the Rajamfigahka.

The Siddhantas ami other astronomical

works; indeed

Many
know

almost necessary to do so for a thorough comprehension of the subject.

is

it

luor/cs.

not be out of place here to devote .some consideration to these various astronomical

It will

19.

Karanas are extant besides those mentioned in the above list. We

some of them are actually used at the present day in making

other Siddhantas and

of at least thirty such works, and

calculations

preparing almanacks.

for

Many

'

other

similar

works must,

it

safe to suppose,

is

and that this is so is proved by allusions found in the existing books.

Some of these works merely follow others, but some contain original matter. The Karanas
give the length of the year, and the motions and places at a given time of the sun, moon, and
They often add
planets, and their apogees and nodes, according to the standard Siddhanta.
corrections of their own, necessitated by actual observation, in order to make the calculations
Such a correction is termed a bija. Generally, however, the length of the year is not
agree.
altered, but the motions and places are corrected to meet requirements
As before stated, each of these numerous works, and consequently the year-duration
and other elements contained in them, must have been in use somewhere or another and at some

have

into oblivion,

fallen

or

period

another

Siddhanta: another
third

gupta's
is

the

called

is

Brahma

is

At

India.

in

astronomers known; one

present

the

may

now

not

The

is

Siddlianta: and the

work based on Brahma-

distinctive feature of each of these schools

the works of that school

the same, though with

is

The name Rajamriwork being superseded by others; but the year adopted

possibly disagree between themselves.

generally known, the

present Brahma-school

all

Arya

first

Rajainrigaii/ca,

the

following

Siddhanta, with a certain bija.

respect to other elements they

is

are only three schools of

there

and follows the

Arya-paksha,

the

called

Brahnia-pa/csha,

that the length of the year accepted in

gahka
by the

however,

time,

called the Sanra-paksha, consisting of followers of the present Siirya

is

first

found, so far as our information goes, in the Rajamrigaiika,

and the three schools exist from at least A. D. 1042, the date of that work.
20. It is most important to know what Siddhantas or Karanas were, or are now, regarded
as standard authorities, or were, or are, actually used for the calculations of panchai'igs (almanacks)

during

we

sketch
1

follows

KaraiMs and other

The

[S.

B.

or

must
practical

the

moon,

When

works,

containing

of

the

planet

karaua.
Jupiter.

moon and

The length

from

based

on

In

the

anotlier.

[S.

B.

D.]

their apogees

of the year

first

is

one or

five

must

also an

work we
The sketch

present

apogees, the length of the year, and Jupiter.

one authority differs from another in any of the

that derived

tables

for unless this

Indian

convert

to

be considered as

however,

not,

positions and motions of the sun and

movement
their

we attempt

into

exhaustive.
otlicr

of

the

The

in

mind

dates.

The

borne

is

European

original Siirya-

Siddlidntas,

are used for these

D.]

lation of a tithi, nakslialra, yoga or

by

tracts of country.

particular

in

wrong when

go

often

which

calculations.
2

periods

particular

shall

necessarily be fixed

and known

for the con-ect calcu-

important clement, and in the samvatsara

are conrerncd chiefly

in the text

is

is

governed

with these six elements, viz., the sun,

given chiefly keeping in view these elcmeuts.

of llicsc six elements the tithi as calculated

by one

will differ

from

THE INDIAN CALENDAR.

work in early times, but it was .superseded by the present

some period not yet known, probably not later than A.D. looo. The
Arya-Siddhanta. which was composed at Kusumapura (supposed to be Patna in Bengal),
was

Siddlinnta

first

came
a

account
his

at

rule

his

499.

motion

Jupiter's

in

A.D.

from

use

into

bija to

standard

Surya-Siddliania

62

Art.

[see

Varahamihira

'

given

as

duced

hija

He was

and

apogee,

Jupiter,

i.e.,

out

three

and even

established

from

must

have then

dropped

this

date
out

if

to

the

present

is

It is

use

intro-

we

are concerned.

Lalla's

reason to believe that he flourished about A.D. 638.

alluded to by Bhaskaracharya (A.D. 11 50), but does
for

The Rajamrigahka (A.D. 1042)

all its mean motions and places,
Saura, Arya and Brahma seem to have

a long time.

The

three schools

not earlier, and the Brahma-Siddhanta in

was composed

bija,

in

A.D. 1092, and

day among many Vaishnavas of the

are followers of the Arya-Siddhanta.

its

The Karaiia-prakasa, a work based on

of use.

Siddhanta as corrected by Lalla"s

even

work named Dhi-vriddhida,

Arya-Siddlianta, namely, the moon, her

first

but gives a correction to almost

to the length of the year.

been

Lalla, in his

the

Arya-Siddhanta are also not known, but the date would

the second

appear to have been about A.D. 950.

not seem to have been anywhere in
follows the Brahma-Siddhattta,

of

of the six elements with which

place and date are not known, but there

The date and place of

a native of Bhillamala (the present Bhinmal), 40

mountains.

elements

of the

three

to

Abu

of the

north-west

tlie

into

it

Brahmagupta composed

a samvatsara.

for calculating

hcloiv)

Bralima-Siddliaiila in A. D. 628.

miles to

Pahchasiddliantika (A.D. 505) introduced

in his

the original Surya-Sidd/tanta, but did not take

in

is

orginal form

the

first

Arya-

considered an authority

who

central parts of Southern India,

Bhaskaracharya's works, the

.S'/rtV/Z^rfw/rt

iV/-cw<7/(A.D.

150)

same as the Rajamrigahka in the matter of the

calculation
of a paiichahg.
The Vakkya-Karana, a work of the Arya school, seems to
have been accepted as the guide for the preparation of solar panchangs in the Tamil and
Malayalam countries of Southern India from very ancient times, and even to the present day
either that or some similar work of the Arya school is so used. A Karana named iSZ/fbr'^?// was composed in A.D. 1099, its birthplace according to a commentator being Jagannatha (or Puri) on the
east coast.
The mean places and motions given in it are from the original Siirya-Siddhanta as
corrected by Varahamihira's bija, ' and it was an authority for a time in some parts of Northern
Vavilala Kochchanna, who resided somewhere in Telingana, composed a Karana in 1298 A.D.
India.
He was a strict follower of the present Sitrya-Siddhanta, and since his day the latter Siddhanta has governed the preparation of all Telugu luni-solar calendars. The Makaranda, another
Karana, was composed at Benares in A.D. 1478, its author following the present 5/?rjv?-5;V/rt'//rt/rt,
but introducing a bija. The work is extensively used in Northern India in the present day for panchaiiga
calculations. Bengalis of the present day are followers of the Saura school, while in the western parts of
Northern India and in some parts of Gujarat the Brahma school is followed. T\\c Graha-laghava,
a Karana of the Saura school, was composed by Ganesa Daivjiia of Nandigrama (Nandgam),
a village to the South of Bombay, in A.D. 1520. The same author also produced the Brihat
and Laghntitliichintanianis in A.D. 1525, which may be considered as appendices to the
and

the

Karana-Kutiihala {A.Y>.

Graha-laghava.
1

It

the country.

is

Gane.sa

183) are the

adopted the present Sitrya Siddhanta determinations

not to be understood that as soon as a standard

There

is

direct evidence to

show that the

thMi/a of Brahmagupta, though cvidenll_? not iu all

2 Whenever we allude simply to the 'Bralmia
'

Out of the

six

elements

alluded lo in

work comes

origiua) Silri/a-Siddli^nta was in use

parts of the country.

Sidilli/inta"

niitc

ou the

had undoubtedly come into use before the date of the B/umati.

for the length

of

into use \\ predecessors go out of use from all parts of

[S.

till

A.D. 665,

the date of the A'^om^o-

B. D.]

by name, we mean Ihc Bralitxa-SiddhdHla of Brahmagupta.

last

[S.

])age,

only Jupiter has this bija.

B. D.]

The

present Stlr^a-Siddhdnta

THE HINDU CALENDAR.

and places of the sun and moon and their apogees, with a small
correction for the moon's place and the sun's apogee; but he adopted from the Arya Siddhanta
as corrected by Lalla the figures relating to the motion and position of Jupiter.
The Graha-laghava and the Laghiitithichintaniani were used, and are so at the present
day, in preparing panchangs wherever the Mahrathi language was or is spoken, as well as in
some parts of Gujarat, in the Kanarese Districts of the Bombay and Madras Presidencies, and
and the

year

the

of Haidarabad,

parts

in

motions

Maisur,

the

and the Central Provinces.

Berars,

Mahratha residents

in

Northern India and even at Benares follow these works.

21.

obtains
in
it

may be

It

authority

in

Malayalani

present day the

the

first

Arya-Siddhanta

India;

'

the

The

down

Surya-Siddkanta
but

introduced

Makaranda only

any

in

arhsa

is
is

applies to

month.
found

in

called arrtw or "sign".

Each

by

work.

the later followers of the Siiry a- Siddhanta,

far as

Indian Zodiac

our information goes.

We

have, therefore,

divided, as in Europe, into

is

2 parts,

each of

Each

sign contains 30 degrees, a degree being called an ^wirt.

measurement

be observed, precisely similar to that

will

it

is,

The point of time when

The period between one

TJie Saiikrajiti.

a sahkranti.
to

completely through one

pass

its

in

use

in

Europe.

''

the sun leaves one zodiacal sign and enters another

saiikranti

of the

sign

Twelve solar months make one solar

Table II., Part ii., and Table III., col.

name from
moment of the

takes

in this

divided into 60 kalas (minutes), and each kala into 60 vikalas (seconds). This sexagesimal

called

sun

it

Contents of the Paiichaiiga.

details.

The

23.
is

chiefly followed

A.D. 1500 for all calculations which admit of it. The bija of the
the moon's apogee and Jupiter, leaving the other four elements unaffected.

The Indian Zodiac.

division of circle

the

we have

many

1478) to be applied to the elements of the

(A. D.

work so

earlier

Further
which

this is so,

in India for

into our tables after

it

22.

and since

Makaranda

generally taken into account

is

met with

not

is

to the present day,

as given in the

bija

Thus

the standard authority.

is

appears that the present Siirya-Siddknnta has been the prevailing authority

centuries past

the

is

Brahma-paksha
Rajputana and other western parts of Northern India; while
of Southern

countries

India the present Sitrya-Siddlianta

of

other parts

all

that

briefly

and

parts of Gujarat and in

in

almost

stated

Tamil

the

in

for

called a saura inasa, or solar

of the solar months will be

sankranti on which a solar

The Mesha

the sign-name of that month.

is

The names

year.
5.

and another, or the time required

zodiac,

month commences

sankranti marks the vernal equinox,

the first point of Aries.

The Karka sankranti, three solar
dakshinayana ("southward-going") sankranti: it is the point of
the summer solstice, and marks the moment when the sun turns southward. The Tula sankranti,
three solar months later, marks the autumnal equinox, or the moment of the sun's passing the
first
point of Libra.
The Makara sahkranti, three solar months later still, is also called the

the

months

later,

passing

sun's

called the

also

is

uttarayana saiikranti ("northward-going").

when

nirayana sahkrantis,
in

sidereal

longitude

moments of

the

i.e.,

longitude

It

In

times.

ay ana
is

Bengal the

But there

points).

probable

that

the

first

{nirayana
is

also in

.iri/a-Siddlidnta

Siiri/a-Siddhdnia

is

is

the other solstitial point, the point or moment

" sahkrantis " in this volume we refer always to the

the

sun's entering the zodiacal signs, as calculated

measured from the fixed point

annual precession of the equino.xes

solstitial

It

When we speak of

the sun turns northward.

the

in

Aries

"without movement",

taking no account of the

excluding the precession of the

Hindu chronology the say ana saiikranti [sa-ayana

was the standard authority

authority since about

for

A.D. 1100, but

" with

South Indian solar reckoning from the

in earlier times the first

earliest

Arya-Siddhdnta was

apparently the standard. [S. B. D.]

-

When we

allude

simply

and the First Ari/a-Siddhdntas.

to

the

Surya

See note

or Ari/a
1,

p.

Siddhdnla,

2 above. [R.

it

S]

must be borne
1

in

mind

that

we mean

the Present

Stlrya

THE INDIAN CALENDAR.

movement", including the movement of the ayana points), i.e., a sankranti calculated according to
longitude ^longitude measured from the vernal equinox, the precession being taken into

tropical

According to the present Siirya-Siddhanta the sidereal coincided with the tropical signs
inK. Y. 3600 expired, Saka 421 expired, and the annual precession is 54". By almost all other authorities the coincidence took place in K. Y. 3623 expired, Saka 444 expired, and the annual precession is
(i') one minute.
(The Siddhanta J)V/-<7W<?/, however, fixes this coincidence as in K. Y. 362S). Taking
either year as a base, the difference in years between it and the given year, multiplied by the total
amount of annual precession, will shew the longitudinal distance by [which, in the given year,

account.

the

first

point of the tropical (sayand) sign precedes the

first

point of the sidereal (/>j'a) sign.

Professor Jacobi {Epig. Ind., Vol. 1, p. 422, Art. j<?) points out that a calculation should be made
" whenever a date coupled with .a sankranti does not come out correct in all particulars. For it is
possible that a sayana sankranti

We

may be

intended, since these sankrantis too are suspicious moments."

have, however, reason to believe that sayana sankrantis have not been in practical use for the last

1600 years or more.

Dates

may

be tested according to the rule given

13 of Table

in

Art.

i6o(rt).

two distinct sets of

names given to the solar months. One set is the set of zodiac-month-names (" Mesha" etc.), the
other has the names of the lunar months.
The zodiacsign-names of months evidently belong to
a later date than the others, since it is known that the names of the zodiacal signs themselves
It

came
came

will

be seen from

cols. 8 to

II.,

Part

ii.,

into use in India later than the lunar names, " Chaitra"

that there are

and the rest. ^ Before sign-names

months must have been named after the names of the lunar months,
and we find that they are so named in Bengal and in the Tamil country at the present day. Length of months. It has been already pointed out that, owing to the fact that the
24.
apparent motion of the sun and moon is not always the same, the lengths of the lunar and solar months
vary.
We give here the lengths of the solar months according to the Siirya and Arya-Siddhantas.

into

use

the

solar

"

THE HINDU CALENDAR.

For calculation of the length by the Surya-Siddliaiita the longitude of the sun's apogee is taken
which was its value in A. D.
37, a date about the middle of our Tables. Even if its value at
our extreme dates, i.e., either in A. D. 300 or 1900, were taken the lengtlis would be altered by
only one pala at most. By the Arya-Siddhanta the sun's apogee is taken as constantly at 78".'
as

]^''

i6',

The average (mean)

length in days of solar and lunar months, and of a lunar year

Modern

Surya-Siddhanta
Solar month

(,'._,

Lunar month
Lunar year (12
solar year

garded

this fact

30.438030.
29.530588.

....

29.530587946
354.36705535

Calendar used.

354.367056.

period of twelve lunar months

falls

short of the

The Muhammadan year of

either solar or luni-solar.

and

months,

disre-

but in order to bring their year as nearly as possible into accordance with the

and the cycle of the seasons they add a lunar month to the lunar year at
Such a month is called an adiiika or intercalated month. The Indian year

intervals.

lunar

30.438229707

lunations)

as follows

by about eleven days, and the Hindus, though they use lunar months, have not

year

solar

of a sidereal year)

Adiiika niasas.

25.

is

science

its

is

thus

is

purely lunar, consisting of twelve

In
recedes about eleven days in each year.
and lunar months, with intercalated and suppressed
solar reckoning solar days and solar months are alone used.

therefore

date

initial

the Hijra

certain

luni-solar calculations the periods used are tithis

months whenever necessary.

In

is used for most religious purposes, but solar reckoning

by the religious authorities. For practical civil purposes solar
Bengal and in the Tamil and Malayalam countries of the Madras Presi-

In all parts of India luni-solar reckoning

where

used

is

reckoning

dency;

in

he
true

as

as

it

At

sankranti.

we

fusion, therefore,

The lengths

by

calculated

He

wrong.

III.,

line

months by the

.iri/a-Siddlidnta here given are

seems also

and the

chara

same

general
proof,
is

rules
for

the

and

they

The chara:

Actually
excess

this

or

is

defect

fixed

used

are

for

He

has

his

as

religious

The inaccuracy

is

when

apparent or
well

as for

of

Warren's

mouth

lengths

finding the chara

of

rising of a heavenly body

is

[S.

hours

of Table

Ueuce

is

it

Sr//a-SiV;?rf/;i//

The

months.

wrong

to

use

it for

requires no elaborate

B. D.]

assumed

to take place six hours before

the case for any locality not on the equator, and the chara
six

22, explanation

3, p.

which

by him according to the Ari/a-Siddhdnta, and that this cannot be the ease

"The

from

But Warren seems

>i(rya-Sirfrf/j'n^a,

in calculating the lengths of

for all places or for all years.

experience of the two Siddhdntas.

not

months by the

of solar months according to the

who have any

time

from those given by Warren.

(the uniformly increasing arc between the point of the vernal

required for

solai'

as those given

same

different

(See his Kdia Sahkalita, p. 11, art.

used the ayandmsa

point in Aries) which

practically the

somewhat

5Vya-iVrfrf/i(2te in calculating the duration of

the begiuning of any given

at

tables.

are

self-evident to all

by the

have taken into account the chara.

to

4; and p. 3 of the Tables).

uot

sankrantis

true

saiikranti

use only the sign-names (Mesha, t\e.) in framing our rules.

of

equinox each year

is

day

mean
moment is

(ChailraJ in the Tamil country, Vais^kha being the second month in the south. To avoid con-

Sitlirai

to have taken ihe longitude of the sun's apogee

is

enters one of the signs of the

called a

apparent or true motion, such a

his

present

the

Vaisdkha in Bengal and

called

adopted.

is

and mean sankrantis. Sodltya. When the sun

calculated by his mean motion, such an entrance is

enters
-

in

other parts of the country luni-solar reckoning

Tr?ic

26.

zodiac,

used

is

all

prescribed

is

it

is

it

comes

the correction required in

of the time between rising and reaching the meridian

The name

to the meridian.

consequence,

i.e.,

the

also applied to the celestial

is

arc described in this time."

The Sanskrit word

arc applied to
ing)

and

kdla

many

(time).

word spashta would be

opinion;

and

we have

word "true." There

to Indian

for

"mean"

varieties of time

is

is

;(K///yaw,

and space;

as,

and that

for 'true' or 'appareut' \ .tpashta.'VhtviMii

for instance, ^a/i (motion).

In the English Nautical Almanac the word "apparent"

applied, the

adopted

it

word 'true' being sometimes, but

prominently, in spite of the

as a fact a little diS'erence in the

fact

M()^ (longtitude),
is

rarely, used.

that

"Apparent,"

previous writers on

'

madhiiama' ani

.fa/U-ru'</, !'

used to cover almost

all

therefore,

is

as

synonyms.

[S. B.

D.]

spashta'

the best word to use in

Hindu Astronomy have

meaning of the phrases "apparent " and "true," but

Astronomy, and we have therefore used the two words

'

(measure or reckon-

cases where the Sanskrit

it

is

my

chiefly used the

almost unknown

THE INDIAN CALENDAR.

12

mean Mesha sankranti takes

some ghatikas. This difference
is called
It differs with different Sidd/iantas, and is not always the same even by
the sodhya.
the same authority.
We have taken it as 2d. logh. 14 p. 30 vipa. by the Surya-Sidd/ianta,
and 2d. 8 gh. 51 p. 15 vipa. by the Arya-Siddhanta
The corresponding notion in modern
European Astronomy is the equation of time. The sodhya is the number of days required by
purposes.

civil

In

present

the

of the sun's apogee, the

position

place after the true sankranti, the difference being two days and

the sun to catch up the equation of time at the vernal equinox.

27.

It

must be remembered that whenever we use the word "saiikranti" alone,

(e.g.,

"the

Mesha-sankranti ") the apparent and not the mean nirayana sankranti is meant.
28.
The hdginning of a solar month. Astronomically a solar month may begin, that

may

is

any moment of a day or night; but for practical purposes it would

be inconvenient to begin the month at irregular times of the day. Suppose, for example, that
a Makara-saiikranti occurred 6 hours 5 minutes after sunrise on a certain day, and that two written
agreements were passed between two parties, one at 5 hours and another at 7 hours after sunrise.
If the month Makara were considered to have commenced at the exact moment of the
Makara-saiikranti, we should have to record that the first agreement was passed on the last
day of the month Dhanus, and the second on the first day of Makara, whereas in fact both were
executed on the same civil day. To avoid such confusion, the Hindus always treat the beginning of the
solar month as occurring, civilly, at sunrise.
Hence a variation in practice.
a

sankranti

at

In Bengal,

(a)

(1)

the solar

occur,

month begins on

on the next following, or

when a

sankranti takes place between sunrise and midnight of a

the following
third,

day.

If,

day

for

and when

it

occurs after midnight the

civil

day

month begins

example, a saiikranti occurs between sunrise and midnight

month begins at sunrise on the next day, Saturday but if it takes place after midnight of Friday ^ the month begins at sunrise on the following Sunday.
This may be termed the
Bengal Rule, (b) In Orissa the solar month of the Amli and Vilayati eras begins civilly on the same
day as the sankranti, whether this takes place before midnight or not. This we call the Orissa Rule.
In Southern India there are two rules, (a) One is that when a saiikranti takes place
(2)
after sunrise and before sunset the month begins on the same day, while if it takes place after
sunset the month begins on the following day; if, for example, a saiikranti occurs on a Friday
between sunrise and sunset the month begins on the same day, Friday, but if it takes place
at any moment of Friday night after sunset the month begins on Saturday." (b) By another rule,
the day between sunrise and sunset being divided into five parts, if a saiikranti takes place
of a Friday, the

within

the

three

first

them the month begins on the same day, otherwise

of

it

begins on the

following day. Suppose, for example, that a saiikranti occurred on a Friday, seven hours after sunri.se, and that the length of that day was 12 hours and 30 minutes; then its fifth part was 2 hours
30 minutes, and three of these parts are equal to 7 hours 30 minutes. As the saiikranti took place
within the first three parts, the month began on the same day, Friday but if the sankranti had
;

occurred 8 hours after sunrise the month would have begun on Saturday.

observed

in

Southern

India where the solar reckoning

We

call

a.

the

Utmcmber

Urowii's

dates are often

I

and

Tamil Rule:

the

'

North

tliat

the wctk-day

Ephemerin

wrong

b_v

follows

Malayajam country,

South
b.

is

the

cuuiitcil

used,

is

viz.,

in

and

the

The

former (a)

latter (b) rule is

in

other parts of

the Tamil and Tinncvclly countries.

Malabar Rule.
from sunrise

this rule throughout

one day for those tracts where the

deduced the Bengal rule from a Calcutta

to sunrise.

in lixing the Jntc lorrcspondiiig to

'I

li

I'afichfiug for

rule

is

in

Ist

Mi>hn, and consequently

his solar

use.

Saka 1776 (A.D. 1854

55)

in

my

posssession.

Afterwards

it

was

THE HINDU CALENDAR.

ij

29. Panchangs. Before proceeding we revert to the five principal articles of the paiichang.
There are 30 tithis in a lunar month, 5 to each fortnight. The latter are generally denoted by the
ordinary numerals in Sanskrit, and these are used for the fifteen tithis of each fortnight. Some tithis
i

are,

by

however, often called by special names.

their appropriate numerals, but

In pafichangs the tithis are generally particularized

sometimes by

letters.

The

Sanskrit

names are here given.

'

Extract from an
Suia 1816 expired (iSiy

current) (A.

actual Panch&nga.
and Kanya; Muhamniadan months Safar and

,f

Ra/'i-ii/a-H'ival.

Rtii^lisli

I'ositiuiis

UTllKR

months Aus^tsl and Septcnihcr.

of I'laucU at sunrise Sukla 15tli Saturjav.

1'A1M'I('1]LAU.S

Mood'b
node.

C'liandi'a-dai>aua (union's heliaral rising)

Ararita Siddhiyoga 36.29.

llai-itaiilia.

hajajauti. Vaidhriti So.lOto 14.42.

Gapcsha

Scptuinbcr begins.

ManvMi:

Begrccs.

Varft-

Rabi-ulawwal begins.

clialurthi.

Rishipanchanii.

Amrita Siddhiyogii

after 39.

Venus enters Leo 45.44.

GaunSvilhana.

Ahargapa 34-227.
Gauri

pilja.

Dlrvu

Ganri visarjana.

Padma

ashtaini.

Aduhkba

navanii.

Ekudasi. Mrityu-yoga 60. Mercury enters Virgo 14.5.

V&mana

dvfidasi.

Pradosha. Sun enters Utiara Plialguui 8.26.

Anantacbaturdasi. Mars retrogade.

Proshtliap, Pui'iii

Sun

enters Virgo 33.42.

Horoscope for tbe above time.

THE INDIAN CALENDAR.

r6

The above
The montli

amanta month Bhadrapada or August 31st to September 29th,

two fortniglits. The uppermost horizontal column shews that the
first tithi, "pratipada", was current at sunrise on Friday, and that it ended at 43 gh. 59 p. after
sunrise.
The moon was 12 degrees to the east of the sun at that moment, and after that the
second tithi, "dvitlya", commenced. The nakshatra Purva-Phalguni ended and Uttara-Phalguni
commenced at 40 gh. 16 p. after sunrise. The yoga Siddha ended, and Sadhya began, at 31 gh. 22 p.
after sunrise; and the karana Kiriistughna ended, and Bava began, at 16 gh. 30 p. after sunrise.
1894.

extract

is

is

for the

divided into

its

The moon was in the sign Sirhha up to 15 gh. after sunrise and then entered the sign Kanya.
The length of the day was 30 gh. 59 pa. (and consequently the length of the night was 29 gh.
The Muhammadan day was the 29th of Safar,
pa.). The solar day was the i6th of Sirhha.
'

European day was the 31st of August. This will explain the bulk of the table and
the manner of using it.
Under the heading "other particulars" certain festival days, and some other information
useful for religious and other purposes, are given.
To the right, read vertically, are given the
places of the sun and the principal planets at sunrise of the last day of each fortnight in signs
Thus the
degrees, minutes, and seconds, with their daily motions in minutes and seconds.
figures under "sun" shew that the sun had, up to the moment in question, travelled through
4 signs, 29 degrees, 27 minutes, and 9 seconds; i.e., had completed 4 signs and stood in the 5th,
Sirhha,
had completed 29 degrees and stood in the 30th, and so on and that the rate of his daily
motion for that moment was 58 minutes and 30 seconds. Below are shown the same in signs
and the

The ahargana, here 34 227, means that since the epoch of the Cnz/i'tf/rt^/iiar'fl,^
on amanta Phalguna krishna 30th of Saka 1441 expired, or Monday 19th March, A.D.
1520, 34 cycles of 4016 days each, and 227 days, had elapsed at sunrise on Saturday the 15th
of the bright half of Bhadrapada. The horoscope entries are almost always given in panchai'igs
as they are considered excessively important by the Hindus.
Titliis and solar days. Solar or civil days are always named after the week-days, and
3 1
in the
i.e.,

horoscope.

sunrise

is in use are also counted by numbers, e.g., the 1st, 2nd, etc., of a named
But where solar reckoning does not prevail they bear the names and numerals of
The tithis, however, beginning as they do at any hour of the day, do
the corresponding tithis.
not exactly coincide with solar days, and this gives rise to some little difficulty. The general
rule for civil purposes, as well as for some ordinary religious purposes for which no particular
time of day happens to be prescribed, is that the tithi current at sunrise of the solar day

where

solar reckoning

month.

solar

Thus Bhadrapada
to that day, and is coupled with its week-day.
Sukravara (Friday the 14th of the first or bright fortnight of Bhadrapada) is
that civil day at whose sunrise the tithi called the 14th sukla is current, and its week-day is
F"riday. Suppose a written agreement to have been executed between two parties, or an ordinary
religious act to have been performed, at noon on that Friday at whose sunrise Bhadrapada Sukla chaturdasi of Saka 18 16 expired was current, and which ended (sec the table) 5 gh. iSp., (about
Then these two acts were actually done after the
2 h. 7 m.) after sunrise, or at about 8.7 a.m.
chaturdasi had ended and the purnima was current, but they would be generally noted as having been
done on Friday sukla chaturdasi. It is, however, permissible, though such instances would be

name and numeral

gives

its

sukla

chaturdasl

Solar

Uay

are

not

given

in

Honiljay

pafichilngs,

but

ba\'c entered

them berc

to

complct* the calendar.

actually printed in the paneh&i'ig arc not very useful and ariNconsequcntly omitted in the extract.

*
i/ana

The

sura total of days that have elapsed since any other standard epoch

from the beginning of the present kaliyuga

is

in constant use.

is

[S.

also called the ahnriiana.

The word means

'

Some

entries

B. D,]

coUetTtion of days."

For inslaniT,

tbi-

(i/wr-

THE HINDU CALENDAR.

17

to state the date of these actions as "Friday purnima;" and sometimes for religious purposes the date would be expressed as "chaturdasi yukta purnima" (the 14th joined with the purrare,

Where, however, successive regular dating is kept up, as, for instance, in daily transactions
civil day can only bear the name of the tithi current at its sunrise.
Some religious ceremonies are ordered to be performed on stated tithis and at fixed times of
the day.
For example, the worship of the god Ganesa is directed to take place on the Bhadrapada sukla chaturthi during the third part (madhyakna) of the five parts of the day. A sraddha,
a ceremony in honour of the pitris (manes), must be performed during the 4th (aparalina) of
these five periods. Take the case of a Brahmana, whose father is dead, and who has to perform
a sraddha on every amavasya. In the month covered by our extract above the amavasya is current
nima).

and accounts, a

1 1 gh.
40 p. after sunrise on Saturday, or at about 1O.40 a.m.
of that Saturday began, of course, later than that hour, and so the
amavasya of this Bhadrapada was current during the aparahna, not of Saturday, but of the previous day,
Friday.
The sraddha ordered to be performed on the amavasya must be performed, not on

at sunrise

Now

on Saturday.

the aparahna

It

expired at

period

member of the family to have died on this

krishna chaturdasi, and another on the same day but
after the end of the tithi.
sraddha must be performed in the family every year, according
Therefore in the present
to invariable Hindu custom, on the tithi on which each person died.
instance the sraddha of the first man must be performed every year on the day on which
Bhadrapada krishna chaturdasi is current, during the aparahna; while that of the second must
Saturday, but on Friday in this case.

same Friday before the end of the

Again, suppose a

tithi

place on the day on which the amavasya of that month is current during the aparahna,
and this may be separated by a whole day from the first. Lengthy treatises have been written
>
on this subject, laying down what should be done under all such circumstances.
At the time of the performance of religious ceremonies the current tithi, vara, and all other
particulars have to be pronounced; and consequently the tithi, nakshatra, etc., so declared may
difiler from the tithi, etc., current at sunrise.
There is a vrata (observance, vow) called Sahkashtanasana-chatiirthi, by which a man binds himself to observe a fast on every krishna chaturthi up

take

to moonrise,

And

this

which takes place about 9 p.m. on that

the above extract the evening of the

though

tithi,

but

is

allowed to break the fast afterwards.

is current at moonrise. From

has of course to be done on the day on which the chaturthi

the

3rd

tithi,

tritiya,

of the

8th September, Tuesday,

krishna paksha

is

the

was current

at

day of

this chaturthi,

sunrise

on

for

Tuesday

it

If we suppose that this man made a

expired at 9 gh. 35 pa. after sunrise, or about 9.50 a.m.
grant of land at the time of breaking his fast on this occasion, we should find him dating
his grant "krishna chaturthi, Tuesday," though for civil purposes the date is krishna tritiya,

Tuesday.

The general rule may be given briefly that for all practical and civil purposes, as well as
some ordinary religious purposes, the tithi is connected with that week-day or solar day at
whose sunrise it is current, while for other religious purposes, and sometimes, though rarely,
even for practical purposes also, the tithi which is current at any particular moment of a solar
for

day or week-day is connected with that day.

Adhika and kshaya tithis. Twelve lunar months are equal to about 354 solar days
32.
(see Art. 2^ above), but there are 360 tithis during that time and it is thus evident that six tithis
must somehow be expunged in civil (solar^ reckoning. Ordinarily a tithi begins on one day and
1

The Nmiaijasimihu

is

cm<-

of these authnrative works, and

is

in

geueral use

at

tlic

present time in

most parts

of India.

THE INDIAN CALENDAR.

i.S

ends on the following

from

length

its

same

the

that

clay,

(Art.

is

it

touches two successive

j abovcj that a

day; while sometimes on the contrary

natural

the whole of one and parts of the two on each side of

.\

on which the sun does not

and is called a Icshaya tithi.

tithi

(kshaya),

loss

twice

repeated.

is

Thus,

touches three natural days, occupying

it

it.

expunged.

is

On

sustained a diminution or

tithi

on which the sun

rises

called an adhika, or added, tithi.

is

above {Art. jo) there is no sunrise during

(6th) was current at sunrise on

therefore expunged.

is

it

has

It

the other hand, a

extract given

the paiichang

in

krishna saptami (7th), and

be seen, however,

It will

begin and end within the limits of

has sustained an increase (vriddhi), and

It

example,

for

rise

days.

civil

may sometimes

tithi

Krishna shashthi

Friday, for it ended 16 palas after sunrise while krishna saptami began 16 palas after that sunrise and
ended before the next sunrise and krishna ashtami (8th) is current at sunrise on the Saturday.
The first day is therefore named civilly the (6th) shashthi, Friday, and the second is named (8th)
ashtami, Saturday
while no day is left for the saptami, and it has necessarily to be expunged
;

though, strictly speaking,

altogether,

hand,

other

there

are

was current for a large portion of that Friday. On the

Bhadrapada sukla trayodasi (sukla 13th), and that tithi

it

two sunrises on

It commenced after 56 gh. 44 pa. on Tuesday, i e., in European reckoning

on the Wednesday morning, was current on the whole of Wednesday, and
ended on Thursday at i gh. 23 pa. after sunrise, or about 6.33 a m. It therefore touched the
Tuesday (reckoned from sunrise to sunrise) the Wednesday and the Thursday; two natural civil

is

therefore repeated.

about 4.20

a.m.

days began on
it

In

two

clue

in

tithis

there

tithi

when

finding

for

its

numeral (13); and therefore

'

of a repeated

Generally

Wednesday and Thursday, bear

days,

civil

of an expunged

case

the

case

the

In

it

said to be repeated.

is

are

the day on which

tithi

it

begins and ends

both the days at whose sunrise

a

tithi

is

and

is

current are

probably repeated or e.xpunged

expunctions (ksliayas)

thirteen

is

it

is

its

its

given

in

week-day.
week-days.
Art.

142.

seven repetitions (vriddhis) of

twelve lunar months.

The day on which no

tithi ends, or on which two tithis end, is regarded as inauspicious.

panchang extract above (Art. ^0) Bhadrapada sukla trayodasi Wednesday, and
Bhadrapada krishna shashthi, Friday (on which the saptami was expunged), were therefore

In

the

inauspicious.

in

mode

Indian

current at

be

will

It

33.

the

to

sunrise

from

seen

on any

day,

and when

it

is

what

problem

important

an
tithi,

began and ended.

with

regard

nakshatra, yoga, or karana was

Our work

solves this problem

ends,

tithi

yogas,

is

differ at different places.

at

at

Poona

at

8 gh.

gh. earlier than

9 gh.
Any

asBci'lluiui

moments of

ending

it

of time

when

the distance between

But the moment of sunrise of course varies with the

and karanas.

rise,

ended

the

The moment

any multiple of I2, degrees,> or, in other words, the moment

the same for all places on the earth's surface; and this also applies to

therefore

it

12, or

to

and

onil

that

to ascertain

account of longitude.

moon amounts

of time when a
nakshatras,

on

\'ariatio)i

34.

the sun and

or

above

cases.

all

rose

the

of reckoning time

For

11

tlivisions

of time

instance, the tithi

pa. after sunrise, or

does at Poona the

tithi

such as

tithis,

when

Bhadrapada sukla purnima

about 9.16 a.m.

At a

locality,

referred to sun-

(j<r

rt/'d?t'<-

^/r/.jo)

place where the sun

would evidently have ended one ghatika later,

On the other hand, at a place where

pa. after sunrise, or at about 9.40 a.ni.

or

definitions

by

previous

writers

on

eiainples are certainly crronrous, and due to misapprehcrnsioii.

Hindu Ckronolo)?y ut Aslnuuini} nmlrnry

[S. B.

D.]

to

tlir

above

(lefinilions

THE HINDU CALENDAR.

sun

the

rose

gh.

than

later

Poona

at

tithi

tlic

19

would have ended when

gh.

pa.

had

elapsed since the sunrise at that place, or at about 8.52 a.m.

ities.

on

For this reason the expunction and repetition of tithis often differs
35.
Thus the nakshatra Pijrvashadha [see pahchahg extract Art. ;^o) was 58 gh.
Sunday, .sukla loth. At a place which is on the same parallel of

degrees

eastward,

(58 gh.

pa. -(-2

II

on Monday.
whereas

It

gh

gh.

rises

60 gh.

on Sunday, that

pa. after sunrise

II

Magha on Krishna

13th

which

Uttarashadha

is

it

was

repeated.

is

On

it

different local-

pa.

'

at

Poona

but

latitude,

at

is

12

11 pa. after sunrise

(Purvashadha)

repeated,

is

hand, the nakshatra

the other

gh. 4 pa., and Purva-phalguni was(3 gh. 4 pa.

than at Poona, and there this nakshatra ended

earlier

therefore touches three natural days, and therefore

Poona

at

sun

the

in

-(-

56gh.

pa.

=)

At a place which has the same latitude as Poona, but is situated even at
59 bh- 55 P^- *t Poona.
so short a distance as i degree to the east, the nakshatra Purva-phalguni ended 60 gh. 5 pa after
on

sunrise

Thursday, that

is

kshaya of that nakshatra

expunged there.

pa.

that

at

sunrise

after

on Friday

and therefore there

will

be no

the following nakshatra Uttara phalguni will be

but

place,

True or apparent, and mean, time.

The

more strictly the earth in its orbit,

and with a motion which varies
every day the length of the day, therefore, is not always the same even on the equator. But for
calculating the motions of the heavenly bodies it is evidently convenient to have a day of uniform
length, and for this reason astronomers, with a view of obtaining a convenient and uniform
measure of time, have had recourse to a mean solar day, the length of which is equal to
16.

sun, or

travels, not in the plane of the equator, but in that of the ecliptic,
;

mean
mean sun,

the

average

or

of

all

An

the apparent solar days in the year.

conceived to move uniformly

is

in

imaginary sun, called the

mean angular

the equator with the

velocity of the

The days marked by this mean sun will all be equal, and the interval between two
successive risings of the mean sun on the equator is the duration of the mean solar day, viz., 24
hours or 60 ghatikas. The time shown by the true sun is called true or apparent time, and the
time shown by the mean sun is known as mean time.
Clocks and watches, whose hands move,
at least in theory, with uniform velocity, evidently give us mean time.
With European astronomers
"mean noon" is the moment when the mean sun is on the meridian; and the "mean time" at
any in.stant is the hour angle of the mean sun reckoned westward from o h. to 24 h., mean

true

sun.

noon being o
Indian

of a place,

time

for

astronomical purposes.

count

astronomers

moments of

the ending

[i.e.,

h.

tithis in

therefore,

the

day from

regard

in

actual) sunrise at that place.

to

the

The mean

ian.

a.m.

sunrise

European

in

O gh. or o

at

civil

Instead of writing at full

say for brevity that the tithi "is so

-

any place

is

mean

it

is

is

give, at least in theory,

The

convenient to take

sunrise at

all

true or apparent

the time counted from true

mean

places under the

sunrise on
same merid-

calculated as taking place at o gh. or o h.

and the mean time of a place

reckoning;

true sunrise

the latitude and longitude.

Even

is

of course not always the same at

at the

same place

it

is

roughl)-

the time counted from

length that such and such a tithi "ends at so

many

ghatikls".

The phrase

is

etc.

59

In some panchdiigs the ghatikus from sunrise

all

places, but varies with

varies with the declination of the sun, which

many

ghatikila after suni'ise", Indian astronomers

30 used in the te.\t in this sense.

In the case of kshayas in the j)aiich&ng extract the ghatikds of expunged

previons tithi

and

h.

The moment of

Indian paiichaiig,

For several reasons

the equator under any given meridian to be the

sunrise, to sunrise,

time reckoned from actual or true sunrise.

tithis etc., are to be

counted after the end of the

gh. 55pa. in the pi-escnt instance are given.

THE INDIAN CALENDAR.

JO

day of the year. And

varies every

same

the

place

Ujjain

Lanka

or

and

time;

as

the place

complicated
of

readiness

be

to

given

and

calculation,

to convert Ujjain

mean time

moment
work,

in this

'

not

the aim of which

mean time

therefore

it is

of true sunrise at any

at the

is

meridian of

(Arts, ijp to i6o) are in Ujjain

any other given place the difference

should be added or subtracted according

into that of

(10 palas) to a degree

east or west of Ujjain.

is

and on any given day of the year,

used throughout what follows.

tithis calculated by our method

is

time 4 minutes

of longitude in

place,

moments of

All ending

mean

and

simplicity

any given

at

calculation, therefore, of the exact

complicated too

very

is

extreme

The

years.

for all

Table XI. gives the differences of longitude

in

time for

some of the most important places of India.

The difference between the mean and apparent (true) time of any place in India at the
present day varies from Jiil (in March and October) to 26 minutes (in January and June) in
It is nowhere more than 65 minutes.
the extreme southern parts of the peninsular.
Basis of calculation for the Tables. All calculations made in this work in accordance
37.
with luni-solar reckoning are based on the Surya-Siddhanta, and those for solar reckoning on the
Sitrya and Arya Siddhantas. The elements of the other authorities being somewhat different, the

moments of

ending

tithis etc.,

by them may sometimes

or the times of sankrantis as calculated

must never be forgotten that, when checking the date

of a document or record which lays down, for instance, that on a certain week-day there fell a certain
nakshatra, or yoga, we can only be sure of accuracy in our results if we can ascertain
tithi,
the actual Siddhanta or other authority used by the author of the calendar which the drafter
Prof. Jacobi has given Tables for several of the principal Siddluiutas
of the document consulted.
in the Epigraphica Indica [Vol. If., pp. 4.03 et seq.), and these may be used whenever a doubt
exists

by

results obtained

from

differ

on the point.
Although all

this

possible

element of uncertainty

work; and

precautions

it

have

been

results of a calculation

in the

taken,

must

there,

mean and apparent time, independently of that arising from

Owing to these two defects it is necessary sometimes to be

between

also

made by our Tables owing

authorities.

the

be

slight

to the difference

use

cautious.

of different
If

by any

ended nearly at
as, for example, 55 ghatikas after mean sunrise on a Sunday, i.e., 5
the close of a solar day
it is possible that it really ended shortly after true sunrise
ghatikas before sunrise on the Monday
on the Monday. And, similarly, if the results shew that a certain tithi ended shortly after
it
the commencement of a solar day, for instance, 5 ghatikas after mean sunrise on a Sunday.

calculation

found

is

it

that

certain

tithi,

nakshatra.

or karana

yoga,

is

possible that
1

really

it

Since this work was in

with tables

for the calculation of

Lanka

Here
longitude 75
2

40'.

Hindu

of great imiiortauee to

is

apparent phenomena throughout India.

point

can

be

certainly

23 11' 10" N.

Madras Observatory taken

of

that

which we

refer our readers.

know

great Trigonometical Survey

map makes

80

as
3'

0'

0" on the meridian of Vjjain, or

upon

it

the centre of the city

this is subject to tivo corrections; first, a correction of 1' 9"

Observatory, total

lat.

the exact east longitude of Ujjain, since

depends the verification of

Calculation by the different Siddhftntas can be checked by the best European science if that

The

determined.

But

lat.

dates in true local time, to

not Ceylon, but a place supposed to be on the equator, or in

is

It

ended shortly before the true termination of the preceding day, Saturday.
the Press, Professor Jacobi lias imblishcd in the Epit/raphia Indica (Vol. 11, pp. 487 498)a ti-eatise

to

75 49' 45' E. long, and

reduce the longitude to the origin of the

and secondly, a farther reduction of 2' 30" to reduce it to the latest value, 80 14' 51".
This reduces the K. long, of the centre of Ujjain city to 75 46' 06". I take it therefore, that

17' 21",

39".

46' as the nearest

amidst conflicting authorities, the best of whom vary from 7.") 43' to 75 51', we may for the present accept 75
approach to the truth. The accuracy of the base, the Observatory of Madras, will before long be again tested, and whatever dillereucc
is

found

E. long,

to

we

exist

between

require.

the

[R. S.j

new

fixture

and 8(1 14' 51", Ihal difference applied to 75 46' will give the correct value of the

THE HINDU CALENDAR.

Five
to

ghatikis

about

not the exact

is

five ghatikas,

of yogas

be

stated

yoga-index

or

resulting index

is

karana

S, p,

{id.

limit.

The

Tables,

period varies from nil

nakshatras, and karanas; but in the case

tithis,

when

that

at

50 of the

tithi

indc.v " (A), or

be explained further on

will

any ascertained mean sunrise

within 30 of the ending index of the

10), or within

finding of a "

will result in the

of which

all

j'.),

tithi,

[Table VIII.,

ending index of a yoga

may be one day wrong, as explained above. The

however, may be safely reHed on for all ordinary purposes.

the

that

col.

or

(.

connection

this

in

made by our method

Calculations

a nakshatra

the case of

in

sometimes reach seven ghatikas.

will

it

nor of course the fixed

limit,

more

rarely

21

result

is

it

may

it

nakshatra or

col. j),

{id. col.

but

found that the

ij),

it is

possible

results arrived at

by our

Nakshatras

There are certain conspicuous stars or groups of stars in the moon's

and from a very remote age these have attracted attention.
They are called in Sanskrit "Nakshatras". They were known to the Chaldceans and to the ancient
Indian Aryas.
Roughly speaking the moon makes one revolution among the stars in about 27 days,
38.

observed

and

this

path

the

in

no doubt

The

led to the

number

of nakshatras being limited to 27.

distance between the chief stars, called yoga-taras, of the different nakshatras

Naturally

uniform.

heavens,

it

should be 13

20',

but, in

some cases

it

is

less

than

7",

is

not

while in others

more than 20. It is probable that in ancient times the moon's place was fixed merely by stating
was near a particular named nakshatra (star) on a certain night, or on a certain occasion.
Afterwards it was found necessary to make regular divisions of the moon's path in her orbit, for
the sake of calculating and foretelling her position; and hence the natural division of the ecliptic,
consisting of twenty-seven equal parts, came into use, and each of these parts was called after a
separate nakshatra {see Art. 8).
The starry nakshatras, however, being always in view and familiar
for many centuries, could not be dispensed with, and therefore a second and unequal division
was resorted to. Thus two systems of nakshatras came into use. One we call the ordinary or equalspace system, the othei' the unequal-space system. The names of the twenty-seven stellar nakshatras
are given to both sets. In the equal-space system each nakshatra has 13 20' of space, and when
the sun, the moon, or a planet is between 0, i.e., no degrees, and 3 20' in longit ide it is said to be in
the first nakshatra Asvini, and so on. The unequal-space system is of two kinds. One is described
by Garga and others, and is called here the "Garga system." According to it fifteen of the
13 20',
nakshatras are held to be of equal average (mean) length
i.e.,
but six measure one
and-a-half times the average
i.e., 20", and six others only half the average, viz., 6 40'. The other
"
system is described by Brahmagupta and others, and therefore we call it the " Brahma-Siddhanta
system.
In its leading feature it is the same with Garga's system, but it differs a little from
it

is

that she

Garga's
daily

The moon's

introducing Abhijit in addition to the twenty-seven ordinary nakshatras.

in

mean motion,

And

nakshatra.

as

13

the

degrees,

10 minutes, 35 seconds,

is

taken as the average space of a

total of the spaces thus allotted to the usual

twenty-seven nakshatras,

on a similar arrangement of unequal spaces, amounts to only 355 degrees, 45 minutes, 45 seconds,
the remainder,
4 degrees, 14 minutes, 15 seconds, is allotted to Abhijit, as an additional

nakshatra placed between Uttara-Ashadha and Sravana.

The
1

Its

least

therefore

longitude of the ending points of

The mean
duration
the

length of the moon's revolution

is

27 days, 4 hoars, and the

number

{See Table Fill.,

cot.

of
7.)

n.ilishatriis

[S.

among

jrreatest

the stars

the nakshatras according to these three systems

is

27.32166 days (27-321671 according

about 7 hours longer.

was sometimes taken

B. B.]

all

as

The number

28 by the aucicnt Indian

Aryiis.

to

\.\i<:

Siirya Siddhdnla).

of days is thus between

27 and 2S, and

Tlic extra nakshaira

called Abliijit

is

THE INDIAN CALENDAR.

22

is

The

given below.

entries of "I/2"

and "1 1/2"

subcolumn

in

mark the

variation in length

from the average.

The nakshatras by any of these systems, for all years between 300 and 1900 A. D., can
be calculated by our Tables (sec method "C", Arts, ijp to 160). The indices for them, adapted
to our Tables, are given in

The ordinary

Table VIII.,

cols.

8,

10.

9,

or equal-space system of nakshatras

is

in general use at the present day, the un-

equal-space systems having almost dropped out of use.

great extent in early times,

They were, however, undoubtedly prevalent to a

and they were constantly made use of on important religious occasions.
^

Longtitudes of the Ending-points of the Nakshatras.

Systems of Unequal Spaces.
S_vstm of Equal

Oi-dcr of the Nakshatras.

Spaces.

Min.

Deg.

System.

Miu. Sec.

Sec.

Asvini

13

20'

13

Bharaiii

26

40

20

19

45

52'/2

Krittika

40

33

32

56

27'/j

RohiiiS

53

20

53

52

42

20

Mriuasiras

66

40

66

65

52

55

Ardr&

80

73

72

28

12';2

Punarvasu

'/a

93

20

Pushya

106

40

Aslesha

120

Magha
Pnrva-Phalguni
Uttara-Phalguni

....
.

I'/j

35"

93

92

14

106

105

24

40

113

111

59

57'/:

133

20

126

125

10

32';:

146

40

140

138

21

Vh

160

158

160

10'

Hasta

173

20

173

171

17

Chitra

186

40

186

184

28

Svati

200

193

191

49

20
55

VisSkha

'/2

213

20

Anuradha

226

40

Jyeshtha

240

Mflla'

253

Pflrva-Ashadha

Uttara-Ashadha

....
....

l'/5

20

35
10
27V:

213

210

226

223

59

233

230

35

12';2

246

243

45

47V-

256

56

22'/:

276
280

42

15

40

40
I'/i

(Abhijil)

(Balance)

294

Sravapa

293

20

293

Dhanishtha or Sravishthu

306

40

306

307

17

SataU'iraka or Satabhishaj

320

313

313

52

57V3

Pflrvn Bhadi-apada

333

20

326

327

32'h

Uttnra-Bhadrapadfi

346

40

346

34fi

49

360

360

1'/d

3G0

Revati

39.

Brahma-SiddMnta

Garga System.

25

Auspicious Yogas. Besides the 27 yogas described above {^Art. p), and quite different
in the Indian Calendar certain conjunctions, also called yoi^as, which only

from them, there are

occur

when

or varas and
1

certain
tithis,

conditions, as, for instance, the conjunction of certain varas

are

fulfilled.

Thus, when the nakshatra Hasta

These systems of uakshatras arc more

of the Ind. Ant,,

(p.

ff.)

[S.

B. D.l

fully

described by

in

relation

to ihc

falls

and nakshatras,

on a Sunday there occurs

"twelve year cycle of Jupiter" in Vol.

XVU.

THE HINDU CALENDAR.

23

an amrita siddhiyoga. In the paiichang extract {Art. ^d) given above there
the 2nd, 5th and

on

i8th of September.

It

is a.n

awrita

sidd/eij'oga

considered an auspicious yoga, while some yogas

is

are inauspicious.

Karanas.

40.

seven

are

karanas

karana being half a

a series of eight cycles

in

sukla pratipada (ist) up to the end of the

there are 60 karanas in a lunar month.

tithi,

56

total

every

The

half of krishna chaturdasi (14th).

first

There

month, from the second half of

other four

karanas are respectively from the seconil half of krishna chaturdasi (14th) to the end of the
half of sukla pratipada.

Table VIII.,
col.

4,

half,

the occasion of such a

of their

occurrence should be

eclipse as occurring

phenomenon

best

the

list

Vo/.

LII.),

play an important part

and thus

Obviously we
if

we can

of eclipses

Canon der Finsternisse"

'^

moon

shall

find out

first

half,

and

in inscriptions, since,

(Dejikschriften

der

often

becomes

essential that the

its

inscription mentions a date,

be greatly assisted

in

and an

the determination of

Up

been that published by Oppolzer

Kaiserl. Akadoitie der

being

moments

whether such was actually the case.

has

procurable

it

The

accurately ascertained.

on that date.

the genuineness of the inscription

present

for the

tithi.

ancient Indian ideas, the value of a royal grant was greatly enhanced by

to

made on

the

names of karanas

gives the serial numbers and

of each

Eclipses of the sun and

Eclipses.

40.

according

col.

second

for the

first

'

Wisscnscliaften.

in

to
his

Vienna,

but this concerns the whole of our globe, not merely a portion like India; the standard

meridian is that of Greenwich, requiring correction for longitude and the accompanying maps are
on too small a scale to be useful e.\cept as affording an approximation from which details can
be worked out. Our object is to save our readers from the necessity of working out such
complicated problems. Prof. Jacobi's Tables in the Indian Antiquary {Wo\. XVll.) and Epigrap/iia
;

Indica

(Vol.

of

all

afford

II.)

considerable

help,

but

do

not

eclipses in India

but

for itself,

we

think

at

any

place.

His

article

speaks

be well be add a few notes.

will

Prof. Jacobi writes (Epig. Ind., II., p. 422):

not always

prepared by him, give the dates

lists

and the amount of obscuration observable

it

meet the requirements of the

entirely

Dr. Schram's contribution to this volume, and the

situation.

"The

actually observed eclipses, but calculated ones.

eclipses

My

mentioned

in

inscriptions are

reasons for this opinion are the

moments, when donations, such as are usually recorded

They were therefore probably selected for such
occasions, and must accordingly have been calculated beforehand.
No doubt they were entered
in panchangs or almanacs in former times as they are now.
Secondly, even larger eclipses
of the sun, up to seven digits, pass unobserved by common people, and smaller ones are only
following
in

Firstly, eclipses are auspicious

are particularly

inscriptions,

visible

meritorious.

under favourable circumstances.

and would

not

think

it

Thirdly, the Hindus place implicit trust in their Sastras,

necessary to test their calculations by actual observation.

of inscriptions would therefore mention an eclipse

Our general Table

if

they found one predicted

The

in their

writers

almanacs."

be found of use. Thus a lunar eclipse can only occur

and can only be visible when the moon is above the horizon
at the place of the observer; so that when the purnima is found by our Tables to occur during most part of the daytime there can be no visible eclipse.
But it is possibly visible

moon

at the time of full

if

the purnima

4 ghatikas

is

will occasionally

(pi'irnima),

found, on any given meridian, to end within 4 ghatikas after sunrise, or within
If
solar eclipse occurs only on an amavasya or new moon day.
sunset.

before

According to the Siirya-Siddhdnta the four karauas are Sakuiii, Naga. Chatushparla and KiihstnKhna, but we have foUoned thf

present practice of Westeni India, which

is

supported by Var&hamihira and Brahmagupta.

THE INDIAN CALENDAR.

24

amavasya ends between sunset and sunrise

the

sunset

may

it

be

visible,

Lunar

it

not visible.

is

If

it

ends between sunrise and

but not of course always.

and their names. The usual modern system of naming lunar months
and the names in use will be found in Tables II. and III. In early times,
however, the months were known by another set of names, which are given below, side by side
with those by which they are at present known.
41.

is

mo7iths

given above (Art.

14),

Ancient names.

Modern names.

Ancient names.

1.

Madhu

2.

Madhava

3-

Sukra

4-

Suchi

Ashadha

10.

Nabhas
Nabhasya

Sravana
Bhadrapada

6.

Chaitra

Isha

Asvina

Vaisakha

8.

Jyeshtha

9.

Urja
Sahas
Sahasya

Margasirsha

The names "Madhu'" and

names

The

to distinguish

'

may

latter

.Modern names.

7.

Karttika

Pausha

Magha

Tapas
Tapasya

12.

Phalguna

others evidently refer to certain seasons and may be called season" Chaitra " and those others which are derived from the nakshatras.

them from

be termed sidereal names or star-names.

Season-names are now nowhere

in use,

but are often met with in Indian works on astronomy, and in Sanskrit literature generally.

The season-names of months

of

both

found

in

the

Yajur-Vedas, and

the

SamJiitirs

there but seldom.

nakshatras.

nakshatras

some of them.

to

met with

in

the mantra sections, or

earlier than the

names

.sidereal

tlie

Samhitas,

which are

not

some of the Bralimanas, and even

of the Vedas, but only in

twenty-seven starry
near

of any

first

certainly

The sidereal names "Chaitra", etc., are originally derived from the names of
The moon in her revolution passes about twelve times completely through

42.

close

are

are

in

The

course

the

full-moon

tithi

of the year, and of necessity

(purniina),

is

the
the

at the full while

on which the moon became full when

month which contained the Chaitri

the nakshatra Chitra, was called Chaitri; and the lunar

puniima was called Chaitra and so on.

But the stars or groups of stars which give their names to the months are not at
43.
equal distances from one another; and as this circumstance,
together with the phenomenon of

the moon's apparent varying

and the fact that her synodic differs from her sidereal
revolution
prevents the moon from becoming full year after year in the same nakshatra, it was
natural that, while the twenty-seven nakshatras were allotted to the twelve months, the months
themselves should be named by taking the nakshatras more or less alternately.
The nakshatras
daily motion,

month are given on

thus allotted to each

It

44.

we

find

conjunction
in

which
1

clear that this

modified

ingeniously
so

is

that

of

in

the

full

months

is

This

"strength".

Sahatya

"strong".

7'aj>as

it

was natural

have

in

its

origin

hh

and were habitually named

began to take place abjut 1400

Mddhava. "the sweet one".

or

it

was

ceased to have their names regulated according to the

change

"mortification",

"pain", "fire".

"fertile".

after the solar montlis

B. C., the time of the

mean "bright". iVoiAo*, the rainy

Sukra and Suehi both

hha, 'draneht"or "refreshment",

"pcnoucc",

and though

occasioned considerable confusion; and

nakshatras,

"honey", "Bweet spring".

Nabhasya, "vapoury", "rainy",

season.

though
must often

gradually

moons and

they occurred.

Madhu

years,

later

the next page.

practice,

Urj, "strength", "vigour".

Tnpasya, "produced by heat", "pain".

Sahat
All

are Vedic words.

2

In

my

opinion the sidereal names "Chaitra" and the

than 1500 B.C., and not earlier than 4000 B.C.

[S.

D.]

rest,

came

into use about

2000

U.

They are

certainly

not

later

THE HfNDU CALENDAR.

VcdaUga-jyotisha;

came

into

use

till

and from

the time

when

the

25

zodiacal-sign-names,

"Mesha" and

the rest,

the present day, the general rule has been that that amanta lunar month in

which the Mesha sankranti occurs,

Derivation of the

is

called Chaitra,

Names

Names and Grouping

and the

rest in succession.

of the Lunar Months from the Nakshatras.

of the Nakshatras.

THE INDIAN CALENDAR.

26

The next

peculiarity

that

is

when

there are

kshaya masa, or a complete expunction of a month.

sankranti

took

place

shortly

lower half of the diagram

Amdnla
lunar
months.

col.

after
2)

the

beginning

two

saiikrantis in a lunar

Suppose,

month

there

is

for instance, that the Vrischika

of the amanta lunar month Karttika {see the

that in the next lunar

month the Dhanus-saiikranti took place

THE iriNnu calendar.

"The

27

first moment the sun stands in Mina and the following

and the others (in succession]."
According to this rule the added month in the above example (,Art. /j) will be named
Vaisakha, since the sun was in Mesha when it began; and in the example of the expunged
month the month between the natural Karttika and the natural Magha will be named Margasirsha,
because the sun was in Vrischika when it commenced, and Pausha will be considered as expunged.
This rule is given in a work named Kalatatva-vlvechana, and is attributed to the sage Vyasa. The
and
celebrated astronomer Bhaskaracharya (A. D.
50) seems to have followed the same rule,
2th century A. D. As it is the general
it must thersfore have been in use at least as early as the
rule obtaining through most part of India in the present day we have followed it in this work.
There is another rule which is referred to in some astronomical and other works, and is
It is as follows
attributed to the Brahma-Siddhanta. " Meshadisthe Savitari yo yo niasah prapuryate chandrak Chaitradyah sa jiieyah picrtid-

twelve lunar months, at whose

Chaitra,

[signs], are called

'

vitve 'dhimaso 'ntyah."

\\

"That lunar month which

known

as

Chaitra, etc.

completed when the sun

is

[respectively]

when

[the sign]

in

is

Mesha

etc.,

is

there are two completions, the latter (of them]

to be

an

is

added month."
will

It

be seen from the Table given above

both rules are the same, but that they

differ in

(p.

names of ordinary months

26) that for the

The

the case of added and suppressed months.

added month between natural Chaitra and natural Vaisakha, in the example in Art. ./j, having
ended when the sun was in Mesha, would be named "Chaitra" by this second rule, but "Vaisakha" by the first rule, because it commenced when the sun was in Mesha. Again, the month
between natural Karttika and natural Magha, in the example of an expunged month, having
ended when the sun was in Makara, would be named "Pausha" by this second rule, and consewhile by the

quently Margasirsha would be expunged;

since

commenced when

it

month.

added

will

It

or

was

sun

the

in

first

Vrischika,

be noticed, of course, that the difference

suppressed.

Both

these

inscriptions or records earlier than

rules

should

be

rule

and
is

it

"
would be named " Margasirsha
would be the expunged

Pausha

name and

only in

borne

carefully

in

not in the period

mind when studying

lOO A. D.

It must be noted with regard

to true an d inea?i systems.
and suppression of months, that whereas at present these are regulated by the sun's
and moon's apparent motion, in other words, by the apparent length of the solar and lunar
months and though this practice has been in use at least from A. D. 100 and was followed
by Bhaskaracharya, there is evidence to show that in earlier times they were regulated by
the mean length of months. It was at the epoch of the celebrated astronomer Sripati, * or about

Their determination according

47.

to the intercalation

1040, that the change of practice took place, as evidenced by the following passage
Siddhanta Sekhara, (quoted in the Jyotisha-darpaiia, in A. D. 1557-)

A. D.
his

Sec his Siddlidnta-Siromani, madhyamddhihara, adhimdsanirtiatja, verse 6, and his

It

is

have not seen as

3

In

Prof.

Genei'al Sir A.

yet.

[S.

Chattre's

list

of

added

Cunningham's Indian Eras

arose probably from resort being

Poona,

Thanks are due

for

his

discovery

to

of

is

[S.

it.

B. D.]

a third Brahma-Siddhftnta which

B. D.j

the above rules and definitions that this

own commentan' on

not to be found in either of the Brahma-Siddhdntas referred to above, but there

in

made

is

and suppressed mouths,

it

often noted that the

impossible.

to the

Mr. Mahadco

is

firet

K month

rule for

in th()^c published

same mouth

is

in

Mr. Cowasjcc

Patells'

both added and suppressed.

Chronology, and in

But

naming adhika months, and

to the second

for the suppressed

Chiiiipiji Apte. B.A., L.L.B., very recently deceased, the founder of the

a part of Sripati's Karaiia

written in Saka 961 expired (A.D. 1039-40).

[S. B.

D.]

named

it

cannot be both added and suppressed at the same time.

the Bhikoiida, from

which

got Sripati's date.

is

clear

from

The mistake
months.

Anand&srama

I find that

it

at

was

THE INDIAN CALENDAR.

28

Madhyama-Ravi-sahkranti-pravesa-rahito bhaved adkikak

Madhyas Chandra maso madhyadhika-lakshanani cliaitat\

Vidvaihsas-ti'-acharya tiirasya madhyadhikam masani
Kuryiih sphuta-manena hi yato 'dliikah spashta eva syat.

"The

month which has no mean sun's entrance into a sign shall be a mean intercalis the definition of a mean added month.
The learned Acharyas should leave
the mean added months, and should go by apparent reckoning, by which the added
lunar

ated month.
off

using]
I

This

month would be apparent

It

||

(true)."

mean intercalations were in use up to Sripatis time. In the Vcmean motions of the sun and moon are taken into account, and it

clear, therefore, that

is

dahga Jyotisha

only

the

may therefore be assumed that at that time the practice of regulating added and suppressed
months by apparent motions was unknown. These apparent motions of the sun and moon are
treated of in the astronomical Siddhantas at present in use, and so far as is known the present
system of astronomy came into force in India not later than 400 A. D.
But on the other
hand, the method of calculating the ahargana (a most important matter), and of calculating the
places of planets, given in the Surya and other Siddhantas, is of such a nature that it seems
only natural to suppose that the system of mean intercalations obtained for many centuries after
the present system of astronomy came into force, and thus we find Sripati's utterance quoted in an
astronomical work of the 1 5th century.
There can be no suppression of the month by the mean
system, for the mean length of a solar month is longer than that of a mean lunar month, and
'

therefore two

The

mean

sahkrantis cannot take place in a

mean

lunar month.

date of the adoption of the true (apparent) system of calculating added and suppressed

speaks of suppressed months, and it seems

were not known in his time (A. D. 11 50.) We have
therefore in our Tables given mean added months up to A. U. iioo. and true added and suppressed months for the whole period covered by our Tables. For students more familiar with solar reckoning we will give the rules for the intercala48.
tion and suppression of months in another form.
Ordinarily one lunar month ends in each solar
month. When two lunar months end in a solar month the latter of the two is said to be an

months

from

not

is

adhika

mean

that

(added

following

known.

definitely

work

his

or intercalated)

natural

Bhaskaracharya

intercalations

lunar month,

and by the present practice

month,
but

with the prefix adhika.

Thus

receives the

it

name of

the

the Table on p. 25, two

in

months end during the solar month Mesha, the second of which is adhika and receives,
by the present practice, the name of the following natural lunar month. V'ai.sakha. When no
lunar month ends in a solar month there is a kshaya niasa, or expunged or suppressed month;
i.e.,
the name of one lunar month is altogether dropped, viz., by the present practice, the one

lunar

following that which would be derived from the solar

month. Thus,

the Table above, no lunar

in

month ends in the solar month Dhanus. IMarga.sirsha is the name of the month in which the
Dhanus saiikranti occurs; the name Pausha is therefore expunged.
The rule for naming natural lunar months, and the definition of, and rule for naming, added
'

Up

to

rcccntlj

on Indian Astronomy,

came

tlie

fixes

diitc
it

at

into existence not later than

*

am

of added months,

inclined

((insidcred

point.

to

the 2nd oentiiry

first

came

be iibuul

llii-

fith

(Sc his edition of the

to believe that of the

and that the

any cvidcuec on the

was

400 A.D.

13

C.

two rules

icnlurj-

A.D.

l)r

TUibaut,

Pa/ur/ia Siddhdntikii Introd.,

[S.

B.

for

naming lunar mouths

oni-

of the highest living authorities

LX.).

My

own opinion

is

that

it

the second

into existcnee with the adoption of the tni<' system

See, however, the note to Art. 61 below.

[S. B. D.]

was connected with the mean system

But

am

nut

as yet

in

possession of

THE HINDU CALENDAR.

29

That amanta lunar month in whicii the

and suppressed months, may be summed up as follows.
Mesha sankranti occurs is called Chaitra, and the rest in succession. That amanta lunar month

which there is no sankranti is adhika and receives the name (i) of the preceding natural lunar
month by the old Brahma-Siddhanta rule, (2) of the following natural lunar month by the present
When there are two sahkrantis in one amanta lunar month, the name which would be
rule.
derived from the first is dropped by the old Brahma-Siddhanta rule, the name which would be
derived from the second is dropped by the present rule.
in

create

kranti

takes

calculations

and

to

results by different Siddhantas.

Different

49.

times

a difference
place

very

in the

close

added and

for

investigation

assist

moments

'

month
to

The

use of different Siddhantas will some-

be intercalated or suppressed, but only when a sanend of the amavasya. Such cases will be rare. Our

to

the

months have been

suppressed

we have been

at

the

pains

to

made

by the
and

ascertain

Siirya-Siddhanta,
particularize

the

and decimals) of the sankrantis preceding and

succeeding an added or suppressed month, from which it can be readily seen if there be a probability
The Special Tables published by
of any divergence in results if a different Siddhanta be used.
Professor Jacobi in the Epigraphia Indica (Vol., II., pp. 403 ff. ) must not be relied on for calculations
of added and suppressed months of Siddhantas other than the Snrya-Siddkanta.
If a different
Siddhanta happened to have been used by the original computor of the given Hindu date,
and if such date is near to or actually in an added or suppressed month according to our
Table I., it is possible that the result as worked out by our Tables may be a whole month
wrong. Our mean intercalations from A. D. 300 to 11 00 are the same by the original SuryaSiddhanta, the present Siirya-Siddlianta, and the first Arya-Siddhanta.
exact

(given in tithi-indices, and

Sotne pcadiarities.

50.

Certain points are worth noticing

added and suppressed months

tions of the

tithis

for the

in

connection with our calcula-

1600 years from A. D. 300 to 1900 according

to the SHrya-Siddhaftta.
Intercalations occur generally in the 3rd, 5th, 8th,

{a)

of

9 years,

[b)

month becomes

ith. 14th,

intercalary at an interval of

i6th and 19th years of a cycle

9 years over a certain period,

way generally to one of the months preceding it, but sometimes, though

and afterwards gives

months of a cycle one or two

number of cycles the whole are
replaced by others,
[d) During our period of 1600 years the months Margasirsha, Pausha, and
Magha are never intercalary, [e) The interval between years where a suppression of the month
occurs is worth noticing. In the period covered by our Tables the first suppressed month is in A.D. 404,
and the intervals are thus: 19,65, 38, 19, 19,46,19,141,122,19,141,141,65,19,19,19,19,46,
At first sight there seems no regularity,
76, 46, 141, 141, and an unfinished period of 78 years.
rarely,

the

to

following

changed

are always

one.

(c)

Out of the seven

intercalary

the ne.xt succeeding cycle, so that after a

in

shews that the periods group themselves into three classes, viz., (i.) 19,
122,65 a"<i 4^ years; the first of which consists of 19 or its multiples,
the second is a constant, and the third is the difference between (ii.) and (i.) or between 141 anda multiple of 19.
The unfinished period up to 1900 A.D. being 78 years, we are led by these
but

examination

closer

38, 76;

(ii.)

peculiarities
1

It

is

141; and

to

(iii.)

suppose

difficult to define

that

there

will

the exact limit, because

be no
it

suppressed

month

till

at earliest (122 years

varies with different Siddlidntas. and even for one Siddluinta

it is

=)

not always

the same.
It is, however, generally not more
than sis ghatikus, or about 33 of our tithi-indices (tj. But in the case of some
Siddhdntas as corrected with a bija the difference may amount sometimes to as much as 20 ghatikfis. or 113 of our tithi-indices. It
would be very rare to find any difference in true added months; but in the case of suppres-sed months we might expect some divergence, a

month suppressed by one authority not being the same as that suppressed by another, or there being no suppression at all by the latter
in some cases.
Differences in mean added months would be very rare, except in the case of the Brahma-SiddMnia, (See Arl. i'i.J

THE INDIAN CALENDAR.

30

A.D. 1944, and possibly not till (141 years =) A.D. 1963.
(</) Magha is only once suppressed in
Saka 1398 current, Marg.is'irslia is suppressed six times, and I'ausha 18 times. Xo other month
'

suppressed.

is

down - that Karttika, Margasirsha and Pausha only arc liable to

seems applicable only to the Bralima-Siddhanta of which Bhaskaracharya
was a follower. He further states, "there was a suppressed month in the Saka year 974 expired,
and there will be one in Saka 11 15, 1256 and 1378 all expired", and this also seems applicable
Bhaskaracharya

be suppressed, but

Bralima-Siddhaiita only.

the

to

lays

this

By

the Surya-Siddlianta there were suppressed months

these years except the last one, and there was an additional suppression in Saka

Ganesa

in all

1180 expired.

the famous author of the Gralialaghava (A.D. 1520), as quoted by his

commentary on the Siddhanta-Siromani, says, "By the Siirya-Siddlianta there
will be a suppressed month in Saka 1462, 1603, 1744, 1885,2026,2045,2148,2167,2232,2373,
2392, 2514, 2533, 2655, 2674, 2796 and 2815, and by the Arya-Siddhanta^ there will be one
in
1481, 1763, 1904, 2129, 2186, 2251 (all expired)." The first four by Siirya calculations agree

grandson,

Daivaijfia,

his

in

with our results.

By

51.

and was

is

in

nomenclature

The

and

following

Notwithstanding that the purnimanta scheme of months

the piirninianta scheme.

use

is

an

amanta

lunar

the

name

of the

in

Northern India, the amanta scheme alone

intercalation

the

is

recognized

in

the matter of the

months and the commencement of the luni-solar year.

first, the ordinary rule of naming a month is applied to

of lunar

method adopted

month, and then, by the purnimanta scheme, the dark fortnight of

following

month.

The correspondence

it

receives

of amanta and purnimanta fortnights

is
shown in Table II., Part i., and it will be observed that the bright fortnights
same name by both schemes while the dark fortnights differ by a month, and thus
the purnimanta scheme is always a fortnight in advance of the amanta scheme.
The sankrantis take place in definite amanta lunar months, thus the Makara-sahkranti invariably
takes place in amanta Pausha, and in no other month but when it takes place in the krishnapaksha of amanta Pausha it falls in purnimanta Magha, because that fortnight is said to
belong to Magha by the purnimanta scheme. If, however, it takes place in the sukla paksha,
the month is Pausha by both schemes.
Thus the Makara-sankranti, though according to the
amanta scheme it can only fall in Pausha, may take place either in Pausha or Magha by the
purnimanta scheme; and so with the rest.
The following rules govern purnimanta intercalations. Months are intercalated at first
as if there were no purnimanta scheme, and afterwards the dark fortnight preceding the intercalated
month receives, as usual, the name of the month to which the following natural bright fortnight
belongs, and therefore the intercalated month also receives that name. Thus, in the example given
above {Art. ^5), intercalated amanta Vaisakha (as named by the first rule) lies between natural
amanta Chaitra and natural amanta Vaisakha. But by the purnimanta scheme the dark half
'of natural amanta Chaitra acquires the name of natural Vai.sakha; then follow the two fortnights
of adhika Vai.sakha; and after them comes the bright half of the (nija) natural purnimanta

for

year

have the

ThiK relation of intervals

is

a distinct assistaurc tu calciilntion, as

of a month which docs not conform to

Sec the Siddhdnla-Siromam, Madhijamddhikira

of the

6U|>|>reii.scd

br
by

Lalla's
Ijtila's

have
bijii,

b!ja

it

shuiilj lead

us to luuk with stispiriou on any su|)|)rcssiou

it.

Bhftskara

wrote in

Saka 1073 (A.D. 1150).

Ho

did not give the names

niunths.
micctrlaincd

that

and by |>ulling to

Gauesa has adopted

test

in his

Oralialdyhava sonic of the elements of the Ari/a-Siddhdnta as corrected

one of the years noted

lind

nas used. Onvesa was a most areurate calculator, and

that
I

feel

in these caleulalions also the

certniu

thai

his resull.o can

Aryn-Siddhdnta as corrected
be depended u|>on. [S. B. D.]

THE HTXDU CALENDAR.

Thus

Vaisaklia.

liippens

it

Of

the

four

'

name

fortnights thus having the

same month the

of the

amanta Phalguna krishna is purnimanta Chaitra

same day as the amanta month,

will

be seen from Table

The

year, however, does not begin then, but on the

It

two fortnights

first

Vaiiak/ia," and the last two the "Second Vaisaklia."

are sometimes called the "First

krishna.

puniinianta Vaisakha comes before, and half

of natural

half

that

the intercalated month.

after,

.V

Part

II.,

that

i.,

new moon, or the beginning of the next bright fortnight.

Having discussed the lesser divisions of time, we now revert to the Hindu year.

i.e.,

with the

first,

its

And,

beginning.

Years and Cycles.

The Hindu

52.

begin,

to

luni-solar,

if

Nezv-year's Day.

In

invariably

amanta Chaitra Sukla

with

Indian astronomical works the year

if

ist,

considered

is

with

solar

the

Mesha

and in almost all works mean Mesha sankranti is taken for convenience of calculations,
very few works adopting the apparent or true one. At present in Bengal and the Tamil
country, where solar reckoning is in use, the year, for religious and astronomical purposes, commences with the apparent Mesha-saiikranti, and the civil year with the first day of the month
Mesha, as determined by the practice of the country (See above Art. 28). But since mean Meshasaiikranti;

saiikranti

able

to consider

In

of the solar year in astronomical works,

began with

that the year actually

how long ago the practice ceased.

Karana named Bhasvati (A. D.

and

saiikranti,

commencement

taken as the

is

suppose

to

though

is

it

it

the

of employing the

practice

ceased about the same time as the

The

luni-solar Chaitradi

with the

first

may

at

for

fall

the

moment

of the

it

ends,
1

is

Such

night, since

anomaly

an

month

pAruim&nta

month

AD.

added months.

would

arise

is

this tithi

in

regard

which the Mesha

which

in

(Si'e mij

with

no

remarh

-Int.,

It

is

11th century A.D.

(See Ind. Ant.,

arbitrary

the

it

is

current at sunrise

{i.e.,

when

rule of

rol.

of course,

this,

But

is

taken as the

or opening

first

the

expunged) then the day on which

is

it

is

is

XX., p. iO

if

the two rules were applied, one that "that

always called Chaitra, and so on in succession," and the other that " that

called an

f)

But

intercalated

the added

The

month."

rules were, I believe, in use in the sixth

month under such

rules

would never agree with the amfinta

much inconvcuicuce

17 months' diderence in the intercalated months between the two, and

purpim&nta scheme

is

for

is

said to have taken place in

into general use.

naming the months.

naming months, and

that pflr^i-

This arbitrary rule was certainly in use in the

51.

VI., p. 53, where the Makara-saiikrSnti

naming the purnim&nta months once came

Brahma-Siddhdnta, rule

not recognised in

it

Xldgha.^

was iuipossible

For in the example

in ,/r<.

in

Chaitrddi, "beginning with Chaitra"; Kiirttikudi, '-beginning with KSrttika

Northern India

45 above the intercalated

month would by that rule be named Chaitra, but if its preceding fortnight be a fortnight of VaisSkha it is obvious
month cannot be named Chaitra. In Southern India the pi"actice may have continued in use a little longer.

calated

present

For astronomical purpo.ses the learned take any convenient

arbitrarily, as described in the first para, of Art.

to continue using the second, or

as

of the year

depends on the moment of new moon.

pftrpimfinta scheme could not occur

for this reason probably that the

named

this

to

for the

current at sunrise on two days, as sometimes happens,

sankrilnti occurs

There would he from 14

thereby.

to

sankr&nti occuis

Ind.

it

the beginning of a samvatsara (year), the sunrise

with

not current at any sunrise

manta months are

After

is

taken as the opening day.

purpimant!)

century

When

assume

fair to

it

of Chaitra, or Chaitra sukla pratipada and

tithi

of the day on which Chaitra sukla pratipada

day of the year.

first, and
when it

at least quote

mean Mesha sankranti for fi.xing the beginning

practice of mean intercalary months.

connected

ceremonies

may

lOO. This date coinciding fairly

year commences, for certain religious and astrological purposes,

first

any time of the day or

religious

only reason-

and we have

commences with apparent Mesha

1099) the year

dangerous to theorize from one work, we

shewing that the present practice was known as early as A. D.

well with Sripati's injunction quoted above (Art. ^y) we think
that

it is

practice in earlier times,

in

that the inter[S.

Meshudi, with Mesha; and so on.

B. D.]

THE INDIAN CALENDAR.

32

such

moment,
before

mean

as

Chaitra sukla pratipada

When

Chaitra

in that case

month of

'

so taken.
intercalary

there seems to be a difference of opinion whether the year

For the purposes

to begin with the intercalated {adhika) or natural [nijd) Chaitra.

is

of our Table

is

is

we have taken

19 to 25)

(cols.

I.

on or
Sometimes the beginning of the mean

sunset, or midnight, but generally the sunrise,

noon,

sunrise,

sukla pratipada, as their starting-point.

Chaitra

the adhika Chaitra of the true system as the

first

the year.

But the year does not begin with Chaitra

Gujarat the years of the Vikrama era

over India. In Southern India and especially

all

commence

day with Karttika sukla pratipada.

Vikrama year commences with Ashadha sukla
pratipada. - In a part of Ganjam and Orissa, the year begins on Bhadrapada sukla 2th. {Sec jmder
Ohko reckoning, Art. 64.)
The Amli year in Orissa begins on Bhadrapada sukla 12th. the
in

some

In

Kathiavad

of

parts

and

Gujarat

in the present

the

Kanya sahkranti and the

commences on purnimanta Asvina kri. ist (viz., 4 days

Vilayati year, also in general use in Orissa, begins with the

which

luni-solar in Bengal,

is

Fasli year,
later

than

the Vilayati).

Malayajam country (Travancore and Cochin), and in Tinnevelly, the solar

or Kollam andu, begins with the month Chingam (Siriiha), and in the
North Malayajam tract it begins with the month Kanni (Kanya). In parts of the Madras Presidency
the Fasli year originally commenced on the ist of the solar month Adi (Karka), but by Government order about A.D. 1800 it was made to begin on the 3th of July, and recently it was altered
again, so that now it begins on ist July. In parts of the Bombay Presidency the Fasli year begins
when the sun enters the nakshatra Mrigasirsha, which takes place at present about the Sth or 6th o0une.
Alberuni mentions (A.D. 1030) a year commencing with Margasirsha as having been in
South

the

In

year

KoUam

of the

era,

Sindh, Multan, and Kanouj, as well as at Lahore and in that neighbourhood; also a
commencing with Bhadrapada in the vicinity of Kashmir. ' In the MaliabJiarata the names
of the months are given in some places, commencing with Margasirsha. {Anusasana pama adhyayas
106 and locf). In the Vcdaiiga Jyotisha the year commences with Magha sukla pratipada.
The Sixty-year cycle of Jupiter. * In this reckoning the years are not known by numbers,
53.
but are named in succession from a list of 60 names, often known as the " Brihaspati samvatsara
chakra," " the wheel or cycle of the years of Jupiter. Each of these years is called a "samvatsara."
The word " samvatsara " generally means a year, but in the case of this cycle the year is not
equal to a solar year. It is regulated by Jupiter's mean motion; and a Jovian year is the period
use

in

year

the planet Jupiter enters one

during which

Sec Ind. Ant., XIX.,

of

it

The

begin

passage,

year

the

month

with

Bhftilnipada

Kilrttika

p.

am

as

article

on the Original Siiri/a-Siddhdnttt.

[S.

All

Vikrama samvat begins on Ash&clha krishpa

told that at Idar in Gujarat the

Iranslatcd

the
.

it

B. D.]

by

Sachau

(Vol.

II.,

8 f),

|i.

month Chaitra, whilst the inhabilunts of

the

people

who

inhabit

the

country

is

"Those who

as follows.

Kaiiir.

which

is

bitwein Bardari

dritiyft.

[S.

conterminous with Kashmir, begin

iinil

B. D.]

use the Saka era, the astronomers,

JUrigala

bcjjin

it

with the

the year with the

mouth

The people living in the country of Nirahara, behind Mftrigaln, ns far as the utmost frontiers of Tfikcshar and lAihilvar,

the year with the

month

MflrBasii-sha

the people of .Multiln that this system

new moon

sign of the zodiac and passes completel)' through

my

myself seen a panehui'ig which mentions this beginning of the year, and have also found some instances of the use

in the present day.

3

begin

have

45, second paragraph of

is

The people of

I,anbaga,

'.(?.,

Lamghfln, follow

of the people of Ka.shinir, and followed their

53

Articles

''

The term

to 61
is

have been told bv

peculiar to the people of Sindh and Knnoj, and that they used to begin the year with the

MultAn only a few years ago had given up this system, and had
example in beginning the year with the new moon of Chaitra."

of MArgasirsha, hut that the people of

ihcir etample.

arc applicable to Northern India only (See Art. 62^.

one not n-cognized in Sanskrit works.

[S.

B. D.l

ado|)tcd the system

THE HINDU CALENDAR.

mean motion.

with reference to his

The

33

commences with Prabhava.

cycle

See Table

cols. 6,

I.,

7,

and Table XII.

The

54.

duration of a Barhaspatya samvatsara, according to the Surya-Siddhanta,

days, that

361.026721

about 4.232 days

is

less

than a solar year.

If,

is

about

then, a samvatsara begins

commence 4.232 days before the end

commencement of a samvatsara will be 4.232
days in advance, and a time will of course come when two samvatsaras will begin during
the same solar year.
For example, by the Surya-Siddhanta with the bija, Prabhava (No. i) was
Vibhava (No. 2) commenced 3.3 days
current at the beginning of the solar year*Saka 1779.
after the beginning of that year, that is after the Mesha sankranti; and Sukla (No. 3) began 361.03
days after Vibhava, that is 364.3 days after the beginning of the year. Thus Vibhava and Sukla
with

exactly

of

So

it.

solar year the following samvatsara will

the

that

each successive

in

year

the

Now

at the beginning of Saka

6aka 1780, Vibhava was expunged in the regular
method followed in the North. Thus the rule is that when two Barhaspatya samvatsaras begin
during one solar year the first is said to be expunged, or to have become kskaya; and it is
clear that when a samvatsara begins within a period of about 4.232 days after a Mesha sankranti

began

both

same

the

in

solar year.

as

Prabhava was current

1779, and Sukla was current at the beginning of

it

be expunged.

will

By

the

expunction

Surya Siddhanta 85^^

due

solar years

So

are equal to 86|^^ Jovian years.

every period of 85^^ solar years. But since

to the rule explained above, the interval between two expunctions
is

in

it

is

that

one

really takes place according

sometimes 85 and sometimes

86 years.
speaking

Generally

55.

practice coupled with

all

the samvatsara which

is

current at the beginning of a year

the days of that year, notwithstanding that another samvatsara

is

in

may have

during the course of the year.

Indeed if there were no such practice there would be
no occasion for an expunction. Epigraphical and other instances, however, have been found in
which the actual samvatsara for the time is quoted with dates, notwithstanding that another sam-

begun

was current

vatsara

Siddhantas
year,
in

an

it

the length of the solar year and year of Jupiter differs with different

samvatsara

will differ

is

expunged when two samvatsaras begin

with the different kinds of year.

some places

that in

ordinary

is

at least, such

in

in

the

same

luni-solar years are

applicable to that kind of year,

such a year;

was actually the case

Where

and there

for a time.

Now

is

evidence to

the length of an

year (354 days) is less than that of a Jovian year (361 days), and therefore
of two consecutive samvatsaras can only occur in those luni-solar years in which

luni-solar

beginning

there

made

only natural to suppose that the rule will be

is

expunction occurring when two samvatsaras begin

show
the

since

expunctions

these

use

As

follows that the expunction of samvatsaras similarly varies.

it

Further,

57.

beginning of the year.

at the

Variations.

56.

an

intercalary

month.

Again,

the

solar

The

Jyotislia-tattva

rule

sometimes commences with the mean

year

Mesha-sankranti, and this again gives rise to a difference.

"'

(given below Art. spj gives the samvatsara current at the time
all expunctions calculated thereby must

of the mean, not of the apparent, Mesha-sankranti, and hence

be held to

refer

sankranti.

It is

'

See Ind.

Jut.,

to

the

solar

year only when

it is

taken to commence with the

important that this should be remembered.

Vol. XIX., pp. 27, 33, 187.

These points have not yet heen noticed by any European writer on Indian Astronomy.

As

to the

mean

Mesba-sai'ikrilnti, see Art.

26 above.

[S.

B. D.]

mean Mesha-

THE INDIAN CALENDAR.

34

To find the current samratsara. The samvatsaras in our Table I., col. 7, are calculated
58.
by the Sitrya-Sidd/Kinta without the bija up to A.D. 500, and with the bija from AD. 501 to 1900
If the samvatsara current on a particular
and are calculated from the apparent Mesha-.sankranti
day by some other authority is required, calculations must be made direct for that day according
to that authority, and we therefore proceed to give some rules for this process.
1

Rules for finding the Barliaspatya samvatsara current on a particular day.

the Siirya-Siddhanta. ' Multiply the expired Kali year by 211. Subtract 108 from
'

59.

By

a.

To

Divide the result by 18000.

product.

the

of the expired Kali year plus 27. Divide the

as

I,

is

The remainder, counting from Prabhava

60.

the samvatsara current at the beginning of the given solar year, that

Multiply the result by 361,

Add

18000 the remainder

from

Subtract

Mesha-sankranti.

palas.

the quotient, excluding fractions, add the numeral

sum by

and

by 18000.

divide the product

The

palas to the result.

result

is

previously

at

is

apparent

its

by 18000.
days, ghatikas, and

after dividing

left

Calculate for

then the number of days,

the apparent Mesha-sahkranti and the end of the samvatsara current thereon.

elapsed between

etc.,

By

this process

can be

found the samvatsara current on any date.

which

Example I. Wanted the samvatsara current at the beginning of Saka 233 expired and the date on
"'-".'j.'^^'"
it ended. Saka 233 expired = (Table I.) Kali 3412 expired,
39H55^ 39 + 3412+27

3478. ?i^ =:

samvatsara

18000

57^!.

current

17824 =

The remainder
'""x^si

176.

This shews that Raktakshin

apparent Meska

satikranti.

is

58; and

beginning

the

at

27 gh. 23 pa. [see Table /.,

on the 20th March at 59 gh. 25.2
at

Raktakshini^Zizi^/^ AY/.^

Mesha-safikranti)

Adding

31 gh. 47.2 p.

3 d.

will

This

wehaveitthat No. 58

(apparent

15 pa.

of the given

we have

3 d.

was the

Again

year.

32 gh. 2.2 pa.

end and Krodhana (No. 59) begin 3 d. 32 gh. 2.2 pa. after the
by the Surya Siddhanta, occurred on 17th March, A.D. 31 1,

last,
col.

ij,

and

Table in Art. p6), and therefore Krodhana began

the

mean sunrise on 2 1st March. We also know

Krodhana commences within four days after Mesha it will he expunged (Art. j;.faboz'e.)
b.
By the Arya Siddhanta. Multiply the expired Kali year by 22. Subtract 1 from the product.
Divide the result by 1875. To the quotient excluding fractions add the expired Kali year + 27.
Divide the sum by 60. The remainder, counted from Prabhava as i, is the samvatsara current
pa., or 34.8 palas

before

that since

Subtract from 1875 the remainder previously

at the beginning of the given solar year.

by

dividing

1875.

Multiply

the

by

result

Divide

361.

the

by 1875.

product

left after

Add

gh.

45 pa. to the quotient. The result gives the number of days, etc., that have elapsed between the
apparent Mesha-sankranti and the end of the samvatsara current thereon.
Example 2. Required the samvatsara current at the beginning of Saka 230 expired, and

when

the time

Saka
by

divided

ended.

it

230

e.xpired

= KaH

Again;

beginning of the given year.

1

By

all

rules

these

to the authority used is

'

The

rule for

the

results

will

be

ill''^i??zli

Then No.

1875 1862
correct

witliin

two

391!??.

39

3409 + 271= 3475, which,

was current

55 Durmati (Table XII.)

13.

^^'

ghatikfts

= 2 d.

at the

30 gh. 10.56 pa. Adding

where the nioiucut

ol'

is

Vamhtha,

the SdkaUja

also similar,

Brahma, the Romaka, and the Soma Sidd/nUlas

is

eiactly the same. That

but in that case the result will be incorrect by about 2 ghatik&s (48 minutes). For

these authorities take the time of the Mesha-sankrAnti by the present Silrya-Sidd/nUla or by the Jri/a-Siddlidnta, whichever

be available. The

1100

to

1900.

Siddhanta

moment

of the Mesha-sankrlntri according to the Silrya-Siddtninla

The same moment

saiikrHnti

and 6 minutes).

is

gh.

the Mcshn-saukninti iiccording

kuown.

the present

by the original Stlri/a-Sidithdnla

all

3409 expired.

60, gives the remainder 55.

for all

years between A.D.

is

given in our Tabic

300 and 1100 can be found by the Table

I.

in

may

only for the years A.D.

Art. 96.

If the

Jrya-

used for years A.D. 300 to 1100 the result will never be incorrect by more than 2 ghatikfls 46 jmlas (1 hour

The Tabic should be

referred to.

THE HINDU CALENDAR.

we get 2d.
1316, viz.,

45 pa.,
cols.

35

Add this to the moment of the Mesha

31 gh. 55.5693.

Table

sankranti as given in

I.,

and we have 19th March,

35.56 p. after mean sunrise as the moment when Durmati ends and Dundubhi
13 gh.
Here again, since Dundubhi commences within four days of the Mesha sankranti, it

Friday,
begins.

i6th March, 308 A.D., Tuesday,

41 gh. 40

at

p.,

be expunged.

will

By

c.

with the bija

Surya-Siddhanta

the

be used for years after about 1500 A.D.).

(to

Subtract 60 from the product. Divide the result by

icx)00.
To the figures of the quotient, excluding fractions, add the number of the expired Kali
And the remainder, counted from Prabhava as i, is the
year plus 27. Divide the sum by 60.
Multiply

expired

the

samvatsara current

beginning of

at the

Example.

Required

moment when

_ -gi5

(10000-9896) 361

5.8

March
p.; and

d.

etc., that

have elapsed between the apparent

'

Saka 1436 expired

shews

1 5

=: Kali

that

Saka 1436 expired, and

4615 expired (Table

Vrisha

was

current

at

I.),

lii^iilli::^

53^-

Mesha-sankranti.

the

47 gh. 25.8 p. + 5 p. = 3 d. 47 gh. 40.8 p. Table I. gives the Mesha31 d.

44 gh. 25 p., Monday. 27 d. 44 gh. 25 p. + 3 d. 47 gh. 40.8 p.
means that Vrisha ended at 32 gh. 5.8 p. after mean sunrise at Ujjain
At that moment Chitrabhanu begins, and since it began within four days
1

27th,
this

on Friday, 31st March.

of the Mesha-saiikranti.

by 361, and divide the product

difference

the samvatsara current thereon.

remainder

Subtract from loooothe remainder

given solar year.

the samvatsara current at the beginning of

ends.

it

-pj^g

jj p.

_|_

sankranti as

32 gh.

tlie

by loooo. Multiply the

The result is the number of days,

by 0000. Add 1 5 pa.

Mesha sankranti and the end of

M-H615+27

117.

the previous division

left after

the

by

year

Kali

expunged.

is

it

The rules given in the Brihatsamhita and

and therefore we give them here. 'Y\\s. Jyotishatattva
rule is the same as that for the Arya-Siddhanta given above, except that it yields the year current
The latter difference
at the time of mean Mesha-sankranti, and that it is adapted to Saka years.
is
merely nominal of course, as the moment of the beginning of a samvatsara is evidently
We have slightly modified the rules, but in words only and not in sense.
the same by both. The Jyotishatattva rule is this. Multiply the current Saka year by 22. Add 4291. Divide
the sum by 1875. To the quotient excluding fractions add the number of the current Saka year. Divide
and

Brihatsamhita

d.

the

sum by

beginning of the given year.

1875.

Multiply

the

in use,

remainder, counted from Prabhava as

The

60.

Jyotishatath'a Rules.

much

the Jyotishatattoa seem to be

result

Subtract the remainder

by

And

361.

divide

left

i,

product

the

is

the samvatsara current at the

after previously dividing

by

1875.

The

number of days by which, according to the Arya-Siddhanta, the samvatsara ends

sankranti.
The mean ^ Mesha-sankranti will be obtained by adding 2d. 8 gh.
the time given in Table

Work
result will

out

by

I.,

sum by
1

add 15
2

In
p.,

this rule the

If

pa.

5 vipa.

to

18.

example given above under the Arya-Siddhanta

To

3750.

rule,

and the

these

p.,

Multiply

the

expired

rules the apparent Mesha-sankr&nti is taken.

three

1 gh. 45

rule.

and 15

p.

If

we omit

the subtraction of 108, 11, and 60, and do not

respectively, the result will be correct with respect to the

Rainamdld ofSripati (A.D. 1039).

we add 4280

Saka year by 44. Add 8589. Divide

number of the expired Saka year

the quotient, excluding fractions, add the

I have not seen the Jt/oiiskatattm (or

rule in the
8

13 to

mean Mesha-

after

51

be found to be the same by both.

The Brihatsamhita
the

cols.

by 1875 from

result gives the

"Jyotishtava"
It

must be

as

Warren

as old as that

calls it,

mean Mesha-sankranli.

but which seems

to be a mistake),

by the Arya-Siddhdnta, since both

but

are the same.

find the

[S. B. D.]

instead of 4291, and add 1 gh. 45 pa. to the final result, the time so arrived at will be the period elapsed since

apparent Mesha-sankranti. Those who interpret the

Jyotiahaiallm rule in any different way

have failed to grasp

its

proper meaning

[S. B.

D.]

THE INDIAN CALENDAR.

.-,6

plus

I.

Divide the sum by 60. The remainder, counted from Prabhava as

i, is

the samvatsara current

Subtract from 3750 the remainder obtained after the previous division b\'
This gives the number of
the result by 361, and divide the product by 3750.

at thebeginnini^ of the year.

3750.

days

Multiply

by which the

sankranti.
60.

samvatsara

current

at the

beginning of the year

will

end

after the

Mesha

'

List

of Expunged Samvatsaras.

The

following

is

a comparative

list

of

expunged

samvatsaras as found by different authorities, taking the year to begin at the mean Mesha sankranti.
List of
Firsl Arya-Siddluinla, Brihal-

Expunged Samvatsaras.-

THE HINDU CALENDAR.

There

evidence

is

Saka 828 (A.D.

to

'

show

831 (A.D. 908-9) according to the

with the

neglected,

that

.SVJr;'-AV^d%(5/rt,

Saka

samvatsara

the

finding

for

according

Saka
was altogether

Siddlianta, or from

became

luni-solar

12 on the southern!

the luni-solar cycle,

to

and divide by 60; the remainder

year,

Arya

the expunction of the samvatsaras

that the 60-year cycle in the south

result

use in Southern India before

in

year, according to the

At present the northern samvatsara has advanced by

rule

was

that the cycle of Jupiter

from

but

905-6);

37

add

viz.,

from that year.

There

an easy

is

to the current

1 1

the corresponding luni-solar cycle year.

is

It

must

not be forgotten that the samvatsaras of Jupiter's and the southern cycle, are always to betaken
as current years, not expired.

The twelve-year

63.

named

twelve samvatsaras
with

the

heliacal rising

cycle

of Jupiter. There is another cycle of Jupiter consisting of

months. It is of two kinds. In one, the samvatsara begins

after the lunar

of Jupiter and consists of about 400 solar days, one samvatsara being

expunged

every

of Jupiter

of the mean-sign system", the

12 years or so.'

early times, and the latter

former, were in use in

those of the

KoUam

system with
64.

small

them

Both kinds, though chiefly the

employed in modern dates, especially in

of this heliacal rising system can only be found by direct

The correspondence of the samvatsaras of the mean-sign
those of the sixty-year cycle are given in Table XII.
They proceed regularly.
T/ie Graha-parivritti and Ohko cycles.
There are two other cycles, but they are limited

some

Sidd/ianta.

of country and would perhaps be better considered as eras.

tracts

The southern
90

of

deriving

We

however give

gh. 31

pa.

astronomers

The

Madura.

at

of Mars,

22

us

meaningless.

of this cycle

it

by
Arya-Siddhanta. The
calculations

Graha-parivritti year
1

See Corpus Inscrip.

The

distance

sufficient

of Jupiter,

il

The

length

of

and

Arya-Siddlianta,

the

commenced with

cycle

o current*

Kali

is

in

3078 current (B.C.

Vol. III., p. 80, note; Ind. Anliq.,

Indie,

may

be said to belong to the

XVII.,

from

the

sun

be

to

first

sefn on the horizon at

its rising

epoch,

its

i.e.,

the

it

at

25).
142.

p.

rising of a superior planet is its first vuible rising after its conjnnctions with the sun,

in the

morning before

For Jupiter

i.e

when

is

sunrise, or, in the case of an

to be visible the sun

must be about 11

[R. S.]

by

me

XVII.

It is fully described

In practice of course the word "current" cannot be applied to the year

expired,

coiTesponding

in the Indian Antiquary, vol.

which means year

given in a year of another era

Kali year

year

Kali 3079 current (B. C. 24) and

or

native

revolution of the sun,

as nearly as possible in agreement

it

fact the

complete

year

planet (Mercury or Venus), at its setting in the evening after sunset.

below the horizon.

days of

of

this

appears that astronomers have tried to keep

heliacal

Warren was informed by

in

Venus and 29 of Saturn, .though this appears

is
that ascertained by using the original
but from the method given by Warren for finding the beginning of the years

of Mercury,

15

Sitrya-Siddhanta

for over

cycle consists of 90 solar years, the lengtli of one year being 365 d.

30 vi., and the year commences with Mesha.

Madras that the cycle consisted of the sum

to

quite

called the Graha-parivritti.

is

from the celebrated Portuguese missionary Beschi, who lived

information

his

Madura district) use a

Warren has described the cycle,

inhabitants of the peninsula of India (chiefly of the

years which

solar

forty years in

inferior

often

here.

cycle

with

is

The samvatsaras

era.

calculations according to

15

years are similar in length to those of the sixty-year

of Jupiter just described, and begin at the same moment.

cycle

to

which we have named the "twelve-year cycle

In the other,

is

1 cuiTent.

We

use the

[S.

B. D.]

word "epoch"

0,

but

to

it is

mean

useful for turning years of one into years of another era.

to the Gralia-pari\Titti

subtracting the same from a Kali year

we

cycle epoch)

to a Graha-parivritti year,

get the corresponding Graha-parivritti year.

applied here (o distinguish

the year

cun-ent.

it

from the year

The epoch

of an era

Thus, by adding 3078 (thenimiber of the

we can

get the equivalent Kali year;

and by

THE INDIAN CALENDAR.

38

To
and

year of the Graha-parivritti cycle, add 72 to the current Kali-year,

find the

Saka

current

or

year,

24 or 23

from January

23

Mesha;

to

1st

to

to the

A.D. year, viz., 24 from Mesha to December 31st,

divide by 90 and the remainder is the current year

the

of the cycle.

The Ohko

cycle

'

Madras Presidency.

of 59 luni-solar

years

use

in

is

Ganjam

of the

part

in

district

of

months are purnimanta, but it begins the year on the 12th of

Bhadrapada-suddha," calling that day the 12th not the 1st. In other words, the year changes its
numerical designation every 12th day of Bhadrapada-suddha.
It is impossible as yet to say
decidedly when the Onko reckoning commenced.
Some records in the temple of Jagannatha

the

Its

from an historical point of view) show that it commenced with the

319 A.D., but the absurdity of this is proved by the chronicler's
statement that the great Mughal invasion took place in 327 A.D. in the reign of that king's
successor. '
Some say that the reckoning commenced with the reign of Chodaganga or
Chorgahga, the founder of the Gangavarhsa, whose date is assigned usually to
131-32
at

Purl

(perfectly

valueless

reign

of Subhanideva

A.D.,

while

in

of Orissa states that it was introduced in 1580 A.D. In

the zamindari tracts of Parlakimedi, Peddakimedi and Chinnakimedi the Oiiko Calendar is
followed, but the people there also observe each a special style, only differing from the parent
Sutton

and from one another

style

common

feature

nunjeral

is

6,

to

History

his

in

in that

It

difficult

is

19th

Ohkos of a prince

account for

to

this

own

zamindars.

singular

that, in their notation, the years

is

or whose numerals end with 6 or o (except

years succeeding the 5th and

respectively.

they name their years after their

these four kinds of regnal years

all

10),

or zamindar are called the 7th and 21st

mode

of reckoning

it

whose

For instance, the

are dropped.*

may

Onkos

be, as the people

themselves allege, that these numerals are avoided because, according to their traditions and irt^/r^j,
evil, or it may possibly be, as some might be inclined to suppose, that the system

they forebode

emanated from a desire to exaggerate the length of each reign. There is also another unique
convention according to which the Ohko years are not counted above 59, but the years succeeding 59 begin with a second series, thus "second i ", " second 2", and so on.
It is also important
to note that when a prince dies in the middle of an Ohko year, his successor's ist Ohko which
commences on his accession to the throne, does not run its full term of a year, but ends on the
nth day of Bhadrapada-suddha following; consequently the last regnal year of the one and the

of the

first

other together occupy only one year, and one year

therefore, the English equivalent of a given

Ohko

year,

it

will

is

dropped

be necessary

To

in effect.
first

find,

to ascertain the

which it relates, i.e., whether it is a Jagannatha Ohko or a Parlakimedi Ohko, and so on

and secondly to value the given year by excluding the years dropped (namely, the ist possibly, the
6th,
6th, 20th, 26th, 30th, 36th, 40th, 46th, 50th, 56th).
There are lists of Orissa princes
available, but up to 1797 A.D. they would appear to be perfectly inauthentic.
The list from

style to

'>

Or Akka.

On

the 11th according to some, but all the evidence tends to shew that the year begins on the 12th.

The

real date of the Muhammndan invasion seems to be 1568 A.D. (J. A. S. B. for 1883, LII.,
The invasion
p. 233, no/;).
evidently that of the " Yavanas", but as to these dates these temple chronicles must never be believed.
[R. S.]

alluded to
<

year

is

Some

being

say

that

the

dropped only to

first
fit

in

year

year,

since

the

years

been misled about the

1>

1,

2,

first

Scwell's Hketch

of

6,

10,

is

also

dropped,

similarly; but this appeai-s to be the result of a misunderstanding, this

with the system described lower down

years and every year that has a 6 or a

16,

in

it

in this article.

Mr.

J.

Beames

are omitted", so that the 87th Oiiko of the reign of

20, 26, 30 and 86 are omitted. (J. A. S. B. 1883, LII.,

p.

states that

Kamaehandra
234, note.

is

He

"the

first

two years.
the Dynasties

of Souihrrn

India, p. 64,

Arch.toloi/ical Survey

of Southern India,

vol.

two

really his 28th

appears to have

II..

p.

204.

"

THE HINDU CALENDAR.

forwards

date

that

39

below are given the names of those

and

reliable,

is

after

whom

the later

have been numbered, with the English dates corresponding to the commencement of

Ofiko years

the 2nd Oiikos of their respective reigns.

Onko

....

of Mukundadeva

Do.

Ramachandradcva

Do.

Virakesvaradeva

Do.

Divyasiiiihadeva

September
September
September

22,
4,

September

8,

PART

1797. (lihadrapada sukla

2,

12th.)

Do.

Do.

1854.

Do.

Do.

1859.

Do.

Do.

18 17.

11.

THE VARIOUS ERAS.

General remarks.

65.

Different eras have, from remote antiquity, been in use in different

parts of India, having their years luni-solar or solar,

a given

month

according

to

some

is

eras

we

at

are considering

the

science

of a

number of

different tribes or nationalities, not of

one empire or of the inhabitants generally of one continent.

66.
If a number of persons belonging to one of these
the

habit

for

country and

many

years of using a certain era with

another,

settle in

it

adopting the new

is

only

era, that

natural

peculiarities of the
6"].

eras

And

we

of the

inhabitants

imported era, treat

thus

its

who have been

nationalities,
peculiarities,

use in the country of their adoption

in

they should apply to

the

that

all

it

it

in

leave their original

natural that they should continue to use their

is

may be

withstanding that another era

it

to varying practice with

months calculated variously

amanta or purnimanta system of pakshas. (Art. 12 above). The origin of

known, but that of others has fallen into obscurity. It should never be forgotten,
once the differences of practice we observe, that when considering " Indian

the
well

explaining

as

science

commencing according

or day; and in the case of luni-solar years, having the

own

era, not-

or perhaps, while

the peculiarities of their own.

And

vice versa

country adopted should, when considering the

from their own stand-point.

actually find in the panchaiigs of

embodied, side by side with the era

in

some provinces a number of other

ordinary use there, while the calendar-makers have

them by mistake in the same or nearly the same manner as that of their own reckoning.
For instance, there are extant solar panchangs of the Tamil country in which the year of the
Vikrama era is represented as a solar Meshadi year. And so again Saka years are solar in
Bengal and in the Tamil country, and luni-solar in other parts of the country. So also we
sometimes find that the framers of important documents have mentioned therein the years of
several eras, but have made mistakes regarding them.
In such a case we might depend on the
treated

dates

in

the

document

if

we knew

cannot be discovered, and then

it

is

exactly the nationality of the authors, but very often this

obviously unsafe to rely on

it

in

any sense

as a guide.

This

point should never be lost sight of

68.
calculation

Another
a

year

point
of

to

an era

province, or indeed even

be
is

always borne

in

mind

is

that,

sometimes treated differently by

by the same

author.

for the

sake of convenience in

different authors in the

same

Thus, Ganesa Daivajna makes Saka years begin

THE INDIAN CALENDAR.

40

69.

It

with

evident therefore that a certain kind of year,

is

can distinctly affirm that the eras whose luni-solar years are Chaitradi
sukla

Chaitra

pratipada)

Current and expired years.

70.

"current" year

It is,

we

this

believe,

but for the benefit of the uninitiated

is,

begin-

{i.e.,

Meshadi (beginning with the Mesha sankranti)

always

are

corresponding solar reckoning, but beyond

in their

the solar or luni-solar year,

e.g.,

defined as belonging exclusively to a particular era or to a particular part

strictly

We

of India.

ning

saiikranti

opening month or day, or a certain arrangement of months and fortnights and the

certain

cannot be

like,

mean Mesha

1520), but with

Tithichintamani (A.D. 1525.)

in his

or

Grahalaghava (A.D.

Chaitra sukla pratipada in his

with

we

it

unsafe to go.

is

now

known what an " expired "

generally

think

it

or

desirable to explain the matter fully.

Thus; the same Saka year (A.D. 1894) which is numbered 18 17 z'/-/'rtwrt, or astronomically current,
in the paiichangs of the Tamil countries of the Madras Presidency, is numbered 8 i6_i,'-rt/a (" expired")
1

in

other parts of India. This

is

may

not so unreasonable as Europeans

imagine, for they themselves

of the third furlong after the fourth mile on a road as "four miles three furlongs" which
means three furlongs after the expiry of the fourth mile, and the same in the matter of a person's age
and so September, A.D. 1894, (Saka 1817 current) would be styled in India " Saka 18 16 expired, September", equivalent to "September after the end of Saka 1816" or "after the end of 1893 A.D".
Moreover, Indian reckoning is based on careful calculations of astronomical phenomena, and
talk

to calculate the planetary conditions of September,

1894,

it

is

necessary

first

to take the planftary

and then add to them the data for the following nine months.
That is, the end of 1893 is the basis of calculation. It is always necessary to bear this in mind because
often the word gata is omitted in practice, and it is therefore doubtful whether the real year in
which an inscription was written was the one mentioned therein, or that number decreased by one.
conditions

end

of the

of 1893,

'

In

this

and

current,

Vikravia

work we have given the corresponding years of the Kali and Saka eras actually
This is the case with all eras, including the year of the
not the expired years.

era at present in use in Northern India.

Description of the several eras.

71.

whose epoch

those

chiefly

In Table

known or can be

is

Part

II.,

below we give several

iii.,

fixed with certainty,

eras,

and we now proceed to

describe them in detail.

Kali-Yiiga.

Tlie
above').

Sec

Jain

years

Its

'Calculations of

Purdiia

$ 36, 37.

Dr.

in

moment

of

both Chaitradi
Hindu

commencement has been already given

its

on

"Report

the

Out

era is never used by Indian astronomers.

XIX.), there are only sis which have to be taken as current years.

but

as if

As

the

to be

XX

or

8101
Kali

matter
current
expired

year

of fact

the

Kali

astronomical
below.)

fS.

is

XIX.; and my

to

for

1883

{Art.

16

used both in astronotes on the date of a

1884

A. D.,

42930

p.p.

and

eras,

B. D.]

Saka
such

as

is

author

the

complete"

expired.

for

the

160 Vikrama dates examined by Dr. Kielhorn

however, possible that

all

(/</.

Ant.,

Viki-ama years are really cur-

an instance of a Saka year made twice current in an inscription jiublished in the

number given by

the writer of

the inscription

is

1156,

year.

expired would

3102

of

Is it not,

already 1155 current, but the

do not think that

"A.D.

as corresponding to Kali
eras,

It

and inscriptions the authoi-s have made them doubly current in consequence of thinking

There

The year was

Warren,

years.

3102

writings

in

expired years.
191),

1155 had been the expired

expired

year

sometimes

tliat

them erroneously
Ind. Ant., (vol.

XFl.

manuscript*"

Sankrit

search for

(solar.)

B. D.]

[S.

rent years,

and Meshadi

(luni-solar)

by Dr. Fleet, in the hid. Ant., vols.

datf-i',

Bhandilrkar's

The Vikrama

'-

The

are

(p

be

it

is

302) or

A.D.

"1 current"

the years of the Christian era arc themselves really

294).

and

many

He

calls the

year corresponding to the Kali

Thus, by his view, the Christian year corresponding to

But generally European scholars fu

years undoubtedly give rise to confusion.

may, unless the contrary

Vikrama, Gu])la,

(p.

cumplctc or A.D. 2 current.

The current and expired

instance,

known whether

positively

of the Kiilasaiiknlita was not certain.

is

others,

proved, be assuraeJ to be expired

may

be taken as current ones.

.\. 1)

The years of the

yeai's,

current

astionoraical

and those of the non-

(See, hojoever.

,:,(j,

Note

3,

p. 42,

THE HINDU CALENDAR.

works and

nomical

Saptarslii- Kala.

This

Alberuni (1030 A.D.),

the only

In the latter sometimes

panchaiigs.

in

given, and sometimes both.

years are

mode

it

era

is

It

not often used

is

appears to have been

of reckoning mentioned

seven bright

stars

expired years, sometimes current

its

epigraphical records.

in

use in Kashmir and the neighbourhood.

in

100 years, and make one revolution

It

It

is

the time of

sometimes called the

"

It is

Lau-

originated on the supposition that the seven Rishis

move through one nakshatra

of Ursa Major)

'

At

use also in Multan and some other parts.

in

Raja Taraiigini.

the

in

kika-Kala" and sometimes the " Sastra-Kala".

(the

41

(27th part of the ecliptic)

2700 years; the era consequently consists of cycles of

2700 years. But in practice the hundreds are omitted, and as soon as the reckoning reaches lOO,
a fresh hundred begins from i.
Kashmirian astronomers make the era, or at least one of its
cycles of 2700 years, begin with Chaitra .sukla ist of Kali 27 current.
Disregarding the hundreds
we must add 47 to the Saptarshi year to find the corresponding current Saka year, and 24 25
in

in

for the

are mostly current years,

The
north

the

Vikrama
of India,

era.

in

its

the

years are Chaitradi.

and the months mostly purnimanta.

the present day this era is in use

In

except perhaps Bengal.

The

Dr. F. Kielhorn finds

in

that they

Gujarat and over almost

inhabitants of these parts,

use of the era with them.

other parts of India, carry the

and

The

corresponding Christian year.

when migrating

In Northern India the year

is

all

to

Chaitradi,

months purnimanta, but in Gujarat it is Karttikadi and its months are amanta. The settlers
Madras Presidency from Northern India, especially the Marvadis who use the Vikrama
and employ the purnimanta scheme
of a Karttikadi amanta year,
In some parts of Kathiavad and Gujarat the Vikrama

naturally begin the year with Chaitra sukla pratipada

year,

of months; while immigrants from Gujarat follow their

own scheme

to the Vikrama era.

Ashadhadi * and its months amanta. The practice in the north and south leads in the
present day to the Chaitradi purnimanta Vikrama year being sometimes called the " Northern
Vikrama," and the Karttikadi amanta Vikrama year the "Southern Vikrama."
The correspondence of these three varieties of the Vikrama era with the Saka and other
eras, as well as of their months, will be found in Table II., Parts ii. and iii.
Prof. F. Kielhorn has treated of this era at considerable length in the hid. Antiq., vols. XIX.
and XX., and an examination of 150 different dates from 898 to 1877 of that era has led him

but always according

era

is

to the following conclusions (ibid.,

(i)

has

It

been

XX.,

at all times

expired years, and only exceptionally

j^8

p.

the

ff.).

rule for those

who

use the Vikrama era to quote the

the current year.

The Vikrama era was Karttikadi from the beginning, and it is probable that the
(2)
change which has gradually taken place in the direction of a more general use of the Chaitradi
year was owing to the increasing growth and influence of the Saka era. Whatever may be the
practice in quite modern times, it seems certain that down to about the 14th century of the
Vikrama era both kinds of years, the Karttikadi and the Chaitradi, were used over exactly the same
but more frequently the Karttikadi.
While the use of the Karttikadi year has been coupled with the purnimanta as often as with the
(3)

tracts of country,

Corpus Inacrip. Ind., Vol. III..

Ind. Jnt, Vol. XX.,

In

BengSli

Vikrama Samvat,

is

p.

U9

panchaiigs the

Introdiirtioti, p. 69, note.

ff.

Vikrama

Samvat,

or

Sambat,

is

given along with the Saka year, and, like the North-Indian

Chaitradi pilrnimunta.

See Ind.

&

See, however, note

Ant.,

vol.

XVII.,

p.

93; also note 3, p

2 on the previous page.

31, and connected Text.

THE INDIAN CALENDAR.

42

amanta scheme of months, the Chaitradi year is found to be more commonly joined with the purnimanta
scheme: but neither scheme can be exclusively connected with either the Karttikadi or Chaitradi year.
The era was called the " Malava" era from about A.D. 450 to 850. The earliest known
date containing the word "Vikrama" is Vikrama-samvat 898 (about A.D. 840); but there the era
is somewhat vaguely described as "the time called Vikrama"; and it is in a poem composed in
the Vikrama year 1050 (about A.D. 992) that we hear for the first timeof a king called Vikrama
in

connection with

(See Ind. Antiq., XX., p. 404).

it.

At the present day the Vikrama era is sometimes called the " Vikrama-samvat ", and
sometimes the word " samvat " is used alone as meaning a year of that era. But we have
instances in which the word "samvat" (which is obviously an abbreviation of the word i'awj'iZAtfr^?,
year)

or

used

is

the years of the Saka, Siihha, or Valabhi eras

denote

to

'

indiscriminately.

Madras presidency and Mysore for recent

for
years the current Vikrama dates are given in correspondence with current Saka dates
example, the year corresponding to A.D. 18939413 said to be Saka 1 8 16, or Vikrama I95i- (-S^^
remarks o?i the Saka era abcn'e.)
The Christian era. This has come into use in India only since the establishment of the
English rule.
Its years at present are tropical solar commencing with January ist, and are taken
as current years. January corresponds at the present time with parts of the luni-solar amanta
In

some

from

pahchahgs

native

parts of the

months Margasirsha and Pausha, or Pausha and Magha. Before the introduction of the new style,
in
1752 A.D., it coincided with parts of amanta Pausha and Magha, or Magha and
Phalguna. The Christian months, as regards their correspondence with luni-solar and solar months,

however,

are given in Table

The Saka
of Southern
parts
it

is

it

used

is

years

given

The

is

extensively used over the whole of India

Tinnevelly and part of Malabar,

exclusively.

months are

Its

are

era
in

addition to local eras.

in

almost

reckoning.

ii.

This

except

India,

used

Part

II.,

era.

In

years

Its

purnimanta

in

some panchangs, but

in

Chedi or Kalachuri

era.

all

the Karanas, or practical

are

Chaitradi

the

North and amanta

for

This

era

is

not

now

See Ind. Ant., vol. XII., pp. 213, 293; XI., p. 242 /.

have

two examples

seen only

printed

1815

at

Madras and

expired)

doubt

Telugu

Certain

edited

the

For instance, there

which appears

Tamil

(solar)

to

Palace

with

several

are nowhere in use; and

4

as

Dr.

examining

Prof. F. Kielhorn,

in use.

come

has

to the conclusion

35 together with the Saka year 1312 (expireJ), and the

48th year of "Phattesllha" coupled with the Saka year 1626. [S. B D.]
I have procured, and which were

A.D. 1893,

Astronomer of H. H. the MahdrftjS of Mysore, give the current Saka

a paiiohftng annually prepared by

is

gentlemen

Tamil

name

Mr. Auua AyyaiigAr. a

Indian

it

Antiquarij

(Sakft

181B current,
But

years.

Kanjnur

resident of

in the

strongly

Tanjore District,

Kielborn's,

but

we

Poona, and learn from them that

is

in general use.

am

in

have seen the current Saka year

for

August,

did
9.

in

not
[S.

1888,

vol.

.WII.,

p.

March, 1887, and had,

88 he uses
used.

have

and give no numerical value

to the years.

Where

the years

therefore inclined to believe that the so-called current Saka years

is

really

an expired one

in conjunction

[S.

B. D.]

I had myself
1887. p 391 f.
with Dr. Fleet, arrived at nearly the same conclusions

215, and the Aeademt, of Kith Dec

then settle the epoch, believing that the data were

B. D.]

is

their part of India the generality of people are

becomes a question whether the soeullcd expired Saka year

same inscription-dates

Indie., Vol. III., Introd., p

at

of the samvatsara of the 60-ycar cycle,

numbered, however, the expired year

calculated these

parts of India.

be in general use in the Tamil country, and in that for the solar Mcshfidi year corresponding to 1887

acquainted only with the

are

Current

'

panehaiigs for the last few years, which

the expired Suka year, calling this 1809, while in those for two other years that

conversed

for solar,

clearly in use in that Presidency, as well as a Canarese pafich&iig for

are

by

as its starting-point the

and

and Meshadi

the authors of these paiichaugs are themselves acquainted with the distinction between so-called current .ind expired

whether

years.

fixes

(luni-solar)

in

In other

which authors of Karaiias have used any other era along with the Saka. The author of

in

gives, as the startinft-point for calculations, the .\kbar year

author of the Phatli-sdliapriikdisa

most parts

in

works on astronomy

the expired years are in use in most

Edma-vinoda

and

Southern India.

luni-solar,

the dates contained in ten inscriptions of this era from 793 to 934,

the

used exclusively.

is

it

not sufficiently reliable

(Corpus.

Imrrip.

See also Dr. Kielborn's Paper read before the Orieutal Congress in London. [R.

S]

THE HINDU CALENDAR.

43

ist
day of the 1st iiirrcnt Chedi year corresponds to Asvina sukla pratipada of
Vikrama 306 current, (Saka 171 current, 5th Sept., A. D. 248); that consequently its years
are Asvinadi
that they are used as current years; that its months are purnimanta; and that its
epoch, i.e., the beginning of Chedi year o current, is A. D. 24748.
The era was used by the Kalachuri kings of Western and Central India, and it appears

the

that

Chaitradi

to

have been

in use in that part of India in

The Gupta
in

introduction

the

in

era.

This

to

era

Corpus,

the

hiscrip

the Indian Antiquary (Vol. XX., pp. 376

386 leads him to conclude

purnimanta; and that the epoch,

to

that

its

earlier times.

still

now

also not

is

ff.)

Dr. Fleet has treated

in use.

hid.

''Gupta

(Vol. Ill,

it

at great length

and again

htscriptions'"),

His examination of dates

in that era

from 163

years are current and Chaitradi; that the months are

Gupta Samvat o

Saka 242 current

the Gupta kings.
The Valabhi era. This is merely a continuation of the Gupta era with its name changed
into "Valabhi." It was in use in Kathiavad and the neighbourhood, and it seems to have been
introduced there in about the fourth Gupta century.
The beginning of the year was thrown
back from Chaitra sukla ist to the previous Karttika sukla ist, and therefore its epoch went
back five months, and is synchronous with the current Karttikadi Vikrama year 376 (A. D. 318
19,
Saka 241 42 current). Its months seem to be both amanta and purnimanta.
The inscriptions as yet discovered which are dated in the Gupta and Valabhi era range
(A. D. 319

The

20).

was

era

i.e.,

the beginning of

current,

use in Central India and Nepal, and was used

in

is

by

from the years 82 to 945 of that era.

The Bengali San. An era named the " Bengali San

use

in

is

Mesha

Bengal.

in

sahkranti

but

It

"

(sometimes written

a solar year and runs witli the solar

is

Saka

months receive lunar month names, and the

the

with the Tamil Chaitra, or with

Mesha according

in

English " Sen

"")

year, beginning at the

first,

to the general reckoning,

which corresponds

here called Vaisakha,

is

and so on throughout the year, their Chaitra corresponding with the Tamil Phalguna, or with
of our Tables.
We treat the years as current ones. Bengali San 1300 current corthe Mina
responds with Saka 1816 current (A. D. 1893 94.) Its epoch was Saka 516 current, A. D. 593 94.
To convert a Bengali San date into a Saka date for purposes of our Tables, add 516 to the
former year, which gives the current Saka solar year, and adopt the comparison of months given

in

Table

II.,

The
Orissa;

San",

takes

it

ii.,

cols.

with

8,

9.

This

is

another solar year

lunar-month names, and

16

current,

solar

month

Saka 515

viz.,

the year

Part,

Vilayati year.

the

its

epoch

is

in

use in parts of Bengal, and chiefly in

nearly the same as that of the

A.D. 592 93, But it differs

Kanya which corresponds to

"Bengali
two respects. First, it begins
Bengal solar Asvina or Assin.

in

Secondly, the months begin on the day of the sahkranti instead of on the following (2nd) or 3rd

day

Orissa Rule).

(see Art. 28, the

The Anili Era of Orissa This

Tables" (preface,

on
a

Bhadrapada

new

The

Calcutta

mence

sukla

12th,

The Amli San

sign.

Vil&yati era, as given in

that I

civilly

have seen,

in

is

made

era

is

thus described

"The AmU commences from

p. xvi.):

sukla 12th.

some Bengal Government annual

identical with this

Amli

It

chi'onologiral Tables, and in a Bengali panchahg printed in

era in almost every respect, except that

accordance with the second variety of the midnight rule (Art. 28).

may

be remarked that

1st of the krishna

Girisa Chandra's " Chronological

and each month commences from the moment when the sun enters
is used in business transactions and in the courts of law in Orissa."

commences, not on lunar Bhildrapada sukla 12th, but with the Kanya
from the

in

the birth of Indradyumna, Raja of Orissa,

Warren writes in A.D. 1823

paksha in Chaitra", and that

its

But

sanki-anti, while the

facts

its

seem

months

is

made

to

com-

Vilayati year

Amli year does begin on lunar Bhftdrapada

(Xi/ajandWiYa, Taite/J. /X) that the"

numerical designation

are

to be that the

Vilaity year

is

reckoned

the same with the Bengali San. [S. B. D.]

THE INDIAN CALENDAR.

44
It

thus luni-solar with respect to changing

is

months and
and days.

But

days.

The Kanya

numerical designation, but solar as regards the

its

seems probable that

it

really luni-solar also as regards

is

it

sankranti can take place on any

Bhadrapada sukla 12th

about 18 days after

to

its

months

day from about 1 day.s previous to lunar

With the difference of so many days the epoch

it.

and numerical designation of the Amli and Vilayat! years are the same.
Tlic Fasali year.
This is the harvest year introduced, as some say, by Akbar, originally
derived from the Muhammadan year, and bearing the same number, but beginning in July.

It

was, in most parts of India, a solar year, but the different customs of different parts of India

caused

divergence

of reckoning.

number coincided with

have

been

or

solar

year
of

with

A.D.,

reckoning

the

is

commenced with

originally

A.D. the

1st,

the

viz.,

Vilayati year both bear the

In

day

of the

and

date;

of

parts

in

same number

the

year

it

is

Madras the

the

Fasali year

13th, fixed

altered this for convenience to July

when the sun enters

The Bengali year and

Fasali begins

5th or 6th June.

it

its

the

the

and the

number of days

serial

are the

numerical designation on a stated solar day.

was evidently intended

luni-solar in Bengal, and,

now

In

(Karka), but about the year

date then coincided with July

their periods of beginning,

a variety, to be

this gives rise to

month Adi

to the feelings of the people

as the Fasali year.

already a solar year, as

is

this

unreliable.

A.D. 1855

Bombay

as in the Hijra year, but the year changes

at the present time

and

solar

present) about the

(at

The names of months,

same
Thus

1st

initial

reckoning.

Mrigasirsha,

and not appealing

official,

Government, finding that

British

present

963 \- 337 (solar years) = 1300, and (A. D.)

year Fasali 1300 coincides, while the same

often found to be loose

the

July 13th as the permanent

nakshatra

H.)

apparently A. H. 963 (A. D. 1556), when its

year, and from that date its years

is

Muhammadan

of which

part

A. H. 1310. The era being purely

is

India,

1800

Thus (A.

luni-solar.

15564-337=1893

epoch

Its

that of the purely lunar

we

to be from

believe, over all

its

name.

But

North-Western India, and

described.

source,

Fasali

The hmi-solar Fasali year.- This reckoning, though taking its name from a Muhammadan
is a purely Hindu year, being luni-solar, purnimanta, and A.svinadi.
Thus the luni-solar
year in Bengal and N. W. India began (purnimanta Asvina krishna pratipada, Saka 18 15

currents) Sept.

1882.

7th,

peculiarity about the reckoning, however,

is

that the

months are

not divided into bright and dark fortnights, but that the whole runs without distinction of pakshas,

and
with

without
the

with the

full

In

July

addition

or

cxpunction

moon.

Its

epoch

full

1st,

moon

Southern
1892,

in

of
the

is

tithis

same

from the

next preceding or succeeding the

India

Madras.

Kanya

will

end of the mouth, beginning

it

begins

sankranti, instead of on the sankranti day.

FasaH year 1302 began on June

the
It

1st to the

as that of the Vilayati year, only that

be seen, therefore, that

it

is

5th,

Bombay, and on

1892, in

about two years and a quarter

in

advance of Bengal.

To
workable

convert

luni-solar Bengali or

by our Tables,

days after the

treat

the

N.

W.

Fasali date, approximately, into a date easily

year as an ordinary luni-solar purnimanta year; count the

month as if they were days in the sukla fortnight, 5 being deducted

add 515 to make the year correspond with the Saka year, for dates
between Asvina 1st and Chaitra 15th ( =: amanta Bhadrapada krishna ist and amanta Phalguna
krishna 30th)
and 516 between Chaitra 15th and Asvina i.st. Thus, let Chaitra 25th 1290 be
the given date.
The 25th .should be converted into .sukla 10th; adding 5 16 to 1290 we have 1806,
the equivalent Saka year. The corresponding Saka date is therefore amanta Chaitra sukla lotli,
from

the

given

5th of the
figure

THE HTNDU CALENDAR.

1806

From

current.

45

worked by the Tables.

the conversion to an A. D. date can be

this

For

an exact equivalent the sankranti day must be a.scertained.

The Mahratta
rarely.

It

is

This

sometimes called the Arabi-san. It was

is
even now sometimes found, though
nine years behind the Fasali of the Dakhan, but in other respects is just the same;
or Slialitir-san.

Siir-saii

during

used

extensively

Mahratta

the

is

and

supremacy,

year commences when the sun enters the nakshatra Mrigasirsha,

thus,

its

solar,

but the days and months correspond with Hijra reckoning.

in

A.D.

described

according to

1344,

On May

above.

Shahur reckoning was

add 599.

Its

At

best

This

computation,

AD.

on

carried

The Harsha-Kala.
of Thancsar.

the
15th,

by

1344,

since

when

which respect

in

it

To

1030)

it

was

convert

But since then the

The Magi-San. 'Y\i\<i era

is

"

samvat

A.D. year,

'

in use in

epoch seems to be Saka 529 current, A.D. 606 7.

^ dated in the first and second century of

by the word

to an

it

or more properly
Mathura (Muttra) and Kanauj.
More than ten inscriptions have been

discovered in Nepal

as yet the years are qualified only

is

has been a solar year as

era was founded by Harshavardhana of Kanauj,

the time of Alberuni (A.D.

it

only diverged from the Hijra

the Hijra year 745 began.

as a solar year.

itself

It

this era.

In

those discovered

all

".

current in the District of Chittagong.

the Bengali-san, the days and months in each being exactly alike.

The Magi

It
is,

is

very similar to

however, 45 years

e.g.. Magi 1200= Bengali 1245.

The Kollam era, or era of Farasitrawa. The year of this era is known as the Kollam
andu. Kollam (anglice Quilon) means "western", andu means "a year". The era is in use in
Malabar from Mangalore to Cape Comorin, and in the Tinnevelly district. The year is sidereal
solar.
In North Malabar it begins with the solar month Kanni (Kanya), and in South Malabar
and Tinnevelly with the month Chiiigam (Siriiha). In Malabar the names of the months are
sign-names, though corrupted from the original Sanskrit but in Tinnevelly the names are chiefly

behind the Bengali year,'

those of lunar months,

also corrupted from Sanskrit, such as Sittirai or Chittirai for the Sanskrit

Chaitra, corresponding with Mesha, and so on.

The sign-names

names
names will be found
in Table II., Part ii.
The first Kollam andu commenced in Kali 3927 current, Saka 748 current,
A.D. 825 26, the epoch being Saka 747 48 current, A.D. 824 25. The years of this era as
used are current years, and we have treated them so in our Tables.
The era is also called the "era of Parasurama", and the years run in cycles of 1000. The
present cycle is said to be the fourth, but in actual modern use the number has been allowed
to run on over the 1000, A.D. 1894
95 being called Kollam 1070. We believe that there is
no record extant of its use earlier than A.D. 825, and we have therefore, in our Table I., left the
appropriate column blank for the years A.D. 300 825.
If there were really three cycles ending
with the year 1000, which expired A.D. 824
25, then it would follow that the Parasurama, or
Kollam, era began in Kali 1927 current, or the year 3528 of the Julian period. *
The Nevar era. This era was in use in Nepal up to A.D. 1768, when the Saka era
are

given

in the

as well as the lunar-month

paiichangs of Tinnevelly and the Tamil country.

All the

the

Alberuni'a India, b^nglish translation by Sachau, Vol.

Corpus Inscrip. Indie, Vol. III., Introd., p. 177

p.

5.

ff.

Girisa Chandra's Chronological Tables for A.D. 1764 (o 1900.

Wan-en

Kali

yug".

(Kiila-miikalita,

But

this

is

p.

wrong

298^ makes
if,

as

we

it

according to the present Malabar use

it

is

comnieuce in "the year 3537 of the Julian period, answering to the 1926th of
Kollam ycara are current years, and we know no reason to think them

believe, the

otherwise. Warren's account was based on that of Dr.

Bnt

II.,

Buchanan who made the 977th year of the third cycle commence in A.D. 1800.
commencing in 1800 A.D., was the 976th Kollam vear.

quite clear that the year

THE INDIAN CALENDAR.

46

was introduced.
Its years are Karttikadi, its months amanta, and its epoch (the beginning of the
Nevar year o current) is the Karttikadi Vikrama year 936 current, Saka 801 2 current, A.D. 878 79.
Dr. F. Kielhorn, in his hidian Antiquary paper on the "Epoch of the Nevvar era"- has come
'

its years are generally given in expired years, only two out of twenty-five
by him, running from the 235th to the 995th year of the era, being current
The era is called the "Nepal era" in inscriptions, and in Sanskrit manuscripts "Nevar"

to the conclusion that

examined

dates
ones.

seems to be a corruption of that word.

Table

Part

II.,

iii.,

below gives the correspondence of

the years with those of other eras.

The Chalukya era. This was a short-lived era that lasted from Saka 998 (A.D. 1076)
Saka 1084 (A.D. 1162) only. It was instituted by the Chalukya king Vikramaditya Tribhuvana
Malla, and seems to have ceased after the defeat of the Eastern Chalukyas in A.D. 1162 by
Vijala Kalachuri. It followed the Saka reckoning of months and pakshas. The epoch was Saka
998 99 current, A.D. 1075 76.
The Simha Samvat. This era was in use in Kathiavad and Gujarat. From four dates
in that era of the years 32, 93, 96 and 151, discussed in the Indian Antiquary (Vols. XVIII.
and XIX. and elsewhere), we infer that its year is luni-solar and current; the months are presumably
amanta, but in one instance they seem to be purnimanta, and the year is most probably Ashadhadi.
It is certainly neither Karttikadi nor Chaitradi. Its epoch is Saka 1036
37 current, A.D. 11 13 14.
Tlie Lakshmana Sena era.
This era is in use in Tirhut and Mithila, but always along
with the Vikrama or Saka year.
The people who use it know little or nothing about it.
There is a difference of opinion as to its epoch. Colebrooke (A.D. 1796) makes the first year
of this era correspond with A.D. 1105; Buchanan (A.D. 1810) fi.xes it as A.D. 1105 or 1106;
Tirhut almanacs, however, for the years between A.D. 1776 and 1880 shew that it corresponds
with A.D. 1 108 or
Buchanan states that the year commences on the first day after the
109.
full moon of the month Ashadha, while Dr. Rajendra Lai Mitra (A.D. 1878) and General Cunningham
assert that it begins on the first Magha badi (Magha krishna ist). '
Dr. F. Kielhorn, examining six
independent inscriptions dated in that era (from A.D. 11 94 to 1551), concludes'' that the year
of the era is Karttikadi that the months are amanta that its first year corresponds with A.D.
1 119
42 current and that documents and inscriptions
20, the epoch being A.D. II 18 19, Saka 1041
are generally dated in the expired year.
This conclusion is supported by Abul Fazal's statement
Dr. Kielhorn gives, in support of his conclusion,
in the Akbarnama (Saka 1506, A.D. 1584).
the equation "Laksh: sam: 505 = Saka sam: 1546" from a manuscript oithe. Smrititattc'amrita,
and proves the correctness of his epoch by other dates than the six first given.
The Ilahi era. The "Tarikh-i Ilahi," that is "the mighty or divine era," was established by
It dates from his accession, which, according to the Tabakat-i-Akbari, was
the emperor Akbar.
Friday the 2nd of Rabi-us-sani, A.H. 963, or 14th February,
1556 (O. S.), Saka 1478 current.
It was employed
extensively, though not exclusively on the coins of Akbar and Jahangir, and
appears to have fallen into disuse early in the reign of Shah-Jahan. According to Abul Fazal,
The names of tlie months
the days and months are both natural solar, without any intercalations.
to

'>

and

days
'

correspond

with

the

ancient

General Sir A. Cunuingham's Indian Ertu,

j>.

Persian.

The months have from 29

XVU.,

p.

246

information

is

from General Cunningham's "Indian Eras"

Ind

Ant., Vol.

This

much

Ind. Ant., XIX., p.

General Cunningham,

to

74.

ff.

ff.

iu

his

"Indian Eras", gives

it

an

15th February; but that day wn

11

Saturday..

30 days each.

THE INDIAN CALENDAR.

48

given. (As to current and expired years see Art. 70 above.)

short description of eras

is

given

The years in the first three columns are used ahke as solar and luni-solar, commenc(For the beginning point of the year see Art. 52 above.)
ing respectively with Mesha or Chaitra.
The Vikrama year given in col. 3 is the Chaitradi Vikrama year, or, when treated as a solar
year which is very rarely the case, the Meshadi year. The Ashadhadi and Karttikadi Vikrama
Art. 71.

in

years
that

not given, as they can be regularly calculated from the Chaitradi year, remembering

are

number of the former year

the

one

is

less

Jyeshtha or A.svina (both inclusive), as the case

Ashadha or Karttika
Cols.

number

in

or non-Meshadi, since

of the Christian era of course the

Vikrama

may

it

commences with

it

and

eras in cols. 4

4 so that

col.

may

be,

and the same as the Chaitradi year from

end of Phalguna.

The

atid J.

entered

is

to the

than that of the Chaitradi year from Chaitra to

either

Kanni (Kanya) or Chingam

year for about three-quarters of the

latter's course,

and

for

is

non-Chaitradi

(Sirhha).

year entered corresponds to the Kali,

first

The double

are described above (Art. 71.)

not be forgotten that the Kollam year

In the case

Saka or Chaitradi

about the

last

quarter the

second Christian year entered must be taken. The corresponding parts of the years of
eras as well as of several others will be found in Table

II.,

Parts

ii.

and

these

all

iii.

These columns give the number and name of the current samvatsara
There is reason to believe that the sixty-year luni-solar cycle (in use
mostly in Southern India) came into existence only from about A. D. 909; and that before
that the cycle of Jupiter was in use all over India. That is to say, before A. D'. 909 the samvatsaras in Southern India were the same as those of the Jupiter cycle in the North.
If, however,
Co/s.

75.

of the

it

is

with

6 and

sijrty-year

found
our

in

7.

cycle.

any case that

in

a year previous to A.D. 908 the samvatsara given does not agree

Tables, the rule in Art. 62 should be applied, in order to ascertain whether

it

was a

luni-solar samvatsara.

The samvatsara given

kranti of the year

mentioned

in

col.

in cols,

is

day of the year the

rules

samvatsaras, see Arts.

53 to 63 above.

76.

Cols.

12,

to

For

given

and 8a

that

to

in Art.

to

12a.

which was current

To

3.

find the

time of the Mesha

at the

59 should be applied.

For other

These concern the adiiika

lations there

can be no suppressed months, and by the true system only a few.

suppressed months
only

in

in

italics

use up to A.D.
JJ.

The name

with the

sufifix

''

Ksh'"

for

regarding the

mean system

months.

particulars see Arts. 45 to 51.

facts

(intercalated)

(suppressed)

full

safi-

samvatsara current on any particular

V>y the

and kshaya
of interca-

We have given the

"kshaya." As mean added months were

100 (Art. ^y) we have not given them after that year.
of the month entered in col. 8 or 8 is fixed according to the
1

first

rule

naming a lunar month {Art. y<5), which is in use at the present day. Thus, the name As/uid/ia,
in cols. 8 or 8rt, shows that there was an intercalated month between natural Jyeshtha and natural
Ashadha, and by the first rule its name is " Adhika Ashadha", natural Ashadha being " Nija Ashadha."
By the second rule it might have been called Jyeshtha, but the intercalated period is the same
in either case.
In the case of expunged months the word "Pausha", for instance, in col. 8
shows that in the lunar month between natural Karttika and natural Magha tl;ere were two
safikrantis; and according to the rule adopted by us that lunar month is called Marga^irsha,
Pausha being expunged.
Lists of intercalary and expunged months are given by the late Prof K. L. Chhatre
78.
in a h.st published in Vol.
I.,
No. 12 (March 185 1) of a Mahrathi monthly magazine called
Jhihiaprasaraka, formerly published in Bombay, but now discontinued as well as in Cowasjee
for

THE HINDU CALENDAR.

''Chronology", and

Patell's

of these three works

in the

Gen. Sir A. Cunningham's

late

Indian Eras,"'

But

'

in

none

a single word said as to how, or following what authority, the calculations

is

were made, so that we have no guide to aid us

An added

79.

49
"

month

lunar

evident that a sankranti must

checking the correctness of their

in

one

being

which no

in

results.

sun occurs,

saiikranti of the

it

is

and another one shortly after the

month must begin shortly before and must end

shortly before the beginning,

fall

end, of such a month, or in other words, a solar

added lunar month. It is further evident that, since such is the case, calculation
Siddhanta may yield a different result, even though the difference in the
astronomical data which form the basis of calculation is but slight.
Hence we have deemed it
shortly after the

made by some

only

not

essential,

other

make our own

to

throughout, but to publish the actual

calculations afresh

added and suppressed, so that the reader may judge

in each case how far it is likely that the use of a different authority would cause a difference
in the months affected.
Our columns fix the moment of the sankranti before and the sankranti
after the added month, as well as the sankranti after the beginning, and the sankranti before the
end, of the suppressed month or in other words, determine the limits of the adhika and kshaya
masas. The accuracy of our calculation can be easily tested by the plan shewn in Art. 90 below.
(See also Art. 88 below.)
The moments of time are expressed in two ways, viz., in lunationparts and tithis, the former following Prof. Jacobi's system as given in Ind. Ant., Vol. XVII.
resulting

which

figures

months

the

fix

to be

of an

iWo*'^

we elsewhere

Lunation-parts or, as

80.

throughout

used

work and

this

require

call

apparent synodic revolution of the

more

well to put this

When

clearly.

them, " tithi-indices " (or "/") are extensively

moon

and

abcc'e) Since the

moment

at that

moon

Note

{see

stated

12

2, Art.

lunation-part

is

will

be

above').

It

the difference between the longitude of the sun and

or in other words, the eastward distance between them,

in conjunction

Shortly

explanation.

full

is

nil,

moon

the sun and

of time occurs (the end ot) amavasya, or

travels faster than the sun, the difference

between

moon,

are said to be

new moon.

{Arts. 7.29

their longitudes, or their

distance from one another, daily increases during one half and decreases during the other half of the

month
lunar

may

till

another

conjunction

month or a

takes

place.

lunation, during which the

The time between two

moon goes through all

lunation

by time-measure, such

as

by hours and minutes, or ghatikas and

space-measure, such as degrees, minutes, or seconds, but

because

then

consists of

30

the

space-measurement
lunation-parts

same number does

tithis.

-!-th

of

(-!-ths)

for either

is

we

prefer to express

time or space [see Art. S^

it

degrees.

go

to

one

Our
tithi,

lunation

667

to

is

two

lunation

palas, or

belozv).

lunation

tithi

or the

10,000 parts, and about 333

looo to three and so on. Lunation-

divided

tithis,

by

in lunation-parts,

of a lunation consequently represents the time-duration of a

12

a synodic

The

phases.

We could of course have expressed parts

thus be taken to represent not only time but space.

of a

conjunctions
its

into

and by abbreviation simply "/". Further, a lunation

Our tithi-, nakshatra-, and yoga-indices are
or its parts may be taken as apparent or mean.
apparent and not mean, except in the case of mean added months, where the index, like the
whole lunation, is mean.
parts

are

therefore

styled

Gen. Cunningliam admittedly

"tithi-indices",

91) follows Cowasjee Patell's

(p.

"C4roo/cyy"in

this respect,

and on eiamination I find that the

added and suppressed months in these two works (setting aside some few mistakes of their own) agree throughout with Prof. Chhatre's
list, even so far as to include certain instances where the latter was incorrect. Patell's " Chronoloi/ij" was published fifteen years after
the publication of Prof. Chhatre's

word

is

said in Cowasjee Patell's

list,

work

and
to

it

is

not improbable that the former was a copy of the latter.

shew how his calculations were made, though

or even years of intricate calculation before he could arrive

at

his results.

[S

B. D.]

in those days he

It is

odd that not a single

would hare required months

THE INDIAN CALENDAR.

50

Our

"/",

or

tithi-index,

shows

therefore

the case of true

in

elsewhere, the space-difference between the apparent, and in the case of

added months as well as

intercalations between

mean

the mean, longitudes of the sun and moon, or the time required for the motions of the sun and
moon to create that difference, expressed in io,oooths of a unit, which is a circle in the case of

and a lunation or synodic revolution of the moon in the case of time. Briefly the tithishews the position of the moon in her orbit with respect to the sun, or the time
necessary for her to gain that position., <'.^^., "o" is new moon, " 5CX)0" full moon, " 10,000" or "o"
space,

index "/"

new moon; "50" shews

is

moon

the

that

col.

81.

can

easily

by 3),
Thus if

gives,

with

tithis,

be converted into
decimal

the
is

9950, which

and the meaning

is

that

given

^/hs

is

,-;^ths,

or 3 hours

in

another

marked

minutes

that she

really

index multiplied by 30 (practically

for the

off,

the required figure in

0.9950,

it

is

tithis

and decimals.

30=) 29.850

equal to (0.9950

of the lunation, or 29.850

tithis

have expired. Conversely

and decimals divided by 30 expresses the same

in tithis

moon) 9950 shews

hours and 33 minutes.

the tithi-index, which expresses the io,OOOth part of a

tithi-notation,

figures

the tithi-index

a figure

tithis,

by

[i.e.,

of conjunction (new

occur

will

lunation being equal to 30

lunation,

has recently

moment

3) passed the point or

approaching new-moon phase, which

Table X..

in

io,oooths parts of a

lunation.

The

82.

or

tithi-index

tithi

indeed

perpetually

varies,

possible

ascertain

to

required

to

be converted into a measure of solar

the length of an apparent lunation, or of an apparent

varying

is

it

often

is

Now

time, such as hours or ghatikas.

every moment, and consequently

at

it

is

tithi,

practically im-

except by elaborate and special calculations; but the length of a mean

it

lunation, or of a

mean

and of the mean

tithi-part (J^th

remains permanently unchanged. Ignoring, therefore, the difference

between apparent and mean lunations, the tithi-index or tithi can be readily converted into time
by our Table X.. which shews the time-value of the mean lunation-part (~th of the mean lunation),
tithi,

as 3 hours 33 minutes; and

-f

h.

tithi).
^

is

Thus,

if

given as 0.150

50,

Table X. gives the duration

we have by Table X.

(2 h.

22 m.

33 m.

h.

tithi-index

The same remark

to

the nakshatra () or yoga (y) indices, and if accuracy is desired

This is fully explained in example i

mean added months

is

at

sankrantis preceding and succeeding an added month, as given in our Table

I.,

below.

148

Art.

applies

of calculation must be somewhat lengthened.

process

the
in

mean

must be understood of course that the time thus given is not very accurate, because
is
an apparent index, while the values in Table X. are for the mean index.
(/)

It

the

min.

of the

the tithi-part

if

In

the

case

of

the value of

(/)

the tithi-index

once absolutely accurate.

The

83.

of course take place respectively

To make

84.

lunar

in the

month preceding and succeeding

the general remarks in Arts. 80, 81, 82 quite clear for

thzi

tlie

added mon\h.

intercalation of

year 3403 the entries in cols. 9 and

This shews us that the
are 9950 and 287, again.st the true added month Asvina in col. 8.
1 1
saiikranti preceding the true added, or Adhika, Asvina took place when 9950 lunation-parts of

months we

will

the natural

50

which
10,000

is

for the Kali

month Bhadrapada (preceding Adhika Asvina) had elapsed, or when (10,000 9950=)
to elapse before the end of Bhadrapada, or again when 50 parts had to elapse

had

parts

lunation

Thus,

take an actual example.

thuunandth part of n

is

equivalent to 7 hours & minutes, and this

tithi

is

equal to 1.42 minutes, which

equal to 4,25 minutes, and this suffices for

parts,

and a

tithi

1000

parts

is

all

too large
practical

is sufficiently

so that

purposes

nc have

minute for our purposes, but a Ihuusaudlh of n

to tiike the

lOOOOth

of a lunation as our unit,

In this work therefore a lunation

is

treated of as haviui;

THE HINDU CALENDAR.

before the beginning of the added month

took

when 287

place

had elapsed

after the

when 29-850
0-150

of the sankrantis are further given in

the above example

in

to elapse before the

took place when o-86i of a

To

tithi

parts

tithis

and decimals

sankranti took

end of Bhadrapada

cols.

in

10,

preceding sankranti took place

find that the

i.e., when (30

29-850 =)
and that the succeeding sankranti

of the succeeding month, Asvina, had passed.

turn these figures into time

preceding

we

of the preceding month lihadrapada had elapsed,

still

when 287

end of the added month Adhika Asvina.

Thus,

tithis

had

tithis

and that the sankranti succeeding true Adhika Asvina

of the natural month Nija Asvina had elapsed, or

parts

The moments

85.

\0a and \2a.

12,

5'

is

rendered easy by Table X.

place (50 lunation parts or 0-150

tithi

We

learn from

parts) about 3 h. 33

it

that the

m. before

Adhika Asvina; and that the succeeding sankranti took place (287 lunation parts,
about 20 h. 20 m. after the end of Adhika Asvina. This time is approximate.
For exact time see Arts. 82 and 90.
The tithi-indices here shew (see Art. SS] that there is no probability of a different month

the beginning of

or -861

parts)

tithi

being intercalated

if

the calculation be

made according

to a different authority.

expunged month we have shewn that two sankrantis must occur

in one lunar month, one shortly after the beginning and the other shortly before the end of
the month; and in cols. 9 and 10 the moment of the first sankranti, and in cols. 11 and 12
For example see the entries against Kali 35^^ 't*
that of the second sankranti, is given.
Table I. As already stated, there can never be an expunged month by the mean system
In the case of an added month the moon must be waning at the time of the pre87.
ceding, and waxing at the time of the succeeding sankranti, and therefore the figure ofthetithiindex must be approaching 10,000 at the preceding, and over 10,000, or beginning a new
term of 10,000, at the succeeding, sankranti.
In the case of expunged months the case
reversed, and the moon must be waxing at the first, and waning at the second sankranti
is

To

86.

constitute

an

"

and therefore the tithi-index must be near the beginning of a period of 10,000 at the first,
and approaching 10,000 at the second, sankranti.
88.
When by the Siirya-Siddhanta a new moon (the end of the amavasya) takes place
within about 6 ghatikas, or 33 lunation-parts, of the sankranti, or beginning and end of a solar
month, there may be a difference in the added or suppressed month if the calculation be made

Hence when, in the case of an added month, the figure in

more than (10,000 33 =) 9967, or when that in col. 11 or iirt is less than 33;
and in the case of an expunged month when the figure in col. 9 is less than 33, or when that
is more than 9967, it is possible that calculation by another Siddhanta will yield a
in col.
1
or possibly there will be no e.xpunction of a month
different month as intercalated or expunged
In such cases fresh calculations should be made by Prof. Jacobi's Special Tables {Epig.
at all.
according

another Siddlumta.

to

9 or

col.

ga.

is

hid.,

as

Vol. II.)

certain

given

that

or direct from the Sidd/uhita in question.

generally sufficient,

is

correction

bija

the

(See above, note to Art.

but

difference

it

same
89.

in

cols.

in

We

9 to

almost

The

for all Sidd/uhitas.

may amount

it

may be

regarded

to as

much

as

limit

20 ghatikas, or 113 lunation-parts

4.^).

In the case of the Surya-Siddltanta

are the

In all other cases

of 33 lunation-parts here
must not be forgotten that where Siddkantas are used with

our months are correct

all

cases,

it

whether the

may be
blja

is

noted that the added and suppressed months

applied or not.

have spared no pains to secure accuracy in the calculation of the figures entered
and 9a to I2fl, and we believe that they may be accepted as finally correct,

12

THE INDIAN CALENDAR.

52

but

it

should be remembered that their time-equivalent as obtained from Table X.

mate

for

than

with

reason

the

given above [Art. S2.)

and since the expression of time

lunation-parts,

by some European workers, we have given the times of

decimals
it

easier to

is

that

to

plan

the

select

shewn

the

solar

in

tithis

It

time corresponding

adopted.

finally

First, great

solar time at least five processes

I.

below

{^Art.

It

14.8)

is

tithis

be considered desirable

the required sankrantis in tithis and

all

lunation-parts

in

may

but for turning our figures into time-figures

may be thought by some

and

tithis

labour

it

would

moments

to the

But there are several reasons which induced

we have

moments in
our Example

in

phenomena

the

once

at

the exact

fix

lunation-parts

in

lunation-parts than with tithi-parts.

recording

of

have given
hours and minutes.

to

as

work with

instead

better
in

our columns, as well as

in

only approxi-

is

Since Indian readers are more familiar with

been

of the sankrantis

us, after careful consideration,

saved

is

in calculation

must be gone through

true that,

readers

have

by the

in

for to

each case,

by

single process used

us,

the time-equivalents of the given lunation-parts are only approximate, but the lunation-parts and

Secondly, the time shewn by our figures in the case of the

are in themselves exact.

tithis

added months

the

is

same by the Original

by the Present Surya-Siddhanta with the

as

well as

all

of these would vary and require

one

important

from

purpose.

It

beginning and

the

Sitrya, the Present Siirya,

probability

or

shews

one simple

in

b'ija,

columns.

separate

whereas,

if

converted into solar time,

Thirdly, the notation used

being

of there

case of the use of another authority.

by us serves

figure the distance in time of the sankrantis

end of the added or suppressed month, and points

otherwise

mean

and the Arya-Siddhanta,

at a glance to the

a difference in the added or suppressed

Fourthly, there

is

month

in

the

a special convenience in our method for

working out such problems as are noticed in the following articles.

Supposing it is desired to prove the correctness of our added and suppressed months,
90.
or to work them out independently, this can easily be done by the following method
The
:

moment
to

ija

aid of

of the

Mesha

for

years from A.D.

all

Table D.

saiikranti

according to the Surya-Siddhanta

moons connected with the month

the

i.e.,

Now we

given
it

in cols. 13,

14 and 15^

can be calculated by the

moment of two consecutive new

and we proceed thus. The interval of time between

wish to ascertain the

in question,

beginning of the solar year and the beginning or end of any solar month according to the

Surya-Siddhanta,
Art.

100 to 1900, and for other years

Art. g6 below.

in

is

the

is

given

in

Table

III.,

below, the tithi-index for the

151

moments of the

8 or 9;

cols.

moment

solar sankrantis,

whose

those respective sankrantis and the

be calculated
waning or waxing

by the same
at the

The

This process

and suppressions.

{see Art.

col.

and

15),

rules in

new moon determines

at

that at

new moon "/"

lo.ooo)

once shew whether the moon was

this

of course determines the

The above, however, applies only to

For mean added months the Sodhya (2 d. 8

the apparent or true

gh.

p. 15 vi.)

must

all
that is necessary is to add the proper figures of duration as given in
shews the mean length of solar months, and to find the "a" for the results so

sankrantis

which

Art. 24,

obtained by Art. 151.

91.

we can

by the

obtain

26) to the Mesha-sarikranti time according to the Arya-Siddhanta {Tabic /.,

For the required subthe result will be the time of the mean Mesha sahkranti.

be added
sequent

will

preceding and succeeding sankrantis, and

addition or suppression of the month.

intercalations

we can

exact interval also in solar time between

new moons (remembering

rules.

it

position with reference to the

the addition or suppression of the luni-solar month.

can

and by

of beginning and end of the required solar month,

It

will

Then add 200

of course be asked

give for their accuracy.

It

to the totals

how our

is

and the result will be the required tithi-indices.

Table I. were obtained, and what guarantee

figures in

therefore desirable to explain these points.

Our

calcula-

THE HINDU CALENDAR.

and suppressed months were

intercalated

tions for true

first

53

made according

method and Tables

to the

published by Prof. Jacobi {in the hid. Ant., Fc/. .\'/'7/.,/V- /^J /c /liV; as corrected by the errata list
based our calculations on his Tables i to lo, and the method given in
printed in the same volume.

We

his

example 4 on pp. 152

ed.

Prof Jacobi's Tables

53,'

but with certain differences, the necessity of which must now be explain-

to 4, which give the dates of the

commencement

hour and minute, were based on the Arya-Siddhanta, while Tables

Siddhanta, and these two Siddhantas
First,

mean

Prof. Jacobi's

in

Tables

This state of things

months are supposed

to 4 the solar

by himself

the Professor designed and chiefly uses these Tables, but such

determine an intercalary month, where a mere fraction

to

exact

moment
year,

solar

of a

moment

be attended

to.

purpose

for the

when

for

which

the task

is

the difference, and where the

all

Secondly,

when

to

\'])?X or shortly after m&Vin

not the case

is

may make

of the Mesha-sankranti, differs

made

must positively be ascertained.

safikranti

the

i.e.,

had

to begin exactly at Ujjain

at p.

harmless as regards calculations

is

10 followed the Surya-

In con.sequence several points

differ.

sunset, while in fact they begin (as explained

sunset.

of the solar months, and the

to

the beginning of the

calculated according to those

two Siddhantas, as will be seen by comparing cols. 15 to 17 with cols. 15^ to \ja of our
Table 1., the difference being nil in A.D. 496 and 6 gh 23 pa. 41.4 pra. vi. in 1900 A.D. Thirdly,
even if we suppose the year to begin simultaneously by both Siddhantas, still the collective
duration of the months from the beginning of the year to the end of the required solar month is
not the same, " as will be seen by comparing cols. 6 or 7 with cols. 8 or 9 of our Table III.

We

have applied

all

independent

differences to the figures obtained

9 and 11. We know of no

which can be applied to determine the accuracy of the results of our calculations

test

final

results in cols.

first

calculations were

added and suppressed months; but the

for true

by these three

the corrections necessitated

Prof Jacobi's Tables and have given the

from

made exceedingly

carefully

and were checked and rechecked. They were made quite independently of any previously existing
lists of added and suppressed months, and the results were afterwards compared with Prof. Chhatre's
list
and whenever a difference appeared the calculations were completely re-examined. In some
;

cases of e.xpunged months the difference between the two

of difference

it

lists

can be said with certainty that Prof. Chhatre's

Moreover, since the greatest possible error

of Prof. Jacobi's Table

in

wrong. [See note

is

other cases
to

Art. 46.)

the value of the tithi-index that can result by use

Table p. 16^), whenever the tithi-inde.x for added and supfell within 7 of 10,000, i.e., whenever the resulting

7 {see his

is

in

only nominal, but

is

list

pressed months obtained by our computation

index was below 7 or over 9993, the results were again tested direct by the Siirya-Siddhanta. '
As regards mean intercalations every figure in our cols, ga to I2 was found correct by

independent

were

tithis

For finding the

Utions

The months and

test.

it

by

calculated

was necessary

lo introdace a

and the

Siirya-Siddhanta,

initial date of the luni-sohir years Prof,

the alre-ady published eiTata-list.

of the sahkrantis expressed in tithi-indices and

times

the

present

the

Jacobi's Tables

I.

to XI.

results are the

were used, and

same whether

in the course of the ealou-

few alterations, and to correct some misprints which had crept in in addition

Thus, the

eai'liest

date noted in Tables

I.

to IV., being

A.D. 354, these Tables had

lo those
to

backwards by adding two lines more of figures above those already given. In Table VI., as corrected by the errata, the bija
into account only

from A.D

the century correction

I

is

have preferred, however,

tated

to

New

introduce the

ler that it

It

42

It

in

is

the

same according

to

calculations were thus

New

the final

was rarely

direct

A.D 1600

In

is

taken

Table VI.

according to the pi"actice iu the most part of Europe.

Style into our Tables from Sept. A.D.

Warren, but

made

should be introduced from A.D. 1501 (see Art. 21).

(Gregorian) Style from

an alteration in the centuiy data for two centuries

the error
nil

whereas we consi

fiOl,

given for the

noted in

be extended

1752

to suit

English readers, and this necessi-

[R. S.]

iu this respect

he

is

in error.

(See note to

by the Siirija-Sidd/idnta with and without the

figure of the tithi-index originally arrived at

3, and only once 4. It never e.xceeded 4.

It

may

was generally only of

AH.
bija,

2i.J

with the satisfactory result that

or 2 units, while in some cases

it

was

therefore he fairly assumed that our results are accurate. [S.BD.]

THE INDIAN CALENDAR.

54

worked by that or by the Original Surya-Siddkanta, the

SuryaSiddhanta with the bija.

We

Cols.

92.

the

therefore, that

think,

mean added months

/?

sankranti and this

by

as given

ij

to

us

of true added and suppressed months and that of the

list

is

finally reliable.

The

or to 17a.

solar year begins from the

We

taken as apparent and not mean.

is

Arya-Siddhanta, or the Present

First

give the exact

moment of the Mesha

moment for all years

from A.D. 300 to 1900 by the Arya-Siddhanta, and

in addition for years between A.D. 1 00 and

1900 by the Siirya-Siddhantas as well. {See also Art. g6). Every figure has been independently
tested, and found correct.
The week-day and day of the month A.D. as given in cols. 13 and
14 are applicable to both the Siddhantas, but particular attention must be paid to the footnote in

Table

and

annexed to A.D.

I.,

iSa

minutes,

for

17

11

18

and some other subsequent years. The entries in cols. 15

palas, and in cols. 17 and ija for hours and

Indian reckoning in ghatikas and

imply that at the instant of the sankranti so much time has elapsed since mean sunrise

on the day

mean sunrise is generally assumed to be 6.0 a.m.

and day of the month alluded to inthe footnote mentioned in the
last paragraph (Table I., A.D. 11 17
18) is due to the difference resulting from calculations made by
the two Siddhantas, the day fixed by the Sicrya-Siddhanta being sometimes one later than that found
by the Arya-Siddhanta. It must be remembered, however, that the day in question runs from sunrise to sunrise, and therefore a moment of time fixed as falling between midnight and sunrise belongs to
the preceding day in Indian reckoning, though to the succeeding day by European nomenclature. For
at Ujjain

93.

The

in question.

Ujjain

alteration of week-day

example, the Mesha sankranti

hanta on Friday 23rd March

Saka 1039 expired (A.D.

in

at 58 gh.

p. after Ujjain

5.12 a.m. on Saturday morning, 24th); while

or

gh.

51 pa.

(=0

h.

20 m.

by

the

after sunrise or 6.20 a.m.).

sankranti according to the Arya-Siddhanta

94.

mean

falls

7)

took place, according to the Arya-Sidd-

sunrise (23 h. 12 m. after sunrise on Friday,

we have

8 gh. 51 pa. 15 vipa. according to the Arya-Siddhanta, and 2d.

according to the Sftrya-Siddhanta. {See Art. 26.)
The figure given in brackets after the day and month in
95.

day in the
against i6th March shows
is

common

P2nglish

that

i6th

March

cols.

the 7Sth day from January

1st.

sunrise.

taken the sodhya

14 pa. 30 vipa.

10 gh.

year, reckoning from January

is

mean

nearly at the end of a day, or near

In calculating the instant of the apparent Mesha-saiikrantis,

that

at

This only happens of course when the

at 2 d.

number of

on Saturday 24th

5rj'rt-.SVrt'a'/<'(7;//rt it fell

13 and

For

19

is

the

instance, 75

This figure

1st inclusive.

methods of computation " B " and "C " given

intended as a guide with reference to Table IX., in which the collective

called the "date indicator", or shortly {d), in the

below {Part IV.), and

duration of days
96.

be

found

The

is

is

given in the English

fixture of the

advantageous

for

common

moments of

many

purposes,

conversion of solar dates as they are used

the

year.

the 1600

in

moments of Mesha-sankrantis according

but

Mesha-sankrantis noted

we have designed

it

Bengal and Southern India.

to the

volume

in this

will

chiefly to facilitate the

^

We

have not given

Surya-Siddhanta prior to A.D.

00, so that

the Arya-Siddhanta computation must be used for dates earlier than that, even those occurring in

Bengal.

There

is

danger

little

in

so doing, since the difference between the times of the Mesha-

sankrantis according to the two Siddhantas during that period

and

only

increasing to

h.

6 m. at the most

in

100 A.D.

is

very

It

a correction Table so as to ensure accuracy, and consequently

which the difference

1

for

Sec Art. 21, and the

is,

slight,

being

////in

A.D. 496,

however, advisable to give

we append the Table which follows, by

any year lying between A.D. 496 and
It is
100 A.D. can be found.

first

foutnote ap|>ende(l tu

it.

used

in the

following manner.

THE HINDU CALENDAR.

55

find the interval in years

between the given year and A.D.

F"irst

Then take the difference given for that number of years in the Table, and subtract or
add it to the moment of the Mesha-saiikranti fixed by us in Table 1. by the Arya-Siddkanta, according

496.

as

the

given

year

is

prior or subsequent to

A.U. 496. The quotient gives the moment of the

Mesha-sahkranti by the Surya-Siddlumta.

TABLE
between the moments of the Mesha-sankranti as calculated by the
Present Surya and the first Arya-Siddhantas; the difference in AD. 496 (Saka 496 current)

Shewing the
being

difference

o.

No.
of
years.


THE INDIAN CALENDAR.

56

be

99 When an intercalary
remembered that the entries

not the

as

The

an

panchaiigs.

mean
lOi.

found

By
tithi

mean,

not

system,

this

subsequent

all

probably

The

prefixed

figures

19 and 20.

worked out according

as

more

given

which practice

tithi,

tithis will

etc.

./j

above)

it

must

21

methods

to our

be found as often correct as

cols.

if

the

21 and 22, except in those cases

constitute a

current),

fir.st

19 to 25,

cols.

is

and B, the English

first

had been taken

gives

the

expired

where a minus sign

is

approximation showing how much of

had expired on the occurrence of mean

Col.

I.,

conforms to that of the ordinary native

often.

in

Kali 4074

{e.g.,

chaitra sukla pratipada

in cols.

true system (Arts,

of the year (Chaitra sukla pratipada) in Table

tithi

first

apparent,

equivalents of
as a

by the

19 to 25 are for the sukla-pratipada of the intercalated^

true, Chaitra.

lOO.

taken

Chaitra occurs
in cols.

lunation-parts

sunrise at Ujjain

or

tithi-index,

on the day given

and

col.

22 shews

same period in tithi-parts, i.e., decimals of a tithi. The meaning of both of these is explained
above (Arts. So and Si). We differ from the ordinary panchahgs in one respect, viz., that while
they give the portion of the tithi which has to run after mean sunrise, we have given, as in some
ways more convenient, the portion already elapsed at sunrise. Thus, the entry 286 in col. 21
means that 286 lunation-parts of Chaitra sukla isthad expired at mean sunrise. The new moon
therefore took place 286 lunation-parts before mean sunrise, and by Table X., col. 3, 286
lunation-parts are equal to (14 h. 10 m. -{-6 h. 6 m. =) 20 h. 16 m. The new moon therefore
took place 20 h. 16 m. before sunrise, or at 9.44 a.m. on the previous day by European reckoning.
The ending-moment of Chaitra sukla pratipada can be calculated in the same way, remembering
the

that there are 333 lunation-parts to a

We

tithi.

allude in the last paragraph to those

entries

in

cols.

21 and 22 which stand with

minus sign prefixed. Their meaning is as follows: Just as other

expunged so it occasionally happens that Chaitra sukla ist has
words,

the last

tithi

day and the 2nd

of Phalguna, or the

tithi

tithi

called amavasya,

is

tithis

to

have

be

sometimes to be

expunged.

In other

current at sunrise on one civil

of Chaitra (Chaitra sukla dvitiya) at sunrise on the following

civil

day. In such

day corresponding to Chaitra sukla ist; and accordingly we

give this civil day in cols. 19 and 20.
But since the amavasya-tithi (the last tithi of Phalguna) was
actually current at sunrise on that civU day we give in cols. 21 and 22 the lunation-parts and tithiparts of the amavasya-tithi which have to run after sunrise with a minus sign prefixed to them.
12" in col. 21 means that the tithi-index at sunrise was 10,000 12 = or 9988, and that
Thus, "
the amavasya-tithi (Phalguna Krishna 15 or 30) (Table VIII., col. j) will end 12 lunation-parts
after sunrise, while the next tithi will end 333 lunation-parts after that.
102.
{a, b. c, cols. 2j, 24, 2j).
The moment of any new moon, or that moment in each
lunation when the sun and moon are nearest together, in other words when the longitudes
of the sun and moon are equal, cannot be ascertained without fixing the following three elements,
{a)
The eastward distance of the moon from the sun in mean longitude, (/;) the moon's mean
anomaly (Art. ij and note), which is here taken to be her distance from her perigee in mean
a case the

first

of these

is

the

civil

longitude,

And

{c)

the

mean anomaly, or his distance from his perigee in mean longitude.

"b", "c", have the above meanings; "a" being expressed in io,oooths of

sun's

thus our "a",

a circle reduced by 200.6 for purposes of convenience of use, all calculations being then additive,
"/;" and "c" being given in loooths of the circle. To take an example. At Ujjain mean sunrise

on Chaitra sukla pratipada of the

itudes

calculated

direct from

the

Kali year 3402 (Friday. 8th

Siirya-Siddhanta

March, A.D. 300),

were as follow:

The

tlie

mean

long-

sun, 349 22' 27". 92.

THE HINDU CALENDAR.

The
The
7".

moon's distance

4 =.0182

and

257"

sun's perigee,

of

the

consequently

""

14'

orbit

22'

for that

360".

1110011,355

therefore

The

figures for

day,

is

55' 35".32.

The moon's perigee,

(355" 55' 35"- 32

This (1.0182)

33" 39' 58". 03.

22' 27".

6 33'

92 =)

reduced by 0.0200,6 comes to 0.998 14;

15' 37".

The moon's mean anomaly

"

b" was

(355

The

'

increase in a,

/>,

c,

for the several lengths of the luni-solar

given under their respective heads; the figures

representing the day of the week, and the

Increase of a,
Number of days

349

29 := 895 17. And the sun's mean anomaly "r " was (349"
8' 5".o6=:
We therefore give rt:^998i, ^-^895,
25593.
any other year can if necessary be calculated from the following Table,

which represents the motion.

for

"

was

moment 139981-41.

=:)

14'

= 256.

and

of

sun

33 39' 58"o3 322

22". 86=) 92"
27". 92 257

55' 35"- 3-

The

22 ".86.

from the

57

first

b, c, in

figures the

in

brackets

number of days

one year, and

in

one day.

in

in

the

first

the year.

year

column

THE INDIAN CAIENDAR.

58

two Christian months noted

col.

in

correspond with

will

Saka 1000, taken

In the year

it.

as

a Meshadi solar year, the month Siriiha corresponds with the Bengali Bhadrapada and the Tamil

Avani of the Meshadi Kali 4179, and Meshadi Vikrama 1 135 with Avani of the Sirhhadi Tinnevelly
253; with Chingam of the South Malayalam Siitihadi KoUam andu 253, and of the North
Parts of the lunar months .Sravana and Bhadrapada
Malayajani Kanyadi Kollam andu 252.
correspond with it, as well as parts of July and August of the European year 1077 A. D in some
years parts of August and September will correspond with it.
All the years in this Table are current years, and all the lunar months are amanta.
will be noticed that the Tuju names of lunar months and the Tamil and Tinnevelly names
It
of solar months are corruptions of the original Sanskrit names of lunar months while the north
and south Malayajam names of solar months are corruptions of the original Sanskrit sign-names.
;

year

Corruptions

Tamil

from

differing

and the

Districts

Table

104.

many

Rule

I.

Saka,

solar

places.

still

it

clearer

we

give

for turning into

a Chaitradi or Meshadi year

(for

example, into a luni-solar Saka, or

a year of another era, whether earlier or later, which

year)

In the

some

This portion of the Table, when read with the notes printed

iii.

below would seem to be simple and easy to be understood, but to make

the following rules:

parts of India.

of Tinnevelly the solar sign-names are also in use in

Part

II..

are likely to be found in use in

these

district

is

non-Chaitradi or non-

Meshadi.

For an
(rt)
Mesha and the

or

When

earlier era.
first

moment

the given date

of the

month

in

falls

between the

given earlier era begins, subtract from the given year the

the

under

given

double figures

required Chaitradi or Meshadi era

Examples.
Sravana sukla
year is (1837
turn

Magha

To

(l)

ist

{e.g.,

of Chaitra

first,

otherwise the second, of the

the Saka).

Vaisakha

Sukla

ist

of the

Ashadhadi Vikrama year 1837, or

of the Karttikadi Vikrama year 1837 '"to corresponding Saka reckoning.

134=)

sukla

turn

moment

of the earlier era along the line of the year O of the

heading

the

first

which, as shewn by the heading, the year of

ist

1703

Saka.

The day and month

are the

same

in

each case.

(2)

The

To

of the Karttikadi Vikrama samvat 1838 into the corresponding Saka date.

135 =) 1703 Saka. The day and month are the same. (3) Given 1st December,
The year is (1822 77 =) 1745 Saka current. (4) Given 2nd January, 1823 A.D.
The year is (1823 78=) 1745 Saka current.
For a later era. When the given day falls between the first moment of Chaitra or
(b)
Mesha and the first moment of the month in which, as .shewn by the heading, the later era begins,
add to the number of the given year the figure in the Table under the heading of tlie required
The year

is

(1838

1822 A.D.

Chaitradi

Meshadi era along the

or

case add that

number reduced by

line

of the year

01

of the given later era.

In the reverse

one.

day of Mithuna 1061 of the South MalayaUm Kollam

The year is (1061 -|- 748;^) Saka 1809 current. The
day and month are the same. (2) To turn the ist day of Makara 1062 of the South Malayalam
Kollum Andu into the corresponding Saka date. The year is (1062 -|- 747=) 1809 Saka current.
Examples,

Andu

into

(i)

The day and month

II.

To

turn

the corresponding

Rule

for

ist

date.

are the same.

turning

a Chaitradi or Meshadi

non-Meshadi year of an earlier or

or

the

Saka

(<.^'-.,

a Saka) year into a non-Chaitradi or

later era.

(a)
For an earlier era. When the given day falls between the first moment of Chaitra
Mesha and the first moment of the month in which, as shown by the heading, the year of the

THE HINDU CALENDAR.

era

earlier

add

begins,

59

the given Chaitradi or Mcshatli year the

to

otherwise the second,

first,

of the double figures given under the heading of the earlier era along the line of the year o

of

the Chaitradi or Meshadi era given.

To turn Bhadrapada krishna 30th of the Saka year 1699 into the corresVikrama year. The year is (1699 + 134=) >'*533 of the Karttikadi Vikrama
The day and month are the same. (2) To turn the same Bhadrapada krishna 30th, Saka
era.
The year is (1699+ 135=) 1834 of the
1699, into the corresponding Ashadhadi Vikrama year.
Ashadhadi Vikrama era. The day and month are the same.
For a later era. When the given day falls between the first moment of Chaitra or Mesha and
{b)
the first moment of the month in which, as shown by the heading, the later era begins, subtract from
the given year the number under the heading of the given Chaitradi or Meshadi era along the line
of the year o/i of the given later era; in the reverse case subtract that number reduced by one.
Examples, (i) To turn the 20th day of Sirhha Saka 1727 current into the corresponding
North Malayalam Kollam Andu date. The day and month are the same. The era is a Kanyadi
Examples,

ponding

(i)

Karttikadi

and therefore the required year is (1727748 ) 979 of the required era. (2) To turn
day of Sirhha Saka 1727 current into the corresponding South Malayalam (Tinnevelly)
Kollam Andu date. The day and month are the same. The era is Siriihadi, and therefore the

era,

the 20th

required year

tradi or

(1727

is

Rule

Ill

Meshadi

IV. Rule

747 ) 980

turning

for

This

era.

for

is

of the required era.

year of one Chaitradi or Meshadi era into one of another Chai-

obviously so simple that no explanations or examples are required.

a year of a non-Chaitradi or non-Meshadi era into one of another

turning

These are not required

year equally non-Chaitradi or non-Meshadi

reader

is

curious he can easily do

for

it

for

our methods, but

if

any

himself

all our three methods of conversion of dates.

numbers given in columns ^a and 10 are intended for use when calculation is made approximately by means of our method " B " [Arts, ijj, 138).
It will be observed that the number of days in lunar months given in col. 3^ is alternately
30 and 29 but such is not always the case in actual fact. In all the twelve months it occurs
that the number of days is sometimes 29 and sometimes 30.
Thus Bhadrapada has by our Table
29 days, whereas it will be seen from the parichaiig extract printed in Art. 30 above that in

This Table must be used for

Table

105.

III.

The

A.D. 1894 (Saka 18 16 expired) it had 30 days.

The numbers given in col. 10 also are only approximate, as will be seen by comparing
them with those given in cols. 6 to 9.
Thus all calculations made by use of cols. 3 and 10 will be sometimes wrong by a day.
This is unavoidable, since the condition of things changes every year, so that no single Table can
be positively accurate

made

will only

concerned the date

The
the

figure

may be

details in cols.
in

brackets,

number of days;

for 30.

mean

To guard

that the
106.

this respect

C " must be

our method "

The

in

but, other elements of the date being certain, calculations so

be wrong by one day, and

fi.xed

with a

and 6 to

9,

is

given

and

in

Mesha or Vrishabha

Tables IV. atid V.

it

may

document or
accuracy

is

inscription

demanded,

126.)

{id),

is

the remainder after casting out sevens from

casting out sevens from 30 the remainder

against mistakes

the

If entire

are exactly accurate to the unit of a pala, or 24 seconds.

or week-day index

thus,

the week-day

pretence to accuracy.

(See Arts. 2

followed.
3,

if

fair

is

2,

and

this

is

the

{u<)

be mentioned that the figure " 2 " does not of course

sankranti always takes place on (2) Monday.

These tables give the value of (a-) (week-day) and

[a)

[b)

and

THE INDIAN CALENDAR.

6o

any required number of civil days, hours, and minutes, according to the Surya Siddhanta. It will be
in these Tables are calculated by the value for one day given in Art. 102.
Table IV. is Prof. Jacobi's /W/V? ^/;(7(?;^' (Vol. XVII.) Table 7, slightly modified to suit our
purposes; the days being run on instead of being divided into months, and the figures being
{c)

for

seen that the figures given

given

end

the

for

Prof. Jacobi's

of

Table

each period of 24 hours, instead of

at

its

commencement.

Table V.

is

8.

Tables VI. and VII.

These are Prof. Jacobi's Tables 9 and 10 re-arranged. It
107.
be well that their meaning and use should be understood before the reader undertakes computations according to our method "C". It will be observed that the centre column of each columnwill

the

centre

only
to

a figure constituting the equation for each figure of the argument from o to

gives

triplet

in

corresponding

figure

either

of the

figures to right or

These

left.

last

looo,

are given

periods of 10 for convenience, an auxiliary Table being added to enable the proper equation

be determined

for all

arguments. Table VI. gives the lunar equation of the centre. Table VII. the

solar equation of the centre.

of the

to

circle,

{Art. 75 note

above).

The

while the equation-figures are expressed in

of our "," to which they have to be added.

argument-figures are expressed in loooths

io,oooths to correspond with the figures

mean anomaly of the moon

moon from the sun.
To convert this last (a) into true longitudinal distance the equation of the centre for both moon
and sun must be discovered and applied to (a) and these Tables give the requisite quantities. The
case may perhaps be better understood if more simply explained.
The moon and earth are
constantly in motion in their orbits, and for calculation of a tithi we have to ascertain their
and

sun

relative

to

for

Thus
some
and

(a)

twenty

but

after

[b)

and

[c]

give the

miles off in an hour.

Now

supposing a railway train runs from one station

The average

rate of running will

be twenty miles an

the actual speed will vary, being slower at starting and stopping than in the middle.

at the
little

Our

being the mean longitudinal distance of the

positions with regard to the sun.

another

hour,

moment,

any

end of the

first

quarter of an hour

distance short of this, say

three-quarters

yards.

it

will

not be quite five miles from the

This distance

is

made up

of an hour the train will be rather more than

since the speed will be slackened in approaching the station,

speed

start,

but

acquired,

as

full

miles from the start,

is

say w yards more than the

miles.

These distances of m yards and n yards, the one in defect and the other in e.xcess, correspond
The planetary motions are not uniform
to the "Equation of the Centre" in planetary motion.
and a planet is thus sometimes behind, sometimes in front of, its mean or average place. To
And this last
get the true longitude we must apply to the mean longitude the equation of the centre.
All the requisite data
for both sun (or earth) and moon is what we give in these two Tables.
for calculating the mean anomalies of the sun and moon, and the equations of the centre for
each planet, are given in the Indian Siddliantas and Karaitas, the details being obtained from
actual observation and since our Tables generally are worked according to the Siirya Sidd/iattto,
we have given in Tables VI. and VII. the equations of the centre by that authority.
Thus, the Tables enable us to ascertain {a) the mean distance of moon from sun at any
;

moment, {b) the correction for the moon's true (or apparent) place with reference to the earth,
and {c) the correction for the earth's true (or apparent) place with reference to the sun and with these
corrections applied to the (a) we have the true(or apparent) distance of the moon from the sun, which
marks the occurrence of the true (or apparent) tithi and this result is our tithi-index, or (/). From
this tithi-index (/i the tithi current at any given moment is found from Table VIII.. and the time
equivalent is found by Table X. Full explanation for actual work is given in Part IV. below
;

(.Arts.

139160).

'

THE HfNDU CALENDAR.

The method

nakshatia or yoga

for calculating a

6i

explained

is

Art.

in

133.

sometimes greater and sometimes less than its

mean motion it follows that the two equations of the centre found from {b) and (r) by our Tables
VI. and VII. have sometimes to be added to and sometimes subtracted from the mean longituHut to
dinal distance [a], if it is required to find the true (or apparent) longitudinal distance (/).
simplify calculation it is advisable to eliminate this inconvenient element, and to prepare the
the

Since

108.

planet's

motion

true

may always be one

Tables so that the sum to be worked

be done by increasing every figure of each

can

the figure

5 2'

of the

by the sum of the

[a]

According to the

Tables.
is

is

47". 17

(=

centre

is

for the earth,

largest

Now

of addition.

equation by

amount of both, and

largest

its

this

is

it

is

clear that this

amount, and decreasing

what has been done

Siirya Siddhanta the greatest possible lunar equation

in

the

of the centre

.0140,2 in our tithi-inde.x computation), and the greatest possible solar equation
2"

10'

32".35

(=

But the solar equation of the centre, or the equation

moon from the

.0060,4).

into the figure representing the distance of the

must be introduced

with reversed sign, because a positive correction to the earth's longitude implies a negative
moon from sun. This will be clear from a diagram.

sun

correction to the distance of

^'

JX

s*M

M'

\p

E the earth, I' the direction of perigee. Then the angle

moon from sun. But if we add a positive correction to (i.e.,
increase) the earth's longitude PSE and make it PSE' (greater than PSE by ESE') we thereby decrease
the angle SEM to SE'M', and we decrease it by exactly the same amount, since the angle
SEM =r / SE'M' + / ESE', as may be seen if we draw the line EX parallel to E'S; for
Let S be the sun,

SEM

represents

the angle

SEX =

Every
value,

the

i.e.,

the

distance

moon,

of

/ ESE' by Euclid.

figure of each equation

that

of the

moon by

is

decreased by the sum of both, or (140,2

In conclusion,

thus increased in our Tables VI. and VII. by

140,2 and that of the sun

60,4

=)

by

60,4,

and every

its

greatest

figure of (a)

is

200,6.

Table VI. yields the lunar equation of the centre calculated by the Siirya

and increased by 140.2; and Table VII. yields the

by the Siirya Siddhanta, with sign reversed, converted into
lO.OOOths of a circle, and increased by 60.4.^
This explains why for argument o the equation
given is lunar 140 and solar 60.
If there were no such alteration made the lunar equation for
Siddhanta, turned into io,oooths of a

circle,

solar equation of the centre calculated

Arg. o would be

140,

o,

for

Arg. 250

(or 90")

140, for Arg.

500 (180")

O,

and

for

Arg. 750 (or 270)

and so on.
109.

The

lunar and solar equations of the centre for every degree of

Prof. Jacobi gives this as 200.5, but after most careful calculation

Prof. Jacobi bas uot explained these Tables.

find it to be

200

6.

[S

anomaly are given

B D.]


THE INDIAN CALENDAR.

62

in

Makararida,

the

and from these the figures given by us

argument of the Tables, are easily deduced.

units of the

no.

The

111.

Table

use of the auxiliary Table

This

VIII.

As

given in Arts. 139160.

yoga

of the

point

themselves.

itself.

designed for use with our method C, the rules for which are
regards the tithi-index. see Art. 80. The period of a nakshatra or

nakshatra or yoga

is

~ no^~.

13 20' or

Thus, the index

ending

for the

Tables VIII. A. and VIII. B. speak

370 and so on.'
They have been inserted for convenience of reference.
first

Tabic IX.

112.

of a circle, or lO

is

the 27th part of a circle, that

is

th

explained on the Table

fully

is

every

for

used

is

both methods

in

for

is

and C.

See the

rules for work.

Table X. {See the rules for work by method C.)

The mean values in solar time of
the several elements noted herein, as calculated by the Sitrya-Siddhanta. are as follow:
113.

A
A

A
A
From

tithi

lunation

=42524.046642

do.

= 39343.21

do.

=36605.116

do.

sidereal

month

yoga-chakra

141 7.46822

minutes.

these values the time-equivalents noted in this Table

have been calculated.

{See

also note to Art. 82!)

1

Table XI.

14.

This Table enables calculations to be made for observations

and

places in India. {See Art. jd,

Table XII.

115.

the

sixty-year

We

the rules for zvorking by our

Table XIII.

116.

here give the names and numbers of the samvatsaras. or years of

made by

Tables

117.

jj

to

all

(See

6j.)

This Table was furnished by Dr. Burgess and

week-day corresponding

of calculations

at different

C.)

cycle of Jupiter, with those of the twelve-year cycle corresponding thereto.

the description of these cycles given above, Arts,

the

method

is

designed to enable

any European date to be ascertained. It explains itself Results

our methods may be tested and verified by the use of this Table.

to

XIV. and XV.

are for use by our method yi

(.y^v ///^ /-//A-.?),

and were invented

and prepared by Mr. T. Lakshmiah Naidu of Madras.

Table XVI.

is

explained in Part V.

PA R T

IV.

USE OF THE TABLES.

The Tables now published may be used

118.

for several

purposes, of which some are

enumerated below.
(l)

For finding the year and month of the Christian or any Indian era corresponding
in any of the eras under consideration.

to

a given year and month

'

This Table

coiilniiiB

The Table

contains Prof. Jacobi's Table 11 {Ind. Ani.,

and enlarged.

Prof. Jacobi's Table

have also added the c()uivalent3

ylnd. Ant.,

for tithi

parts,

XVIl.^p.

XFIL,

\M)

and hia Tabic 17,

p. 172), a

and an eiplanalion.

p.

181, in n moaificd form

wcUashis Table 17 Part

[S.

I>.'

II. (iV/.;).

[S.

B. D.]

181) mojified

HINDU CALENDAR.

T/IE
I

63

For finding the samvatsara of the sixty-year cycle of Jupiter, whether in tiie southern
scheme, and of the twelve-year cycle of Jupiter, corresponding

(2)

(luni-solar) or northern (mean-sign)

any day of such a year.

For finding the added or suppressed months, if any. in any year.
But the chief and most important use of them are;
The conversion of any Indian date luni-solar (tithi) or solar into the corresponding
(4)
date A.D. and vice versa, from A.D. 300 to 1900, and finding the week-day of any such date;
Finding the karana. nakshatra. and yoga for any moment of any Indian or European
(5)
to the beginning of a solar (Meshadi) year, or for
(3)

and thereby verifying any given Indian date;

Turning a Hindu solar date into a luni-solar
(6)

date,

Conversion of a

(7)

This

versa.

explained

fully

is

119.

For

(i)

Muhammadan

tlie

first

the explanation given in Part

of them

given in

known, the

Art.

results will

and vice versa.

Part V. below.

in

purpose Table

cols,

I.,

to

or Table

5.

II.,

must be used, with

above. For eras not noted in these two Tables see the description

III.

of obscure eras whose exact nature

case

the

In

71.

date,

Hijra date into the corresponding date A.D., and vice

is

not yet well

only be approximate.

'
It will be observed that in Table II., Part ii., portions of two solar months or of four
months are made to correspond to a lunar month and vice versa, and therefore that
Table only be used the results may not be exact).

(N.B.
Christian
if

this

The
finding

following

be

can

saiikranti

note,

though

approximately

found by comparing

that of the luni-solar Chaitra sukla

to Tula

fall

in

about 10

falls

fall

(5th)

it

ist

(Table

I.,

col.

its

will

be found useful for

corresponding to the Mesha-

tithi

English date (Table

I.,

19); generally the sankrantis

month than Mesha; and

later in the

tithis

same

the

as that

tithi

Vrishabha sankranti

the

saiikranti

120.

calculate

The

col.

with

13)

from Vnshabha

successive lunar months, either one or two tithis later than the given one.

on

generally

paiichami

Mithuna

not yielding very accurate results,

corresponding parts of lunar and solar months.

tlie

on sukla ashtami

of Tula.
will

(8th) or

fall

navami

Thus,

if

the

Mesha sankranti

on sukla shasthi
(9th).

Tula

Mina

the sankrantis from Vrischika to

(6th) or

falls

saptami

on sukla
(7th),

For the samvatsara of the southern sixty-year cycle see col. 6 of Table I., or
(2)
by the rule given in Art. 62. For that of the si.xty-year cycle of Jupiter of the mean sign

system, according to Siirya Siddhaiita calculations, current at the beginning of the solar year,
at the true (or apparent)

Mesha

sankranti, see col. 7 of Table

the year according to either the Siirya or

the

the

and so on.

samvatsara of the twelve-year cycle

I.;

Arya Siddhantas, use

and

for that current

/.<>.,

on any day

the rules in Art. 59.

To

in

find

of the mean-sign system corresponding to that of the

Jupiter sixty-year cycle see Table XII.

F2I.

the

true

To find the added or suppressed month according

system see col. 8 of Table I. throughout; and

(2)

(apparent)

mean system according

Siddhanta, see

to

either

8 of Table

the

to the Siirya Siddhaiita

for

by

an added month of the

Original or Present Siirya Siddhantas, or

by

the

Arya

any year from A. D. 300 to 1 100.

122.
(4) For conversion of an Itidian date into a date A.D. and vice versa, and to find
the week day of any given date, we give below three methods, with rules and examples
for

col.

I.

for

work.
123.

The

first

Of course only two

The

method

(Arts.

in a single case, but

135,

136), the invention of Mr.

four during the entire period of

exact titbi can be calcalated by Arts. 149 and 151.

T. Lakshmiah Naidu of

1600 years covered by our Tables.

THE INDIAN CALENDAR.

64

Madras,

method

is

use of mere eye-tables,

But

necessary.

alone

obtaining approximate results without any calculation by the careful

for

Tables XIV. and XV.

viz.,

must

it

These, with the proper use of Table

never be forgotten that

utmost two, days from the true one, and that

is

it

this result

By

Mr.

W.

our second method

Naidu

Krishnasvami

S.

(Madras 1889), and which

(Arts.

137,

of Madras,

138),

of "South

author

I.,

are

at the

Indian Chrofwlogical Tables'"

intended to enable an approximation to be

is

by one, or

[See Art. 126 below.)

which follows the system established by

calculation, a generally accurate correspondence of dates can

The

differ

not safe to trust to them unless the era and

bases of calculation of the given date are clearly known.

124.

may

made by

a very simple

be obtained by the use of Tables

I.,

head after a little practice.

It is liable to precisely the same inaccuracies as method A, neither more nor less.
Tables II. and III. will also be sometimes required for both these methods.
125.
The result obtained by either of these methods will thus be correct to within one
126.
or two days, and as often as not will be found to be quite correct; but there must always be
an element of uncertainty connected with their use. If, however, the era and original bases of
III.,

and IX.

calculation

calculation

of the

given

eye-Tables

may be

corrected

and year

so easy that

is

date

in the

are certainly known, the result arrived at from the use of these

by the week-day
not be wrong by more than

will

can be done

it

if

that has been stated; since the

day of the month

day, or two at the most, and the day of the

week will determine the corresponding civil day. Suppose, for instance, that the given
Hindu date is Wednesday, Vaisakha sukla Sth, and it is found by method A or method B
that the corresponding day according to European reckoning fell on a Thursday, it may be
assumed, presuming that all other calculations for the year and month have been correctly made,
that the civil date A.D. corresponding to the Wednesday is the real equivalentof Vaisaklia sukla
But these rough methods should never be trusted to in important cases. For a specimen
5th.
of a date where the bases of calculation are not known see example xxv., Art. 160 below.
When Tables XIV. and XV. are once understood (and they are perfectly simple) it
127.
will probably be found advisable to use method A in preference to method B.
128. As already stated, our method'' C" enables the conversion of dates to be made with precise
accuracy; the exact moments of the beginning and ending of every tithi can be ascertained and
;

the

corresponding

date

obtained, simultaneously with the week-day, in the required reckoning.

is

The weekday

129.

for

any European date can be found independently by Table

XIII..

which was supplied by Dr. Burgess.

131

and

date;

'

(5)

^0 find the karana.

any Indian date.

Method C includes
of any given day,
the given date

if

is

other than a

or a European date,

tithi

132.

It

is

impossible, of course, to verify

karana, or yoga, or more than one of these,

be turned into a

see

Art.

133.

'

Art.

For an

107
l.'id

above.

tithi

must be

first

turned into

tithi

or solar date unless the week-day, nakshatra.

also given

but

when

this

To

requirement

is

verify a solar date

satisfied
it

must

or European date. {Art. 13.^ or 14^.)

explanation

of the

Our method of

hns been "milled

it

to IJ2.J

proof as to the correctness of the date.

will afford

first

any

is

at any given
and endings; but for this

and yoga current

as well as the instants of their beginnings

one or the other according to our rules (Art. /jp

our method

or yoga citrroit on any Indian or European

calculations for the karana. nakshatra

moment

purpose,

nakshatra,

verify

to

method of
calculation

calculating
for

and half-tithis (karanas)

and yogas requires a little

tithis

nakshatras

more

The moon's nakshatra

By our method C we shew how

explanation.

of sun and moon), and equation

To

obtain

(Arts.

to

38)

8,

(= the

find /

65

found

is

from

lier

is

apparent

longi-

difference of the apparent longitudes

any given moment.

if we add

the solar equation of the centre) for

c (=:

'

the sun's apparent longitude

(/)

HINDU CALENDAR.

TflE

tude.

subtracted from that of the moon, so that

Our (c) (Table 1.,

(/) we shall have the moon's apparent longitude.
mean anomaly, being the mean sun's distance from his perigee. If we
add the longitude of the sun's perigee to [c], we have the sun's mean longitude, and if we apply
to this the solar equation of tlie centre (+ or
we have the sun's apparent longitude." According
the sun's apparent longitude to

column)

last

the sun's

is

to

the Siirya-Siddkaiita the sun's perigee has only a very slight motion, amounting to

1600 years.

Its

longitude

for

.7146,3

of a

or

257 l5'S5"-7

A.D.

circle,

and therefore

this

may be

5".8 in

3'

by our Tables, was

100, the middle of the period covered

taken as a constant for

the

all

years covered by our Tables.

Now,
in

Table

= mean

true or apparant sun

VII.,

col.

the value of which

x
So

expressed thus

is

60,4

sun

equation

But we have not tabulated

we have

tabulated a quantity (say x)

60.4
= mean sun +

that equation of centre

=r+
=f+

x.

60,4

perigee, (which

x.

7146,3

is

call j) =: f -|-

7146,3

7206,7

+60,4
X or,

x.

say,

=f+

7207

Table VII.

as stated, the quantity tabulated in col. 2,

is,

in tithi-indices.)

7146,3-

Hence apparent sun (which we

where x

of centre {see Art. /08).

Hence, apparent sun

But mean sun

equation of centre.

exact equation of the centre

the

2,

lOOOths, while 7207 and the solar equation in Table VII. are given in
is expressed in
(()
apparent moon
looooths of the circle, and therefore we must multiply [c) by 10. / + j
(the
index of a nakshatra.) This explains the rule given below for work (Art. ij6).

For a yoga, the addition of the apparent longitude of the sun

s+

=/

(the index of

134.

And

a yoga.)

To turn a solar date

(6)

First turn the given date into

then

turn

required

the

into

it

one.

so the rule in Art.

[s)

and moon

into its corresponding liini-solar date

its

(;/) is

required.

159.

and

vice versa.

European equivalent by either of our three methods and

The problem can be worked direct by anyone who has

thoroughly grasped the principle of these methods.

Method A.
APPROXIMATE COMPUTATION OF DATES BY USE OF THE EYE- TABLE.
Thi3

method

the

is

invcnteil

by Mr. T. Iiakahmiah Naidu, nephew of the

lati-

H.

Krishnasvami Naidu of Madras, author

of "South Indian Chronological Tables."

fouud by this method maij be inaceurale by as

Results
of the given
to suit

it.

January

Hindu

Hindu

Thus,

8th,

known, and

if

as

two days, but not mure.

the given date mentions a week-day, the day

If the era

be assumed

date was fixed

is

to

known.

be

the

correct date

If not, this

A.D. corresponding

method must not be

to the given

Hindu

and bases of calculatiou

found by the Tables may be altered

the Table yield result Jan. 10th, Thursday, but the inscription mentions the week-day as

may

date,

if

"Tuesday", then Tuesday,

the priuei|>le on which the

trusted to

Conversion of a Hindu solar date into the corresponding date A.D. Work by
following rules, always bearing in mind that when using the Kaliyuga or Saka year Hindus
135.

the

if

date are elearly

much

(A.)

'

Equation c

Reference to the diagram in Art. 108 will make

is

the equation in Table VII.

equation of the centre, PSE'

all

this plain, if

PSE

be tjiken as the sun's

mean anomaly, and ESE'

longitude of the suu's perigee being the sun's true or appari'nt longitude.

the

THE INDIAN CALENDAR.

66

number of

usually give the

name

the expired year, and not that astronomically current,

{e.g.,

Kaliyuga

phrase "after 4904 years of the Kaliyuga had elapsed") but when using the
of the cyclic year they give that of the one then current. All the years given in Table I.

4904 means

in

full

The Table to work by

From Table I., cols,
to

are current years.

Table XIV.

is

and Table II., as the case may be, find the year
and week-day (cols. 13, 14, Table I.). But if the given Hindu date
belongs to any of the months printed in italics at the head of Table XIV., take the next following initial date and weekday in cols. 13, 14 of Table I. The months printed in the heading in
capitals are the initial months of the years according to the different reckonings.
Rule II. For either of the modes of reckoning given at the left of the head-columns of
months, find the given month, and under it the given date.
Rule III. From the given date so found, run the eye to the left and find the week-day
in the same line under the week-day number found by Rule I.
This is the required week-day.
Rule IV. Note number in brackets in the same line on extreme left.
Rule V. In the columns to left of the body of the Table choose that headed by the
bracket-number so found, and run the eye down till the initial date found by Rule I. is obtained.
Rule VI. From the month and date in the upper columns (found by Rule II.) run the
eye down to the point of junction (vertical and horizontal lines) of this with the initial date found
by Rule V. This is the required date A. D.
Rule VII. If the date A. D. falls on or after ist January in columns to the right, it belongs
to the next following year.
If such next following year is a leap-year (marked by an asterisk
in Table I.) and the date falls after February 28th in the above columns, reduce the date
by one day.
Rule

I.

and

(current)

N.B.

date,

initial

its

The

7,

dates

A.D. obtained from

this

Table

for solar years are

Old Style dates up

to 8th April, 1753, inclusive.

Example.

Find date A.D. corresponding to 20th Panguni of the Tamil year Rudhirodgari,

Kali 4904 e.xpired.

Hy Rule

Kali 4905 current,

Tamil Panguni 20.

I.

II.

,,

,,

III.

(under

IV.

Bracket-number

,,

Atiszver.

(B.)

VI.

(5)].

y\pril,

1803.

(5).

Run down

(Point of junctions)

VII.

(Monday), iith

"2") Friday.

[Under

V.

to April

March

ith.

31st.

March 30th. (1804 is a leap year.)

March 30th, 1804 N.S. (See example

Friday,

11, p.

74.)

Conversion of a date A.D. into the corresponding Hindu solar date.

method B, Art.

(See Rule V..

Use Table XIV.

Rule I. From Tables I., cols,
to 7 and 13, 14, and Tabic II., as the case may be. find
the Hindu year, and its initial date and week-day, opposite the given year A. U.
If the given
date falls before such initial date, take the next previous Hindu year and its initial date and
week-day A.D.
137, p. 70.)

Rule

II.

From

the

columns to the

left

of the />ody of Tabic .\IV. find that

by Rule I. which is in a line, when carrying the eye

given A.D. date, and note point of junction.

found

initial

date

horizontally to the right, willi the

THE HINDU CALENDAR.

Rule

Note the bracket-figure

III.

From

Rule IV.
date-columns

above,

bracket-figure

on

the

and

left

II.)

which

date

that

select

extreme

the

head of the column on

at

of junction (Rule

point

67

in

is

with

corresponding

left

so selected.

run the eye vertically up to the Hindu

that

the

same horizontal
by Rule III.

found

the

as

line

This

is

the

required date.

Rule V.

given

the

If

date

a leap-year (marked with an asterisk

in

falls

in

the columns to the right after the 28th February

Table

I.),

add

in

to the resulting date.

From the date found by Rule IV. or V., as the case may be, carry the eye
weekday columns at the top on the left, and select the day which lies under

Rule VI.

horizontally to the

the week-day

number found from Table I. (Rule I.). This is the required week-day.
If the Hindu date arrived at falls under any of the months printed

Rule VII.

Hindu month-columns

in the

given

Table

in

(Rule

I.

head of Table, the required year

at

is

italics

in

the one next previous to that

I.).

Find the Tamil solar date corresponding to March 30th, 1804 (N.S.).
(By Rule I.) Rudhirodgari, Kali 4905 current. 2 (Monday) April i ith. (March 30th precedes

Example.

April nth.)

(By Rules
on

(columns

March

entry of

II.,

left)

is

III.)

with "(4)" horizontal

The

(By Rule V.)

36.

Other

entries

March 30th (body of Table), and April nth,

nth do not correspond with any

of April

date at the junction of the vertical column containing this "

March 30th"

19th Panguni.

is

(By Rule VI.)

point of junction of

"(4)."

30).

(By Rule IV.)

Answer.

The

under

(1804

a leap-year) 20th Panguni.

is

Under "2" (Rule

I.),

Friday.

Friday,

(A.)

by the following

20th Paiiguni, of Rudhirodgari, Kali 4905 current. (See example 15,

Conversion of a Hindu luni-solar date into the corresponding date A.D.

rules,

using Tables

From Table

p. 76.

Work

XV. A., and XV.B.

year and its initial day and week-day in A.D.

Hindu date falls in one of the months printed in italics
at the head of Table XV. the calculation must be made for the next following A.D. year. (The
months printed in capitals are the initial months of the years according to the dift'erent reckonings
enumerated in the column to the left.)
Rule II. [a.) Find the given month, and under it the given date, in the columns at the
head of Table XV., in the same line witli the appropriate mode of reckoning given in the column

Rule

I.

reckoning, remembering that

to the

left.

The

I.

if

find the current

the given

dates printed in black type are krishna, or dark fortnight, dates.

8 to 12a of Table I.), if the given month is itself

purpose of this Table, as if it were not so; but
if the given month is styled nija, or if it falls after a repeated month, but before an expunged
one (if any), work in this Table for the month next following the given one, as if that and not
If the given month is preceded by both an intercalated and
the given month had been given.
a suppressed month, work as if the year were an ordinary one.
Rule III. From the date found by Rule II. carry the eye to the left, and find the week(/;

In intercalary years (cols. 8 to

an adhika masa (intercalary month), read

day

in

the

same horizontal line, but

Note the number

Rule IV.

it,

directly
in

12,

for

under the

initial

week-day found by Rule I.

left opposite the week-day

brackets on the extreme

last

found.

Rule V.

In the columns to the

left

of the body of the Table choose that headed

by

the

THE INDIAN CALENDAR.

68

bracket-number so found, and run the eye down

From

Rule VI.
(vertical

and

the

horizontal

till

the

Hindu date found by Rule

date found by Rule

run the eye

down

is

I.

obtained.

to the point of junction,

date with the date found by Rule V.

of this

lines)

initial

II.

The

result

is

the

required date A.D.

Rule VII

(a.)

If the date

A.D.

on or

falls

January

after

1st in the

columns to the

right,

it

belongs to the next following year A.D.

(/;.)

reduce

If

the

itself falls after

after

is

it

date

February 28th

by one day,

a leap-year (marked

in

e.Kcept in a leap-year in

by an

which the

asterisk in col.

initial

5,

Table

date (found in Table

I.)

I.)

February 28th.

The

dates obtained up to April 3rd, A.D. 1753, are Old Style dates.
Example. To find the date A. D. corresponding to amanta Karttika krishna 2nd of Kali
4923 expired, Saka 1744 expired, Karttikadi Vikrama 1878 expired, Chaitradi Vikrama 1879 expired
[c.)

(1880 current), " Vijaya "

(By Rule
(By Rule

(Kali

I.)

current),

(Under "

III.)

"),

Bracket-number

(By Rule

Under

Answer.

V.)

p.

Rule
II.,

I.

Rule
I.,

down to March 24th (Rule

December ist.

December

ist,

I.)

1822.

67 below). Use Tables XV.A., XV.B.

From Table I. find the Hindu year, and

Hindu year, and

by Rule

run

(i)

Sunday.

(Point of junction)

Sunday,

Parts

II.

III.

initial

given date

If the

is

falls

initial

its

before such

(See Rule V.

date and week-day, using also

initial

date take the next previous

date and weekday.

In the columns to the

which

Rule

iii.

ii.,

its

and before

(i).

Conversion of a date A. D. into the corresponding luni-solar Hindu date.

(B.)

method B,

Sunday, March 24th, 1822.

10 Pausha), Margasirsha krishna 2nd.

(By Rule IV.)

(By Rule VI.)

Table

the Brihaspati cycle," Chitrabhanu " in the luni-solar 60-year cycle.

4924

(Karttika, the 8th month, falls after the repeated month, 7 Asvina,

II.)

the suppressed month,

(By Rule

in

in the

same

Carrying the

left

of the

body of Table XV. note

horizontal line with the given date in the

eye

upwards,

note

the

initial

date found

body of the Table.

the bracket-figure at the head of the

initial

date-column so noted.

Rule IV. From the given date found in the body of the Table (Rule 11.) run the eye
upwards to the Hindu date-columns above, and select the date which is in the same horizontal
line as the bracket-figure in the extreme left found by Rule III.
This is the required Hindu date.
Rule V. Note in Table I. if the year is an intercalary one (cols. 8 to i2,and8to 12a).
If it is so, note if the Hindu month found by Rule IV. [a) precedes the fir.st intercalary month,
(/') follows one intercalated and one suppressed month, (r)
follows an intercalated, but precedes a
suppressed month, [d^ follows two intercalated months and one suppressed month.

In cases

{ai)

though the year were a common year, i.e., make no alteration in the date found
by Rule IV. In cases (r) and {d) if the found month immediatel)- follows the intercalated month,
the name of the required Hindu month is to be the name of the intercalated month with the

and

{b)

work

as

and not the name of the month actually found; and if the found month docs not
immediately follow the intercalated month, then the required lindu month is the month immediately
preceding the found month. If the found month is itself intercalary, it retains its name, but with
prefix "nija,"

prefi.x "adhika."
If the found month
immediately preceding the found month.

the

is

itself

suppressed, the requiretl month

is

the

month

rilE
Rule VI.
in

the given date A.D.

If

a leap-year (marked with an asterisk

From

Rule VII.

columns on the
Rule

This

I.

the

falls

in

February 29th

after

Table

(^

add

I.),

in

the columns to the right,

to the resulting

Hindu

date.

date found by Rule IV. carry the eye horizontally to the week-day

the

and

left,

day which

select the

under the

lies

initial

week-day number found by

the required week-day.

is

Rule VIII.
in

HINDU CALENDAR.

Hindu date arrived

If the

under any of the months printed

at falls

lindu month-columns at head of the table, the required year

is

in

italics

the one next previous to

by Table I. (Rule I. above.)

Example. Find the Telugu luni-solar date corresponding to Sunday, December 1st, 1822.
(By Rule I.) A.D. 1822 23, Sunday, March 24th, Kali 4923 expired, Saka 1744 expired,

that given

Chitrabhanu

samvatsara

in

the

luni-solar

60-year

or

southern

cycle reckoning, Vijaya

in

the

northern cycle.

(By Rules

(By Rule
(By Rule

(Bracket-figure)

III.)

II.,

i.

Margasirsha krishna 2nd.

IV.)

(Asvina

Vc.)

being

and Pausha suppressed

intercalated

in that year),

Karttika

krishna 2nd.

The year was not

(By Rule VI.)

(By Rule VII.)

Does not apply.

(By Rule VIII.)

Answer.
be applied to

Sunday,

all

a leap-year.

Sunday.
Karttika krishna 2nd, Kali 4923 expired, Saka 1744 expired.

(See example

Chaitradi years.)

12

Method

(This can

below, p. 75.)

B.

APPROXIMATE COMPUTATION OF DATES BY A SIMPLE PROCESS.

This

is

the system introduced by Mr.

(A.)

137.

Rule

I.

Conversioti

W.

S.

Krishiiasviimi

of Hindu dates

Naidu of Madras

into dates

into his

A.D.

Given a Hindu year, month and date. Convert

"South-Indian Chi'onological Tables."

(See Art.

135 above, para,

necessary by

i.)

Table I.,
into a Chaitradi Kali or Saka year, and the month into an amanta month.
(See
it if

cols,

to 5 of

and by Table II.,

Write down in a horizontal line (</) the date-indicator given in brackets in col. 13
104.)
or 19 of Table I., following the names of the initial civil day and month of the year in question
as so converted, and (w) the week-day number (col. 14 or 20) corresponding to the initial date
A.D. given in cols. 13 or 19. To both [d] and [w) add, from Table III., the collective duration
Art.

may be, up to
month preceding the given month, and also add the number of given Hindu
days in the given month minus 1. If the given date is luni-solar and belongs to the krishiia
paksha, add 15 to the collective duration and proceed as before.
of days

the

end

from
of

Rule

the beginning of the year as given in cols, la or 10 as the case

the

II.

From

the

sum

of the

first

addition find in Table IX. (top and side columns)

THE INDIAN CALENDAR.

70

in

English

required

the

date,

a leap-year the date A.D.

Rule

From

III.

remembering that when this is over 365

falls in the ensuing A.D. year.

sum

the

in

common

year or 366

The remainder shews

of the second addition cut out sevens.

the required day of the week.

Rule IV.
or

suppression

add 30 days

[adiiikd) or

Rule V.

is

luni-solar year

in

The
in

the

dates

of

falls after

cols.

8 to

12,

such month, the addition

for in calculating the collective duration

an added month, and deduct 30

style

where, according to

suppressed [kshaya] month, and

must be allowed

or both

for

The New
initial

Hindu date

the

If

was an added

there

of days;

i.e.,

suppressed month.

for a

results are Old Style dates up to, and

England was introduced with effect from

New

Style dates from, 1752 A.D.

after

2nd September, 1752.

Since

1753 only are given, remember to apply the correction (+ 11 days)

2nd September, 1752, and 9th April, 1753, in calculating by the Hindu

1752,

any date between

between 2nd September, 1752, and 4th April, 1753, in calculating by the Hindu luniThe day of the week requires
solar year, so as to bring out the result in New Style dates A.D.
to

solar year, or

no

alteration.

Rule VI. If the date

must be reduced by one day.

found as above

A.D.

Required the

i.

after

February 29th

in a leap-year,

it

Luni-Solar Dates.

(a)

Example

falls

A.D. equivalent of

(luni-solar)

Vaisakha sukla shashthi

(6th),

year Sarvari, Saka 1702 expired, (1703 current).

The A.D. year is 780 (a

Wednesday, (Table I., cols. 5, 19,
1

The

leap-year).

initial

5th April (96), and

d.

re.

96
30

4
30

State this accordingly

duration (Table

Collective

date (d)

(-f)

20).

III.,

3a)

col.

Given date (6) i

131

(Rule VI.)

39-5-7

130

The
therefore

result gives

130 (Table IX.)

Wednesday, May

Example

2.

loth,

Required

Saka 1698 expired (1699

= May

loth,

and 4

= Rem.

= Wednesday.

The

4
required date

is

A.D. 1780.

the

A.D. equivalent of

(luni-solar)

Karttika sukla panchami (5th)

current).

= 20th

March (80), (w) Wednesday (4).

Bhadrapada was intercalated. So
there is both an adhika Bhadrapada and a nija Bhadrapada in this year, which compels us to
treat the given month Karttika as if it were the succeeding month Marga-sirsha in order to get

The A.D. year

This

is

at the

is

776, and the

initial

date

is

(d)

a leap-year, and the Table shews us that the month

proper figure

for the collective duration.

(6)

THE HINDU CALENDAR.

d.

rilE

J2

Example

5.

Required

the

INDIAN CALENDAR.

A.D. equivalent of Pausha sukla trayodasi (13th) K.Y. 4853

This is K. Y. 4854 current.

expired, Angiras samvatsara in luni-solar or southern reckoning.

The year (Table

March

(65),

(5)

I.,

Thursday.

col.

5)

is

A.D. 1752, a leap-year. The

The month Ashadha was

(Pausha) must be treated, for collective duration, as

intercalated.

if it

d.
Initial

65

date

Collective duration (Table

Given date

(13)

III.,

col. 3a)

initial

date

Therefore

(cols.

the

19, 20)

is

were the succeeding month Magha.

'w.

5th

given month

THE HINDU CALENDAR.

w.

d.

Collective duration (Table

(2+

Given date

15)

III.,

col.

3^)

93

59

59

16

16

78-H7,

168

168^ June
y^wjzwr. Sunday. June

Rem.

I.

Sunday,

=:

Solar Dates.

Required the date A.D. corresponding to the Tamil (solar) 1 8th Purattasi of
K.Y. 4904 expired, or 4905 current.
cols. 13 and 14, give (</) = April i ith (i 01), (w)
(2) Monday, and the year A.D. 1803.

Example
Table

17th.

A.D. 182 1.

17th,

(b)

Rudhirodgarin

7.

I.,

w.

d.

loi

date

Initial

Collective duration (Table

date (18)

Given

III.,

col. 10)

156

156
17

17

274

Saturday,

Answer.

I75"i"7'

274 (Table IX.) gives October

October

ist,

1st.

Rem.

o.

Saturday.

A.D. 1803.

Example 8. Required the equivalent A.D. of the Tinnevelly Andu 1024, 20th Avani.
The reckoning is the same as the Tamil as regards months, but the year begins with
Avani. Andu 1024= K.Y. 4950. It is a .solar year beginning (see Table I.) iith April (102),
(3)

Tuesday, A.D. 1848

(a leap-year).

w.

d.
Initial

Tables

date
II.,

Part

ii.,

cols.

10

&

7,

and

III., col. 10.

102

125

125

19

19

Given date (20) i

246

(Rule VI.)

147 H-

245

0=: Saturday; 245

= (Table

IX.)

7,

Rem.

o.

September 2nd.

Saturday,

September 2nd, A.D. 1848.

the equivalent date A.D. of the South Malayalam Andu 1 024,
20th Chingam. The corresponding Tamil month and date (Table II., Part ii., cols. 9 and 11) is
20th Avani K.Y. 4950, and the answer is the same as in the last example.
Ex.\MPLE 10. Required the equivalent date A.D. of the North Malayalam (KoUam) Andu
This (Chiiigam) is the 12th month of the KoUam Andu year which begins
1023, 20th Chingam.
Answer.

Example

with
12,

Kanni.

It

and Table
[The

9.

Required

corresponds
II.,

Part

difference

iii.),

with the Tamil 20th Avani K.Y. 4950 (Table

and the answer

is

in the years will of course

similar to that in the

be noted.

II.,

Part

ii.,

cols.

9,

two previous examples.

The same Tamil

date corresponds

THE INDIAN CALENDAR.

74

Malayalam Ancju 1024, 20tli Chiiigam, and to the same day of the month in the North
Malayalam (Kollam) Andu 1023, the reason being tliat in the former reckoning the year begins
with Chingam, and in the latter with Kanni.)
Example ii. Required the A.D. equivalent of the Tamil date, 20th Panguni of Rudhirodgarin, K.Y. 4905 current (or 4904 expired.)
Table I. gives [d] nth April (loi), 1803 A.D. as the initial date of the solar year, and
its week-day (ziy) is (2) Monday.
to South

d.
Initial

date

lOi

Collective duration (Table

Given date,

(20)

III.,

col. 10)

335

w.
2

THE HINDU CALENDAR.

(right-hand side of Table IX.)
I

to the

date-number of the

75

more than 365, and the year next preceding it was a leap-year, add
European date found by Table IX., before subtracting the

is

given

figure of the date-indicator

Where

Rule V.
indicates

15,

Krishna

date.

moon

sukia

day),

15

is

the required date

date.

15

(or

"30")

is

[a]

luni-solar

12.

a Hindu luni-solar date the second

15,

deduct

and the remainder

15,

generally termed krishna 30; and often sukla 15

and krishna

E.XAMI'I.E

is

more than

If

Required

the

year began 24th March

called

on

called "piirnima"

is

and

(if)

(Table IX.)

(Table

III.)

.Add

of

initial

date (Table

(i)

or

Tulu

equivalent

Sunday (Tabic

December

of

to

(i)

25*

236

i6-f
15.

Remainder

The

remainder

Deduct

1822.

w.

83=)252

(335
(335)
Collective duration to end of Karttika

17 indicates a krishna date.

ist,

19 and 20.)

cols.

I.,

83

I.)

December

1st

(full-

day).

d.

(d)

than

be a krishna

Luni-Solar Dates.

Telugu

(83)

amavasya (new-moon

total, if less

will

2.

The

253

17

right-hand

-*-

7,

Rem.

i.

remainder shews

Sunday.

The

result so far is Sunday Margasirsha krishna 2nd.

But see Table I., col. 8. Previous
month Asvina was intercalated. (The suppression of Pausha need not be considered
because that month comes after Margasirsha.) Therefore the required month is not Margasirsha,
but Karttika; and the answer is Sunday Karttika krishna 2nd (Telugu), or Jarde (Tulu), of the
year Chitrabhanu, K.Y. 4923 expired, Saka 1744 expired. (See the example on p. 69.)
(Note.)
As in example 6 above, this date is actually wrong by one day, because it happened that in Karttika sukla there was a tithi, the 12th, suppressed, and consequently the real
day corresponding to the civil day was Sunday Karttika krishna 3rd. These differences cannot
possibly be avoided in methods A and B, nor by any method unless the duration of every tithi
of every year be separately calculated.
(See example xvii., p. 92.)
Example 13. Required the Chaitradi Northern Vikrama date corresponding to .April 9th
1822. By Table I. A.D. 1822
23 = Chaitradi Vikrama 18S0 current. The reckoning is luni-solar.
Initial day {d) March 24th (83), (zi') i Sunday

to

this

d.

From Table

K'.

83

9983

(Table IX.) April 9th (99)

Add

16
I

For sukla dates

17
15

17 "^7-

This

is

Tuesday, amanta Chaitra krishna 2nd.'

krishna 2nd, because of the custom of beginning the

1

The

16

actual

date

was

the sukla fortnight of the same

But

it

month with

the full-moon (Table

Tuesday, amenta Chaitra krishua 3rd, the difference being caused by a

month

(see note to examples 6

and 12

above).

Rem.

3.

should be converted into Vaisakha

tithi

II.,

Part

i.).

having been expunged in

TJIE

76

INDIAN CALENDAR.

Since the Chaitradi Vikraina year begins with Chaitra, the required Vikrama year

1879 expired. But

expired, since 1879 in that reckoning does not begin

Example
I.

14.

Karttika.

till

Required the Tamil equivalent of

i.

gives the

date April

initial

ith (10

May

30th,

1803 A.D.

and week-day number

1),

Monday.

d.

From Table

If.

101

(Table IX.)

May

(Table

Collective duration to end of Sittirai (Mesha)

III.)

1880 current,

Solar Dates.

[b)

Table

is

the required date were in the Southern reckoning, the year would be 1878

if

150

30th (150)

loi =49
31

49

18

Add

+1

19

The day
is

(2)

Monday.
Answer.

the

is

19th; the

Monday,

19th

month

Vaiyasi

is

month following

Vaiya.si, the

Rudhirodgarin,

year

of the

~ 7.

Sittirai; the

K.Y. 4904

Rem.

2.

week-day

Saka

e.vpired,

1725 expired.

Example
cedes

the

The given date

Required the Tamil equivalent of March 30th, 1804.

15.

date

initial

year must be taken.

in

1804

Its initial

A.D. (Table 1.,

day is iith April

col.

13)

April

loth,

and the

(lOi),

initial

pre-

Hindu
Monday.

so the preceding

week-day

is

(2)

1804 was a leap-year.

w.

d.

From Table

lOi

101 = 354

(Table IX.) (March 30th) 454 Y i for leap-year, 455

(Table III., col. 10) Collective duration to end of^

Masi^ Kumbha

(Table

II.,

Fart

ii.)

354

~^^^

.\

19

Add

-f

20

Answer.
expired.

Friday

(See the example on

Example

Work

as

p.

by the Chaitradi

year.

The year

solar.

is

Andu
1848

(Table

IX.)

Rem.

6.

a leap-year.

w.

102

SeiHember

_'nd

(245)

'

for

end of Karka

leap

246

year
Coll. duration to

7,

equivalent of September 2nd.

is
,/.

F"rom Table

-f-

67.)

Required the North Malayajam

16.

356

20th Panguni of the year Rudhirodgarin K.Y. 4904 expired, Saka 1725

102 :^ 144

125

144

19

Add

-f

20

147

-.-

7,

Rem. o

1S48.

THE HINDU CALENDAR.

77

month of the North Malayajam Andu

the 12th
Answer. Saturday 20th Chingani.
which begins with Kanni. The year therefore is 1023.
in South Malayalam reckoning, the date would be the
If the date required had been
same, 20th Chingam, but as the South MalayaUs begin the year with Chii'igam as the first month,
This

the required South Malayalam year would be

is

Andu

Method

1024.

C.

EXACT CALCULATION OF DATES.

Conversion of Hhidu luni-solar dates into dates A.D.

(a.)

To calculate the iveek-day. the equivalent date A.D., and the moment of beginning or
139.
ending of a tithi. Given a Hindu year, month, and tithi. Turn the given year into a Chaitradi
Kali, Saka, or Vikrama year, and the given month into an amanta month (if they are not already so)
and find the corresponding year A.D., by the aid of columns i to 5 ' of Table I., and Table II.,

Parts

ii.,

i.,

Referring to Table

iii.

and write down

commencement

'

in

I.,

carry the eye along the line of the Chaitradi year so found,

a horizontal line the following five quantities corresponding to the day of

(Chaitra sukla pratipada) of that Chaitradi-year,

viz.,

the date-indicator given in

[d)

month A.D. (Table I., col. 19), (w) the week-day number (col. 20), and [a]. {/>).
(cols.
Find the number of tithis which have intervened between the initial day
(c)
23, 24, 25).
of the year (Chaitra sukla pratipada), and the given tithi, by adding together the number of tithis
(collective duration) up to the end of the month previous to the given one (col. 3, Table III.), and
the number of elapsed tithis of the given month (that is the serial number of the given tithi reduced
brackets after the day and

by

one), taking into account the extra

paksha, and

also

would give the

This

15

days of the sukla paksha if the

the intervening intercalary month,'

result in tithis.

But days, not

if

any, given in

tithis,

tithi

belongs to the krishna

col. 8

To

are required.

(or Sa)

of Table

reduce the

I.

tithis to

reduce the sum of the tithis by its 60th part,* taking fractions larger than a half as one,
and neglecting half or less
The result is the ((/), the approximate number of days which have intervened since the initial day of the Hindu year. Write this number under head (</), and write under
their respective heads, the {21'). {a). {/>), (c) for that number of days from Table IV. Add together the
two lines of five quantities, but in the case of (w) divide the result by 7 and write only the remainder,
in the case of (a) write only the remainder under lOOOO, and in the case of (d) and (c) only the
days,

remainder under 1000.^ Find separately the equations to arguments

(/;)

(a).

The sum

(/)

tithi

current at

and

respectively,

and

cols.

found under
one, but

is

The

It

add them to the total under

of Table VIII., will indicate the

(te/).

greater or less

initial

will

days in cols

be

When

<

This number

made

the intercalary
is

in

T.iblc I

month

subtracting,

if

is

first

mean

it

Tables VI. and VII.

sunrise on the

one

of the double years A.I)

work

(f) in

the tithi-index, which, by

week-day

not the same as that of the given

in rare cases), subtract

beloni; to the

Chaitra, count that also.

is

taken for easy calculation.

any material

Generally with regard to

1000; and

and 19,

so indicated

is

from, or add

(or two)

given in col

out according to the rule

After a

little

jiractice

rapidly.

difference does not introduce

5

1.?

number of the tithi

by one (or by two

well for a beginner to take an example at once, and

the calculations can be

The

the

If

and

(ic),

(a),

See Art. 99 above.

Properly speaking, to convert tithis into days the C4th part should be subtracted.

error.

{i),

(c) in

working addition sums, take only the remainder respectively over

the sura to be subtracted be greater, add respectively 7, 10000, 1000 and

1000

7,

10000, 1000 and

to the figure above.

THE INDIAN CALENDAR.

78

(or two) to, both {d) and (w);' subtract from, or add to, the {a) {b) {c) already found, their
value for one (or two) days (Table IV.); add to () the equations for (<5) and (r) (Tables VI. and VII.)
and the sum (/) will then indicate the tithi. If this is the same as given (if not, proceed again

one

before

till
it corresponds), the (') is its week-day, and the date
shewn in the top line and
columns of Table IX. corresponding with the ascertained {d) is its equivalent date A.D. The
year A.D. is found on the line of the given Chaitradi year in col. 5, Table I. Double figures

as

side

column if {d) is not greater than 365 in a common year, or 366

otherwise the second, of the double figures shows the proper A.D. year.

are given in that

the

first,

For

140.

in

all

practical purposes

and

nected with that week-day at whose sunrise

some ordinary

for

religious purposes a tithi

con-

is

For some religious purposes, however,

which is current at any particular moment

current.

is

it

a leap-year,

and sometimes even for practical purposes also, a tithi

of a week-day is connected with that week-day.
{See Art. ,v above.)
In the case of an expunged tithi, the day on which it begins and ends is its week141.
day and equivalent. In the case of a repeated tithi, both the civil days at whose sunrise it
is current," are its week-days and equivalents.

A clue for finding zvhen a titlii is probably repeated or expunged. When tjie
142.
corresponding to a sunrise is greater or less, within 40, than the ending index of a

inde.x

and when
tithi

the

equation for

(Table VI.)

(/;)

decreasing, a repetition of the

is

takes place shortly after or before that sunrise; and

an e-\-punction of a

The

143.

method,

may be

(different

tithi

of the

identification
verified

from the one

by Table XIII. The

the equation for

same or another
(b)

is

increasing

in question) takes place shortly before or after

A.D.

date

when

tithitithi,

the week-day arrived at

with

however,

verification,

is

not

in

it.

by the above

itself

proof of the

correctness of our results.

To find the moment of the ending of a

144.

on

the given day at sunrise and the

(?)

Find the difference between the

titlii.

(/)

of the tithi-inde.x which shews the ending point of that

With this difference as argument find the corresponding time either in

and palas, or hours and minutes, according to choice, from Table X. The given tithi
ends after the given sunrise by the interval of time so found. But this interval is not always
(Table VIII.).

tithi

ghatikas

absolutely accurate. {See Art. 82). If accuracy

(Table V.) to the

(b)
(/)

and

{a)

desired add the {a){b){e) for this interval of time

is

already obtained for sunrise.

{b) {c)

Add

as before to {a) the equations of

from Tables VI. and VII., and find the difference between the (/) thus arrived at and the
of the ending point of the tithi (Table VIII.). The time corresponding to that difference, found from
{c)

show the ending of the tithi before or after the first found time. If still greater accur(/) amounts exactly to the (/) of the ending point (Table VIII.) For
ordinary purposes, however, the first found time, or at least that arrived at after one more process, is

Table X.,
acy

is

will

desired, proceed until

sufficiently accurate.

The moment of

145.

the

tithi

next preceding

of the same
146.

applicable
1

(,t.iAai/a)

'I'liuB

tithi,

it;

the beginning of a

and

this

tithi

or independently from the

(/)

the

same

of the preceding

as the

moment

of ending of
(/)

tithi.

of beginning or ending of tithis thus found is in mean time, and is

on the meridian of Ujjain, which is the same as that of Lanka. If the

The moment
to all places
fui'

the

process

will

fjue

or repetition {vridd/ii) of a tithi

tlie

conLit

sborllj

lesull

if

(hore be

jiri-ieding or following';

by use of Table IX. the A.B. equivalent, and the week-day of the given
2

is

can be found either by calculating backwards from the

For the definitions of expunged and repealed

tilbin see

Art

.32

iiii

probability by the rule given below of the expunction

nud the

tithi.

above.

(itj

and

(ic)

arrived at at this stage will indicate

THE HTNDU CALENDAR.

mean time

exact
to

the

to

fall

for otlier places

rule given

is

appl)' the correction given in

reciuircd,

under that Table.

7Q

If after this

Table XI., according

correction the ending time of a

tithi

found

is

on the previous or following day the id) and {iv) .should be altered accordingly.
Mean time is used throughout the parts of the Tables used for these rules, and

it

may

Hindu panchangs or almanacks.

The ending time of a tithi arrived at by these Tables may also somewhat differ from the
ending time as arrived at from authorities other than the Siirya Siddhanta which is used by us.
The results, however, arrived at by the present Tables, may be safely relied on for all ordinary
sometimes

differ

from the

true, used, at least in theory,

in

purposes.'

Up

A.D. both mean and true intercalary months are given in

it is not certain whether the given year is an expired or
current year, whether it is a Chaitradi year or one of another kind, whether the given month
is
amanta or purnimanta, and whether the intercalary month, if any, was taken true or mean,
the only course is to try all possible years and months.
N.B. a. The results are all Old Style dates up to, and New Style dates from, 1753 A.D The
New Style was introduced with effect from after 2nd September, 1752. Since only the initial
dates of 1752 and 1753 are given, remember to apply the correction (+ 11 days) to any
date between 2nd September, 1752, and 9th April, 1753, in calculating by the Hindu solar year,
and between 2nd September, 1752, and 4th April, 1753, in calculating by the Hindu luni-solar year,
so as to bring out the result in New Style dates A.D.
The day of the week requires no alteration.
If the date A.D. found above falls after F"ebruary 28th in a leap-year, it must
A'.B. Hi.
be reduced by i.
N.B. iv. The Hindus generally use expired [gatd) years, while current years are given
throughout the Tables. For example, for Saka year 1702 "expired" 1703 current is given.
Example I. Required the week-day and the A.D. year, month, and day correspond148.
ing to Jyeshtha sukla paiichami (5th), year Sarvari, Saka year 1702 expired (1703 current), and
the ending and beginning time of that tithi.
The given year is Chaitradi (see N.B. ii.. Table II., Part iii.). It does not matter whether the
month is amanta or purnimanta, because the fortnight belongs to Jyeshtha by both systems (see
Table II., Part i.). Looking to Table I. along the given current Saka year 1703, we find that
its initial day falls in A.D. 1780 (see note
to Art. 139), a leap-year, on the 5th April, Wednesday;
and that d (col. 19). w (col. 20), a (col. 23). /; (col. 24) and c (col. 25) are 96,4, 1,657 and 267
respectively.
We write them in a horizontal line (see the working of the example below). From
Table I., col. 8, we find that there is no added month in the year. The number therefore of tithis
between Chaitra
and Jyeshtha s. 5 was 64, viz., 60 up to the end of Vaisakha (see Table III.,
col. 3), the month preceding the given one, and 4 in Jyeshtha. The sixtieth part of 64 (neglecting
tlie fraction ^ because it is not more than half) is r. Reduce 64 by one and we have 63 as the approx147.

Table

I.

[see

N.B.

i.

Art. 47

to

1100

When

aboi'e).

.s.

and Jyeshtha s. 5. We write this number under

Table IV. with the argument 63 we find under (w) () (/J) (c) the numbers o, 1334,
286, 172, respectively, and we write them under their respective heads, and add together the two
quantities under each head.
With the argument (/') (943) we turn to Table VI. for the equation.

imate
{d).

number of days between Chaitra

Turning

.s.

to

We

do not find exactly the number 943 given, but we have 940 and 950 and must see the
between the corresponding equation-figures and fix the appropriate figure for 943.
The auxiliary table given will fi.x this, but in practice it can be easily calculated in the head. (The
difference

See Arts. 36 and 37 in which

all

the points noted in this article are fully treated

of.

THE INDIAN CALENDAR.

So

numbers are not given so as to avoid cunibrousness in the tables.) Thus the equation for (/')
is found to be 90, and from Table VII. the equation for (c) is found to be 38. Adding 90 and
38 to (a) (133s) we get 1463, which is the required tithi-index (/). Turning with this to Table VIII.,
find by col. 2 that the tithi current was .sukla 5, i.e., the given date.
col.
3, we
Then (:i') 4,
Wednesday, was its week-day; and the tithi was current at mean sunrise on the meridian of Ujjain
on that week-day. Turning with [d] 159 to Table IX., we find that the equivalent date A.D.
was 8th June; but as this was after 28th February in a leap-year, we fix 7th June, A.D. 1780.
full

(943)

tithi.
As (t) is not within 40 of 1667, the
no probability of an expunction or repetition shortly
preceding or following (Art. 142). The answer therefore is Wednesday, June 7th, A.D. 1780.
To find tlie ending time of the tithi. (t) at sunrise is 1463; and Table VIII., col. 3, shews
that the tithi will end when (/) amounts to 1667.
(1667
1463=) 204 = (Table X.) 14 hours,
27 minutes, and this process shews us that the tithi will end 14 hours, 27 minutes, after sunrise
on Wednesday, June 7th. This time is, however, approximate. To find the time more accurately

N.B.

(see

Art.

iii..

of the

(I)

5th

147) as the equivalent of the given

tithi

(Table VIII.), there

is

we add

the increase in (a) {b)

{c)

for

14

h.

27 m. (Table V.) to the already calculated

(a)

{/>)

(c)

and adding to (a) as before the equations of (d) and (c) (Tables VI. and VII.) we find
that the resulting (/) amounts to 1686. 1686
1667=19 = hour and 2 minutes (Table X.). But
this is a period beyond the end of the tithi, and the amount must be deducted from the 14 h.
at sunrise;

27 m.
time

first

found to get the true end.

We may

add the increase

either

true end then

we

process

or 13 h.

(c)

for

Work

m.

15

at last

through again

= (Table

for

13

is

13 h. 6 m. after sunrise

on June

we proceed

further accuracy

13 h. 6 m. to the value of (a)

1665 =

h.

X.) 4 minutes before

15

13

h.

have 1667, the known ending point.

m. and
15
It is

This

7th.

again as before.
(/;) (t)

21 m. from their value at 14 h. 27 m.

h.

obtain (/)= 1665. Proceed again. 1667

1667 =

and we

still

in (a) (b) (c) for

or subtract the increase of {a) (b)

1668

The

accurate for ordinary purposes, but for

is

at sunrise,

By

either

= (Table X.) 9 minutes after 13 h. 6 m.

= 1668. Proceed again.
we obtain
(/)

m. or 13

h.

m.

Work

for 13 h.

m.,

thus proved that 13 h. 11 m. after sunrise

mean ending time of the tithi in question by the Siirya-Siddhanta.

To find the beginning time of the given tithi. We may find this independently b>' calculating as before the (/) at sunrise for the preceding tithi, (in this case sukla 4th) and thence finding
its ending time.
But in the example given we calculate it from the (/) of the given tithi. The
tithi begins when (/) amounts to 1333 (Table VIll.). or (1463
1333) 130 before sunrise on June
is

the absolutely accurate

(Table X.) 9

7th.

130

and

(see

tithi

begins at 8

the 6th.

is

13

m. Proceed as before, but deduct the

working below) we eventually

find that (/)

{a) (b) (c)

amounts exactly

to

instead of adding,

1333 and therefore the

26 m. before sunrise on June 7th, that is 1 5 h. 34 m. after sunrise on Tuesday

times are by Ujjain or Lanka mean time. If we want the time,
Benares the difference in longitude in time, 29 minutes, should be added to the

h.

The beginning and ending

for instance, for

above

h.

result (See Ta,ble XI.).

This, however, does not affect the day.

to know the moments of beginning and ending of a tithi.

Thus our result brings out Wednesday, June 7th, but since the Sth tithi began
5 h. 34 m. after
sunrise on Tuesday, i.e., about 9 h. 34 m. p.m.. it might well happen that an inscription might
record a ceremony that took place at 10 p.m., and therefore fix the day as Tuesdaj- the 5th
It

often

is

very

necessary

tithi,

which, unless the facts were known, would appear incorrect.

I-"rom

fix that

day

We

Table XII. we

find that 7th June,

A.D. 1780, was a Wednesday, and

as current.

now

give the working of Examii.k

i.

this helps to

THE HINDU CALENDAR.

WORKING OF EXAMPLE
The day corresponding to Jyeshtha siikla 5th.
Saka 1703 current, Chaitra sukla (st, (Table I.,

81

I.

d.

w.

96

63

'59

(a)

cols.

19,

20,

a.

b.

c.

657

267

1334

286

172

1335

943

439

23,

24. 25)

Approximate number of days from Chaitra sukla 1st to Jyeslitha suk. 5th,
(64 tithis reduced by a 60th part, neglecting fractions, 62,) with
its

(if/)

Equation

(Table IV.)

(c)

()

(/;)

for

(/;)

(943) (Table VI.)

90

{c)

(439) (Table VII.)

38

Do.

1463

{d)

I,

(N.B.

January

Hi.,

Art.

147),

158
(Table IX.).

7th

the week-day of the given

Answer.

1.

3) (the

st, ::r

I58=june

same as the given tithi).

or the number of days elapsed from

gives .sukla 5th (Table VIII., cols. 2,

{t)

A.D.

1780

is

Wednesday

the corre.sponding year, and 4 (w)

is

tithi.

Wednesday, June

7th,

1780 A.D.

mk. 5. (Table VIII.) 1667 1463 = 204 = (14 h. 10 m.

oh. I7m.)=i4h. 27 m. (Table X.). Therefore the tithi ends ati4h. 27 m. after mean sunrise
on Wednesday. For more accurate time we proceed as follows:
The ending of

(b)

the tithi Jyeshtha

At

sunrise

on Wednesday

{see

above)

For 14 hours (Table V.)

For 27 minutes, (Do.)

Equation

for {b) (965)

Do.

(r)

(441)

a.

b.

1335
198

943

1539
109

(Do. VII.)

38

1686

1667

21

(Table VI.)

965

c.

439

441

/.

21m. deducted from 14 h. 27 m. gives

This is sufficient
13 h. 6 m. after sunrise on Wednesday as the moment when the tithi ended.
for all practical purposes.
For absolute accuracy we proceed again.
1686

(Table

For sunrise

VIII.)

19 :=

h.

{as before')

For 13 hours (Table V.)

For 6 minutes (Do.)

21m.; and

h.

a.

b.

1335

943
20

439

963

440

183
i

15 19

Equation

Do.

for

(/;)

{c)

(963) (Table VI.)

VII.)
(Do.
(440)

c.

108

38
1665 t.
6

THE INDIAN CALENDAR.

82

1667

665

=2

=9111. after 13

h.

6 m.

13 h.

For

minutes

Equation

a.

b.

1335

439

183

943
20

1522

963

440

15 h.

Again for sunrise {as before)

For 13 hours (Table V.)
(Do.)

ic)

38

(440)

1668
i668

667

= = 4 m.
I

before 13 h. 15 m.

13 h.

1 1

943
20

439

52 1
108

963

440

(963)
(440)

38

Do.

(f)

/.

183

1335

(b)

m.

Again for sunrise {as before)

For 13 hours (Table V.)
For 1 minutes (Do.)

Equation for

108

for {b) (963)

Do.

c.

Actual end of the

tithi

667

/.

Thus 3 h. 1 1 m. after sunrise is the absolutely accurate ending time of the tithi.
The begiimijig of the tithi, Jyeshtha suk. 5. Now for the beginning. 1463 (the original /. as
{c)
found) 1333 (beginningofthetithi, (Table VIII.) = 130= (Table X.) (7 h. 5 m. + 2h.8m.) = 9h. 13 m.;
and we have this as the point of time before sunrise on Wednesday when the tithi begins.
1

For sunrise

{as before)
a.

b.

For 9 li. (Table V.)

For 13 m. (Do.)

127

14

Deduct

130

14

Equation

for b.

(929)

c.

(438)

Do.

a.

b.

133S

943

130

14

1205

929

438

c.

439

e.
i

o
I

79
37
1321 t.

(The beginning

(9h

13 m.),

For 9

and
h.

of the

this gives 8 h.

1333

1321 = 12 = Table

22 m. before sunrise.

m. before sunrise {found above)

13

Plus for 51

tithi)

minutes (Table V.)

We

X.) 51

....

a.

b.

1205

929

12

1217

Equation for

Do.

m. after the above time

proceed again.

b.

(930)

80

c.

(438)

37

1334

930

/-

c.

43S

o
438

THE HINDU CALENDAR.

1334
1333 =
Proceed again.

rise.

For

=4m.

before the above time

(viz.,

8 h. 22 m.)

22 m. before sunrise {found above)

8 h.

Deduct

83

for

a.

b.

930
o

438
o

930

438

4 m. (Table V.)

for b.

Do.

c.

26m.

12 17
i

1216
Equation

8h.

i.e.,

(930)

80

(438)

37

before sun-

c.

1333 -t.

The result is precisely the same as the beginning

we know that the tithi actually began 8 hours 26 minutes
15

h.

point of the

tithi

(Table VIII.), and

Wednesday, or

before sunrise on

at

34 m. after sunrise on Tuesday, 6th June.

Example

II.
Required the week-day and equivalent A.D. of Jyeshtha suk. dasami (lOth) of
Vikrama year 1836 expired, 1837 current. The given year is f/ Chaitradi. Referring
to Table II., Parts ii., and iii., we find, by comparing the non-Chaitradi Vikrama year with the
Saka, that the corresponding Saka year is 1703 current, that is the same as in the first example.
We know that the months are amanta.

the southern

d.

w.

20,23,24,25)

96

657

267

number of intervened tithis down to end of Vaisakha, 60,

III.) -|- the number of the given date minus 1,1369; reduced
by a 60th part = 68, and by Table IV. we have

68

3027

468

186

164

3028

125

453

State the figures for the

initial

day (Table

I.,

cols. 19,

a.

b.

c.

The

(Table

Equation

for {b)

(Table VI.)

125

239
42

(0 453 (Table VII.)

Do-

3309

(164) I {N.B.

{d)

The

result,

Answer.
Part

The

ii.).

this

than 40

(/)
;

tithi

Table IX.) 163

will end at (3333

(3309)

and that

will shortly

Art.

147)

^-

=163.

3309, fixes the day as sukla loth (Table VIII.,

(By

3309 represents the

that

in.,

= June

12th, 2

3309:1; 24,

or

= Monday.

cols.

2,

The year

by Table X.)

h.

3),
is

the

same

as given.

A.D. 1780 (Table

42 m.

II.,

after sunrise, since

and it then had 24 lunation-parts to run. Note

by 24 than 3333, the ending point of the lOth tithi; that 24 is less
This shows that an expunction of a tithi
the equation for {Jj) is increasing.
state of that tithi at sunrise,
is

less

occur {Art. 142.)

Example

in.

Required the week-day and equivalent A.D. of Jyeshtha sukla ekadasi

of the same Saka year as in example

2, i.e.,

S.

1703 current.

(i

ith)

THE INDIAN CALENDAR.

84

example

See (Table

I.)

Intervened

days

end of Vaisakha

(to

given days

59, 4- 11

1)1=69.

By Table IV

Equation

w.

96

69

3366

504

189

165

3367
258

"'^'

456

a.

(456) (Table VII.)

[c]

b.

'657

(Table VI.)

for {h) (161)

Do.

d.

43

3668
This figure

(/ =::

3668) by Table VIII.,

{N.B.

current

at

sunrise

on

3,

indicates sukla

1.

12th.

The

164 and Table IX. gives this as June 13th.

Tuesday.

(ic) is 3 n:

shows that the 12th

3668,

and not the required

tithi

(iith)

tithi

was

on Tuesday; but we found in example 2 that the loth tithi was current
Monday, June 12th, and we therefore learn that the iith tithi was expunged.

at
It

42 min. after sunrise on Monday and ended 4 minutes before sunrise on Tues13th June.'
The corresponding day answering to sukla lOth is therefore Monday, June

day,

h.

and that answering to sukla 12

2th,

Ex.VMl'LE

Vikrama

is

1780 I

(Table

Work

Required

IV.

is

Tuesday the 13th June.

week-day

the

(2)

of the

II.,

Part

iii.).

See example

(Table

for

Do.

1)^76

A.D. 1780

(Table

is

Jyeshtha (Table

Vai.s.)
tithis

= 75

(for

days

krishna

fortnight)

(as before);

d.

w.

96

75

171

a.

b.

5397

722

205

5398

379

472

(given

Table IV. gives

237

\c)

(472)

SO

far

we have Monday,

170

= (Table

19th June,

IX.)

19th June. (2)

A.D. 1780. But the

= Monday.

Monday

I h.
17 m. before sunrise on Monday.
and the equation for (b) decreasing,

appears that a repetition of a

not precede).

And

Example

v.

thus

we know

It

that

Sunday

the

i8th June

is

tlie

tithi

is

shows that

commenced

being greater, but within 40, than

(/)
it

The year

figure 5685 for(/)

not the 2nd was current at sunrise on

the 19th June.

(5685

/.

1780 A.D.

kri.

3rd and

5667= 18=)

ending point of kri. 2nd,

will

shortly follow (but

the equivalent of

kri.

2nd.

Required the week-day and equivalent A.D. of the amanta Jyeshtha

kri.

of the Saka year 1703 current, the same as in the last 4 examples.

Thie

is

sliLWii

by

{()

zz 3(108

al

sunrise, the end being indicated by 3007.

c.

267

(379)

147) :=

i.).

657

(1^)

Hi., Art.

Part

II.,

568s

(d)\ {N.B.

So

Ashadha

I.).

I.)

end

dur. to

date minus

Equation

equivalent A.D. of the purnimanta

The corresponding amanta month

therefore for Jyeshtha krishna 2nd in

(coll.

and

Northern Vikrama year 1837 expired. 1838 current. The northern

a Chaitradi year, and so the year is the same as in the previous example, viz., A.D.

dvitiya

krishiia

60

2,

1780 A.D.

is

iii.)

cols.

sunrise

commenced
1

Art. 147)

in..

The year (Table II. Part

The figure of (t),

c.

267

DifTireneo

lunation-unit, or

\ minutes.

3rd

THE HINDU CALENDAR,

(See example

60

i)

end Vais.)

dur. to

(coll.

85

15

= 77 tithis = 76 days.

(Table IV.)

d.

w.

96
76

4
6

172

a.

b.

c.

657

267

5736

758

208

415

475

'

Equation for

(i^)

(415)

5737
211

Do.

(c)

(475)

5999
This indicates krishna 3rd, the same

From these
Monday

last

as well as

correspond to

Example

as given, {d)

=171=

20th June, 1780 A.D.

two examples we learn that krishna 3rd stands at sunrise on Tuesday 20th
It is therefore a repeated or vriddhi tithi, and both days 19th and 20th

19th.

ends on Tuesday (6000

It

it.

tithi

Required

VI.

5999=

1=) 4 minutes

after sunrise.

week-day and A.D. equivalent of Karttika sukla

(See example 2, page 70.)

the

5th of the

Northern Vikrama year 1833 expired (1834 current).

month is amanta or purnimanta

The initial day of the given year falls on
I., col.
19) 20th March (80), (col. 20) 4 Wednesday; and looking in Table I. along the line
given year, we find in col. 8 that the month Bhadrapada was intercalated or added (adhika)
So the number of months which intervened between the beginning of the year and the

The given year

because
(Table
of the
in

it.

given

was

tithi

(Table

given

the

(Coll. dur.)

Equation

240

Chaitradi.

is

It

matters not whether the

sukla

the

in

one more than

8,

cols.

I.,

is

tithi

in

fortnight.

ordinary year.

20, 23, 24, 25)

19,

+ 4=244 = 240

days

(Table IV.,)

d.

w.

80

240

320

a.

b.

c.

9841
1272

54

223

710

657

113

764

880

for {b) (764)

Do.

102

(0 (880)
1

This indicates, not

Adding

(/)

tion

and

to (d)

a\

kri.

(N.B.

{iv)

(see

Art.

Hi.,

/.

Rule above. Art. 139)

321
o
(Table IX.) Nov. i6th, A.D. 1776. o

147) 320

= Saturday.

being not within 40 of the ending point of the tithi there is no probability of a repetishortly preceding or following, and therefore Saturday the i6th November,

expunction

or

1776 A.D.,

is

the equivalent of the given

E.n:ample

VII.

tithi.

Required the week-day and A.D. equivalent of amanta Magha krishna

of Kali 4923 expired, 4924 current. (See example

The given year

see that
(7)

as given, but kri. 4 (Table VIII.)

its

initial

day

is

Chaitradi.

falls

Asvina was intercalated and

tervened months

is

Looking

on 24th March

the same,

(10)

viz.,

in

(83),

4,

page

Table

along the

1822 A.D.,

Pausha expunged.

10, as in

I.

So

ist

71.)

line of the

Sunday, and that

that,

in

given year,
(col. 8)

counting, the

the

we

month

number

an ordinary year, Magha coming after Pausha.

of

in-

THE INDIAN CALENDAR.

86

w.

cols.

I.,

By

days.

Equation

20, 23, 24, 23)

300+15

dur.)

(Coll.

19,

(sukla

paksha)

1=)

(i

= 315

tithis

b.

c.

212

899

229

310

4976

250

849

393

5188

149

78

= 3io

(Table IV.)

(Table VI.)

252

(78) (Table VII.)

32

for (3) (149)

Do.

{c)

a.

83

d.

(Table

5472=/.

The

figure

Since

kshaya

therefore subtract

not

is

(/)

vriddhi

or

And

January.

5472

We

following.

tithi

indicates (Table VIII.) kri. 2nd,

following

therefore 27th January,

Example

VIII.

Puntelu,

Kali

(zf)

not the same as given

(Art.

40 of the ending point of the

within

shortly

from (d) and

i.e.,

preceding,

or

(w) 2

A.D. 1823, Monday,

tithi,

there

= Monday.
is

The initial day (Table I.)

and Ashadha was intercalated.
(Table

Part

II.,

ii.),

ordinarily

2.

no probability of a

is

= (Table

IX.)

27th

the equivalent of the given

tithi.

392

Required the week-day and the A.D. equivalent of sukla

year 4853 expired, 4854 current, " Angiras samvatsara "
or southern 60-year cycle.
(See example 5, page 72.)

month

but the

(ist),

making them 392 and

139)

3th of the Tulu

the luni-solar

in

Old Style 5th March (65), A.D. 1752, a leap-year, (5) Thursday;
The Tulu month Puntelu corresponds to the Sanskrit Pausha
the loth, but now the nth, month on account of the intercalated
is

Ashadha.
(Table
(Coll.

I.,

cols.

dur.)

19, 20,

300-1-12

(given

tithi

minus

i)

= 3l2

tithis

(Table IV.)

Equation

d.

w.

65

39

^^^

213

307

3960

142

840

372

3999

919

53

23, 24, 25)

= 307

{c)

result,

40

(53)

41 10, indicates sukla 13th,

the

i.e.,

same

tithi

2nd,

1752,

Art. 14J), and

and

before

17th January,

(b.)

To

4th

April,

1753 A.D.,

1753,
is

/.

as that given.

(d)\ {N.B. Hi., Art. 147) =371 :^ (by Table IX.) January 6th, A.D. 1753.
We must add 11 days to this to make it a New Style date, because
ber

c.

71

4110

The

b.

days

for (^) (919)

Do.

a.

it

falls after

Septem-

the week-day remaining unaltered [see N.B.

ii..

therefore the equivalent of the given date.

Conversion of Hindu solar dates into dates A.D.

week-day and the equivalent date A.D. Turn the given year into a
Vikrama year, and the name of the given month into a sign-name, if they
are not already given as .such, and find the corresponding year A.D. by the aid of columns i to 5,
Table I., and Table II., Parts ii., and iii. Looking in Table I. along the line of the Meshadi year so
149.

Meshadi

obtained,

calculate the

Kali, Saka, or

write

down

in

horizontal

line

the following three quantities corresponding to the


THE HINDU CALENDAR.
commencement of that (Meshadi)
and month A.D. in col. 13, (li-)

by

or

15,

For

17).

BengaH date

Surya-Siddhanta from

the

(</)

the date-indicator given

ija

cols,

brackets after the day

in

either

number (c^/. /./), and the time

of the Mesha sankranti according

the week-day

and minutes as desired

palas, or in hours
(cols.

year, viz.,

8?

between

falling

or

When

X^a.

in

ghatikas and

to the /i;-j'a-.SVa'</'/wte

A.D. 1100 and 1900, take the time

the result is wanted for a place

not on the meridian of Ujjain, apply to the Mesha sankranti time the correction given in
Table XI. Under these items write from Table 111., cols. 6, 7, 8, or 9 as the case may be, the
collective duration of time from the beginning of the year up to the end of the month preceding
the given one
days under (d), week-day under (w), and hours and minutes or ghatikas and palas

Add together the three quantities. If the sum of hours

or gh.p. respectively.
exceeds 24, or if the sum of ghatikas exceeds 60, write down the remainder only, and add one
each to {w) and (d). If the sum of (w) exceeds 7, cast out sevens from it. The result is the
Determine its civil beginning
time of the astronomical beginning of the current (given) month.
under

h.m.,

by the

rules given in Art. 28 above.

When the month begins civilly

the sankranti day, subtract

on the same day

from, or

add

O,

or

as,

l,

on the day following, or on the third day after,

and (zc), and then to each of them

to both [d)

add the number of the given day, casting out sevens from it in the case of {w). {w) is then the
required week-day, and {d) will show, by Table IX., the A.D. equivalent of the given day.
N.B. i. When it is not certain whether the given year is Meshadi or of another kind,
or what rule for the civil beginning of the month applies, all possible ways must be tried.
N.B.

See N.B.

ii.

Example

ii..

Hi.,

/V.,

Art. 147, under the rules for the conversion of luni-solar dates.

and the date A.D. corresponding to (Tamil) i8th

4904 expired, (4905 currenti. (See example 7, p. yi.)
The given year, taken as a solar year, is Meshadi. The month Purattadi, or Purattasi,
corresponds to Kanya (Table II., Part ii.
and the year is a Tamil (Southern) one, to which
the Arya Siddhanta is applicable [see Art. 21). Looking in Table I. along the line of the given
year, we find that it commenced on iith April (col. 13), A.DJ|i8o3, and we write as follows
Required

ix.

the

week-day

Purattasi of Rudhirodgarin, Kali year

),

(Table

1.,

(Table

111.,

cols.

13,

14,

7)

collective

col.

17)

duration up to the end of

Simha

d.

w.

h.

lOi

10

156

10

28

257

20

35

m.

Wednesday, at
20 h. 35 m. after sunrise, or 2.35 a.m. on the European Thursday. (Always
remember that the Hindu week-day begins at sunrise.) The month Kanya,
therefore, begins civilly on Thursday. ^ [Rtde 2(a), Art. 28.) We add, therefore O
shows

This

and

to (d)

Add

from the

the

that

Kanya

sankranti took place on a (4)

00

\U')

number of the given day,

same figure, 18, add 4 to {20)

8,

the serial

to (d) and, casting out sevens

18

275

Then

{iu)-=i,

Answer.

i.e.,

Sunday,

Example

X.

the Bengali (solar)

1

It

would have

so

Sunday, and

275= (Table

IX.)

2nd October, 1803 A.D.

the week-day and

A.D. date corresponding

month Phalguna of Saka 1776 expired, 1777 current, at
Required

begun

if

2nd October.

the saukxinti occurred at 7 p.m. on the

Wednesday, or

at

any time

to the

20th day of

Calcutta.
after sunset (6 p.m.)

THE INDIAN CALENDAR.

88

The year is Meshadi and from Bengal, to which the Surya Siddhanta applies {see Art. 21).
The Bengali month Phalguna corresponds to Kumbha (Table II., Part ii.)- The year commenced on nth April, 1854, A.D. (Table I.)w.

d.

loi

13,14, I7)
Difference of longitude for Calcutta (Table XI.)

(Table

cols.

I.,

This result represents the

Kumbha, which

a.m. on the European

rise is 2.5

begins civilly on

Add,

Add
add 6

to

moment

Monday

therefore,

20

(given

day) to

Saturday,

Ex.\MPLE

and

current;

and Table

Parts

II.,

422

406

20

h.

m.

1848 (a leap-year), on

I.,

{(T),

and,

casting

11
out

sevens from 20,

March (Table IX.)

20

427

3rd March, A.D. 1855.

(See example
It is

ii.,

and

(3)

8,

p.

73.)

not Meshadi, but Siriihadi.

Its

corresponding Saka year

of the month corresponding to Avani

the sign-name

cols.

The month
{d)

systems

14.

up

17)
to the

end of Karka

IV.

28,

Rule

2,

a)\

therefore subtract

serial

number of

30

125

38

227

from both

Deduct

for

29th February {N.B.

the given day, to {d) and (less

sevens) to {w)

ii.,

Art. 149 and N.B.iii., Art. 147)

in.

226
the

k.

11
20,

(Table

(102),

102

begins civilly on the same day by one of the South

(Art.

and {w)

Add

Siriiha

is

Saka year 1771 commenced on nth April

Work by the Arya-Siddhatita (Art. 21).

The

iii.)

Tuesday.

13,

Collective duration

Indian

after sun-

d.

(Table

20

therefore,

Rule i above).
and (w)

South Indian.

is

305

Required the week-day and A.D. date corresponding to the Tinnevelly Aiulu

XI.

The year
77 1

col. 9.)

(Art. 28,

to (d)

1024, 20th day of Avani.

for

Sunday morning. The month,

= Saturday, 427= 3rd

is

III.,

(li')

Answer.

13

of the astronomical beginning of

midnight on Saturday,

after

is

7)1.

17

+50

up to the end of Makara (Table

Collective duration

h.

20

246

^45

I.,

A.D.

THE HINDU CALENDAR.

= Saturday.
Answer.

Saturday,

245

= (Table

89

IX.) Sept. 2nd.

September 2nd, 1848 A.D.

Required the week-day and A.D. date corresponding to the South

EX/\^^'LE XII.
Malayalam Andu 1024, 19th Chingam. (The calculations in Example xi. shew that the SouthMalayalam month Chingam began civilly one day later (Art. 28, Rule 2b). Therefore the Tamil
20th Avani was the 19th South-Malayahmi.)
Referring to Table II., Part ii., we see that the date is the same as in the last example.

EX.VMPLE

yakm Andu

XIII.

Required the week-day and A.D. date corresponding to the North Mala-

1023, 20th Chingam.

Referring to Table

Many

150.

ii.,

we

see that the date

Conversion into dates A.D. of

(c.)

tithi

Part

II.,

have

inscriptions

been

the

same

as in the last

two examples.

are coupled with solar months.

titkis zchic/t

discovered

is

which a

containing dates, in expressing

We

has been coupled, not with a lunar, but with a solar month.

therefore find

it

necessary

to give rules for the conversion of such dates.

Parts of two lunar months corresponding to each solar

col.

Determine by Art.

14.

19, or in doubtful cases

and 151, to which of these two months the given

proceed according to the rules given in Art. 139.
It

month are noted

the end.

in

Table

II.,

Part

Thus, suppose that

in

ii.,

col.

14,

in

Table

Part

ii.,

Arts. 149

of the given fortnight belongs, and then

one occurring

at the

tithi

beginning of

a certain year the solar month Mesha

of both the lunar

it

and the other

commenced on

Chaitra sukla ashtami (8th) and ended on Vaisakha sukla dasami (lOth).

tithi

II.,

made under

direct calculation

sometimes happens that the same solar month contains the given

months noted
solar

tithi

by

at

the luni-

In this case

same
month Mesha. In such a case the exact corresponding lunar month cannot be determined
unless the vara (week-day), nakshatra, or yoga is given, as well as the tithi. If it is given, examine
the date for both months, and after ascertaining when the given details agree with the given

the

tithi

sukla

navami

(9th)

of both the lunar months Chaitra and Vaisakha

fell

in the

solar

determine the date accordingly.

tithi,

Ex.\MPLE

"Saka

follows;

XIV.

Required the A.D. year, month, and day corresponding to a date given as
on the day of the nakshatra Rohini, which fell on Saturday the

1187,

thirteenth tithi of the second fortnight in the

It
first

is

stated whether the

not

as expired.

The

month of Mithuna."

Saka year

current year therefore

is

is

'

expired or current.

1188.

We

Turning to Table

will

therefore try

it

we find that its initial

From Table II., Part ii.,

I.

on 20th March (79), Friday (6), A.D. 1265.

months Jyeshtha and Ashadha correspond to the solar
month Mithuna. The Mesha sankranti in that year falls on (Table I., col. 13) 25th March, Wednesday,
that is on or about Chaitra sukla shashthi (6th), and therefore the Mithuna sankranti falls on
(about) Jyeshtha sukla da.saml (loth) and the Karka sankranti on (about) Ashadha sukla dvadasi
day, Chaitra sukla
col.

14,

(i2th)

ist,

falls

find that parts of the lunar

Art. iig).
Thus we see that the thirteenth tithi of tlie second fortnight
month of Mithuna of the given date must belong to amanta Jyeshtha.

{see

the solar

we

This date

is

from an actual inscription in Southern India.

(See Ind. Ant.,

XXII., p. 219).

falling in

THE INDIAN CALENDAR.

90

79

w.
6

86
165

d.

1188, Chaitra

S.

(Table

ist

s.

cols.

I.,

19,

...

20, 23, 24, 25)

Approximate number of days from Ch. s. ist to Jyesh. kri. 13th (87
reduced by 60th part = 86) with its (w) (a) {/)) (c) (Table IV.)

tithis

Equation

b.

c.

879

265

9122

121

235

9409

500

(Table VI.)

for {b) (o)

Do.

a.

287

140

60

(500) TableVII.)

{c)

9609:

The
cols.

number 9609

resulting

2,

3),

the

i.e.,

(Table VIII.,

fixes the tithi as krishna 14th

immediately following the given

tithi

There

tithi.

no probability of a kshaya or vriddhi shortly before or

{^Art 14.2).
Deduct, therefore,
from (</) and (w)

after this

is

= (Table

164

Answer.

164

13th June; o
Saturday.
13th June, 1265 A.D., Saturday, (as required).

IX.)

(d.)

Conversion of dates A.D.

Hindu

into

"

luni-solar dates.

Given a year, month, and date A.D., write down in a horizontal line \t.v) the weekday number, and (a), (b). (c) (Table I., cols. 20, 23, 24. 25) of the initial day (Chaitra s. i) of the
151.

Hindu Chaitradi (Saka) year corresponding

date A.D. is earlier than such initial day, the
Subtract the date-indicator of the

taken.

number of

to

the given year; remembering that

(jc)

initial

(a)

date

(in

remembering

the given date (Table IX.),

brackets. Table

that,

if

the given

col. 19)

I.,

from the date

the initial day of the previous

year has been taken, the number to be taken from Table IX.
not that on the

if

of the previous Hindu year' must be

(U) (f)

The remainder

Hindu
and

that on the right-hand side,

is

number

of days which have

intervened between the beginning of the Hindu year and the required date.

Write down, under

left

respective

their

N.B.

[see also

heads,

and add them together

(w)

the

of the given day

sunrise

{a)

below).

{Ji)

(c)

of the

(Tables VI., VII.) and the

(c)

{w)

is

week-day.

its

the

is

number of intervening days from Table

as before (see rules for conversion

to {a) the equation for {b) and

at

it.

To

of limi-solar dates

ittto

dates A. D.).

IV.,

Add

sum (/) will indicate the tithi (Table VIII.)

number of intervening days add its

the

* part.
See the number of tithis next lower than this total (Table III., col. 3) and the
month along the same line (col. 2). Then this month is the month preceding the required
month, and the following month is the required month.
When there is an added month in the year, as shown along the line in col. 8 or $a of
Table I., if it comes prior to the resulting month, the month next preceding the resulting month

sixtieth

lunar

It

found

is

that the above result

problem

Tliis

'

If the

'

by actual
is

Rule

o'Jth

easier than

is

I((i)

part,

in Art.

'<

quired

This

total

is

its

converse, the

104 (Tabic

II,,

falls

on the same

number of intervening days here being

Part

iii.)

Neglect the fraction half or

the approximate

number

forming the collective duration up

month but

under Art. 1B6 that the given nskshatra

date,

and therefore we know

certain

be applied, this latter part of the rule necessarily follows.

or more properly 03rd, should be added, but by adding a 60th, which

difference in the ultimate result

tithis

ralcuktion

correct.

to the

less,

and take more than half

of tithis which have intervened.

cud of a month

this diHiculty will be easily solved

(as

given in

When

col.

S,

by comparing together the resulting

it

is

Tabic

tithi

is

more convenient,

there will

be

no

as c<iuivalcnt to one.

the

111.),

same

as,

or very near

there will be

and the number of

to,

the

number

some doubt about

tithis

of

the re-

which have intervened.

THE HINDU CALENDAR.

the required month

is

the result

if

month

added

that

to

the added niontli

and

itself;

the

is

same as the resulting month, the date belongs

month comes earlier than the added month,

the resulting

if

not affected.

is

When

there

is

month

a suppressed

the year,

in

month, the month next following the resulting month

month the result is not affected.

added and suppressed month the result is unaffected.

From
it

The
tithi

which

date

the

can be found,

if

thus found

tithi
is

in

required,

current at any

if it

is

same

the

is

the

tithi

moment

to

Table

or prior to, the resulting

Parts

II.,

may be

is

subsequent

after

both an

to

iii.

corresponding to the given date A.D.

of an A.D. date

it

falls

Hindu year corresponding

and

ii.,

If

month

the resulting

If

Chaitradi year thus found, any other

by reference

as,

the required month.

is

resulting

the

to

Qi

said to be

its

but sometimes a

corresponding

tithi.

11".
N.B. i. See N.B. ii.. Art. 147; but for "+ 11 " read "
N.B. ii. If the given A.D. date falls in a leap-year after 29th February, or if its date-number
is more than 365 (taken from the right-hand side of Table IX.) and the year next preceding it
was a leap-year, add i to the date-number before subtracting the date-indicator from it.
Example xv. Required the tithi and month in the Saka year corresponding to
7th June, 1780 A.D.
The Saka year corresponding to the given date is 1703 current. Its initial day falls on
(4)

Wednesday, 5th
(Table

7th June

w.

April, the date-indicator being 96.

cols.

I.,

....

a.

b.

c.

657

267

.0

1334

286

172

1335

943

439

20, 23, 24, 25)

158 (Table IX.)

Add

-f

for leap-year

(N.B.

ii.)

159

Deduct

the

96

Days

I.,

col.

for {b) (943)

Do.

{e)

date

initial

19).

have intervened 63. By Table IV. 63

that

Equation

of the

{d)

(Table

(Table VI.)

90

(439) (Table VII.)

38

4
Sukla 5th (Table VIII.)
63 +-J5-=64A..

The next

the required

is

lowest

number

in

tithi.

col.

and

3,

(4)

Table

Wednesday
III.,

is

1463=/is

the week-day.

Now

60. which shows Vaisakha to

be the preceding month. Jyeshtha is therefore the required month.

Answer. Saka 1703 current, Jyeshtha sukla 5th, Wednesday.

exact beginning or ending time of the tithi is required, proceed as in example i

above {Art. 148.)
We have seen in example i above {Art. 148) that this Jyeshtha 5th ended, and sukla 6th
commenced, at 13 h. 11 m. after sunrise on the given date; and after that hour sukla 6th corresponded with the given date. Sukla 6th therefore may be sometimes said to correspond
If

the

to the given date as well as sukla 5th.

Example xvl
ing to

Required

2th September,

the

1776 A.D.

tithi

and month

in

the southern

Vikrama year correspond-

THE INDIAN CALENDAR.

92

The
on

falls

Saka year corresponding to the given date is 1699 current.

Its
initial
date
March (80), 4 Wednesday, A.D. 1776. Bhadrapada was intercalated in that

20th

year.

w.
(Table

cols.

I.,

20, 23, 24, 25)

12 September :=

Add

{N.B.

for leap-year

Deduct

256
80 the {d) of

Days

176=: (Table IV.)

that have intervened

Equation

{c)

c.

54

223

tlie

9599

387

482

9440

441

705

ii.)

day.

initial

(Table VI.)

191

(70s) (Table VII.)

118

for {b) (441)

Do.

b.

9841

255 (Table IX.)

a.

9749

t.

moon day), Thursday.

The number next below this in col. 3, Table

This indicates (Table VIII.) krishna 30th (amavasya, or new

The

intervening

tithis

are

176

179.

III.,

and shows that Sravana preceded the required month. But Bhadrapada was intercalated
this year and it immediately followed Sravana.
Therefore the resulting tithi belongs to the
intercalated or adhika Bhadrapada.
is

150,

A/iszuer.
kri.

Adhika

Bhadrapada

kri

30th of Saka 1699 current, that

adhika Bhadrapada

is

30th of the Southern Vikrama Karttikadi year 1833 current, 1832 expired. (Table
E.V.\MPLE

Required the Telugu and Tula equivalents of December

XVII.

The corresponding Telugu

Saka year

Tuju Chaitradi

or

and Pausha was expunged

A.D. 1822, (i) Sunday.
intercalary

(col.

8,

Table

I.).

Its

initial

is

1745 current.

date

1st

I.,

cols.

20, 23, 24, 25)

Decembers

Deduct

Days

that

Equation

The
252
Karttika

\c)

= (Table

initial

preceded

the

a.

b.

899

229

5335

145

690

5547
180

44

9>9

(Table IV.)

(919) (Do. VII.)

(83),

c.

90

knshna 3, Sunday (i), (Table VIII.)

The number next below 256 in col. 3, Table
required

Asvina was

day)

IV.)

results give us

+^ = 256.

ii.).

335 (Table IX.)

have intervened 252

Do.

Part

1822 A.D.

212

83 (The d. of the

for {b) (44)

II.,

on 24 March

falls

zu.

Table

1st,

month,

and

the required

month

5817

III.,

would

is

/.

240. and shews that

therefore

be

Marga-

THE HINDU CALENDAR.

which

But Asvina,

sirsha.

Answer.

prior to Margasirsha,

is

Pausha was expunged, but being

month.

required

Sunday,

was

93

intercalated.

or Jarde (Tulu) (Table

Karttika (Telugu),

Karttika therefore

than Karttika the result

later

Part]

II.,

ii.),

is

the

not affected.

is

kr.

3rd of the

year Chitrabhanu, Saka 1745 (1744 expired). Kali j'ear 4923 expired.
Example XVIII. Required the tithi and purnimanta month in the Saka year corresponding
to

8th January, 1541 A.U.

The given
day

initial

date

the

in

prior

is

previous

The corresponding Saka year

(Table
1

I.,

cols.

8th January

Add

to

is

Chaitra .sukla

A.D.

year,

in the

which

1540,

on

w.

1463 current.

for leap-year

a.

b.

(69).

c.

108

756

229

6669

432

862

6777
269

188

9J

383 (Table IX.)

i
(N.B. ii., latter part.)

take therefore the

Tuesday the 9th^ March

20, 23, 24, 25)

We

given year.

falls

384
Deduct

69 (The

No. of intervening days.

3 15

= (by

d.

of the

initial

day.)

Table IV.)

Equation

for

Do.

(/;)

(188) (Table VI.)

(c)

28

(Do. VII.)

(91)

The

result gives us krishna 7th,

315

which

300,

therefore

be

^ = 320

tithis.

Tuesday

The

next

7074

t.

(Table VIII.).

(3)

lower

number

to

320

in

col.

3,

Table

III.,

is

Pausha as preceding the required month, and the required month would
Magha. Asvina, however, which is prior to Magha, was intercalary in this year;

shews

but it was expunged Magha, therefore, becomes

Adhika Asvina and kshaya Pausha being both prior to Magha, they
do not affect the result. By Table II. amanta Magha krishna is purnimanta Phalguna krishna.
Therefore purnimanta Phalguna krishna 7th, Tuesday, Saka 1463 current, is the required date.
Pausha, therefore, would be the required month

again the required month.

(e.)

152.
{d) {w)

may

and

Conversion of A.D. dates into Hindu solar dates.

Given a year, month, and date A.D., write down from Table I. in a horizontal line the
(m) (the time) ofthe Meshasankranti, by thcf^r/a or5r)'a-5?(3W//a ^ as the case

(Ii)

Hindu Meshadi year, remembering that if the given day A.D. is earlier than the
in that year the previous^ Hindu year must be taken. Subtract the date-indicator
of the Mesha sankranti day from the date-number of the given date (Table IX.), remembering
that if the Mesha sankranti time of the previous Hindu year is taken the number to be taken
from Table IX. is that on the right-hand side, and not that on the left [see also Art. iji, N.B. ii.) the
remainder is the number of days which intervened between the Mesha sankranti and the given
day.
Find from Table III., cols. 6, 7, 8 or 9, as the case may be, the number next below that
number of intervening days. Write its three quantities {d), {iv), and the time of the .sankranti
{h. ;.), under their respective heads, and add together the three quantities separately {See Art. i^p
require, of the

Mesha

safikranti

day

See Art. 21, and notes 1

See note 4, p. 90.

and

2,

and Arts. 93 and 96.

THE INDIAN CALENDAR.

94

The sum is the time of the astronomical beginning of the required month, and the
month next following that given in col. 5, on the line of the next lowest number, is the month

above).

required.

day of the civil beginning of the current required month by the rules in
on the same day as the safikranti day, or the following, or the third day,
subtract i from, or add o or to, both [d) and iw). Subtract (</) from the date-number

Ascertain
Art. 28.

When

respectively,

the

falls

it

The remainder is the required Hindu day. Add that remainder, casting out
sevens from it, to (w). The sum is the week-day required.
From the Meshadi year and the sign-name of the month thus found, any other corresponding
Hindu year can be found by reference to Table III., Parts ii., and iii.
of the given date.

Observe the cautions contained in N.B. i. and ii. to Art. 151.

Example XIX. Required the Tamil, Tinnevelly, and South and North Malayalam equivalents of 30th May, 1803 A.D.
(See example 14, p. 76.)
The corresponding Meshadi Saka year current is 1726. Its Mesha sankranti falls on
April nth (lOi), 2 Monday. The Arya Siddhania z.^^\\q.%. (See Art. 21.)

(Table

May

I.,

30th

Deduct

cols.

13

14,

Intervening days

49, (Table
is

30,

III.,

col.

7),

for the

m.

10

30

22

12

end of

....

and we have

[Total of hours
32. i day of 24 hours carried over to (d) and
Astronomical beginning of Vrishabha

South Indian reckonings, except that

yalam country, the month begins

Subtract, therefore,

sankranti.

Ji.

49

Mesha and beginning of Vrishabha,

all

w.

01, the (^) of the initial day.

The number next below

By

d.

loi

150 (Table IX.)

1

17)

civilly

on

the

in the

(tc).]

1325

same day as the

11

from (d) and (w)

131

Subtract 131 id) from the number of the given date

Remainder,

Add

19,

19, is the required date in the

casting out sevens, to

819

South Mala-

month of Vrishabha.

150
19

{iv)

Required week-day

Monday,

day of the month Vrishabha, Tamil Vaigasi, of Saka 1726

4904 expired (Table I., or Table II., Part iii.); Tinnevelly Andu
978, Vaigasi 19th; North Malayajam Andu 978, Edavam 19th.
Answer.

current

(1725

expired);

The Vrishabha
of the day.

on

(s)

nothing

19th

Kali

sankranti took place 8 h.

19 m. after sunrise,

viz.,

not witliin the

Therefore by the South Malayajam system the month Vrishabha began

first -itlis

civilly,

not

but on the following day (6) Friday. Therefore we have to add or subtract
132 and 5. Subtracting 132 from 150, the remainder, i8th, is the required day.

Thursday,
from

Adding (18-5-7) to 5 (w) we get

of Edavam, Kollam Andu 978, is

(2)

Monday

as the required week-day. Therefore

the required South Malayalam equivalent.

Monday

iSth

THE HINDU CALENDAR.

Example
March

3rd,

earlier than

point

tlie

Saka 1777

Required

XX.

Mesha

the

week-day

the

The

A.D.

1855

and

Siirya-Siddlianta

Bengali

95

date

corresponding to

Calcutta

at

the authority in Bengal.

is

The given day

the year given.

in

Mesha sankranti
current, A.D. 1854.

(Table

cols.

I.,

13,

17a)

14,

d.

w.

h.

loi

17

March 3rd, 1855=

Deduct [d) of the initial day

427 (Table IX.)

Intervening days

326

col.

III.

9),

for the

The

beginning

civil

add therefore

to {d)

last civil

on the third day, Monday (Art.

falls

20,

Add

20 to

(ic)

The

required week-day

422

406

=:

407

and the required date

is

Kumbha.

20th

20

Saturday

is

The Bengali month corresponding to Kumbha

The 20th day of Phalguna, Saturday, Saka, 1776

expired. (See example

Example xxl Required the South Indian

The corresponding Meshadi Saka year

177 1.

Phalguna (Table

(Table

I.,

cols.

13,

17)

14,

....

for leap-year

...
.

Intervening days

....

The number next below

Karka and beginning of Sirhha

This

is

It

Part

ii.).

x above.)

2nd September,

commenced on

848 A.D.

ith April

125,

the civil beginning

w.

h.

m.

30

(^N.B.

ii,

Art.

125

38

227

211

151.)

246
102

144

144, (col. 7,
is

d.

102
245 (Table IX.)

Table

III.),

for the

end of

and we write

astronomical beginning of Sirhha

is

(currentj

Date-number of the given day

Deduct {d') of the initial day

The

solar dates equivalent to

II.,

(3).

2nd Septembers

Add

,^427

casting out sevens

is

Tuesday

20

11

day of Makara

Remainder

305

We

28).

and {w)

Subtract (d) 407 from the date number of 3rd March

(102),

end of

is

astronomical beginning of Kumbha, after midnight on Saturday 1=

The
The

13

loi

The number next below 326 (Table

Makara and beginning of Kumbha

III.

+50

Difference of longitude for Calcutta (Table XI.)

Answer.

is

We

must take therefore as our .startingof the previous year, which falls on nth April (loi), Tuesday, (3)

sankranti

by one of

is

tlie

Southern systems.

THE INDIAN CALENDAR.

96

(Brought over)
Subtract

Last

from

226

from

IX.)

Ii.

m.

1 1

of the

given day

246

Required date

The

w.

226

number 246 (Table

date

the

d.

277

11

(zu)

day of Karka

civil

Subtract

and

(</)

month Siihha

the

in

Add

this to (zv) casting

The

required week-day

is

equivalents are therefore:

20

out sevens

Saturday
(see

Table

Part

II.,

ii.)

Andu 1024

Saturday 19th Chingam, South Malayalam

Do.

20th

Do.

20th Avani

Tinnevelly Aiidu

1024

Do.

20th

Do.

Tamil Saka year

1771

Do.

exact moments

now proceed

to

(See example XII.,

p. 89.)

1023
(current).

Deter7nination of Karanas.

(f.)

We

153.

Do.

North

give

rules

for

finding

the

karanas

on

a given day,

the

of their beginning and ending, and the karana current at sunrise on any given

moment of any given day.

The karanas of a given tithi may be found by the following rule. Multiply the number
of expired tithis by two.
Divide this by 7 and the remainder is the karana for the current half
of the tithi.
Exainple.
Find the karana for the second half of krishna 8th. The number of
expired tithis from the beginning of the month is (15 +7-!=) 22-i-.
Casting
22-i-X2=:4S.
day, or at any

out sevens the 3rd, or Kaulava,

To

154.

begin and end.

by

the

exact

the required karana.

is

moments on which the karanas corresponding

Find the duration of the

method given

of duration of

EX/\MPLE

in Arts.

first

its

sukla paiichami

and

the

find

139,

144,

tithi

from

its

to a given tithi

beginning and ending moments, as calculated

and 145 above.

The

first

half of the

tithi is

the period

karana, and the second half that of the second.

Find the karanas, and the periods of their duration, current on Jyeshtha
Saka year 1702 expired (1703 current). From Table VIII., cols. 4

XXII.

(5th) of the

we observe

Bava is the first, and (2) Balava is the second, karana corresponding
example above {Art. 1^8) we have found that the tithi commenced
on Tuesday, 6th June, A.D. 1 780. at 5 h. 34 m. after mean sunrise, and that it ended on Wednesday,
7th June, at 13 h. 11 m. after mean sunrise.
It lasted therefore for 21 h. 37 m. (8 h. 26 m. on
m. on Wednesday). Half of this duration is 10 h. 48 m. The Bava
Tuesday and 13 h.
karana lasted therefore from 5 h. 34 m. after mean sunrise on Tuesday, June 6th, to 2 h. 22 m.
after mean sunrise on Wednesday, June 7th, and the Balava karana lasted thence to the end of the tithi.
The karana at sunrise or at any other time can of course easily be found by the
155.
above method. It can also be calculated independently by finding the (/) for the time given.
Its beginning or ending time also can be found, with its index, by the same method as is used
for that of a tithi.
The index of a karana can be easily found from that of a tithi by finding
the middle point of the latter.
For example, the index of tlie middle point of sukla 14th
5

to the 5th

tithi.

that (i)

In the

first

For the

definition uf j^arapiu,

and othor information regarding them,

see Arts.

10 and 40.

THE HINDU CALENDAR.

is

or 4333

4500,

indices

between 4333 and 4667 {Table

difference

half the

97

and therefore the

VIII.),

the beginning and ending of the 5th karana on sukla 14th are 4333 and 4500, and

for

of the 6th karana on the same

tithi

Find

the

EX/\Mi'LE

xxii(a).

4500 and 4667.

karana at sunrise on Wednesday the 7th June, A.D. 1780,

Jyeshtha sukla 5th, Saka 1702 expired (1703 current).

examples

In

and xv. above we have found

i.

we

with this to Table VIII.

given sunrise to be 1463. Turning

at the

(/)

see that the karana was the ist or 2nd.

1333 to 1500, and therefore the

first

The index

karana, Bava, was current at the given

(g) Determination

of the

first

is

sunri.se.

of Nakshatras.

To find the Jiakshatra at sunrise, or at any other moment, 0/ an Indian or European

date.
If the given date be other than a tithi or a European date, turn it into one or other
of these.
F"ind the (a) {I?) {c) and (/) for the given moment by the method given in Arts. 139,
148 or 151, (Examples i. or xv.) above. Multiply (()by ten; add 7207 to the product, and from this
156.

sum subtract the equation for {c) (Table VII.). Call

Taken as an index, () shows, by Table VIII.,
moment as calculated by the ordinary system.
If

157.

the remainder
col. 6,

7,

nakshatra according to the Garga or

the

{s).

Add

(s)

to

Call the result ().

(t).

the nakshatra current at the given

8,

Brahma Siddhdnta system

is

required,

use cols. 9 or 10 respectively of Table VIII.

The beginning

158.

manner as
time

will

that of a

ending

or

Since

(r)

is

nakshatra

of the

time

expressed

in

loooths, and

Saka 1702

xxni.

Find

nakshatra

the

e-xpired, (7th June,

As

calculated in

Multiply

current

at

sunrise

in the

same

are neglected, the

(<)

by

Example

i.

or xv. above

1463

Add

(.)

to

....
1559

(/-)

cols.

h.

....
....

(r)

3022

52 m.

38

439X10=4390

This result () gives Aslesha (Table VIII.,

The () so found 3022 2963 (index to

Aslesha begins

Equation
for c. (Table VII.)

439

10

Subtract equation for

on Wednesday, Jyeshtha sukla

'^-

Add

(Table X.,

3333 (snd of Aslesha)

h.

it

1780 A.D.)
'

20

can be calculated
looooths of

not be absolutely correct.

Example
5th,

tithi.

col.

6,

1597
38

1559=

C-f)

= ()
7,

8) as the required current nakshatra

beginning

4) before sunrise

3022() = 3ii,

7207

point

of Aslesha) =; 59. Therefore

on the Wednesday.

and therefore Aslesha ends (i9h. 40 m. f 43 m. =)

23 m. after sunrise on the Wednesday.

For greater accuracy we

may
(h.)

proceed as

in

Example

{Art. 14S.)

Determination of Yogas.

The next problem is to find the yoga at sunrise or at any other moment of an
Indian or European date.
If the
given date is other than a tithi or a European date, turn it
1

59.


THE INDIAN CALENDAR.

98

Add

(s) to

yoga current

the

13,

Find

one or the other of these.

into

{Ar/. ijd).

().

at the given

Ex.\MPLE XXIV.

Find

{a)

the

(c)

(/>)

sum

Call the

(/)

(s)

and

() for the

This, as index, shews

fj'J.

given

by Table

moment

above

as

VIII., cols, ii, 12,

moment.

yoga

at

on Jyeshtha

sunrise

sukla 5th,

Saka 1702

e.xpired,

7th June, 1780 A.D.

As

calculated in example

Add

() to

{")

Required yoga

We

find the

(?)= i5S9

xviii.

(.f)

0')=

()

= 3022

3022
458' =('3) Vyaghata (Table VIII.).

beginning point of Vyaghata from

this.

15

The (j') so found 4581 4444 (beginning point of Vyaghata)

m. =)8h. 21 m. before .sunri.se on Wednesday (Table X., col. 5).
The end of Vyaghata is found thus:
(End of Vyaghata) 4815
Wednesday.

4581

(j)

= 234 =(12 h.

12 m.

2 h.

137 := (6

4 m. =) 14

6 m.

h.

2 h.

16 m. after

h.

sunrise on

in

{See Art. ij2.)

60.

volume

this

The

of Indian dates.

Verification

(i.)

following

is

an example of the

by the Tables

facility afforded

for verifying Indian dates.

Example xxv. Suppose an inscription to contain the following record of

"Saka 666, Karttika krishna amavasya (30), Sunday, nakshatra Hasta." The problem
and

date

this

find

equivalent A.D.

its

There

is

whether the given month

date,

its
is

to verify

nothing here to shew whether the given year

amanta or purnimanta, and whether, if the

was taken as true or mean.^
First let us suppose that the year is an expired one (667 current) and the month amanta.
There was no intercalary month in that year. The given month would therefore be the eighth,
and the number of intervening months from the beginning of the year is 7.
is

or

current

expired,

year be the current one, the intercalary month

in

is

it

d.

....

Saka 667 current. (Table I., cols. 19, 20, 23, 24, 25)
210 (7 months) + 15 (sukla) + 14 (kr. amavasya is 15, and
be substracted by rule) ::= 239 tithis = 235 days

liquation for

(/;)

(302) (Table VI.)

Do.

\c)

(921) (Do. VII.)

w.

a.

the

tithi

324

773

278

235

9578

529

643

315

9902

302

921

must

271

90

had expired

'I'liia

263

=A

gives us Tuesday, .sukla ist (Table VIII.). Index, ("=263, proves that 263 parts of
at sunrise

on Tuesday, and thence we learn that

on Monday, and that the preceding

we connect

c.

This

b.

80

the

nill

tithi

illnati-atc-

kri.

llic

tithi

30 with the Sunday

daiiKiT uf Inistiii);

l.i

'I'ablin

this .sukla

.st

commenced

30 would possibly commence on Sunday.

kri.
f

Let us

XIV.

iiiij

XV.

see.

ill

iiniiDi-liiiit casi'.i.

If so,

can

THE HINDU CALENDAR.

99
d.

313
for (b) (229)

Do.

(c)

a.

h.

302

9225

229

(Table VI.)

(916) (Do. VII.)

73

916

91

9595

This index gives us krishna 14th (Table VIII.) as current at sunrise on Sunday

and

92

279

ended

c.

9902
677

22

Subtract value for two days (Table IV.)

Equation

w.

3153

Already obtained

commenced (9667 9595

= 72 rr)

1.

The

(i).

on Sunday.
This kri. 30 therefore can be connected with a Sunday, and if the nakshatra comes right Hasta
then this would be the given date.
We calculate the nakshatra at sunrise on Sunday.
tithi

kri.

30

h.

6 m.

after sunrise

t.

As
{c)

calculated above

c.

916

916X10 = 9160

by 10

multiplied

Add

9595

constant

7207

6367
Subtract the equation for

Add

{s) to

(r)

(Table VII.)

91

6276

{()

6276

= (j)

5871 =()
This index

()

gives nakshatra No.

Hasta had already passed, and

this

16 Visakha (Table VIII., col. 6, 7,

proves that the date obtained above

is

8).

Therefore No. 13

incorrect.

Now

if Karttika in the given record be purnimanta, the amanta month corresponding (Table II.,
would be Asvina, the 7th month, and it is possible that Asvina kri. 30, falling back as it
does 29 or 30 days from the date calculated, might fall on a Sunday. Let us see if it did so.

Part

i)

d.

Chaitra sukla

180 (6

i,

expired

= 206

Saka d^i current

months)

15

80

(as above)

(sukla)

14

{see

abo7'e)

days

=20g

w.
6

(r)

(842)

206

286

(Do. VII.)

result gives us

9758

476

564

82

249

842

Ill

Monday, sukla 2nd.

Note that this tipproximate calculation, which

c.

278

280

The

h.

773

tithis

?:quation for {b) (249) (Table VI.)

Do.

a.

324

is

the

473

=W

'

same

as that by

method B, comes out

actually

nTong by two

days.

THE INDIAN CALENDAR.

100

d.

zv.

a.

82

249

842

22

677

73

9405

176

286

State the figures for this

Subtract value for two days (Table IV.)

284
Equation

for (b) (176)

(Table VI.)

265

(842)

(Do. VII.)

112

Do.

(f)

Therefore

sunrise on Saturday.

at

Sunday.

it

Here again we have not the correct

Now

let

is

837

i.e.,

9782

that tithi

date.

us suppose that the given year

month, Karttika,

c.

had (10,000 9782) 218 parts to

ended on Saturday, and cannot be connected with a

This gives Saturday krishna (30), amavasya.

run

b.

666

is

a current amanta year.

Then

the given

amanta, and the intercalary month was Bhadrapada. The given month would

be the 9th.
d.

Saka 666 current (Table I.)

months) + 15 (sukla) + 14 (as aboz/e) :=.26g

Chaitra .sukla

240 (for 8
days (Table IV.)

Equation

for

(/-)

iJo

61

1st,

(<)

tithies

w.
o

265

326

This

Friday,

c.

227

9737

617

726

26

454

953

180

78
6

us

b.

837

265

(454) (Table VI.)

(953) (Uo. VII.)

gives

a.

289

sukla

284

(/)

The preceding day is krishna amavasya, and this

no way be connected with a Sunday. This date is

ist.

on Thursday and can in

wrong. The amavasya of the previous month (29 days back) would end on a
Wednesday or perhaps Tuesday, so that cannot help us. If we go back yet a month more, it
That month could only be called
is possible that the krishna amavasya might fall on a Sunday.

therefore

ends

therefore

again

Karttika

if

it

were treated according to the purnimanta system and

The given month would then be

month.

the 7th in the year.

We

if

there were no intercalary

test this as usual.

d.

Chaitra .sukla
1

ist,

ti.

b.

c.

289

837

227

206

9758

476

564

267

47
269

3'3

791

(Table VI.)
(Do. VII.)

119

80 (6 expired months)
days (Table IV.)

Equation

for {h) (313)

Do.

(f)

(791)

w.

61

Saka 666 current

sukla

[as before)

209

tithis

= 206

435=/-

This

gives Tuesday,' ^ukla 2nd, two tithis in advance of the required one.

In this

cniu'

tlii'

I'eaull

by the

ii|i|ji'<ixiijiiiti'

mi'thiiJ

ur

II

nill

\k nroiig by tno

>ln\s.

THE MUHAMMADAN CALENDAR.

Wc may
year.

We

either subtract the value of (lu) (a) (h)

may add

or

obtained,

the value for

(f)

(2062 =) 204 days

for

roi

two days from

their value as already

to the value at the beginning of the

try the latter.

w.

d.

Chaitra sukla

1st,

Saka 666 current (Table

204 days (Table IV.)

Equation

for

Do.

(/;)

(')

61

I.)

204

265

(240) (Table VI.)

9370
280

(Do. VII.)

119

(786)

This gives us krishna amavasya,

= 265 = (Table

(^0
that

We

week-day

the

calculate

it

a.

289
9081

according to

97^9

(j)

786

t.

to

c.

l'^^

7860

by 10

7207

constant

Subtract the equation for

Add

240

rule.

multiplied

Add

559

If

already obtained

(c)

403

Sunday, as required.

/.

As

9769

c.

227

22nd September, 743 A.D. (Table I.). From Table XIII. we see
the nakshatra Hasta comes right, then this is the given date.

IX.)

right.

is

(i)

b.

837

(c)

5067
119

(786) (Table VII.)

4948

(/)

4717

4948

(.f)

= ()

This result gives No. 13 Hasta (Table VIII.) as required.

This therefore
data

were

that

mean and

is

imaginary.
not

The
Its equivalent A.D. is 22nd September, 743 A.D.
been taken from an actual record they would have proved
intercalary months were in use in A.D. 743, because we have found

the given date.

If

true

they had

was no intercalary month prior to the given month Karttika. The mean intercalary month
that year (Table I.) was the 9th month, Margasirsha, and of course Karttika was unaffected by it.
i6o(/J).
See page of Addenda and Errata.

that there
in

PART

V.

THE MUHAMMADAN CALENDAR.

161.
The Muhammadan era of the Hijra, or "flight," dates from the flight of Muhammad
(Anglice Mahomet) which took place, according to the Hissabi or astronomical reckoning, on the
But in the Hela/i, or chronological reckoning, Friday, July i6th,
evening of July 15th, A.D. 622.
is

made

the

initial

date.

The

era was introduced by the Khalif

Umar.

THE INDIAN CALENDAR.

I02

The year is purely lunar, and the month begins with the
new moon. The year is one of 354 days, and of 355

162.

moon

after the

months

have

alternately 30

month eleven times

last

lOth,

13th,

19th,

and

usual

list.

15th,

27th

i8th,

in

and 29 days each (but

24th,

26th,

These are usually taken as the 2nd,

and 29th

as intercalary instead of the 7th,

Ulug Beg mentions the

practice varies in different countries,

30 years are equal to (354 x

18th and 26th, though he mentions the

15th,

and sometimes even

10,631

5th, 7th,

but Jervis gives the 8th, i6th,

in the cycle,

i6th as a leap-year.

30+ 11=)

The

day added to the

see below), with an extra

a cycle of thirty years.

2ist,

heliacal rising of the

first

in intercalary years.

It

may be

taken as certain that the

same country.

at different periods in the

days and the mean length of the year

is

354,^ days.i

each Hijra

Since

year begins 10 or 11

days

civil

earlier than the last,

the course of

in

33 years the beginning of the Muhammadan year runs through the whole course of the seasons.
Table XVI. gives a complete list of the initial dates of the Muhammadan Hijra years
163.

from A.D. 300 to A.D.

The

900.

asterisk in col.

shews the leap-years, when the year consists

of 355 days, an extra day being added to the last month Zi'1-hijjat.
The numbers in brackets
following the date in col. 3 refer to Table IX. (see abo've, Art. pij), and are for purposes of

shewn below.

cilculaticn as

Muhammadan

Months.

Days.

Muharram

30

30

Rajab

Safar

29

59

Sha'ban

30

89

Rabi-ul akhir, or Rabi-us sani.

29

118

Ramazan
Shawwal

Jumada'l awwal

30

148

Zi-1-ka'da

Jumada'l akhir, or Jumada-s sani

29

177

Zi-I-hijja

awwal

Rabi-ul

first

new-moon

29

(the

amavasya day of the Hindu

first

tithi

luni-solar calendar),

however,

the

sunrise to sunrise
is

day.

civil

Saturday,
'

Muhammadan day

consists

always

entered

For instance,
the

\ year of

ist

day

the Hijra

rian years arc about c<jual to

it

30

follows that this rising

and that she

(sukla pratipada) of every lunar month,

the evening of the civil day corresponding to the 1st or 2nd

month

295

354/

3S5<

Muhammadan year invariably begins with the heliacal rising of the moon,
observed appearance on the western horizon shortly after the sunset following the

the end of the

As,

325

Since the

164.

her

29
30

29

In leap-years

or

30

207
236
266

30
.

if

to

Hindu

tithi

in

Hindu almanacks

of

moon

Muhammadan month
Gregorian year, and

of the Hijra, or

due about

which counts the day from

first

date of a

Muhammadan

as corresponding with the next following

the heliacal rising of the

= 0.970223

is

actually seen on

of the sukla (bright) fortnight.

practice,

of the period from sunset to sunset, the

of the

33 years

contrary

is

is,

in

Hindu

takes place shortly after sunset on a

Hindu pafichangs, coupled with

Gregorian ycai-=

030C9 ycare of the

more nearly 163 Gregoriau ycam are within

less

Hijra.

tlie

Thus 32Gri^-

than a day of 168 Hijra years.

THE MUHAMMADAN CALENDAR.

Sunday
of the

which

bec^ins

at

next

Ihc

Muhanimadan month begin

sunrise.

witli

Rut

the

03

Muhanimadan day and

{See Arl. jo, and

the Saturday sunset.

the

day

first

the paiichahg

extract attached.)
will be well to note that where the first tithi of a month ends not less than 5
two hours, before sunset, the heliacal rising of the moon will most probably take
place on the same evening but where the first tithi ends 5 ghatikas or more after sunset the

165.

It

ghatikas, about

heliacal rising

within

these

will

two

probably not take place

periods,

i.e.,

till

the following evening.

can only be ascertained by elaborate calculations.

it

is

noted that the heliacal rising of the

166.

It

must also

causes a difference

in

the

When

the

first

tithi

ends

ghatikas before or after sunset, the day of the heliacal rising

moon

In the

panchang extract appended

to Art.

takes place on the day corresponding to September

30

ist.

be specially noted that variation of latitude and longitude .sometimes

in a month; for since the beginning of the Muhammadan

number of days

moon, the month may begin a day earlier at one

may contain in one case a day more
Hence it is not right to lay down a law for all places in the world where
than in the other.
Muhammadan reckoning is used, asserting that invariably months have alternately 29 and 30
days. The month Safar, for instance, is said to have 29 days, but in the panchang extract given
above {Art. jo) it has 30 days. No universal rule can be made, therefore, and each case can

month depends on the

place

heliacal rising of the

than at another, and therefore the following month

only be a matter of calculation.

167.

The days

of the

'

week

The
are

rule

may

named

be accepted as

fairly

accurate.

as in the following Table.

Days of the Week.

THE INDIAN CALENDAR.

104

The

Catholic

dates

found

be

will

in Professor

" VergleichungsTabellen

R. Wiistenfeld's

der Miihainiiiadanisckcn iind Christlichen Zcitrcclumng" {Leipzic 18^4).

To convert a date A.H.

into

a date A.D.

Rule I. Given a Muhammadan year, month, and date. Take down {w) the week169.
day number of the initial day of the given year from Table XVI., col. 2, and {d) the date-indicator
in brackets given in col. 3 of the same Table
{Art. i6t, and pj above)
Add to each the
collective

of the
to

up

duration

to the

minus

given date

the

week by

end of the month preceding the one given, as also the moment of
in Art. i6j above).
Of the two totals the first gives the day

{Table

casting out sevens, and the second gives the day of the

month with reference

Table IX.

Rule 2. Where the day indicated by the second total falls on or after February 29th in
an English leap-year, reduce the total by one day.
Rule 3. For Old and New Style between Hijra 991 and 1165 see the preceding article.

Example

i.

Required the English equivalent of 20th Muharram, A.H. 1260.

A.H. 1260 begins (Table XVI.) January 22nd, 1844.

{w) Col. 2

Given date minus

Cast out sevens

22

rr 19

19

21

41

Saturday,

Examplf;

2.

= (177

15th,

-f

This
that

last

care

Indian Diary,

1.

1893.

w.
o

196

8)=

185

185

185

381 =Jan.

(26) 3

Tuesday,

loth.

=: Saturday.

Required the English equivalent of 9th Rajab, A.H. 131

9th Rajab

viz.,

IX.) Feb.

February loth, A.D. 1844.

A.H. 1311 begins July

Answer.

= (Table

21

o
Answer.

(d) Col. 3

d.

6th,

1S94.

Tuesday.

January i6th, A.D. 1894.

example has been designedly introduced to prove the point we have insisted on
must be exercised in dealing with Muhammadan dates. According to Traill's

Comparative Table of Dates, giving the correspondence of English, Bengali, N.W.

1st corresponded with January 9th,
Letts and Whitaker give Rajab ist

"Samvat", Muhammadan, and Burmese dates, Rajab

and therefore Rajab 9th was Wednesday, January 17th, but
Fasali,

as

corresponding

our Tables.

with

January

8th,

and therefore Rajab 9th

Tuesday,

January 16th, as by

THE

.MLII.\MM.\n.\X CALENDAR.

To convert a date A.D.

Rule

170.

Muhammadan
XVI.,

col.

A.H.

Take down (w) the week-day number of the

I.

year, or the year previous

and

2,

into a date

if

the given date

falls

may

duration

given

day of the corresponding

date, from Table

its initial

[d) the corresponding date-indicator in brackets as given in col. 3.

be.

the remainder to

.-Xdd

From

(zy).

by

in

Subtract

Table IX., Parts

or

i.

ii.

(f)

as

the same remainder subtract the collective

the Table in Art. 163 above which

in

totals (ic) gives,

initial

before

from the collective duration up to the given A.D. date, as given

the case

105

next lowest, and add

is

casting out sevens, the day of the week, and

(</)

r.

the date of the

Of

these two

Muhammadan

montli following that whose collective duration was taken.

When

is in a leap-year, and falls on or after February 29th,

more than 365 (taken from the right-hand side of Table IX.), and
the year preceding it was a leap-year, add i to the collective duration given in Table IX.
Rule 3. For Old and New Style see above. Art. 167.

Rule

or

when

2.

its

the given English date

date-number

is

Example. Required the Muhammadan equivalent of January i6th, 894 A.D.

Since by Table XVI. we see that A.H. 1312 began July 5th, 1894 A.D., it

we must

take the figures of the previous year.

clear that

196
16th (Table IX.)

Jan.

-381

196
185

185
7

is

This gives us the following

185
I

(26)

3:= Tuesday.

Coll. dur. (Art.

163)

177
8

Answer.

Tuesday,

9
Rajab

9th,

A.H. 131

Perpetual

By the kindness
madan Calendar, which

of Dr.
is

J.

verj'

Calendar gives a choice of four or

found,

that case our

Muhammadan

Calendar.

Burgess we are able to publish the following perpetual Muhammay be found of use. Where the week-day is known

be

in

1.

simple and

this

and

own

five

days

in

the month.

But where

it is

not

known

it

must

process will be the simpler, besides fixing the day exactly

instead of merely giving a choice of several days.

io6

THE TNDIAN CALENDAR.

TABLES.

......,

THE INDIAN CALENDAR.

TABLE
Lunnlion-parls

lO.OOOM.v of a

CONCURRENT

circle.

I.

tithi

'/'"'''

YTIAR.

of

the moon's si/nodic retolutiou.

ADDED LUNAR MONTHS

II.

True.

Time

of the

preceding
cjxle
(Norllievn)

Name

Time

of the
succeeding

sankrflnti

sai'ikranti

espresscd in

expressed in

of

(Soulhcru.)

current

month.

a \^

Mesha

at

saiikrfinti.

6
3402

300-

3403

301-

48 Ananda.

3404

302-

49
50 Anala

47 Pramddin
7 Asvina

3405

303-

3406

304-

3407

305-

3408

306-

53 Siddharthin

3409

307-

54 Raudra

3410

*308-

3411

309-

3412

310-

57 Rudhirodu;firi

3413

311-

58 Raktfikaha

3414

*312-

51 Pingala

Durmati

56 Duudabhi

1)

6 Bhadrapada.

60 Kshaya
Prabhava

3416

314-

2 Vibhava

3417

315-

3 Sukla

3418

*316-

4 Pramoda.

3419

317-

5 Prajapati,

3420

318-

G Aiigiras

3421

319-

7 Sriraukha

648

3 Jycshtha.

29.757

3422

*320-

8 Bhiva

321-

9 Yuvaii

3424

322-

10 Dhatri

3425

323-

11 Isvara

3426

324-

3427

325-

13 Pramftthin

3428

326-

14 Vikrama ....

3429

327-

15 Vrisha

3430

328-

3431

329-

17 Subh&nu.

3432

330-

18 Tflrava

3433

331-

19 PArthiva

8434

332-

Krodhana, No. 59, was suppressed.

9767

3423

')

28.755

Sravaiia.

52 Kftlayukta.

313-

341

287

312

9770

12 Bahudbunya
.

8 Jycshtha

28.227

16 Chitrablulnu

-'0

Vmuu..

848

6 llhildrapada
,

360

THE HINDU CALENDAR.

TABLE
{Col.

23) a z= Distance of moon

ADDED

II
'

NAl!

(continiii

from

.tun.

(Cot.

I.

moon's mean anomaly.

HI.

(Col.

COMMENCEMKNT

25) c

sun's

mean anomaly.

HI' Till:

it

Meau.
of the
preceding

of

zz:

MONTHS

Time

Name

24) b

Solar year.

Time

of the

sankri^iiti

expressed in

expressed in

At Sunrise on
meridian of Dijain.

(Time of the Mesha

succeediiifc

saiikrflnti

Luni-Solar year. (Civil day of Chaitra Sukla Ut.)

saiikrilDti.)

Day

Day
and Month

By

mouth.
A. D.

Week

the Arya

Siddh&nta.

and Month

Week
day.

A. D.

dov.

9a

10a

11a

12a

13
16 Mar.

287

6 BhAdrapada.

'A

1 1

Jyeshtha.

29.874

0.796

Magha

9793

29.380

0.302

Chaitra.

9914

29.743

0.605

9750

29.249

0.171

9 Marsaslrsha

6 Bh&drapada.

29.678

2 Vaisdkha.

9728

29.184

0.106

M&gha.

9871

29.612

0.534

11

7 Asvina.

14

15

17

19

20

21

22 23 24 26
I

THE [NDfAN CALENDAR.

TABLE

I.

THE HfNDU CAfRNDAR.

TAHLK
(Vol.

2!!)

(I

Distance of

mum

from

sun.

(Col.

iV) h r=

ADDED LUNAR MONTHS

Mean.

Name

uf

of the

of the

siuTcedinf;

sai'ikrfinti

sai'iknlnti

(Col.

25) r

saiikr4nti.)

Week

A. D.

the

1st.)

Moon's

Day

By

month.

mean anomaly

At Sunrlso on
meridian of njjaln.

(Time of the Mcsha

and Month

sun's

Luni-Solar year. (Civilday of tlaitra.Siikla

Day

expressed in

f'OMJlENCEMENT OF THE

Solar year.

Time

prioeding
expressed in

meiin anomaly.

III.

(continued.)

Time

I.

moons

Age.

Week

and Month

Arya

day.

A. D.

Siddh&nta.

day.

14

13

17 Mar. (76) OSat.

1 Ash&dha

29.647

0.897

29.975

9827

29.481

9970

29.909

277

7 Asv

29.844

29.350

17 Mar. (76) 5 Thur

3437

Mar. (61) 2 Mon.

.909

282

839

3438

3439

Fri.

.516

158

686

.705

192

622

3440

17 -Mar. (76) OSat.

17

26 Feb. (57) 2 Mon.

.708

68

469

3441

.966

3442

Sun.

23

9 Mar. (68)

20 16 Mar

ISun.

(76)

103

406

.777 9979

253

3443

.237

100

3444

36

.3445

17 Mar. (76) 3 Tues.

17 Mar. (76) 4 Wed.

11

45 22 Feb. (53) 2 Mon.

Thur

17

57 13 Mar. (72) ISun.

.180

10

.525

103

920

3446

Wed

.984

318

803

3447

(69) 2 .Mon

.060

14

703

3448

228 586

3449

17 Mar. (76)

0.766

17

Sun

32

5 Mar. (64)

22 20 Feb (51) 4

Mar

12

35 10

(76) 3 Tues.

IS

47 28 Feb.

iMai-.

17 Mar. (77) 5 Thur.

17 Mar. (76) 6 Fri.

Thur

2 Mar. (62) 6 Fri.

17 Mar. (76) 2 Mon.

12

(59) OSat.

17 Feb. (48) 4

Wed

104

433

3450

6 Mar..(65) 2

Mon

.186 9800

333

3451

17 Mar. (76) OSat.

13

25 24 Feb. (55) OSat.

876

14

217

17 Mar. (76) ISun.

19

37 15 Mar,.(74) 6Fi-i.

909

49

152

17 Mar. (77) 3 Tues.

17 Mar. (76) 4 Wed.

29.285

0.207

17 Mar. (76) 6 Fri.

Thur

50

3 Mar.,(63) 3 Tues

2 21 Feb. (52)

Sun.

14

15 12 Mar, (71) OSat.

20

27

Mar. (60) 4 Wed.

17 Mar. (77) 1 Sun.

40 18 Feb.

17 Mar. (76) 2 Mon.

52

17 Mar. (76) 3 Tues.

15

17 Mar. (76) 4 Wed.

21

17 Mar. (76) OSat.

29.647

Thur

17 Mar. (77) 6 Fri.

2 Vais&kha...

956

55

0.701

Srflvaoa.

68

42 18 Feb. (49) 6

fi

29.778

9 Mirgasirsha

.510

10

17 Mar. (76)
12 Phillguna.

213 3436

Wed

21 Feb. (52)

Fri.

0.338

0.272

244 3435

20

30

17 Mar. (77) OSat.

11 Mfigha.

172

33

22

17 Mar. (76)

2 Vais'akha.... 9805

157

17 12 Mar. (71) 4

16 Mar. (76)

6 BhSdrapada.

.963

.579

16

(76) 3 Tuea.

22 23 24

Thur

17 Mar. (76) 2 Mon.

Mar

21

4 Mar,.(63) ISun,

10

17 Mar. (76)
9 Mftrgasirsha

52

17 Mar. (76) ISun.

16

9992

20

19

17

3
9

17 Mar. (76) ISun.

15

17 Mar. (76) 2 Mon.

22

17 Mar. (77) 4 Wed.

17 Mar. (76) 5 Thur

10

192 9924 1000

241 3454

.561

139

213 3455

.558

173

819

3456

204

49

666

3457

165

925

883

514

3458

144

432

450

3459

110

3460

(49) 1 Sun.

8 Mar. (67) OSat.

345

2723433

330

297

17 16 Mar. (75) 3 Tues.

148 .444 9870

233

3461

30

318

954

116

3462

210 9960

963

3463

52 .156 9994

900

3464

209

783

3465

84

630

5 Feb. (56) 4

Mar. (65)

42 22 Feb. (53)

Wed.

Sun.

Thur.

55 13 Mar. (72) 4 Wed.

7

Mar

20 20 Feb.

70

636

(62) 2 .Mon.

212

(51) 6 Fri,

124 .372

32llOM.ar.(69)

5Thur 202

.606

83

119

3466
2591.3467

...

THE INDIAN CALENDAR.

TABLE
LutKition-jjiirtx

I.

=: 10,000// of u

circle.

tiihi

1.

''mtli

CONCURRENT YEAR.

the moon's si/nodk resolution.

of

ADDED LUNAR MONTHS.

11.

True.

Time

of the
preceding

Brihaspati
cycle

(Northern)
(SoUtllcTIl.)

current

Name

of

Time

of the
succeeding

saiikrunti

sankranti

expressed in

expressed in

niontti.

Mesha

at

sai'iki'anti.

424

366-07

54 Raudra

3469

290

425

367-68

55 Durmati

3470

291

426

'368-69

3471

292

427

369-70

57 Rudhirodgririu

3472

293

428

370-71

58 Kaktaksha

3473

294

429

371-72

59 Krudhana

3474

295

430

372-73

347

296

431

373-74

3476

297

432

374-75

2 Vibhava

3477

29S

433

375-76

3 Sukla

3478

299

434

*376-77

3479

300

435

377-78

3480

301

436

378-79

6 Aiigiras

3481

302

437

379-80

3482

303

438

*380-81

8 Bhava

3483

304

439

381-82

9 Yuvan

3484

30

440

382-83

3485

306

441

388-84

3486

307

442

*384-85

3487

308

443

385-86

3488

309

444

386-87

14 Vikrama

3489

3468

12 Phulguna

56 Dundubhi

Prabhava

9747

4 Pramoda
6 BhiVlrapada.

Prajapati

Srimnkha ....

9202

10 DhStri
11 {svara

12 liahudhunya..

13 PraTiulthiu

310

445

387-88

15 Vrisha

446

388-89

16 Chitrabhfinu.

3491

312

417

389-90

17 Siibhunu

349:

313

448

390-91

18 Tflraya

3493

314

449

391-92

19 Parthiva

3494

315

450

392-93

20 Vyaya

349

316

451

393-94

21 Sarvajit

3496

317

452

394-95

22 SarvadhHrin

3497

318

453

395-96

23 Virodbin

3498

319

454

396-97

24 Vikrita

3499

320

45.'

397-98

25 Kliara

3500

321

450

398-99
20, was supiircswd.

28.722

60 Kshaya

3490 311

.Nnndaiia, No.

29.742

27

Viji.ya.,

12 Phr.lgu

5 SravSua.

9687

9875

6 Bhildrnpada.

9831

270

THE HINDU CALENDAR.

TABLE
{Col.

23) a ^=. Uinlance of moon

II.

from

sun.

(Cot. 2+) b z::

moon's mean unomuly.

ADDED LUNAR MONTHS

III.

(continued.)

Mean.

Time

of the

preceding

Name

of the
succeeding

aankrftnti

sankrtlati

eiprcssed in

expressed in

of

[Col.

25) c ^r sun's mean anomaly.

COMiMENCE.\lENT OF THE
Luni-Solar year. (Ciril day of Chaitra Sukla Ut.)

Solar year.

Time

1.

At Sunrise on
meridian uf Ujjaln

(Time of the Mesha

saiikrinti

Moon's

Day

Day

and Month

and Month

By

month.

Week

A. D.

the

Arya

Siddhdnta.

Week
day.

A. D.

day.

8a
0.076

7 Asvina

0.010

12 Ph&lguna...

9 Mftrgasirsha

3 SrSrana.

0.439

0.867

9817

29.879

0.801

29.386

0.308

13

14

Mar.

erri.

41

52

17 Mar.

OSat.

57

24

17

17 Mar.

2 Men.

12

55

17 Mar.

3 Tues.

28

26

17 Mar.

4 Wed.

43

57

17 Mar.

5 Thur.

59

29

17 Mar.

OSat.

15

17 Mar.

Sun.

30 31

17 Mar.

Mon.

46

18 Mar.

4 Wed.

34

17 Mar.

5 Thnr.

17

17 Mar.

GFri.

32

17 Mar.

OSat.

48

0.736

12 Phaiguna.

9773

29.320

0.242

9916

29.748

0.670

36

18 Mar.

2 Mon.

17 Mar.

3 Tues.

19

10

17 Mar.

4 Wed.

34

41

Thur.

50

12

44

17 Mar.

.5

18 Mar.

OSat.

17 Mar.

7 .\svina.

19

15

17

Mar.

ISun.
2

39

21

15

Mon.

36

4fi

17 Mar.

3 Tues.

52

17

18 Mar.

5 Thur.

49

17 Mar.

6Fri.

23

20

17 Mar.

OSat.

38

51

17 Mar.

18 Mar.

54

22

3 Tues.

54

17 Mar.

4 Wed.

25

17 Mar.

17 Mar.

6Fri.

Sun.

Thur.

40 56
56

27

18 Mar.

Sun.

11

59

17 Mar.

Mon

27

30

17 Mar.

3 Tnes

43

Mar.

4 W.d.

58

32

17

27 Feb.

20

Ane.

THE INDIAN CALENDAR.

TABLE
Luiiulioii-parts nr: in,(l()ll/^.(

I.

of a

circle.

tithi

I.

'/suM

CONCURRENT YEAR.

of

the mootix synodic retoliiiion.

ADDED LUNAR MONTHS.

II

True.

Time

of the
preceding
sankrSnti
expressed in

Brihaspati
eyclc

(Northern)

Name

Time

of the
succeeding
sankrfinti

expressed in

of

(Southern.)

current
at

month.

Mesha

sankrilnti.

3a
3501

3502
3503

3504
3505

3507

10

11

THE HINDU CALENDAR.

TABLE
{Col. 23)
II.

:zz

Distance of moon

from

sun.

{Cot.

24) b

ADDED LUNAK MONTHS

Mean.

Time

of the

Solar year.

Time

of the

preccJini;

succeeding

sankr&nti
expressed in

saiikrunti

of

A. D.

12a

SrAvapa.

14

13

15

17
4

37 23 Feb. (54; 4 Wed.

171

35

11

50 13 Mar. (73 3 Tues.

206

3502

45

18

82

3503

(77;

ISun.

4 Wed.

16

15 19 Feb. (50; 4 Wed.

995

3504

27 10 Mar. (69 3 Tnes.

9992

3505

6 Bh&drapada.

0.771

0.278

7 Mar.

(66;

9902

3507

4 Wed.

192

117

3508

_,

9992

32

27

3510

14

24 Feb. (55 ISun.

14 Mar. (74 OSat.

17 Mar. (76 i Wed.

49

16

18 Mar. (77 6 Fri.

4 47

Thur

306

241

3511

21 Feb. (52; 2

Mon.

313

117

3512

73

9813

3513

Thur

304

27

3514

Mon.

104

9903

3515

82

9938

3516

201

152

3517

202

3518

(77;

OSat.

20

19

11 Mar. (70

OSat.

17 Mar.

(77!

ISun.

35

50

29 Feb. (60

17 Feb. (48 2

17 Mar. (76; 2 Mod.

51

21

18 Mar. (77 4 Wed.

52

22

14

26 Feb. (57 6 Fri.

17 Mar. (77 6 Fri.

37

55

16 Mar. (76

17 Mar. (76; OSat.

53

26

57

22 Feb.

29

13 Mar. (72

Thur.

18 Mar. (77

3 Tues.

24

17 Mar.

(77!

4 Wed.

40

17 Mar.

(76;

Thur.

18 Mar. (77

ISnn.

55

8 Mar. (67

31

77

OSat.

9973
9849

3522

9724

3523

(48;

ISun.

7 Mar. (66; OSat.

15 24 Feb. (55 4 Wed.

13

39

11

27 15

\i

10

IT

-40

Mar (74

3 Tues,

Mar

OSat

(l'.3

3521

153

50 17 Feb.

28

3519

3520

122

(58; 3 Tues.

63

9938

Mon.

9 Mar. (68; 5 Thnr.

23

80

64

5 Thur.

37 27 Feb.

16

Mar. (61

10

Mar

(53; 6Fi-i.

36

17

Mar. (64 2 Mon.

34

57

Thur

Thur

11

42

Sun.

26

17 Mar. (76 3 Tues.

18 Mar. (77

18 Feb. (49 6 Fri.

17 Mar. (77 2 Mon.

35

4 Mar. (63

18 Mar.

18 Mar. (77 6 Fri.

See Text. Art. 101 above,

17 Mar. (76 6 Fri.

45

18 Mar. (77 OSat.

257

42

33

18 Mar. (77 2 Mon.

29.421

11

18

18 Mar. (77

9972

47

Mon.

17 Mar. (77

9829

Sun.

3 Tues.

18 Mar. (77: 2

0.902

2 Mar. (61 OSat.

3501

27 Feb. (58

(76; 6 Fri.

18 Mai-. (77

29.980

23

14

17 Mar.

0.474

22

29

17 Mar. (77

29.552

20

19

17 Mar. (77 OSat.

18 Mar. (77 3 Tues.

day.

A. D.

18 Mar. (77 ePri.

18 Mar.

29.617

Age.

Week

and Month

the Arya

Siddhanta.

17 Mar. (76

9872

Moon's

Day

By

Ist.)

At Sunrise on
meridian of Ujjain.

sankrfinti.)

expressed in

11a

THE

(Time of the >Iesha

month.

10a

01'

Luni-Solar year. (Civil day of Chaitra Sukla

Day
and Month

8a

25) c := sun's mean annmali/.

{Col.

CO.MMENCE.MENT

III.

(conttnufd.J

Name

I.

moon's mean anomaly.

0-30

9759

3524

9973

3525

188

3526

222

3527

98

3528

133

3529

3530

....
.
..

THE INDIAN CALENDAR.

TABLE
Lii(itio)i-parts

I.

10,0U0/^4 of a

circle.

I.

=:

tiihi

'/:t"M

nf

the moon's synodic retotiiiion.

CONCUKKEXT YEAK.

n.

ADDED I.UNAK MONTHS,

True.

Time of

the
preceding

Brihaspati

sankrflnti

cycle

Name

(Northern)

expressed in
of

(Southei'u.)

month.

Mesha

at

saukr&nti.

352

487

429-

58 Raktaksba

3533 353

488

430-

59 Krodhana

60 Kshaya

S531

..

Prajapati..

3533

354

489

431-

3534

355

490

432-

3535

356

491

433-

2 Vibhava

3536

357

492

434-

3 Sukla

3537

358

493

435-

4 Pramoda.

3538

359

494

436-

3539

360

495

437-

6 Angiras

3540

361

496

438-

3541

362

497

439-

8 Bhava

354:;

363

49S

440-

9 Ynvan

3543

364

499

441-

10 DhStri

3544

365

500

442-

11 Isvara

3545

366

501

443-

13 Kahudhftuja.

Prabhava

9870

6 Bhadrapada..

Srimukha

6 Bhadrapada.

3546

367

502

444-

13 Pramathin

3547

368

503

445-

14 Vikrama.

3548

369

504

446-

15 Vrisba

3549

370

505

447-

16 Chitrabhfinu

3550

371

506

448-

3551

372

507

449-

3552

373

508

450-

19 Purtbiva

3553

374

509

451-

20 Vyaya

3654

375

510

453-

3555

376

511

453-

22 Sarvadhuriu

3556

377

512

454-

23 Virodhin

355:

378

513

455-

24 Vikrita

355!

379

514

456-

3559

380

515

457-

26 Nandnna.

3560

381

516

458-

27 Vijaya

28 Java

17 Subhanu.

28.824

.572

18 Taraiia

21 Sarvajit

29.685

Uhildrapada..

25 Khai'B

3561

382

517

459-

3562

383

518

460-

29 Manmatha.

3563

384

519

461-

30 Durinuklia

6 Uhiidrnpada.

Time

of the
succeeding
sunkr&nti
expressed in

THE HINDU CALENDAR.

TABLE
{Vol.

2.'!)

11

a n; Distance

of

from

inoon

fun.

(Cot.

24) h

moon'.i

ADDED LUNAR MONTHS

III.

(continued.)

Mean.

Time of

the
preceding
saiikr&nti

Name

nf

expressed iu

1.

mean anomalj/.

.vtf'.v

mean

Luni-Solar year. (Civil day of Chaitra Sukia

(Time of the Mesha

succeeding

meridian of Ujjaln.

sankr&nti.)

saiikr&nti
in

Moon's

Day

Day
and Month

By

month.

Week

A. D.

the

Week

and Month

Arya

A.

Siddhinta.

Age.

day.

dav

8a

11

M^ha.

10a

12a

29.784

0.706

29.290

0.212

9741

9 Margasirsha.

9720

29.653

0.575

29.159

0.081

14

13

9698

11

Magha.

9841

29.093

29.522

0.016

0.444

Sun

59

41

20 Feb

4 Wed.

3 Tucs.

15

12

11 Mar.

3 Tues

18 Mar.

4 Wed.

30

44

28 Feb.

OSat.

Thur

46

15

18 Feb.
8 Mar.

Mar

9962

9797

29.885

29.391

0.807

0.313

Thur

Wed

18 Mar.

OSat,

46

18 Mar.

Sun

17

17

26 Feb.

Mon

18 Mar.

2 Mon.

32

49

17 Mar.

Suu.

48

20

Thur

17 Mar.

3 Tues

18 Mar.

5 Thur.

5 Mar.

22 Feb.

2 Mon.

OSat.

18 Mar.

6 Fri.

19

22

12 Mar.

18 Mar.

OSat.

34

54

2 Mai-.

17 Mar.

50

25

19 Feb.

Sun.

Mar

Thur

2 Mon.

18 Mar.

3 Tues.

56

10

18 Mar.

4 Wed.

21

27

27 Feb.

6 Fri.

Thur.

36

59

18 Mar.

Thur

52

30

6 Mar.

Mon.

17 Mar.

6 Fri.

18 Mar.

1 Sun.

18 Mar.

Mon.

23

32

18 Mar.

3 Tues.

39

23 Feb.
14

17 Mar.

4 Wed.

54

35

21 Feb.

6 Fri.

10

11 Mar.

18 Mar.

OSat.

25

37

Mar

Mar

Mon.

6 Fri.

Mar

3 Mar.

18 Mar.

Thur.

2 Mon.
OSat.
6Fi-i

4 Wed.

Sun.

41

18 Feb.

17 Mar.

Mon.

56

40

8 Mar.

18 Mar.

4 Wed.

12

11

25 Feb.

18 Mar.

5 Thui-.

27

42

18 Mar.

6 Fri.

43

14

17 Mar.

Sat.

58

45

22 Feb.

4 Wed.

18 Miir.

2 Mon.

14

16

12 Mar.

3 Tnes.

18 Mar.

3 Tucs.

29

47

2 Mar.

18 Mar.

4 Wed.

45

19

19 Feb.

50

9 Mar.

21

27 Feb.

18

0.378

20

19

18 Mar.

18 Mar.

170

17

15

17 Mar.

17

29.718

anomuli/.

At Bonrise on

of thi

expressed

25) r

COMMENCEMENT OK THE

Solar year.

Time

{Col.

8 Mar.

6 Fri.

Mar

OSal.

16

6 Mar.
5

Mar.

ISun.
OSat.

4 Wed.
3 Tucs.

OSat

Sun.

Thur.
4 Wed.
2

Mon.

22 23 24
166

1st.)

..

..

THE INDIAN CALENDAR.

TABLE
LunatUm-jiarls

I.

10,OOOMs nf a

cirrle.

I.

tithi

'/aoM

of

the moon's si/tiodic revolution.

CONCURRENT YEAR.

ADDED LUNAR MONTHS.

a,

True.

Time
Brihaspati

of the

preceding

cycle

(Northern)

Name

(Southern.)

current

succeeding
sahkr&nti

expressed in

cipressed in

of

month

Mesha

at

sankranti.

10

3a
Hemalambn

3561

385

462-63

31

3565

386

463-64

32 Vilamba

3566

387

'464-65

33 Vikarin

3567

388

465-60

34 sarvari

3568

389

466-67

35 Plava

3509

390

467-68

36 Subhakrit

3570

391

*468-69

37 Sobhana

357!

392

469-70

38 Krodhin

3572

393

470-71

39 Vis'vavasu

3573

39-1

471-72

40 Parabhava

3574

395

*472-73

357

396

473-74

42 Kilaka

3570

397

474-75

43 Saumya

3577

398

475-76

44

3578

399

*476-77

3579

400

477-78

46 Paridhivin

35

401

478-79

47 Pramfidin

3581

402

479-80

48 Auanda

3882

403

*480-81

3583

404

481-82

3584

405

482-83

3585

406

483-84

3580

407

484-85

3587

408

485-86

3588

409

486-87

3589

410

487-88

3590 411

*488-89

6 Bhadrapada.

29.811

49 Rakshasa

7 Asviua.

50 Anala
.

51

Piiigala

1)

53 Siddhftrthin.

55 Dnrmati

56 Dundubhi

9953

54 Raudra

3 Jvcshlha.

9476

8 KArttika

9928

57 Riidhirodg&rin

10 Pimilm(Ksh^

489-90

59 Krodhana

3592

413

190-91

60 Kshaya

3893 414

491-92

415

492-93

493-94

3595
KAlayukta, No. 52, was

aujiprcssud.

29.784

58 Raktilksha

412

')

4 Ashiidha

Siidharai.ia

45 Virodhakrit..

3591

8594

...

41 Plavanga

3 .Sukla

Chailra..

PrabbavB.

2 Vibhava.

6 BhAdrapada..

Time of the

sanln'anti

64

0.192

9887

29.661

THE HINDU CALENDAR.

TABLE
[Cot.

i'X)

(I

zir

{Cui -M)

Distance of mnoii fro>,i sun.

ADDED LLNAR MONTHS

Mean.
of the
preceding
saiikrfinti

Name

of

expressed in

mean aiiomah/.

succeeding
sankr&nti
expressed in

tun

25)

mean

an\oinaty.

Luni-Solar year. (Civil day of Chaitra Sukia

Solar year.

Time of the

{Cot.

COMMENCEMENT OF THE

111.

(continued.)

Time

I.

iioon'x

//

1st.)

At Sunrise on
meridian of UJJaln.

(Time of the Mesha

saiikr&nti.)

Day

Day
and Month

By

luoiitb.

A. D.

Week

the

Week

and Month

Arya

day.

A. D.

Siddhunta

day.

9a

10a

11a

12a

18 Mar. (77)

18 Mar, (77)

Sun.

18 Mar. (77) 2 Men.

29.819

6 Bh&drapada.

247

0.741

24 Feb.

3566

Sun.

285 .855

3567

Thur

110 .330 9881

3568

95

3569

130

3570

7 .021

.3571

246 .738

220

3572

18 Mar. (77) 3 Tues.

28 Feb. (59) 6

18 Mar. (77) 4 Wed.

18 Feb. (49) 4 Wed.

18 Mar. (77) 5 Thur,

8 Mar. (67) 2 Mon.

Fri.

26 Feb. (57) OSat.

15 Mar. (74) 5

15

3574

83 .249 9826

319 .957

3575

Sat.

120 .360 9916

3577

12 Mar. (72) 6 Fri.

99 .297 9951

21

18 Mar. (77) 6Fri.

24

18 Mar. (77 OSat.

40

16

19 Feb. (50)

18 Mar. (77)

55

22

10 Mar. (69) OSat.

22 Feb.

(53)

2 Mar. (61^ 4 Wed.

1

Sun.

18 Mar. (78 3 Tues.

11

27 Feb. (58) 4 Wed.

Wed.

26

10

17 Mar. (76) 3 Tues.

Thur.

(77) 4

3573

130

3576

53

Sun.

321 .963

Thur

Mar. (64) 3 Tues.

18 Mar. (78) 5 Thur

6 .018 9916

41

18 Mar. (77) 3 Tues.

3578

216 .648

165

44 .132

41

3580

91 .273

76

3581

71 .213

3579

951

3582

164 .492 9986

3583

132 .396 9861

3584

42

16

18 Mar. (77) 6Fri.

57

23

18 Mar. (78)

13

18 Mar. (77) 2 Mon,

28

11

32

ISun

102

)986

3587

18 Mar. (77) 3 Tues.

44 22

17

45 21 Feb. (52) 6 Fri.

233

201

3588

18 Mar. (77) 4 Wed.

23

57 12 Mar. (71) 5 Thur.

239

235

3589

Mon.

144

Sun.

55

6 Mar. (65) OSat.

7 23 Feb. (54)

Wed.

0-7

.021

20 13 Mar. (73) 3 Tues. 0-14

3 Mar. (62)

973

3585

9772

3586

59

54

Fri.

15

25

18 Mar. (77) OSat.

30

66

12

22 17 Feb. (48) 6 Fri.

429 9987

18

35

681

Sun.

46

27

19 Mar. (78) 3 Tues

59

18 Mar. (78) 4 Wed.

17

30

18 Mar.

33

13

18 Mar. (77)

2.

235 .703 9970

230 .690

18 Mar. (78) 6

See Text. Art. 101 above, para.

3565

Mon.

208 .624

18 Mar. (77

0.479

3564

11 Mar. (71) 2 Mon.

18 Mar.

9710

257 .771

255 .765

21 Feb. (52) 3 Tues.

18 Mar. (77) 1 Sun.

5 Srivana.

Sun.

Thur

18 Mar. (78) 2 Mon.

18 Mar. (78) OSat.

9874

22 23 24

18 Mar. (77) OSat.

18 Mar. (77) 2 Mon.

9 Mirgasirsha

3 Mar. (62)

18 Mar. (77) 6 Kri.

9731

(55) 2

14 Mar. (73)

18 Mar. (77) 5 Thur.

7 Asiina.

7 Mar. (66) 5

Wed.

18 Mar. (78) 4

20

19

17

14

13

7) 5

Thur.

10

:9

Feb. (60) 2

8 Mar. (67) 5 Thur.

47 25 Feb. (56) 3 Mon.

15 Mar. (75) 1 Sun.

\i

4Mar.

(63i

5Thur.0.

3590

432
486

199 3591

21

250 3592

531 9897

2193593

.621 9932

2713594

9807

2403595

THE INDIAN CALENDAR.

TABLE
Lull n lion-parts

I.

=r 10,000Mi of a

rirrle.

tithi

I.

=r

^'laith

CONCURRENT YEAR.

of

(he

moon's synodic rnolution.

ADDED LUNAR MONTHS.

II.

Trae.

Time
Brihaspati

(Northern)
(Southern.)

current
at

Name

of the

preceding
sankrSnti
eiprcssed in

cycle

Time

of the
succeeding
sankr&nti

of

month.

Mesha

sankrSnti.

11
3596

417

3597

418

553

3598

419

554

3599

420

555

3B00

421

556

3601

422

B57

3602 423

558

3603

424

659

3604

425

560

3605

426

561

3606

427

562

361)7

428

563

3608

429

564

3609

430

56

36111

431

560

3()11

432

567

3612

433

568

3613

434

569

3614

-435

570

55

361

571

3616

572

3R17

573

3618

574

3619

575

3620

576

3621

577

3622

57S

3823

579

3624

580

362;

681

3626

496-

THE HINDU CALENDAR.

TABLE
(CoL 23) a
II

DisUince of moon

from

sun.

(Col.

24) h

ADDED LUNAR MONTHS

III.

(continued )

Mean.

Time

of t&e

prccidinf:

Name

of

I.

=: moon's mean unnmaly.

COMMKNCEMENT

Solar year.

Time

of the
succeeding

sai'ikrfinti

saiikr&nti

expressed in

expressed in

[Col.

zr: sun's

25) r

01'

Luni-Solar year. (Civil day of Chaitra Sukla Ut.)

At Sanrlsa on
mertdlan of Ujjain.

saiikr&nti.)

Moon'e

Day

Day

and Month

By

A. D.

Week

rinomtily.

TIIK

(Time of the Mesha

month.

mean

Age.

Week

and Month

the Arya

dav.

A. D.

Siddhanta.

day.

9a
9973

10a
29 920

11a

13

14

18 Mar.

12a
0.842

9809

29.426

0.348

9 Mirgasirsha.

29.295

3 Jyeshtha

12 Phalguna.

29.230

29.658

0.711

0.217

0.152

0.580

5 Sr&vana

See Teit, Art. 101, para. 2.

20

19

21

23 24

6Fri.

22 Feb.

3 Tues

109

22

3596

ISun.

13 Mar.

2 Mon.

96

57

3597

18 Mar.

2Mon

19

35

OSat.

271

271

3598

18 Mar.

3 Tues.

35

19 Feb

4 Wed.

206

147

3599

18 Mar.

4 Wed.

50

37

10 Mar.

3 Tues.

287

181

3600

19 Mar.

6Fri.

27 Feb.

OSat.

289

57

3601

18 Mar.

nsat.

21

40

16 Mar.

Thur

29

9753

3602

3 Tues

229

9967

3603

9843

3604

0-24

9878

3605

4 Wed.

112

92

3606

Mon.

311

306

3607

2 Mar.

18 Mar.

37

11

6 Mar.

18 Mar.

2 Mon.

52

42

23 Feb.

OSat.

Mar.

4 Wed.

14

14 Mar.

6Fri.

23

45

3 Mar.

29.789

17

Mar

19

12 Ph&lgUDa.

16

Sun.

18 Mar.

18 Mar.

6Fri.

39

16

21 Feb.

18 Mar.

OSat.

54

47

11

19 Mar.

Mon.

10

19

18 Mar.

3 Tues

25

18 Mar.

4 Wed.

18 Mar.

Thur.

Mar

OSat.

47

28 Feb

4 Wed.

48

50

18 Mar.

3 Tues.

41

21

7 Mar.

Thur.

56

52

25 Feb.

3608
9878

3609

9912

3610

68

9788

3611

Thur

248

3612

4 Wed.

236

37

3613

9913

3614

13

OSat.

19 Mar.

I)

Sat.

12

24

16 Mar.

18 Mar.

Sun.

27

55

4 Mar.

18 Mar.

Mon.

43

26

22 Feb.

6Fri.

137

128

3615

18 Mar.

3 Tues

58

57

13 Mar.

5 Thur,

162

162

3616

14

29

2 Mar,

2 Mon.

108

38

3617

6 Fri.

116

913

3618
3619

19 Mar.

18 Mar.

erri.

30

18 Mar.

OSat.

45

31

19 Mar.

2 Mon.

19 Mar.

3 Tues.

16

Thnr.

47

19 Feb.

Sun.

0-

9 Mar.

Thur

192

9948

26 Feb.

Mon

101

9824

3620

34

37 17 Mar.

Sun

110

58

3621

73

362

12

18 Mar.

4 Wed.

32

18 Mar.

5 Thur.

47

36

2 23 Feb.

19 Mar.

OSat.

15 14 Mar.

19 Mar.

Sun.

18

39

27

OSat.

204

197

3625

18 Mar.

Men.

34

10

40 21 Feb.

4 Wed.

174

73

3626

18 Mar.

3 Tues.

49

41

U Mar.

3 Tues

264

108

3627

50

Mar

4 Mar.

6 Fri

0-

9949

3623

Mon 0-

9983

3624

3 Tues.

... .

THE INDIAN CALENDAR.

TABLE
J,unation-]j((rts

I.

^= 10,OOOM.< of u

circle.

I.

tithi

',,ii,M

the moon's

of

CONCURRENT YEAR.

11.

rcndufif,!.

nj/iioi/ir

ADDED LUNAR MONTHS.

True

Time

Time

saukrSnti
expressed in

expressed in

of the
preceding

Brihaspati
cycle

Name

(.N'orlhern)

of

of the
succeeding
saiikranli

(Soiithi-i-n.)

current

month.

Mesha

at

sankraati.

8
8 Karttika.

10 eausha(Ksh)

36

12 Phiilsuna
362'J

450

585

3630

451

5S6

3631

452

587

529

39 Vi.^vavasu

3632

453

58S

530

40 Parabhava

3633

454

589

531

41 Plavaiiga..

3634

455

590

*532

3635

456

591

533

43 Saumya

3636

457

592

534

44 Sadharaiia

458

593

535

45 Virodhakrit

536

46 Paridhivin.

3638

459

3639

460

3640

461

596

10

9878

29.634

15

0.045

9998

29.994

37 Sobhaua

38 Krodhiu ....
.

42 Kilaka

9747

537

47 Prarafldin.

538

48 Anauda
49 Rflkshasa

29.727

6 Bhiidrapada.

462

597

539

3642

463

598

o40-

3643

464

599

541-

51 Piiigala

3644

465

600

542-

52 Kiilayukta

3645

466

601

543-

53 Siddhilrthiu

3646

467

602

544-

3641

50 Auala

3 Jveshtha

54 Rauih'a

29.895

55

Pamha(Ksh)

0.090

9961

12 PhiUguna....

29.874

110

S Karttika.

3647

3648

55

469

604

546-

10

56 Dundtibhi

3649 470

605

547-

3650 471

606

548-

3651

472

607

549-

59 Krodhaua
60 Kshaya

3652

473

608

550-

3653

474

60

551-

3654

475

010

552-

3655

476

611

553-

3656

61i

11

Uudhirodgurin

5S liuklaksha

Prabhava

5 SrAvaua.

9824

29.472

2 Vibhava
3 Sukla
1'ramo.ln

)70

4S2

1.4tfi

THE HINDU CALENDAR.

TABLE
{Col.

23) a

II.

=!.

ADDED

DisUiiire

IX'.VAR

of moon from

sun.

[Col. iV) h =:z

MONTHS
III.

Mean.
of the

prcctdinf;
sankriinti

Name

expressed in

I.

moon's mean anomaly.

(continued.)

Time

of the
succeeding

01'

sankrdnti.)

Moon's

Day

and Month

and Month

By

month.
A. .

Week

the Arya

A. D.

Siddh&uta,

Week
dav.

dav.

20

17

13

19 Mar. (7

19

Mar

18 Mar.

9777

20 44

OSat.

36

15

14

30

46

20

42

17

55

Wed.

22

49

5 Thur.

38

20

15

20

18 Mar.

6Fi-i.

53

51

21

32

19 Mar.

22

45

0.384 18 Mar.

0.746

17 19 Mar.

6 Kri.

51

Mar

19 Mar.

8 Karttika.

28 Feb. (59)

3 Tues.

18 Mar.
19

0.812

Sun.

Sun.

19 Mar.

2 Mon.

24

54

57

18 Mar.

3 Tiies.

40

25

16

10

18 Mar.

4 Wed.

65

19 Mar.

6Fri.

11

27

19 Mar.

OSat.

26

59

10

18

42 30

17

Mai-.

Sun.

22 22
4 35
47

18 Mar.

2 Mon.

58

23

12

19 Mar.

4 Wed.

13

32

25

11

37

17

50

19 Mai-.

5 Thur.

29

18 Mar.

6 Fri.

44

35

19 Mar.

2 Mon.

15

37

3 Tues.

31

4 Wed.

29.759

19
6 Bhadrapada.

9755

Mar

18 Mar.

29.200

0.615

0.122

15

12

27

18

40

46

40

Mar

6 Eri.

11

19 Mar.

OSal.

17

42

19

29.693

TilK

Luni-Solar year. (Civil day of Chaitra Sukla

Day

expressed in

0.877

zr sunx mean anomaly.

25) r

(Time of the Mesha

saiikr^nti

"f

{Col.

COMMENCEMENT

Solar year.

Time

52

19 Mar.

Sun.

33

14

13

17

18 Mar.

Mon.

48

45

19

30

19 Mar.

Wed

42

19

Mar

5 Thur.

19

Age.

Ist.)

......
.

THE INDIAN CALENDAR.

TABLE
lunulimi-ifarls

10,000/^* of

II

i-ii-vlr.

1.

=:

lithi

'

;.iM

CONCURRENT YEAR.

of

the moon's synodic retoluth

ADDED LUNAR

11.

MONTB.'^

True.

Time

of the
preceding

Brihaspati

saiikr&nti

cycle

(Northern)

Name

expressed in

Time

of the
succeeding
eankr&nti

eipi'essed in

of

(Southern.)

cun'cnt

month.

Mesha

at

sankrSnti

3a

10

555-56

365S

556-57

3659

557-58

7 Srimukha.

3660

558-59

8 Bhava

3661

559-60

9 Yuvan

3662

*560-61

10 Dhatri

3663

561-62

11 Isvara

3664

562-63

12 Buhudhdnja

366

563-64

13 Pramdthin

9967

10 Pausha(Ksh.)
12 Phfikuna.

565-66

3668

566-67

16 Chitrahh&nn

567-68

17 Subh&nu

3670

568-69

3671

569-70

19 PSrthiva.

29.763

140

104

0.312

9989

29.844

70

').
.

20 Vyaya

3672

570-71

21 Sarvajit

673

571-72

22 Sarvadhfirin

3674

*572-73

23 Virodhin ....

3675

573-74

24 Vikrita

3676

574-75

25 Khara

3677

575-76

26 Nandana.

3678

*576-77

3679

577-78

28 Java

3680

578-79

29 Manmatha.

3681

579-80

30 Durmukha

3682

580-81

3683

581-82

32 Vilamba ....

3684

582-83

33

Vikflrin

3685

588-84

34

.SArvari

3680

584-85
585-86

9921

15 Vrisha

3669

TArapa, No. 18, was supprcsbcil.

527

7 Asvina.

3667

11

6 Bhadrapada.

6 Arigiras

14

'j

'%

3657

3687

"^

551

6 Bhildrapada.

27 Vijaya

31

llcmalamba.

6 BhAdrapada.

35 Plnva

36 Subhakrit

2 Vai^Akhn.

567

THE HINDU CALENDAR.

TABLE
[Col.

23) a

IHatance of moon from mn.

24) A

(Col.

=: moon's mean anomaly.

ADDED LUNAR MONTHS

Meao.
of the

priced ing
sankrSnti
expressed in

Name

Solar year.

Time

of the

TllK

1st.)

At Sunrise on
meridian of DJJaln.

(Time of the Mesha

succeeding

anomaly.

Luni-Solar year. (Civil day of Chaitra Sukla

sankr&nti.)

SQi'ikr^iiti

Day

cxjjressed in

of

= mn't mean

25) e

(Col.

COMMENCEMENT OF

111.

(continued.)

Time

I.

and Month

Week

A. D.

Week

and Month

By the Arya

moDth.

day.

A. D.

Siddhanta.

day.

H. M.

8a

10a

Oa

11a

9876

9711

14

13

12a

19

14

9 Mar.

3 Tues.

.033

50

50

20

20 27 Feb.

ISun.

.372

35

19 Mar. (78) 2 Mon.

21

32 17 Mar.

OSat.

.336

70

3659

19 Mar. (78) 3 Tucs.

21

52

45

5 Thur.

.852

28-t

3660

19 Mar. (78) 4 Wed.

37

24

14

24 Feb.

Mon.

5Thur

52

55

21

10 14 Mar.

26

22

23

57

39

29

15

Mai-. (78)

19 Mar. (78)

Sun.

19 Mar. (78) 2 Mon.

304

18 Mar. (78)

Thur

19 Mar. (78)

6 Bhidrapada

29.497

29.925

0.847

MSgha

29.431

...

29.860

8 Karttika

Chaitra

29.794

9767

29.300

.900

70

3663

20 Feb.

2 Mon.

.687 9946

3664

11 Mar.

ISun

.735

3665

28 Feb. (59)

5 Thur.

12 18 Mar (77) 4 Wed.

0-6

891

3667

127

105

3668

319

3669

4
10

25

19 Mar. (78) OSat.

41

34

16

37 26 Feb. (57) OSat.

18 Mar. (78)

57

22

50 15

Mar

(75)

Thur

58

174

16

3670

Mar

(63) 2

Mon.

57

171 9891

3671

3672

Sun.

12

36

8 Mar, (67) 2

Mon.

322

19 Mar. (78) 4 Wed.

28

11

15 21 Feb (52) 6 Fri.

111 9767

Thur

43

39

17

27 12 Mar. (71) 5 Thur,

246 9802

3673

18 Mar. (78) e

Fri.

59

10

23

40

16

3674

19 Mar. (78)

Sun.

.5

Mar. (61) 3 Tues.

262

786

14

41

52 18 Feb. (49) OSat.

21

063

92

3675

19 Mar. (78) 2 Mon.

30

12

12

9 Mar. (68) 6 Fri.

0-2

.006

9926

3676

19 Mar. (78) 3 Tues.

45

44

18

141

3677

15

17

3678

19 Mar. (78) 6Fii.

16

46

19 Mar. (78) OSat.

32

17

12

19 Mar. (78)

47

49

19

19 Mar.

3 Tues.

20

Wed.

18

51

32 20 Feb. (51)

Thur

278 ,834

51

3683

Thur.

34

22

13

45 11 Mar.

Wed.

258

86

3634

49

54

19

57 28 Feb. (59) ISun.

027 9962

3685

25

10 18 Mar. (78) OSat.

10

030 9996

368G

20

56

22

651

3687

0.710 19 Mar.

(7

Thur.

(78) 4

Sun.

19 Mar. (78) 6 Fri.

1

Sun.

19 Mar. (78) 2 Mon,

101 above

3662

5 Thur.

3 Mar.

19 Mar. (79)

See Text. Art

3661

194

31

19 Mar. (78)
9 Mlrgasirsha

160

.888

10

19 Mar. (79)

9789

.642

ISun.

26

19 Mar. (78)

7 Mar.

3658

19 Mar. (78) 6Fri.

19 Mar. (78) 3 Tues.

3 Jyeshtha

22 23

18 Mar. (78) OSat.

19 Mar. (78) OSat.

29.991

20

19

17

19 Mar. (78) 6Fri

18

9997

15
3.0

17 27 Feb. (58) 4 Wed.

150

30 17 Mar. (77) 3 Tues.

17

20

Mar

(65) OSat.

450
.525

118 .354

51

3679

.378 9927

3680

23 Feb. (54) 4 Wed.

14 Mar. (73) 3 Tues

203 .609 9961

3681

2 Mar. (62) OSat,

114 .342 9837

3682

(70) 4

8 Mar, (67)

Thur,

217

774

211:

THE INDIAN CAIENDAR.

TABLE
Lunation-piirts

I.

^z 10,0O0Mi of a

rirclf.

tithi

I.

'/;iuM

CONCURRENT YEAR.

nf

the Moon's synodic revolution.

II.

ADDED LUNAR MONTHS.

True.

Time
Brihaspati
cvrle

KoUam.

(Northern)
current
at

Mesha

8ankr4nti.

3a

6
586-

3688

644

3689

645

587-

3690

646

*588-

589-

3691

64

3692

648

590-

3693

649

591-

3694

650

592-

3695

651

593594-

3696
3697
3698
3699

597- 98

3700
599-

3701

3702

3703
3704
3705

3706
3707
3708
3709

3710
3711

3712

3713

669

3714

670

3715

671

3716

67

3717

673

3718

674

3719

67

Name

of

(Southern.)

5>

month.

of the

Time

of the

preceding

succeeding

saiikrilnti

saiikrSnti

expressed in

expressed in

THE HINDU CALENDAR.

TABLE
[Vol.

iW) u

Distiincf.

of monn from

{Col.

suii.

I.

i zz: mumi's ineun annmalij.

21-)

ADBED LUNAR MONTHS

Mean.

Name

of

of the

Solar year.

Time

preceding

of the
succeeding;

sai'ikrfinti

sai'ikri'tnti

expressed in

expressed in

(Col.

25) r zn

By

Week

the

1st.)

Moon's

Day
A. D.

iiHuiiiuli/.

At Sunrise on
meridian of Ujjain.

sai'ikr&nti.)

month.

mean

Luni-Solaryear. (Civil day of Chaitra Sukla

(Time of the Mesha

and Month

.sun s

COMMENCEMENT OP THE

III.

(cuntitiiied.)

Time

>

and

Arva

Week

Month

Age.

day.

A. D.

Siddhftnta.

day.

Gh.Pa H.

Qa

11a

12a

G Bbfidrapada.

19 Mar, (78) 3 Tues.

29.23

Magha.

29.663

19 Mar.

4 Wed.

19 Mar.

fi

OSat.

19

Mar

ISun.

9701

6 BhSdrapada

11

MiVha.

0.817

121

36S9

Mar

Thur

774 9997

3690

12 21 Feb.

Mon.

423 9872

3691

15

25 12 Mar

ISun

423 9907

3692

37

6 Fri.

786

122

369:(

3 Tues.

078 9997

3694

t Wed.

Thur

2 Mar.

50 19 Feb.

Mar

2.5

10

40

16

15 27 Feb.

27 17 Mar.

19 Mar.

OSat.

.56

22

19 Mar.

Mon.

11

19 Mar.

3 Tues.

27

10

23 Feb.

19 Mai-.

4 Wed.

42

17

13 Mar.

Thur

40

10

32

3695

79:

246

3696

Thur

072 99+2

3697

2 Mon.

087 9817,

369S

OSat.

924

5 JIar.

Mar

2 Mon.

Thur

3701

3702

OSat.

.747

192

3703

4 Wed.

.201

67

3704

3 Tues.

,345

102

3705

23

13

30 21 Feb.

ISun.

29

11

4 11 Mar.

44

17

5o

15

20

6 Kri.

31

12

32 24 Feb.

46

18

4.=

15 Mar.

57

4 Mar.

Mou.

19 Mar.

20 Mar.

4 Wed.

19 Mar.

Thur

19

Mar

OSat.

20

Mar

Mon.

3 Tues.

28 Feb.

7 19 Mar.

Mar.

3700

157

58

Mar

3699

.000 9728
456 9943

OSat.

32

.810

19 Mar.

17

3688

OSat.

19 Mar.

Sun.

273

3706

4 Wed.

,276

3707

3 Tues.

471

3708

OSat.

066 9764

3709

OSat.

19 Mar.

3 Tues.

17

10 22 Feb.

Thur.

480 9978

3710

19

Mar

4 Wed.

33

13

22 12 Mar.

Wed.

401

13

3711

19

Mar

(78) 5 Thur.

48

2 Mar. (61) 2

Mon.

227

3712

19 Mar. (79)

Sun.

57
2'

20

19
1

35

47 19 Feb. (50) 6 Fri.

Thur

9 Mar. (69)

103

3713

138

3714

19 Mar. (78) 2 Mou.

35

31

14

12 26 Feb (57) 2 Mon.

13

3715

19 Mar. (78) 3 Tues.

51

20

25 17 Mar. (76)

48

3716

Sun.

34

37

Thur.

9924

3717

22

50 23 Feb. (54) 2 Mon.

9799

21o|3718

19 .Mar. (78^0 Sat

37

36

15

(79), 5

Thur

19 Mar. (79) 6 Fri

20 Mar.

See Text. Art. 101 above, para 2.

819

19 Mar.

20 Mar. (79) OSat.

549

Sun.

21

19 Mar.

Mon

Mon.

19
9 MArgasirsha

6Fi-i.

25

Mar

19 Mar.

19 Mar.

23

22

47 16

Fri.

Mar

20

19

14 35 25 Feb.
20

19

19 Mar.

.1866

17

13

6 Mar. (65)

13

Mar

(72) 1 Sun.

261 3719

...
.
.

THE INDIAN CALENDAR.

TABLE
l.uiintwn-jiiirts

I.

nr 10, DOOM.? of a

circle.

I.

lithi

'/30/A

of

the moon's synodic revolution.

CONCURRENT YEAR.

ADDED LUNAR MONTHS.

II.

True.

Time
lirihaspati

cytic

Name

(Northcni)
\3.

of

of the

preceding
sankrAnti
expressed in

Time

of the
succeeding
saiikrSnti

expressed in

(Southern.)

current

month.

Mesha

at

sanki'lnti.

11
Yuvan

3720

541

618-

3721

542

619-

3722

543

*620-

3723

544

621-

12 Bahudhunya

3724

545

622-

13 Pramathin.

3725

546

623-

14 Vikrama.

3726

547

*624-

3727

548

625-

3728

549

626-

17 Subhanu.

3729

550

627-

18 Tirana

3730

551

*628-

28.407

10 Dhatri
11 Isvara

6 Bhfidrapada

15 Vrisha

5 Sravana.

16 Chitrabh4uu
.

358

19 Parthiva
7 Asvina.

9640

28.920

19

101

0.303

9963

9870

29.610

70

20 Vyaya

3731

I 10 Pattaha(Ksh)

3732

553

630-

21 Sarvajit

3733

554

631-

22 Sarvadhfirin

3734

555

632-

23 Virodhin..

3735

633-

24 Vikrita

3736

634-

25 Khara

3737

635-

3738

636-

26 Naudana

Chaitra

Sr&vaps.

27 Vijaya

3730

637-

28

37-10

638-

29 Manmatha..

3741

639-

30 Durmukha

3742

640-

3743

641-

32 Vilamba

374+

642-

33 Vikilrin

3745

643-

34

3746

644-

3747

645-

36 Subhakrit.

3748

646-

37 Sobhana..

374<J

647-

38 Krodhin

3750

648-

3751

649-

31 Hcmalamba.
.

6 Bh^drapada.

Sftrvari ....

35 Plavn

39 Viivfivasn.

40

I'aifibhova.

3 Jyeshtha.

323

171

THE HINDU CALENDAR.

TABLE
(To/. 23)

11.

II

Uislinire

nf moon from

sun.

(Cot.

21)

/;

n:

mooii'.t

ADDKU LUNAR MONTHS

111.

(continued.)

Mean.

Time

of the

preceding

Name

].

menu

of the

sankrilnfi

succeeding
sankrAnti

expressed in

expressed in

of

(Col.

=:

25) r

Moon's

Day

month.
A. D.

Week

the

Arya

Siddhanta.

and Month

Week

Age.

day.

A. D.

day.

8a

9a

10a

11a

12a

13
19 Mar.

9 M^rgasirsha

2 VaisSkha

7 Asvina

12 Phfllanna.

9878

9713

29,1S9

9856

29.568

9977

29.930

0.853

9812

29.437

0.359

9 MTirgasirsha

SvSvaoa

14

15

17

Ist.)

At Sunrise on
meridian of Uijain.

sankrilnti.)

Day

By

mean

Luni-Solar year. (Civil day of Chaitra Sukla

(Time of the Mesha

and Month

sun's

COMMENCEMENT OF THE

Soliir year.

Time

unoiiiidi/.

19

20

21

22 23 24

..

THE INDIAN CALENDAR.

TABLE
Limalion-parls

I.

:= 10,OOOM,v of

<i

circle.

I.

tillii

^i.wlli

CONCURRENT YEAR

of

the moon's si/nodic retolutin

ADDED LUNAR MONTHS.

II.

True

Time

of the
preceding

6riha.<tputi

sankrftnti

cycle-

(Norllieru)

Name

ei pressed in

of

(Sovitheni.)

cun-cnt
at

month.

Mcsha

sai'ikruiiti.

3a

3752

650-

3753

651-

375-4

*652-

41 Plavanga

42 K'laka
43 Saumya

3755

653-

44 SSdharaiia 1)

3756

654-

46 Paridhfivin.

3757

655-

47 Pramudin

*656-

375

48 Auanda

657-

49 Raicshasa

3700

658-

50 Anala

3701

659-

51 Piiigala

3702

*660-

3763

661-

53 Siddharthin

370-i

062-

54 Raudra

3705

063-

55 Durmati

3766

664-

3767

665-

57 Rudhirodgilrin

3768

666-

58 Raktaksha

667-

3770

668-

29.175

6 Iihadi-ai)ada.,

28.914

56 Dundubhi
.

3 Jyeshtha

29.877

59 Krodhana

60 Kshaya

669-

3772

670-

2 Vibhava

Prabhava

3773

671-

377-t

672-

4 Pramoda

3 Sukla

3775

673-

5 Prajftpati

3770

674-

6 Angiras

3777

675-

Srimukha

3778

676-

BhSva

377'J

677-

9 Yuvan

3780

678-

10 Dhfitri

3781

079-

3782

080-

3783

681-

13 Praniftthin

378-1

082-

14 Vikriiraa

Virodlmkrit, Nu. 45

2 VaisukUa..

52 Kalayukta

3771

l(

9871

3759

3769

20.493

6 Bhildrapada.

tsvara

12 llahudbanyD

4 AshWha

937

Time

of the
succeeding
sankrunli
expressed in

THE HINDU CALENDAR.

TABLE
[Vol.

23) a z= Distance of moon

II.

from

sun.

[Col.

24) b

moon's mean anomaly.

ADDED I,UNAR MONTHS

Mean.
of the

precedini^

Name

25) r =: sun's mean anomaly.

(Col.

COMMENCEMENT OK THE

III.

(conllnued.J

Time

I.

liUni-Solar year. (Civil day of Chaitra Sukla Ist.)

Time

of the

saiikrflnti

saiiknlnti

expressed in

expressed in

of

At Sunrise on
meridian of Ujjain.

(Time of the Mcsha

succeeding

saiikrilnti.)

Moon's

Day

Day

and Month

and Month

By

month.
A. D.

Week

the

Arya

Week

Atje.

day.

A. D.

SiddhSnta.

day.

9a

10a

11a

12a

14

13
20 Mar.

7 Asvina

29.371

29.800

9747

29.240

29.669

6 BhAdrapada

29.603

9703

0.722

0.162

0.591

0.097

972.5

3 Jvcshtha.

0.293

29.109

0.525

0.031

15

20

3 Tues.

3752

19

17

47

55

9 Mar.

25

19

10

26 Feb.

2Mon.

40

50

16

20 16 Mar.

6 Fri.

19 Mar.

3 Tues.

56

21

22

32

4 Wed.

20 Mar.

5 Thui-.

11

52

45 23 Feb.

ISnn.

10

3756

20 Mar.

6Fri.

27

24

10

57 14 Mar.

OSat.

45

3757

19 Mar.

OSat.

42

55

17

10

5 Thur.

259

3758

19 Mar.

ISun.

58

26

23

22 20 Feb.

2 Mon.

135

3759

20 Mar.

3 Tues.

13

57

35 10 Mar.

OSat.

9831

3760

20 Mar.

4 Wed.

29

29

11

47 28 Feb.

5 Thur.

46

3761

19 Mar.

Tbur.

45

18

17 Mar.

3 Tnes.

Sat.

20 Mar.

19 Mar.

Sun.

6 Mar.

3 Mar.

3753

OSat.

9920

3754

13

3755

974

3762

9956

3763

20 Mai-

OSat.

20 Mar.

Sun.

16

25 25 Feb.

6 Fri.

170

3764

20 Mar.

Mon.

31

34

12

37 16 Mar.

5 Thur.

205

376.5

19 Mar.

3 Tues.

47

18

50

2 Mon.

81

3766

20 Mar.

5 Thur.

2 36

2 21 Feb.

6 Fri.

9956

3767

20 Mar.

6 Fri.

18

15 12 Mar.

5 Thur.

9991

3768

20 Mar.

OSat.

33

39

13

27

Mon.

9867

3769

49

19 Mar.

ISun.

20 Mar.

3 Tues.

20 Mar.

4 Wed.

20 Mar.

12

31

7 Mar.

4 Mar.

Mar.

Sun.

10

19

40 19 Mar.

ISun.

9901

3770

4 41

52

5 Thur.

9777

3771

20

12

3 Tues.

9991

3772

5 Thur.

35

44

14

17 17 Jfar.

Mon.

26

3773

19 Mar.

6Pri.

51

15

20

30

OSat.

240

3774

20 Mar.

ISun.

46

42 23 Feb.

4 Wed.

116

377=

20 Mar.

Mon.

22

17

55 14 Mar.

3 Tues.

151

3776

20 Mar.

3 Tues.

37

49

15

19 Mar.

4 Wed.

53

20

21

20 20 Feb.

4 Wed.

20 Mar.

6 Fri.

51

32 10 Mar.

20 Mar.

OSat.

24 22

45 27 Feb.

20 Mar.

ISun.

39

54

15

57 18 Mar.

19 Mar.

Mon.

55

25

22

10

20 Mar.

4 Wed.

10

56

25 Feb.

20 Mar.

5 Thur.

20

27

10

16 Mar.

8 Mar.

26 Feb.

6 Mar.

Mar

7 Mar.

27

3777

9902

3778

3 Tlcs.

9937

3779

OSat.

9813

3780

6 Fri.

9847

3781

OSat.

4 Wed.

62

3782

Mon.

276

3783

Sun.

310

3784

..
.
...
.

THE INDIAN CALENDAR.

TABLE
LaiiiitiOH-jjarts

I.

zr lO.OOOM.v of

ti

cinle.

I.

=:

tilhi

',j.,M

of

(he moon's synodic revolu/ion.

CONCURRENT YEAR.

II.

ADDED LUNAR MONTHS.

True.

Time

of the

Bribaspati

preceding

cycle

saiikr&nti

(Xorlhern)

Name

expressed in

Time

of the
succeeding
sAukrunti
expressed in

of

(Southern.)

rurrenl

irioiilh.

Misha

at

sai'ikrSnti.

6
3785

606

741

683-

3786

607

742

*684-

3787

608

743

685-

3788

609

744

686-

18 Taraiia

371

610

74.1

687-

19 Pilnhiva

15 Vrisha
16 Chitrabhfiiiu
17 Subhuuu

37H(l

611

746

688-

612

747

689-

21 Sarvajit

3792

613

748

690-

22 Sarvadhurin

3793

614

749

691-

3794

61.T

750

*692-

9787

23 Virodhin..

24 Vikrita

616

751

693-

25 Khara

3796

617

752

694-

26 Naiidaua

3797

618

695-

27 Vijava

3798

619

754

3799

620

697-

29 Manmatha.

3800

621

756

698-

30 Durmukhn.

3801

622

757

699-

31 Hemalainba

3802

623

758

*700-

38(13

624

759

701-

3801

62.5

760

702-

34

38<).i

626

761

703-

35 Plava

3806

627

762

*704-

3807

628

763

3808

629

764

3809

630

76.':

3810

631

766

3811

632

767

709-

41

3812

633

768

7J0-

42 Kilaka

3813

634

769

711-

43 Sanniya

3814

635

770

712-

44 SildbAraua..

3811

..

9748

28 Jaya

32 Vilambn

27.948

36 Subhakrit

705-

37 Subhana

706-

38 Krodhin

707-

39 Visvfivasu.

*708-

40 Parftbhava

33 Vikurin
Silrvari

515

I'lavaiiga.

7 Asv

SrAvaua

9987

636

771

713-

45 Virodhakrit

772

714-

46 ParidhAvin.

638

773

715-

47

PraniAdiii.

131

13816 637
1381

116

^'yaj a

379.-.

*696-

358

9770

29.982

3791

20

3 Jyeshtha.

29.961

'

THE IlfNDU CALENDAR.

TABLE
{Col.

23)

II

Dislnniv of mnnu from

ADDK.II I.INAK

II

.lun.

{Col.

MONTHS
III.

Mean.

Time

Name

I.

21) h zrr mnoii's

(conlmaeil.)

of the

sutTeedinii

saiikrinti

saiikrAiiti

expressed in

expressed in

aiiomali/.

(Col.

25) r

.i'.!

mniii

iiiiniiili/.

((iMMKNCKMKiNT UK TIIK
Luni-SoUr

jear. (Civil

day of Chaitra Sukla

1st.)

At Sunrise on

of the

preceding

of

hieiiii

Solar year.

Time

xx

(Time of the Mcsha

meridian of

saukr&nti.)

aud Month

By

montti.

A. D.

Week

DJitaiii.

Moon's

Day

Day
the Arya

Siddhinta.

and Month

Week

Age.

day.

A. D.

day.

8a

9a

10a

14

12a
20 Mar.

29.472

10 Pausha.

0.823

9967

29.407

6 Bhftdrapada.

0.757

S Jycshtha

11 Milgha.

0.394

9780

0.263

9759

9901

0.626

9 Mflrgasirsha

9737

0.132

6 Bliftdrapada.

9879

2 Vaisikha.

0.067

Magha

0.495

11

Gh. Pa

H. M.

16

17

19

20

21

22 23

26

...

THE INDIAN CALENDAR.

TABLE
Luiuilioii-jMi-ts r=.

lO.OOOMi of a

circle.

1.
'/30M

lithi -^z

of

the

CONCURRENT YEAR.

moons

.synodic ri-colulioii.

ADDED LUNAR MONTHS.

II.

True.

Time
Brihaspati

of the

preceding

cycle

Name

(Northern)
(Southern.)

current

Time

of the
succeeding

saiikranti

sankr&nti

expressed in

expressed in

of

month.

Mesha

at

sankrAnti.

3a

3818

639

774

123

716-17

3819

640

775

124

717-18

49 Rakshasa

3820

641

776

125

718-19

50 Anala .......

3821

642

777

126

719-20

3822

643

778

127

720-21

52 Kalaynkta

3823

644

779

128

721-22

53 Siddhartiu

3824

645

780

129

722-23

54 Raudra

3825

646

781

130

723-24

55 Durmati

3826

647

782

131

'724-25

3827

648

783

132

725-26

57 Rudhirodgurin

3828

649

784

133

726-27

58 Raktaksha

3829

650

785

134

727-28

59 Krodhana

3830 651

786

13

3831

652

787

136

729-30

3832

653

788

137

730-31

2 Vibhava

3833

654

789

138

731-32

3 Siikla

3834 655

790

139

732-33

3835

656

791

140

733-34

3836

657

792

141

734-35

6 Aiigiras

3837

658

793

142

735-36

3838

659

794

143

736-37

3839

660

795

144

737-38

3840

661

796

145

738-39

3841

662

797

146

3842

663

798

147

3843

664

799

3844

665

800

149

3845

666

801

3846

667

802

3847

668

3848

669
670

13849
3850

Prabhava
3 JyeshUia

9610

4 Pramoda

29.070

Prajapati ....

Srimukha ....

27.783

Srava^a

8 Bhava

9 Yuvan

13 Praniathin

741-42

14 Vikrama

742-43

15 Vrisha

150

743-44

16 Chitrabh&nu.

151

744-45

17 Subhdnu

803

152

745-46

804

153

746-47

805

154

747-48

20 Vyaya

7-18-49

21 Sai'vajit

was 8up|iressed.

27.903

29.184

739-40

11,

9301

60 Kshaya

740-41

N".

10

6 BhUdrapada.

10 Dhatril)

!bvara,

Pingala

56 Dundubhi

*728-29

Sravaua

671

')

48 Ananda

2 Bahudhftnya

.770

6 Bhfidmpada.

9612

5 SrAvatia.

9780

18 Tftraua

19 Pftrthiva

28.836

522

THE HINDU CALENDAR.

TABLE
(Col.

2S) a

Dislaiiif

of

mnnii

from

.tun.

(Col.

2i)

ADDED LUNAR MONTHS

II.

Mean.

Time

of

of the

Solar year.

Time

iiiiomaly.

(Col.

2a)

,'iun\s

lafan tmohuili/.

COMMENCEMENT OP THE

111.

(continued.)

Name

I.

rr moon's mean

Luni-Solarjcar. (Civilday of ChaitraSukla Ut.)

preceding

of the
succeeding

(Time of the Mcsha

saiikrHnti

sahkranti

sankr&nti.)

expressed in

expressed in

At Sunrise on
meridian of Cijaln.

Day

Day

and Month

By

month.
A. D.

Week

the

id

Arya

Week

Month

day.

A. D.

Siddh&nta.

day.

Da

13

14

20 Mar.

(80;') 6 Fri.

20 Mar. (79

')

20 Mar. (79 )

4 Ashidlia

29.507

21

Mar

:0

Mar

')

0.8.58

9814 29.442

9957

29.870

10

11

52 18 Mar. (77) 5 Thur

58

3819

Sun.

45

12

18

8 Mar. (67) 3 Tues.

273

3820

3821

30 14 Mar, (74) 5 Thur,

20 Mar (79 5 Thur

31

46

12 42

20 Mar. (79 ) 6

IVi.

47

17

18

21 Mar. (80

Sun.

49

18

20

(80]) 2

Mon.

9935

29.80i

0.727

7 Asvina.

9770

9913

9749

29.246

29.674

9727

184

3826

218

3827

Mar

(61) 4

32 20 Mar. (79) 3 Tues.

19

45

54

Sat.

20

25

Sun.

35

56

14 22

51

27

20

20 Mar. (79 ) 2 Mon.

20 Mar.

Wed

(80;) 5 Thiu-.

Mar

Sat.

26 Feb. (57) 4
10 16 Mar. (76)

Wed

3828

9970

3829

3830

3 Tues.

5 .Mar. (64) OSat.

22 Feb. (53) 4 Wed.

94

3831

9756

3832

59

47 13 Mar, (72)

;i

Tue.

9790

3833

22

30

2 Mar. (62)

Sun

3834

20 Mar. (79 6
')

Fri.

38

15

12 20 Feb. (51) 6 Fri.

219

3835

20 Mar. (79 )

Sat.

53

32

21

25 11 Mar. (70)

2.54

3836

37 28 Feb. (59) 2 Mun,

129

3837

50 18 Mar. (78)

Sun.

164

3838

Thur

40

3839

15 24 Feb. (55) 2 Mou.

9915

;i840

27 15 Mar. (74)

Sun.

9950

3841

3842

21 Mar. (80; 2 Mon.

20 Mar. (80) 3 Tues.

24

20 Mar. (79 ) 4 Wed.

40

16

20 Mar (79

5 Thiu".

55

37

22

Sat.

11

Sun.

I)

20 Mar.

Thur.

Mar, (66)

26 40

10

40

Thur.

9826

20 Mar (79 ) 2 Mon.

42

11

16

52 21 Feb. (52) 3 Tufs,

40

3843

20 Mar. (79 3 Tues.

57

42 23

Mon.

75

3844

(80;I) 1

21 Mar.

3 Mar. (63)

5 12 Mar. (71) 2

Thur.

13

14

20 Mar. (80 6

IVi.

28 45

11

30 20 Mar. (80) 6

20 Mar. (79I)

Sat

44

16

17

42

200

3847

Sun.

59

47

23

55 26 Feb, (57) OSat.

75

3848

21 Mar. (80 ) 3 Tues.

15

19

7 17 Mar. (76) 6 Fri.

110

3849

Mar. (80 ) 4 Wed.

30

50

12

(80;I) 5
i)

5 Sriivapa.

3825

Wed.

20

13

9 MArgasirsha

3824

9969

51

21 Mar.
12 Ph&Iguna.

9935

21 Feb. (52)

22

I)

29.739

Sat.

7 12 Mar. (71) 6 Fri.

33

21 Mar. (80 ) 4

Migha.

3822

3823

49

I)

3818

59

4 Mar. (63) 3 Tues.

20 Mar (79 ) 4 Wed.

(80;I) 6 Fri.

24

9845

20 Mar (79 3 Tues.

20 Mar. (80

17 25 Feb (56) OSat.

15

20 Mar. (79 )

0.299

44
16

0.792 21 Mar.

29.376

(59) 6Fi-i.

26

41

Wed.

0.364 20 Mar.

9792

40 28 Feb.

23

14

i)

6 Bhfidi-apada.

20

29

3 Tues.

(80I) 4

')

9 M&rgaisirsha

19

17

Sat.

')

9979 29.936

16

20 Mar. (79 )

10

17

20

2 Mar. (61) OSat.

Fri.

9 Mar. (68) 3 Tues,

Mar.

(65)' 3 Tues.

289

3845

324

3846

3850

THE INDIAN CALENDAR.

TABLE
I.uniitioji-jiurls

I.

i= JO.OOOMs nf a

circle.

CONCURRENT YEAR.

.1

(ithi

1.
'.luM

of

the moon's si/nodic recolulio

II.

ADDED LUNAR MONTHS.

THE HINDU CALENDAR.

TABLP]
'ol.

23)

II.

(/

=: DisUime of moon from

saii.

{Col.

21) i z=. moon's mean unomuli/.

ADDED LUNAR MONTHS

III.

(continued.)

Mean.
of tie
preceding

Name

Time

of the
suceeedin^

sai'ikrHnti

sai'ikrAnti

expressed in

expressed in

[Col.

25) r

-zz sun's

At Sanrlse on
meridian of Ujjain.

sanknlnti.)

Moon's

Day

Day

iif

By

miinth.

A. D.

Week

tiuomiili/.

Luni-Solar year. (Civil day of Chaitra Sukla Ut.)

(Time of the Mcsha

and Month

mean

COMMENCEMENT OF THE

Solar year.

Time

x;

1.

the Arya

Siddh&nta.

and Month

Week

Age.

dav.

A. D.

day.

8a

10a

11a

12a

29 608

0..')30

29.115

0.037

9990

29.971

0.893

9826

29.477

0.399

9 M&rgasirsha

Sravava

9947

7 Asvina..

12 Phaiguna.

29.775

9760

29.281

0.203

9903

29.709

0.631

13
20 Mar.

14

IS

17

le

20

21

22 23

26

THE INDIAN CALENDAR.

TABLE
Luiiulioiipurts

I.

rz K),OnflMs of a

circle.

liihi r=:

I.
'

uiM of the

CONCURRENT YEAR.

mo'iit.^

st/nodir retolulion.

ADDED LUNAR MONTHS.

U.

True.

Time of

o a

the

Brihasp.ili

]irecediDg

cycle

sai'ikr&nti

(Northern)

Name

Time

of the
succeeding
saiikrnti

expressed in
of

(Southern.)

current

month.

at Meshii

saiikr&nti.

3
3883

704

3884

705

3885

706

3886

707

3887

708

3888

709

3889

710

3890

711

3891

712

3892

713

3893

714

3894

715

3895

716
717

718
719

3899

720

3900

721

3901

722

3902

723

3903

724

3904

725

3905

726

3900

727

3907

728

3908

729

3909

730

3910

731

3911

732

.3912

733

3913

734

3914

73:

3913

73fi

839

3a

10

11

THE HINDU CALENDAR.

TABLE
(Cot.

23)

(/

Distil lire

of moon front

Ml.

(Col.

i\i)

I.

=^ moon's mean

I)

ADDKD LUNAR MONTHS

III.

(continued.)

Mean.

Time

Name

of tie

preceding
sankr&nti
expressed in

unomiily.

of the

25) r

(Time of the Mesha

sankranti.)

(if

and Month

By

month.

Week

A. D.

let.)

Moon'f

Day

Day

expressed in

imoiiiiitij

At Sanrise on
meridian of Ujjaln

succeeilinj;

sankranti

eun

Luni-Solar year. (Civil day of Chaitra Sukla

Solar year.

Time

{Cot.

COMMENCEMENT OF THE

and Month

the Arya

Week

A. D.

SiddhSnta.

Age.

dav.

dav.

Gh. Pa. H.

8a

9a

10a

11a

0.137

21 Mar. (80 4 Wed.

21

5 Sravapa.

0.072

29.578

0.500

0.007

14

13

12a

Mar

0.863

12 Philguna..

12

25 19 Mar.

8 Mar.

5 Thur.

9733

5 Thnr.

9948

3886

Wed

9982

3887

197

3888

72

3889

107

3890

9983

3891

37

50 26 Feb.

21 Mar. (80 2 Mon.

21 Mar. (80 3 Tnes.

20

37

21 Mar. (80 4 Wed.

36

14

27 23 Feb.

6 Fri.

20 Mar (80

51

40

20

40 13 Mar.

5 Thur.

11

21 Mar. (80 ISnn.

22

42

21 Mar. (80 2 Mon.

38

20 Mar. (80 3 Tues.

Thur.

162

OSat.

13

15

23

9858

19

2 16 Mar.

21

3 Tues

Mon.

6 Mar.

2 Mar.

Mon

5 21 Mar.

Sun.

14

15

17 10 Mar.

53

45

21

30 27 Feb.

16

42 17

21 Mar. (80 6 Fri.

24

47

55

21 Mar. (80 OSat.

40

19

16

7 25 Feb.

20 Mar (80 ISun.

55

50

22

20 15 Mar.

21 Mar.

Tues.

11

21

32

4 Wed.

26

52

10

45 21 Feb.

4 Wed.

18

Thur.

42

24

16

57 12 Mar.

3 Tues.

53

3901

23

10 29 Feb

OSat.

9929

3902

6 Fri.

9963

3903

3 Tues.

9839

3904

ISun.

53

3905

OSat.

88

3906

Thur

302

3907

178

3908

21 Mar. (80; OSat.

5 Thur.

(80; 3

Mar

(80; 5

52

Mai-.

7 Mar,

4 Mar.

20 Mar. (80 6 Fri

57

21 Mar. (80

13

26

21 Mar. (80 2 Mon.

28

57

11

0.798 21 Mar (80 3 Tues.

44

17

47 26 Feb.

0.732

79

35

21 Mar. (80 6

29.316

32

49

21 Mar. (81

9937

Mar.

18

34

21 Mar.

0.304

20

10

20 Mar. (80 OSat.

21

5 Sr&vava.

17

21 Mar. (80 6Fri.

2niar.(80

0.435

Thnr

(80 5

15

Sun.

22 19

Mar

8 Mar.

Thur

16 Mar.
12

6 Mar.

3892

Thur.

9893

3893

Mon

9769

3894

Sun.

9804

3895

18

3896

232

3897

3 Tues.

267

3898

OSat.

143

6 Fri.

Wed

Fri.

15

31

21 Mar.

OSat.

31

12

25 23 Feb.

2 Mon.

21 Mar. (80

Sun.

46

34

18

37 14 Mar.

3 Tues

50

5 Thur.

3899

572

3900

213

3909

88

3910

3 Tues

Sun.

Mar

(81

21

Mar

(80 4

Wed

17

36

9784

3911

21

Mar

(80; 5

Thur

33

13

15 10

ilar.

Sun.

9909

3912

48

39

19

27 27 Feb.

Thur

9875

3913

40 17 Mar.

4 Wed.

21

21 Mar. (80 6 Fri

21 Mar. (81

Sun.

10

21 Mar.

Mon

19

41

fSff

2 Mar.

2 20 Mar.

.Mar

Mon

.3914

391,

..

THE INDIAN CALENDAR.

TABLE
Luiiution-jHirls

I.

r=

10,(l(l(lMi'

of

<i

cinii-.

1.

z=

litlii

'

.ml/i

CONCDRRENT YEAR.

of

moon's

//ir

.si/iiodir

rcvoluliuu.

ADDED LUNAR MONTHS.

II.

True.

Time

of the

sai'ikrinti

sai'ikranti

expressed in

expressed in

(Northeni)
cun'ent

Name

of

month.

Mesha

at

sanki'finti.

6
814-15

27 Vijaya

391

815-16

28 Jaya

3918

*816-17

29 Manmatha

3919

817-18

30 Durmukha

3920

818-19

31 Hemalamba.

3921

819-20

32 Vilamba

922

*820-21

39-23

821-22

34 S&rvarin

3924

822-23

35 Plava

3925

823-24

36 Subhakrit

3926

824-25

33

1)

38 Krodhin

0-

825-26

39 Visvavasu

3928

1- 2

826-27

40 Pan'ibhavu

3929

2- 3

827-28

41 Plavaiiga

3930

3- 4

828-29

9740

42 Kilaka...-

3931

4-

829-30

43 Sauinya

3932

5-

830-31

44

3933

fi-

831-32

45 Virodhakrit.

46 Paridhftviu.

Sravaiia

S'ldhdraiia
.

3934

7- 8

832-33

3935

8- 9

833-34

47 Praniadin

3930

9-10

834-35

48 .\nanda

3937

10-11

835-36

49 Knkshasa

3938

11-12

*83()-37

3939

12-13

837-38

3940

13-14

838-39

52 K&layukta

3941

14-15

839-40

53

3942

15-16

840-41

3943

16-17

841-42

3944

17-18

842-43

56 Dundubhi

394.T

18-19

843-44

37 Rudhirodgnrin

3946

19-20

844-45

3947

20-21

845-46

Sobhaiia,

No

37,

29.730

Vikilrin

3927

'j

of the
succeeding

])ri'i'eding

cycle

(Southern.)

3916

Time

Brihaspnti

29 760
.

50 Anala
Piliuala

Siddiiiirthin

3 Srftvava
.

54 Raudra
55 Durmati

58 Kaktfikshu

59 Krndhiini,

THE HINDU CALENDAR.

TAIUiE

1.

...
.

THE INDIAN CALENDAR.

TABLE
Liiiiation-ptirts

I.

=: 10,000M. of a

rirrle.

I.

tithi

',

loM of the moon's synodic retolution.

CONCURRENT YEAR.

11.

ADDED LUNAR MONTHS.

True.

Time

of the
preceding

Brihaapati

42

(Northern)
(Southern.)

current

Name

Time of the
succeeding

sai'ikrunti

sai'ikrunti

expressed in

expressed in

cycle

of

month.

Mesha

at

sauki'ilnti

3a

10

3948

769

21-22

846-

3949

770

22-23

847-

3950

771

23-24

848-

3951

772

24-25

849-

3 Sakla

3952

773

25-28

850-

4 Pramoda.

3953

774

26-27

851-

3954

775

27-28

852-

395;

776

28-29

853-

395fi

777

29-30

854-

8 Bhava

3957

778

30-31

855-

9 Yuvan

3958

79

31-32

856-

10 Dhatri

3959

80

32-33

857-

11 Isvara

39C0

81

33-34

858-

12 Bahudhilnja.

39(11

82

34-35

859-

13 Pramathin...

39r,2

83

35-36

860-

39fJ3

'84

36-37

861-

15 Vrisha

39C4

78.0

37-38

862-

10 Chitrabhfinu.

3965

786

38-39

863-

17 Subhanu

39fill

787

39-40

864-

39(r

88

40-41

865-

19 Pftrthiva

39(iK

89

41-42

866-

20 Vyaya

3909

90

42-43

867-

21 Sarvajit

3970

91

43-44

868-

3971

44-45

869-

23 Virodhin....

397:i

45-46

870-

24 Vikrita

3973

46-47

871-

25 Khnra

3974

47-48

872873-

27 Vyaya

3975

796

48-49

60 Kshaya ....
1

Prabhava

11

7 Asvina.

2 Vibhava

Prajapati

750

6 Angiras

Srimukha

9827

5 Sruvana.

14 Vikrama.

9679

18 TSrava
.

22 Sarvadharin

26 Nandana

3976

'97

49-50

874-

28 Joya

3977

f98

60-51

875-

29 Manmatha.

397H

799

51-52

876-

80 Durmukha.

3979

HOO

52-53

877-

6 Bhadrapada.

5 SrAva;ia.

9786
.

151

31 Hcmalambn..

170

THE HINDU CALENDAR.

TABLE
{Col. 23)

a Z3 Distance of moon from sun.

(Col.

21-)

xxx

1.

=: moon's mean anomaly.

(Col.

25) e z= tun's mean anomaly.

...

THE INDIAN CALENDAR.

TABLE
I.iiiiiition-parls

1.

:= 10,0O0M.s of a

rirrle.

I.

zr

lilhi

'/ju///

of

llir

CONCURRENT YEAR.

niooii's

II.

spiodic recolat'wn

ADDED LUNAR MONTHS.

True.

Time
Bribaspati

cydc

Name

(NorthiTu)

of the

Time

succeeding

expressed in

expressed in

saiikrunti

of

(Simtlicrn.)

current

montli.

Mesha

at

sai'ikrllnti.

3a
3980

936

878-

32 Vilaraba

3981

937

54-55

879-

33 VikSrin

398S

938

55-56

880-

34 SSrvari

3983

939

56-57

881-

35 Plava

3984

940

57-58

882-

36 Subhakfit

398.-

941

58-59

883-

37 Sobhana

3986

942

59-60

884-

38 Krodhin

3987

943

60-61

885-

39 Visvavasu

3988

944

61-62

886-

40 Par&bha\ a

3989

94:

62-63

887-

4 1 Plavaiiga

3990

946

63-64

*888-

3991

94

64-65

3992

948

05-66

3993

949

66-67

889-

43 Saumya

890-

44 Sadhfirana..

891-

45 Virodhakrit

Srilvaiia

42 Kilaka

*9.259

3 Jveshtba

9974

8 Karttika,

67-68

3994

6 Bbildrapada.
.

29.922

46 Paridh.'vin...
9 Murijas.{Ksh.)

3995

816

68-69

893-

47 Prainfidin

399fi

817

69-70

894-

48 Ananda

3997

818

70-71

895-

49 IWkshasa

3998

819

71-72

890-

3999

820

72-73

897-

51

4000

821

73-74

898-

52 Killayukta

4001

53 Siddhilrthin

lihadrapada.

0.024

9912

9780

29 340

111

Pingala

822

74-75

899-

75-76

900-

4003

824

76-77

901-

55 Durmati

4004

825

77-78

902-

56 DundubUi

4005

826

78-79

903-

57 RudliirddgAriu

4000

827

79-80

904-

4007

828

80-81

4008

829

81-82

4009

830

907-

4010

831

908-

54 Raudra

38 llaktAksha

905-

59 Krodhana

900-

60 Kshajii

In

Chiiitra..

50 Aiiala

4002 823

iilj|jn>M'd

liul

In

SrAvatm.

Prabbava

2 Vibhavo

Ibc nurlli,

1)

uf the

preceding
saukr&nti

...

sup)>ivs.<t)uu

hiiicf

this dale

THE HINDU CALENDAR.

TABLE
lyCol.

23|

11.

(/

zz

DisliDiie o/'

moon from

sun.

(Col.

2t)

/i

moon

1.

meo

ADDED LUNAR MONTHS

Mean.

Time

Name

of Ihc

Tzz

sunx mean

iinoinuli/.

Luni-Solar year. (Civil day of Chaitra Sukla

Time

of the

precedinu;

sueeecding

sanknlnti

sanki'Dnti

ei])ro^9cd in

25) r

COMMENCEMENT OK THE

III.

(eonlinued.J

{Col.

(Time of the Mcslia

saiikrfinti.)

month.

Moon's

Day

Day

and Montb

and Month

expressed in

of

By

A. D.

Week

the

Ist.

At Sunrise on
merldlaa of UJJaln.

Arya

Week

Ase.

dav.

A. D.

Siddhanta.

dav.
,A

8a

g.

9a

10a

9960

29.881

0.803 22 Mar.

9796

29.387

0.309

12a

14

13
22 Mar.

0.737

9 M&rgssTrslia.

a SrSvapa.

Sat.

ISun.
2

21 Mar.

3 Tues

22 Mar.

Thui-

9730

29.191

0.113

12 Phalguna.

9873

29.619

0.541

5 Srilvaua

0.475

20

8 Mar.

OSat.

Thur

26 Feb.

15 Mar.

3 Tues.

Mar.

ISun.

22 Feb.

5 Thur.

4 Wed.

22 Mar.

6 Fri.

13 Mar.

21 Mar.

OSat.

2 Mar.

Men

21 Mar.

ISun.

21 Mar.

Sun.

22 Mar.

3 Tues.

10 Mar.

Thur

22

4 Wed.

27 Feb.

Mon.

Thur

17 Mar.

Sun.

6 Mar.

Thur

23 Feb.

Mon.

14 Mar.

ISun.

iMar.

21 Mar.

21 Mar.

6 Fri.

22 Mar.

22 Mar.

2 Men.

21 Mar.

3 Tues.

Sun.

Thur

22 Mar.

3 Jycshtha.

Men.

21 Mar.

19

17

45

50

21

22 Mar.

6 Fri.

16

22 Mar.

Sat.

32

18

20

32 21 Feb.
12 Mar.

24

3 Mar.

12

6 Fri.

4 Wed.
3 Tues.

Mar.

OSat.

10 19 Mar.

6 Fri.

21 Mar.

ISun.

22 Mar.

3 Tues.

26

22

22 Mar.

4 Wed.

18

57

35 25 Feb.

OSat.

Thur

34

29

6 Fri.

22 Mar.

21 Mar.

6 Fri.

22 Mar.

Suu.

22

Mon.

Mai-.

47

19

50

8 Mar.

13

47 16 Mar.

20

4 Mar.

3 Tues.

3 Tues.

31

12 22 Feb.

ISun.

21

25 13 Mar.

OSat.

3 Mar.

Thur

20 50 21 Mar.

Wed.

Sun.

Thur.

22 Mar.

3 Tues.

36

34

21 Mar.

4 Wed.

52

22 Mar.

6 Fri.

36

2 10 Mar.

22 Mar.

Sat.

23

15 27 Feb.

Suu.

38

39

15

27 17 Mar.

3 Tues.

54

10

21

40

22 Mar.

21 Mar.

2 Mon.

14

37

Mar

Sun.

21

23

25

THE INDIAN CALENDAR.

TABLE
'ilion-jmrU

I.

=i 10,OOOM.v

oj n circle.

titlii

1.
'/auM

CONCURRENT YEAR.

of

the mo'/\\ synoi/ic rerulu/iim.

II.

ADDED LUNAR MONTHS.

True

Time

of the
preceding

Briliaspati

cycle

Luni-Solar
(Northera)

Name

current
nt Meslia
sai'ikranti.

4011

832

84- 85

909-10

WM

833

85- 86

910-11

4013

4014

835

319

401.-i

836

320

401 f.

837

321

4017

838

322

4018

839

323

4019

840

324

4020

841

325

4021

842

326

4022

843

327

4023

844

328

4024 845

329

4025

846

330

4026

847

331

4027

848

332

4028

849

333

4029

850

334

4030

851

33

4031

852

336

4032

853

337

4033

854

338

4034

855

339

4035

856

340

403fi

857

341

4037

858

342

4038

859

343

4039

860

344

4040

861

345

4041

862

346

4042

863

347

87-

month.

of the
succeeding
SRiikn'mti

expressed iu

expressed in

of

cycle.

(Southern.)

Time

saiikrftnti

a^

THE HINDU CALENDAR.

TABLE
[i'ol.

23)

II.

<i

1=

Disliinre

of maon from

sun.

(Col.

24) i

Time

of the

prcceilitii;

succeeding

sai'ikrAnti

sankrflnti

cij)rcs8cJ

ill

sankrftnti.)

Moon's

Day

Day

and Month

By

month.
A. D.

Week

'.

and Month

the Ai-yo

Week

Age.

day.

A. D.

SiddfaAnta.

day.

9a

10a

13

12a

0.838

29.422

12 IMiAlsiina

29.851

0.773

Mai'.

4 Wed.

41

5 Thur.

25

12

10

22 Mar.

6Fri.

40

44

21 Mar.

OSat.

56

15

22 Mar.

11

46

22 Mar.

3 Tues.

27

17

22 Mar.

4 Wed.

42 49

29.357

20.78;

0.279

0.707

29.291

29.720

Bhadrapuda

9742

29.6.54

29.100

0.576

Mon.

21 Mar.

58

20

22 Mar.

OSat.

13

51

22 Mar.

ISun.

29

22

22 Mar.

2 Mon.

44

54

Mar

4 Wed.

22

Thur.

22 Mar.

5 Thur,

15

56

22 Mar.

6Fri.

31

27

22 Mar.

OSat.

46

59

22 Mar.

30

Mon.

22 Mar.

3 Tues.

18

22 Mar.

4 Wed.

33

32

Thnr.

49

3;

22 Mar.

22 Mar.

OSat.

22 Mar.

Sun.

20

22 Mar.

Mon.

35

3;

22 Mar.

3 Tues.

51

22 Mar.

5 Thar.

22 Mar.

6 Fri.

22

11

22 JIar.

OSat.

37

42

40

22 Mar.

ISun.

53

14

22 Mar.

3 TucB.

45

22 Mar.

4 Wed.

24

16

22 Mar.

5 Thur.

39

47

22 Mar.

6Fi-i.

55

19

Sun

10

50

22

Mar

20

17

22 Mar.

22

w; nnnmatif.

At Banrlse on
meridian of UJJain.

(Time of the Mcsha

expressed in

of

25) r

Luni-Solar year. (Civil day of CJlmilra Sukla Ut.)

Solar year.

of the

(Vol.

COM^rENCBMENT OF THE

III.

Mean.

anomiili/.

iiieiiii

ADDED LUNAR MONTHS

Time

Name

I.

moo/i'x

fcontinued.J

xli

52 23 Feb.
5

21

22

THE INDIAN CALENDAR.

TA PhK

xlii

I.

Liinalion-parU

I.

nr 10,000M of

rircle.

CONCLRRENT YEAR.

tU/ii

=r

',j;/;

of

the moon's si/nodic revolution.

THE HINDU CALENDAR.

TABLE
{Col.

33)

II

zz:

(I

Al)l)i;i)

Distuiirc

I.INAK

of mnnn from

mil.

(Col.

of the

preceding

Name

b r= moon's meuii anomuli).

MONTHS

111.

Mean.

Time

'24)

of the

saiil<ranti

expressed in

(if

25) r =i

A. D.

By

1st.)

Moon's

Day

Week

iiiioiiiah).

At Sunrise on
meridian of UJJaln.

sankr&nti.)

muntli.

mraii

Luni-Solar year. (Civilday of ChaitraSukla

Bay
and Month

.'.

Ol' Tl

(Time of the Mesha

suweeding

sai'ikr&nti

expressed in

(Cot.

f'OMMENC'EMKNT

Solar year.

Time

xliii

1.

the Arya

and

A"e.

Month

A. D.

Siddhftnta.

day.

11a
S Karltika

a863

29.952

0.874

6 Uhfulrapada

29.886

11 Magha.

29.392

6 Bhadrapada.

9897

See Text. Art. 101 above, para.

2.

20

22 23

Mon.

IMar.

Mon.

090 9812

223 4043

3 Tues.

20 Mar.

Sun.

312 9846

272 4044

22 Mar.

4 Wed.

9 Mar.

Mar

6Fri.

27 Feb.

22 Mar.

OSat.

17 Mar.

22 Mar.

ISun.

7 Mar.

22 Mar.

Mon.

22 Mar.

4 Wed.

22 Mar.

5 Thur.

22

6 Kri.

23 Mar.

9722

4045

3 Tues.

426 9936

4046

.Mon.

.024

5 Thur.

360 9971

4047

OSat.

714

185

4048

24 Feb.

4 Wed.

189

61

4049

14 Mar.

3 Tues.

330

96

4050

OSat.

270 9971

4051

22 Mar.

6 Fri.

546

4052

ISun.

11 Mar.

3 Tues.

22 Mar.

2 Mon.

28 Feb.

OSat.
6

.Mar.

Mar

,459 9882

4033

042 9758

4054

021 9792

4053

22 Mar.

3 Tues.

18 Mar.

22 Mar.

4 Wed.

8 Mar.

23 Mar.

6 Fri.

26 Feb.

2 Mon.

22 Mar.

OSat.

16 -Mar.

Sun.

780

4058

22 Mar.

ISun.

Mar.

Thur

489

4059

Fi'i.

4 Wed.

,37

4056

4057

762

4060

22 Mar.

Mon.

22 Feb.

Mon.

483

23 Mar.

4 Wed.

13 Mar.

Sun.

741

22 Mar.

5 Thiu"

Mar.

Thur.

591 991

4062

681 9952

4063

2 Mar.

fi

Pri.

20 Mar.

2 Mar.

OSat.

9 Mar.

Mon.

27 Feb.

4 Wed.
1

Sun.

6 Fri.

4061

42

048 9828

4064

390

4065

4066

Thur

.351

3 Tues.

873

291

24 Feb.

OSat.

669

167

4068

15 Mar.

6 Fri.

,915

201

4069

924

77

4070

22 Mar.

3 Tues.

17 Mar.

22 Mar.

4 Wed.

7 Mar.

22 Mar.

5Thui-

23 Mar.

OSat.

22

9 Miirgasii'sha

18

17

22 Mar.

23 Mar.

9776

15

22 Mar.

22

29.323

14

13

12a

3 Mar.

4067

JIar.

Sun.

22 Mar.

Mon.

21 Mar.

ISun.

,147 )773

4071

22 Mar.

3 Tues.

11 Mar.

6 Fri.

750 9987

4072

23 Mar.

5 Thur.

28 Feb.

3 Tues.

OCO 9863

216 4073

22 Mar.

Kri

18 Mar.

22 Mar.

Sat

S Mar.

3 Tues.

Mou. I -3

9S98

267

133

\\i

239

OSat.

...
...

..

..
.

.
,

THE INDIAN CALENDAR.

xliv

TABLE
Lunatioii-iiiiits

I.

10,OOOM,s of u

circle.

tithi

1.

of

'.loM

CONCURRENT YEAR.

the

moon's synodic

rccolulioii.

ADDED LUNAR MONTHS

II.

True.

Time

of the
preceding

Brihaspati
cycle
l.uiii-Soliir

Name

(Northern)

of

Siiiikr&nti

expressed in

month.

(Southern.)
at Mcsliii

s'nikrJnti.

3a

2
4076

897 1032

149-50

974-

75

Bhiiva

Yuvan

407

898 1033

150-51

975-

76

Yuvau

Dhatri

4078

899 1034

151-52

976-

77

Dhatri

Isvara

4079

900 1035

152-63

977-

4080

901 1036

153-54

978-

79

Babudhanya

4081

902 1037

154-55

979-

80

Pramathiu

4082

903 1038

155-56

980-

81

Vikrama ....

Vrisha

40S3

904 1039

156-57

981-

82

Vrisha

Chitrabhauu.

4084

905 1040

157-58

982-

83

Chitrabhauu

Sublitlnu.

408

906 1041

158-59

983-

84

Subhanu ....

Taraiia

4086

907 1042

59-fiO

*984-

85

Taraiia

PJrthiva.

408

908 1043

160-61

985-

86

Piirthiva ....

Vyaya

4088

909 1044

161-62

986-

87

Vyaya

Sarfajit

4089

910 1045

162-63

987-

88

Sarvajit

Sai'vadhariu.

4090

911

104(i

163-64

988-

89

Sarvadhariii

4091

912 1047

164-65

989-

90

Viroilhin ....

Vikrita

4092

913 1048

165-66

990-

91

Vikrita

Kbara

4093

914 1049

166-67

991-

92

Khara

Nandaua.

4094

915 1050

107-68

*992-

93

Nandana.

409

916 1051

168-69

993-

94

Vijaya

4096

917 10

169-70

994-

9.:

Jaya

Maumatha

4097

918 1053

170-71

995-

96

Manmatha..

Hemalamba..

4098

919 1054

171-72

996-

97

Durmnkha

Vilamba

4099

920 105

172-73

997-

98

lleuialaiiiba..

Vikilrin

173-74

998-

99

Vilamba ....

Sirvari

174-75

999- 1000

Vikilriu

Plava

4100 921 1056

4101

922 105

'7:

9287

Babudhanya

Isvara

Pramathiu..

Vikrama.

7 Asvina.

Sravaua
.

Vijaya

Jaya

').

29.754

5 Sravaua.

4102 923 1058

175-76

1000-

Sftrvari

.Subhakrit

4103 924 1059

176-77

1001-

Plava

Sobbana,

4104 925 1060

177-78

1002-

Subhakrit

HOo

92fi

1061

178-79

1003-

Sobhann ....

Visvivasu

U06

927 1062

179-80

'1004-

Kvudhin

4107

928 1063

180-81

1005-

')

Visvftvasu

Duriiiukha, No. 30, was supprcsbcd in the north.

29.076

Virodhin ....

Krodhin

ParAbhava.

Plavangn

of the
succeeding

expressed in

cycle.

cun-cnt

Time

saiikrAnti

THE HfNDU CALENDAR.

TABLE
(Col.

S.S)

(I

=:

IHsltitti-r

of

from

innoii

fuii.

{Col.

l\)

h zr mooii'x

III.

(cunlinued.)

Mean.

Time

Name

of

of the

of the

preceding

succeeding

sai'ikrSnti

saiikrunti

expressed iu

expressed in

2 Vaisnktia

fi

Maeha.

5.

.lun'.s

mean

UHouiali/.

Liini-Solar year. (Civil day of ChaitraSukla Ut.)

Day

At Sunrise ou
meridian of Ujjain.

Day

By

Week

the

Arya

SiddhftnU.

and Month

Week
day.

A. D.

dnv.

Oa

10a

9732

29.196

0.118 22

9875

29.624

0.546

29.987

0.909

29,493

0.415

29.428

0.350

29.856

0.778

12a

bhadrapada

2 Vaisakha.

25) < :=

sai'ikranli.)

A. D.
-r

(Col.

(Time of the Meshn

and Month

uniinwli/.

COMMENCEMENT OF THE

Solar year.

Time

month.

hicuii

ADDED l.LNAR MONTHS

11.

xlv

1.

9787

0.284

9930

29.790

0.713

9766

29.297

0.219

13
Jlar.

14

15

17

19

20

22 23

25

THE INDIAN CALENDAR.

TABLE
I.uiuii'w,i-}iiuis

I.

== 10,000Mi nf a

circle.

1.

lilhi

iilli

CONCURRENT YEAR.

of

llic

MOOii's synodic revolutioii.

II.

ADDED LUNAR MONTHS.

Tiue.

Time

of the
preceding

Brill aspati

cycle

i &

Lmii-Solar
(Northern)

Name

nf

Time

of the
succeeding

(iaiikranti

sankr&nti

expressed in

ei pressed in

cycle.

current

mouth.

(Southern.)
at Mcshii

sankranti.

3a
UOR

10

11

THE HINDU CALENDAR.

TABLE
{Col.

23) a

^=.

IHsUiiue of moon, from sun.

[Col.

24) h

moon'! meiin anomaly.

ADDKD LUNAR MONTHS

((I\I.MI:N(

Ill

(continued.)

Name

anomaly.

(Col. 25)

F.MKNT OT TIIK

Liini-Solar year. (Civil day uf Chaitra Sukla

Mean.

Time

xlvii

1.

of the

Time

(if

the

))rcccdiii^

suceceding

saiikriinii

sankrunli

expressed in

eijii'esscd

(Time of the Mesha

sai'ikr^nti.)

Moon's

Day

Day

and Month

and Month

in

of

Ist.)

By

muntli.

Week

A. D.

the A178

Week

Age.

dav.

A. D.

Siddhfinta.

dav.

9a
'J

11a

15

12

3 Mar.

ISun.

30

44

22 Mar.

22 Mar.

2 Mon.

46

15

23 Mar.

4 Wed.

46

28 Feb.

23 Mar.

5 Thur.

17

17

19 Mar.

ISun.

23 Mar.

6 Fri.

32

49

22 Mar.

OSat.

48

20

25 Feb.

2 Jlon.

Mod.

51

15 Mar.

0.088 23 Mar.

3 Tues.

19

22

23 Mar.

4 Wed.

34

22 Mar.

Thur.

50

Mar

9700 29 100

I'hr.li;un;i.

9843

29 529
.

9 .MArgasirslia

5 SrJvaiia

29.891

0.S13

29.398

0.320

Sun.

Mar.

8 Mar.

22 23 24
4108

.474
.411

4109

Thur.

.765

199

Mon.

.227

74

4111

.366

109

4112

.303 998.-

4113

.300 9860

4114

Thur.

4110

Sun.

.495 9895

4115

4 Mar.

5 Thui'.

.084 9771

4116

54

22 Feb.

3 Tues.

.495 9985

4117

25

12 Mar.

2 Mon.

.420

20

4118

Mar.

OSat.

.804

234

4119

5t

Sun.

21

i\

21 Mar.

6 Fri.

.825

269

4120

23 Mar.

Mon.

36

59

10 Mar.

3 Tues.

.522

144

4121

22 Mar.

3 Tues.

52

30

27 Feb.

OSat.

.504

23 Mar.

5 Tliur.

17 Mar.

6 Fri.

.771

4123

23 Mar.

6 Kri.

23

32

6 Mar.

3 Tues.

.624 9930

4124

23 Mai-.

OSat.

39

23 Feb.

OSat.

.141 9806

4125

22 Mar.

Sun.

54

35

13 Mar.

6 Fri.

.096 9841

4126

23 Mar.

3 Tues,

10

Mar

4 Wed.

.438

55

4127

23 Mar.

4 Wed.

25

37

22

.Mar.

3 Tues.

.399

90

4128

Mar

oThui-

41

12 Mar.

1 Sun.

.912

304

4129

22 Mar.

6 Kri.

56

40

29 Feb.

TUur

.696

180

4130

23 Mar.

Sun.

12

11

19 Mar.

4 Wed.

.948

21

4131

23 Mar.

Mon.

27

42

8 Mar.

ISun.

.957

23 .Mar.

3 Tues.

43

14

25 Feb.

Thur

.74-1

9966

4133

Mar

4 Wed.

.798

4134

ISun.

.108 9876

4135

4122

4132

4 Wed.

58

45

15 Mar.

23 Mar.

6 Fri.

14

16

4 Mar.

23 Mar.

OSat.

29

47

22 Feb.

6 Fri.

.468

91

4136

45

19

13 Mar.

5 Thur.

.444

125

2.5ll|4137

Mar.

2 Mon.

.036

2194138

.231

270 4139

22

Asvina

Sat.

OSat.

21

23 Mar.

23

23 Mar.

986;

12

20

19

OSat

23

9722

17

23 Mar.

0.582

9886

15

23 Mar.

.725

Margasirsha

14

13

12a

Mar.

23 Mar.
r.\

>hr.

Sun.

50

3 Tues.
4

Wed

Ifi

21

<2

20Mar

Sun.

...
..
.
.
.

...

..
.

THE INDIAN CALENDAR.

xlMii

TABLE
[.KiKilioii-jiiirl.s

I.

:= lO/KIOM.v of a

cii-ck.

lilhi

1.

zr

of

'/j.p///

the.

CONCUKKENT YEAR.

nwoiis si/noJir

II.

recoliilin,,

AIJUED

LUNAR MONTHf>.

Time uf

^o

Time

of the
succeeding

|>i'cceding

cjclc

saiikr&nti

sanki'anti

expressed in

exprcsseil in

Lmii-Soliir

bo

the

Brihnsjiuli

(N.ii-theru)
cycle.

cuiTcnt
(Southern.)
at Meslui

sankranli.

3a
4140

1006

213- 14

1038-39

Bahudhimya

Vikrama

4141

1097

214- 15

1039-40

Pramathin

Vrisha

4U2

1098

215- 16

1040-41

Vikrama

4143

1099

216- 17

1041-42

Vrisha

Subhanu

4144

1100

217- 18

1042-43

Chitrabh^uu

Tarapa

4145

1101

218- 19

1043-44

SnbhSnu

Parthiva

4146

1102

219- 20

1044-45

4147

1103

220- 21

1045-46

Parthiva

Sarvajit

4148

1104

221- 22

1046-47

^'yay

4149

1103

222- 23

1047-48

Sarvajit

4150

1106

223- 24

1048-49

C'hitrabhunu

9763

Vyaya

T^raiia
..

6 lihadrapada.

Virodhiu

Sarvadh^riu

1107

224- 35

1049-50

Virodhiu....

1108

225- 26

1050-51

Vikrita

4153

1109

226- 27

1051-52

Khara

4154

1110

227- 28

1052-53

Kharn

Nandana
17

V ij='>"
7 Asvina..

9874

29.622

147

93

0.279

9938

29. 814

193

0.579

316

0.948

870

1.110

0.4411

Jaya

nil

228- 29

1053-54

Vijaya

ilaumatha..

4156 977 1112

229- 30

1054-55

Jaya

Durniukba

97K 1113

230- 31

1055-56

Mauniatha.

IIU

231- 32

1056-57

Uunnukha

4157

1.395

Sravava.

10 l'amlia(ksh.)

415a 979

465

Vikrita

4151

976

1.029

Survadhfirin,.

4152

4155

343

llenuilamba.

Vilauiba

980 111

232- 33

1057-58

llemalamba.

VikSriu ....

4160

981 1116

233- 34

1058-59

Vilamba

Sarvari ....

4161

982 1117

234- 35

1059-60

Vikarin

Plava

4162

983 1118

235- 36

1060-61

SSrvari

Subhakrit

4163

984 1119

236- 37

1061-62

Plava

Sobhana.

4164

985 1120

237- 38

1062-63

Subhakrit.

Krodhin

416

986 1121

238- 39

1063-64

Subhana

VisvfivasH.

4166

987 1122

239- 40

1064-65

Krodhin ....

Parflbhavn

4167

988 1123

240- 41

1065-66

Visvivasu

Plavanga

4168

989

U24

241- 42

1066-87

Paribhava

4169

990 1125

242- 43

1067-68

Plavaiiga ....

Saumya ....

4170

991

1126

243- 44

1068-69

Kilnkn

Sftdhftnuin

Chaiti-a..

9896

S8.356

4159

28.146

2 Vaisdklia.

9726

29.178

HhAtlnipatlii

9475

Kilaka

THE HINDU CALENDAR.

TABLE
(Col. 23)

II

:zi

AUDKU

JHsUinre of moon

li;n.\k

from

sun.

(Col.

24) b

months

Mean.

Xainc of

I.

moon's mean anmniily.

III.

Time

Time

of the

precedina:

siiceeedinsi

sai'ikrAuti

sankrilnti

expressed in

expressed iu

(Col.

25) r

COMMKNCKMENT OF

.?a'.

/iieaii

iiitoiiiali/.

TilK

Luni-Solar year. (Civil day of Chaitra .Sukla

Solar year.

of the

xlix

1st.)

(Time of the Mcsha

saiikrunti.)

Moon's

Day

Day

and Mouth

and Month

month.
.\.

1).

By

Week

the Ai^a

SiddhanlJi.

Week

Age.

dav.

A. D.

day.

8a

9a

10a

12a

9777

29.332

0.254

9920

29.760

0.682

9756

J.267

13
23 Mar.

0.617

6 BhAdrapadii

12 PhAlguna.

SrAvaiia

9712

9855

29.564

0.486

9997

29.992

0.914

9976

29.927

14

17

19

20

23

25

THE INDIAN CALENDAR.

TABLE
I.i(,i(i/w,i-],(irlx

I.

l(),l"l(l///.v

of

II

lifiii:

CONOUKUENT YEAR.

lithi

I.
nth

nf

Hif

moon's

II.

fi/iioJic recoliitioii.

ADDED LUNAR MONTHS.

THE HINDU

CALF.Xn.lR.

TAHliK
[Vol.

2.'i)

II

:=:

ADDED

II

Distunce of moon

from

xiiii.

(Col.

I.

i\) h =: moon's mean iinomuli/.

UNAU MONTHS
Mean.

sai'ikr&nti

Name

expressed in

Time

menu

aiinmiili

Ist.

At Sunrise on

of the

suececdin^
snnkr&nti
expressed in

.V

Luni-Solar year. (Civil day of Cliaim Suklii

Solar yeur.

of the
preceding

su

25)

(OMMENCEMENT OF THE

III.

(conCiniieil.)

Time

[Cot.

(Time of the Mesha

meridian of Ujjaln.

saiikrfinti.)

Day

Day

i>^

and Month

By

mouth.
A. D.

Week

Week

and Month

the .^rya

Age.

day.

A. D.

Siddh&nta.

dav

8a

9a

10a
29.433

29.861

fi

11a

12a
0.355

3 .lyeshfha

9982

29.796

3 Tues.

Ma-ha.

976'

29.302

29 730

S Kilrttika...

9745

Chaitr

U MSivaiirsha.

9888

29.665

0.587

9724

29.171

0.093

6 Kl,?,drapa.la

2 VaiJAkha.

11

M%ha..

Thur

15

17

33

48

32

20

19

21

22 23 24

13

12 25 Feb.

4 Wed.

177

4171

19

25 16 Mar.

3 Tues.

212

4172
4173

37

Mar.

OSat.

87

23 Mar.

6 Kri.

19

3;;

50 23 Mar.

6 Fri.

122

23 Mar.

OSat.

35

14

12 Mar.

23 Mar.

ISun.

50

37

20

24 Mar.

3 Tues.

23 Mar.

4 Wed.

21

40

40

23 Mar.

TUur

37

11

14

52 26 Feb.

62

42

21

17 Mar.

23 Mar.
11

Mon

23 Mar.

28 Mar.

0.783 24 Mar.

HhailnipadiK

14

13

6 Fri.

4174

3 Tues.

9998

417

Mar.

OSat.

9874

4176

27 20 ilar.

6 Fri.

9908

417

3 Tues.

9784

4178

15

8 Mai-.

7 Mar.

Sun.

OSat.

998

4179

33

4180

24 Mar.

Sun.

14

17

Thur.

247

4181

23 Mai-.

Mon.

23

45

30 24 Feb.

2 Mon.

123

41H2

23 Mar.

3 Tues.

39

16

15

42 14 Mar.

Sun.

158

4183

23 Mar.

4 Wed.

54

47

21

55

5 Tliur.

33

4184

24 Mar.

fiFri.

10

19

7 22 Mar.

Wed.

08

415

23 Mar.

OSat.

25

50

10

20 10 Mar.

Sun.

9944

418(1

3 Mar.

23 Mar.

ISun.

41

21

16

32 27 Feb.

Thur.

9819

4187

23 Mar.

Mon.

56

52

22

45 18 Mar.

4 Wed.

9854

41S8

24 Mar.

4 Wed.

12

24

Mon.

68

41S9

23 Mar.

Thur.

27

55

11

10 26 Feb.

OSat.

283

4190

57

8 Mar.

23 Mar.

6 Fri.

43

26

17

22 16 Mar.

6 Fri.

317

4191

23 Mar.

OSat.

58

57

23

35

3 Tues.

193

4192

24 Mar.

Mon.

14

29

47 23 Mar.

ISun.

9889

4193

23 Mar.

3 Tues.

30

12

12 Mar.

6 Fri.

103

4194

23 Mar.

4 Wed.

45

31

3 Tues.

9979

419.-.

24 Mar.

6 Fri.

Mon.

14

419(1

24 Mar.

OSat.

16

34

37

9 Mar.

Sun.

32

12

.50

27 Feb.

2 17 .Mar.

18

12

Mar.

Mar.

25 20 Mar.

9702

29.105

0.028

23 Mar.
23 Mar.

Mou.

47

36

19

9845

29..534

0.456

24 Mar.

4 Wed.

15

24 Mar.

Thur

18

39

27 24 Feb

23 Mar.

fi

Fri,

34

10

13

40 13 Mar.

6 Mar.

9889

U97

4 Wed.

104

U9,S

3 Tues.

138

4199

6 Fri.

14

4200

5 Thur.

229

4201

3 Tues.

9925

4202

OSat.

...
.

..
.

THE INDIAN CALENDAR.

TABLE
Liiiitio>i-]wrt.<i

I.

lO.OOOM.'!

of a

cinlf.

tithi

I.

nf

mIIi

the /noon's

CONCURKENT YEAK.

II.

si/iiotlic

recolulioii.

ADDED LUNAR MONTHS.

True.

Time

of the
preceding

Briliasiiati

cycle

Name

(Northern)

Time

of the
succeeding

8aiikrinti

sai'ikriinti

expressed in

expressed in

of

cycle.

cui-rent

mouth.

(Southern.)
at Mcsliii

sankrdnti.

3a

10

4203 1024 1159

270- 77

1101- 2

Vrisha

1160

277- 78

1102- 3

Chitrabhanu

4204

102.5

420

1103- 4

TArana
.

Pfirthiva.

Subh4nu

Vyaya

Tdraoa

Sarvajit

1105- 6

PSrthiva

Sarvadharin

1106-

Vyaya

Virodliini

1026 1161

278- 79

420C 1027 1162

279- 80

4207 1028 1163

280- 81

4208 1029 1164

281- 82

4209 1030 1165

282- 83

1107- 8

4210 1031 1166

283- 84

1108- 9

4211 1032 1167

284- 85

1109-10

Virodhin

Nandana

4212 1033 1168

285- 86

1110-11

Viki-ita

Vijaya

4213 1034 1169

286- 87

1111-12

Khara

4214 1035 1170

287- 88

1112-13

Nandana

Manmatha..

4215 1036 1171

288- 89

1113-14

Vijaya

Durniuklia

4216 1037 1172

289- 90

1114-15

Jaya

1038 1173

290- 91

1115-16

Manmatha..

Vilamba

4218 1039 1174

291- 92

*1116-17

Durmukha

Vikfirin....

4219 1040 1175

292- 93

1117-18

Uemalamba..

4220 1041 1176

293- 94

1118-19

Vilamba

Plava

4221 1042 117

294- 95

1119-20

Vikfirin

Subhakn-it

4222 1043 1178

295- 96

1120-21

SSrvari

Sobhana.

4223 1044 1179

296- 97

1121-22

Plava

421

ni04-

Sarvajit

4224 1045 1180

297- 98

1122-23

Subhakrit

1046 1181

298- 99

1123-24

Sobhann

422fi

1047 118

299-300

563

Khara
.

Krodliin..

VisvAvasu.

Visvilvasu.

.301-

1126-27

Parfibhava

302-

1127-28

Plavaiiga

Sfidhftraiia..

4230 1051 1186

303-

1128-29

Kilaka

Virodhakrit.

4231 1052 1187

304-

1129-30

Saumya

Paridhftvin

4232 1053 1188

305-

1130-31

Sadhia-ava

4233 1054 1189

306-

1131-32

Virodhakrit..

4234 1055 1190

307-

1132-33

1056 1191

308-

1133-34

4228 1049 1184

4229

1185

>23

10.50

Plavaiiga

. .

Kilaka

Saumya ....

PrainAdin

Anandn.

Paridhftviu

RAkshnsa

I'ramridin

Aniila.

421

liliAdnipada

Krodhin
.

107

78
.

Parabhava

28.047

1125-26

SrAvava

Hemahimba

1124-25

300-

230

7 .\svina.

4227 1048 1183

Vikrita

Sarvadharin

422.1

Bhudrapada.

. .

3 Jvcshtha.

29.817

575

223

...

..
.

TlfE

HINDU CA LEX PAR.

TABLE
{(ol.

i'.\)

(I

=:

DixtiiiK-e

of moon from

{Col.

xiiii.

III.

iV)

li

-=z

1.

mean anomaly.

mooii'-i

mean

25) r

[Col.

iiiiomnlj/.

COMMENCEMENT OF THE
Luni-Solar

(Civil day of Chaitra Sukla Ut.)

.year.

At Haniise on
meridian ot Ujjaln.

(Time of

tlic

Mushii sniikrfmti.)

Day

Day
i.J

Month.

.\.

Moon'i
Age.

By

D.

Week

the .\iya

Siddhanta

By

the Sftrya

Week

and Month

day.

A. D.

Siddhanta.

day.

Gh.

13

14

17

20

19

15a

23

25

49

41

Sat....

9800

4203

2 Mon.

12

21 Mar.

6 tVi,...

983.-

4204

49

4205

9925

4206

Sat....

9960

4207

Thur..

174

4208

23 Mar.

Sat...

24 Mar.

Pa.

15

2 Mar. (61).

24 Mar.

;83)..

3 Tues.

20

44

11 Mar.

4 Wed...

23 Mar.

(83)..

4 Wed.

36

1.5

28 Feb.

23 Mar.

;82)..

5 Thur.

.51

46

18

24 Mar.

:83)..

Sat.

17

8 Mar.

24

.Mar.

;83)..

Sun.

22

49

25 Feb.

2 Mon...

50

4209

23

.Mar.

;83)..

2 Mon.

15 Mai-.

Sun...

84

4210

23 Mar. (82)..

3 Tnes.

Thur..

24 Mar.

:83).

24 Mar.

;83)..

6 Fri...

24

54

Mar.

;83)..

Sat...

40

25

Sua..

55

56

20 Mar.

11

27

9 Mar.

-'.!

4 Mar.

Thur.

23 Mar.

;82).

24 Mar.

:83)..

3 Tnes.

Mar
5

Snn.

23 Mar.

4 Wed...

12 Mar.

Mar.

Sun...

4211

4212

9870

4213
4214

6 Fri

Thur..

4215

2 Mon...

4216

24 Mar.

;83)..

4 Wed.

26

59

27 Feb.

Sat

210

4217

23 >Iar.

;83)..

5 Thur.

42

30

17 Mar.

6 Fri

244

4218

23 Mar.

;82)..

6 Fri...

58

120

4219

24 Mar.

;83)..

Sun..

13

32

23 Feb.

24 Mar.

(83).

2 Mon..

29

14 Mar.

23

.Mar.

(83)..

3 Tues.

44

35

Mai-.

24 Mar.

:83)..

.")

Thur.

21 Mar.

fi

Fri...

15

37

11 Mar.

24

Jlar.

6 Mar.

3 Tues...,

Sat

)995

4220

6 Fri

30

4221

3 Tues....

9906

4222

2 Mon....

9941

4223

155

4224

Sat

Sat..

31

28 Feb.

4 Wed...

31

4225

Sun..

46

40

18 Mar.

3 Tues....

65

4226

11

8 Mar.

4 Wed..

17

42

24 Mar.

5 Thui-.

33

23 Mar.

8 Fri...

24 Mar.
23 Mar.

24 Mar.

3 Tues.

24 Mar.

Sun

280

4227

25 Feb.

Thur...

155

4228

14

15 Mar.

3 Tues....

851

4229

48

45

3 Mar.

Sat

9727

4230

16

22 Mar.

6 Fri

9762

4231

12 Mar.

4 Wed.

9976

4232

2 Mon....

190

4233

.Sun....

225

4234

5 Tlnir...

101

4235

24 Mar.

Sun.

24 Mar.

Mon

24 Mar.

3 Tues.,

23 Mar.

Wed

20 Mar.

24 Mar.

fi

Fri...

9 Mar.

Whei-ever

be advanced by

1.

these

Thus

2 Mar.

marks occur the day of the month and neek-day

A.)). 1117-18 the .Mcsha sai'ikranti date by the

in

in cols
Siii-ya

. .

13, 14 should, for Snrya Siddhanta calculations

Siddhduta is March 24tb, (0) Saturday.

THE INDIAN CALENDAR.

TABLE
I.utuilidii-jKirl^

1.

lO.OOOM,^-

of n

cinlc.

CONCURRENT YEAR.

tithi

I.

r= \i,Mi of

tlir

1,100ns si/iiodic recolulion

.
.
.

..,

THE HINDU CALENDAR.

TABLE
{Col. 23) u

Dislanre of moon

from

sun.

i\)

(Vol.

III.

It

1.

moon's menu unomuly.

25) r =: sunn mciDi iinnmali/.

{Vol.

COMMENCEMENT OF THE
I.uni-Solar

Solar year.

jeai'.

day of Chaitra Sukln

(Civil

Ist.)

At Sonrlso on
meridian of Ujjaln.

(Time of (he Mesha sankranti.)

Moon's

Day

Day

Age.

Week
and Month.
.\.

By

Week

the

By

Arya

and Month.

the Sflrya

dav.

A. D.

SiddMnto.

Siddh&nta.

-3

day.

Gh.

13
24 Mar.

Pa.

15

14

H.

M
17a

20

19

25

Sat..

26 Feb.

Mon.

9976

4236

Sun

17 Mar.

Sun.,

11

4237

Mar.

Thur,

87

4238

4 Wed.

22 Feb.

Mon.

9763

4239

24 Mar.

5 Thar.

13 Mar.

Sun.

9797

4240

24 Mar.

3 Mar.

Fi-i..,

12

4241

46

4242

(83)

24 Mar.

23 Mar.

2 Mon..

24 Mar.

Fi-i...

21 Mar.

23 Mar.

Sat.

24 Mar.

2 Mon..

11 Mar.

24 Mar.

3 Tues..

28 Feb.

24 Mar.

4 Wed..

23 Mar.

24 Mar.

19 Mar.

Thur.

Sat...

7 Mar.

Thur,

261

4243

Sat...

136

4244

P'ri.

171

4245

3 Tues.

.,

3 Tues.

13

24 Feb.

Sat.

47

4246

9922

4247

24 Mar.

Sun.

12

26

15 Mar.

6 Fri..,

9957

4248

24 Mar.

2 Mon..

18

39

4 Mar.

3 Tues.

9833

4249

23 Mar.

3 Tues..

to

51

22 Mar.

2 Mon.

9867

4250

24 Mar.

5 Thar.

12 Mar.

82

4251

24 Mar.

6 Fri...

13

16

2 Mar.

5 Thur,

296

4252

24 Mar.

Sat...

19

29

21 Mar.

4 Wed.,

331

4253

Sun.,

206

4254

Thur,

Sat.

24 Mar.

2 Mon.

24 Mar.

3 Tues..

26 Feb.

24 Mar.

4 Wed..

16 Mar.

3 Tues.

24 Mar.

5 Thur.

24

Slar.

Sat.

9 Mar.

6 Mar.

1 Sun.

24 Mar.

Sat.

82

425

9778

4256

9992

1257

27

4258

13 Mar.

4 Wed.

9903

4259

2 Mon..

3 Mar.

2 Mon.

117

4260

3 Tues..

22 Mar.

Snn.

Thur.

10 Mar.

Thur.

6 Kri...

27 Feb.

2 Mon.

9903

4263

Sat...

18 Mar.

Sun..

9938

4264

Thur.

24 Mor.

24 Mar.
24 Mar.
24 Mar.

24 Mar.
24 Mar.

Son.

152

4261

28

4262

24 Mar.

Sun..

7 Mar.

9814

4265

24 Mar.

3 Tues..

25 Feb.

3 Tues.

28

4266

24 Mar.

4 Wed..

15 Mar.

2 Mon.,

63

4267

24 Mar.

4 Mar

6 Fri...

Thur.

Sec footnote

p.

liii

.ibove.

..

.
.

THE INDIAN CALENDAR

Ivi

TABLE
hiDKition-jiinls

=r IO.OOOMa of o

circle.

titlii

1.

=z '/auM of

the diooii'x synodic reroliilioii.

CONCLillUENT YEAR,

II.

ADDED LUNAK

.MONTHS.

True.

Time

of the
preceding

Brihaspati

saiikr&nti

cycle

Luni-Solar

Name

(Northern)

expressed

in

of

Time

of the
succeeding
siikranti

expressed in

cycle.

current

luontli.

(Southcni.)
at Mcsh!i

saukrauti.

10

4269 1090 1225

342-43

4270 1091 1226

343-44

4271 1092 1227

344-45

1169-70

23 Virodhin

Vijaya

4272 1093 1228

345-46

1170-71

24 Vikrita

Jaya

4273 1094 1229

346-47

1171-72

25 Khara

Manmatha..

4274 1095 1230

347-48

*1172-73

26 Nandana

Durmukba..

4275 1090 1231

348-49

1173-74

27 Vijaya

Hemalamba.

4270 1097 1232

349-50

1174-75

28 Jaya

1098 1233

350-51

1175-76

29 Manmatha

427S 1099 1234

351-52

1176-77

30 Durmukba

4279 1100 1235

352-53

1177-78

31 Hemalainbn..

4280 1101 1236

353-54

1178-79

32 Vilamba

Subhakrit

4281 1102 1237

354-55

1179-80

33 Vikiirin

Sobhana.

4282 1103 1238

355-56

Krodhin.

4283 1104 1239

356-57

4284 1105 1210

1241

4286 1107 1242

359-60

4287 1108 1243

360-61

1185-86

39 Visvavasu

4288 1109 1244

361-62

1186-87

40 Parubhava

4289 1110 1245

362-63

1187-88

41 Plavaiiga

Virodbakrit

4290 1111 1246

363-64

*1188-89

42 Kilaka

Paridbavin

4291 1112 1247

304-65

1189-90

43 Saumya

Praniadin

4292 1113 1248

365-66

1190-91

44

4293 1114 1249

366-67

1191-92

45 Virodbakrit.

4294 1115 1250

867-68

4295 1116 1251

368-69

42'

428;

llOfi

1107-68

21

1168-09 22

1180-81 34

Sai'vajit

Khara

Sarvadharin..

Nandana

Vilaraba

29.979

Vikarin ....

sarvari ....

324

Plava

Sarvari

342
.

1181-82

35 Plava

357-58

1182-83

36 Subhakrit

ParSbhava

358-59

1183-84

37 Sobbaua

Plavaiiga

Visvavasu

1184-85 38 Krodhin

1192-93 46

Saumya ....

Sadh&raya..

Ananda.

Sftdhftraua

Paridh&vin

RUkshasa

Anala

6 BhAilrapada.

47 Pramfidin

il

369-70

1194-95

48 Ananda

Kalayukta.

1253

370-71

1195-90

49 Rukshasa

SiddbAnhin.

4298 1119 1254

871-72

4299 1120 1255

372-73

256

373-74

1198-99

43(10 II 21

9875

29 625

414

1190-97 60 Auala

lUudra ....
.

52 Kulavnkla.

760

9906

29.718

145

82

0.246

9941

9951

29.863

282

Piiigala.

UIH

51 Pingala.

414

3 Jyeshtha.

4296 1117 1252

197-98

29.598

5 Sravaua.

10 Paiaha {Ksh.

4297

9866

Kilaka

7 Asvina

1193-94

11

Durraati

Unndublii.

Cliaitra

5 SrAvaya.

.....
.

THR HINDU CAf.fXPAR.

TABLE
23)

(Vol.

II

Distiiiire

fmm

of moon

sun.

21) h

(Col.

III.

zzi

mooii'.i

(if

I.

mciin unouiiily.

(Vol.

i'\)

sun'.i

Luni-Solar year. (Civil day of Chaitra Sukla

the

Mcshn

saiikrflnti.)

Moon's

Day

and Month.

and Month.

Week
By
Week

1).

By

the Arya

SiddhAnta.

the Surya

Siddhfinta.

day.

D.

Jay.

Gh.

14

13
24 Mar.

6 Fri.

24 Mar.

Sun

24 Mar.

Mou

24 Mar.

3 Tues..

24 Mar.

24 Mar.

6 Fri...

24 Mar.

Wed

Sat...
1

24 Mar.

2 Mon..

24 Mar.

4 Wed..

Sun..

24 Mar.

24 Mar.

6 Fri..:

Mar.

24 Mar.

Thur.

Sun.

2 Mon..

24 Mar.

3 Tnes..

24 Mar.

4 Wed..

25 Mar.

6 Fri...

24 Mar.

Sat.

Sun

24 Mar.

24 Mar.

2 Mon..

25 Mar.

4 Wed..

24 Mar.

5 Thur.

24 Mar.

6 Fri...

24 Mar.

Sat.

25 Mar.

2 Mon..

24 Mar.

3 Tues..

24 Mar.

4 Wed..

24 Mar.

25 Mar.

24 Mar.

Thur.
Sat.

17
21

24 Mar.

2.-)

15

Sun..

24 Mar.

2 Mon..

24 Mar.

3 Tues..

iinomiili/.

1st.)

At Sanrlse on
meridian ol Ujjaln.

Day

.\.

mean

COMMENCEMENT OF THE

Solar ye

(Time

Ivii

Pa.

H.

17a

20

Age.

...

THE INDIAN CALENDAR

TABLE
LioKilioii-parts

I.

10,OnO///A

of

(I

cinlc.

litlii

1.

of

',.i..M

CONCURRENT YEAR,

(he moan's fi/noJic rerolufin

II.

ADDED LUNAR

.MONTHS.

True.

Time

of the
preceding
sankr&nti
cvprcsscd in

Brihasputi
cycle

Luni-Solar

Kali.

Name

(Northern)

of

Time

of the
succeeding
sankrtinti

expressed in

cycle.

current

month.

(Southcni.)
at

Mesha

saiikruuti.

10

4301 1122 1257

606

374- 75

4302 1123 1258

607

375- 76

1200-

54 Raudra

4303 1124 1259

608

376- 77

1201-

55 Durmati

4304 1125 1260 609

377- 78

1202-

56 Dundubhi

4305 1126 1261

610

378- 79

1203-

57 Rndhirodgi'irin

58 Raktuksha...

2 Vibhava

59 Krodhana ....

3 Sukla

60 Kshaya

4 Pramoda

1199-200

3 Siddhai-thin... 57 Rudhirodgirin

58 Raktaksha..
9 Krodhana

29.478

60 Kshaya

1262

611

379- 80

1204-

012

380- 81

1205-

4308 1129 1264

613

381- 82

1206-

4309 1130

126.i

614

382- 83

1207-

4310 1131 1266

015

383- 84

'1208-

2 Vibhava

6 Angiras

4311 1132 1267

010

384- 85

1209- 10

3 Sukla

7 Srimukha

4312 1133 1268

017

385- 86

1210-11

4 Pramoda

4313 1134 1269

618

386- 87

1211- 12

5 PrajSpati

9 Yuvan

4314 1135 1270

019

387- 88

1212- 13

4315 1136 1271

620

388- 89

1213- 14

4316 1137 1272

021

389- 90

1214- 15

8 Bhilva

12 Bahudhanya

4317 1138 1273

022

390- 91

1215- 16

9 Yuvan

13 Pramfithin

4318 1139 1274

023

391- 92

4319 1140 1275

624

4320 1141 1276

625

4321 1142 1277

1216-

Prabhava

6 Angiras
7

Prajilpati

667

Bhava

10 Dhatri

14 Vikrama

392- 93

1217- 18

11 Isirara

15 Vrisha

393- 94

1218- 19

12 BahudhSnya.. 16 Chitrabhanu

026

394- 95

1219- 20

13 Pramfithin

4322 1143 1278

627

395- 96

'1220- 21

4323 1144 1279

028

396- 97

1221- 22

15 Vrisha

4324 1145 1280

629

397- 98

1222- 23

16 Chitrabhftnu

4325 1140 1281

030

398- 99

1223- 24

17 Subhfinu

21 Sarvajit

1147 1282

031

399-400

'1224- 25

18 Tfiraoa

22 Sarvadhflrin

4327 1148 1283

632

400-

1225- 20

19 Pfirthiva

23 Virodhin

4328 1149 1284

033

401-

1226- 27

20 Vyaya

24 Vikrita

4329 1150 128;

634

402-

1227- 28

21 Sarvajit

4330 1151 1286

035

403-

'1228- 29

4331 1152 1287

636

404-

1229- 30

23 Virodhin

27 Vyaya

4332

1288

637

405-

1230- 31

24 Vikrita

28 Jaya

4333 1154 1289

638

406-

1231- 32

25 Kliarn

29 Manmatha.

432fi

lir>3

14 Vikrama

22 Sarvadhfirin

304

7 Asvina.

isvara

17

406

6 BhAdrapada.

10 Dhatri

Srimukha .... 11

422

Prabhava

4307 1128 1263

430fi 1127

11

5 SrSvaua.

28.704

17 Sublnnin

18 Tfiraua

380

19 Pftrthiva
.

20 Vyaya

435

6 BluVlrapada
.

25 Khara
.

26 Nandana

39.776

705

364

THE HINDU CALENDAR.

TABLE
{Col.

2li)

(/

=: Distance of moon from

sun.

{Cot.

24) b

lix

I.

zz moon's mean anomaly.

{Vol.

25) r := sun's mean unomulij.

...

....
....

.
,

THE INDIAN CALENDAR.

TABLE
Lunalioii-iiurts

I.

lO.OOOM* of a

circle.

tithi

I.

of

',.wM

the

CONCURRENT YEAR.

moons synodic

rnolulion.

ADDED LUNAR MONTHS.

II.

True.

Time
Brihaspati
Luni-Solai'

Name

(Northern)

of the

preceding
saukranti
expressed in

cycle

of

Time

of the
succeeding
saiiki'&nti

eipresscd in

cycle.

current

month

(Southern.)
at

Mesha

sahkrSnti.

10

3a

26 Nandaua

30 Durmukha..

4334 1155 1290

639

407- 8

'1232-33

1156 1291

640

408- 9

1233-34

27 Vijaya

31 Hcmalamba..

4336 1157 1292

611

409-10

1234-35

28 Jaya

32 Vilamba ....

4337 1158 1293

642

410-11

1235-36

29 Manmalha..

33 Vikarin

4338 1159 1294

643

411-12

1236-37

30 Durraiikha..

34 Sarvari

4339 1160 1295

644

412-13

1237-38

31 Hcmalamba.

35 Plava

4340 1161 1296

645

413-14

1238-39

32 Vilamba

36 Subhakrit

4341 1162 1297

646

414-15

1239-40

33 Vikarin ....

37 Sobhana

4342 1163 1298

647

415-16

1240-4

34 Survari ....

38 Krodhin....

4343 1164 1299

648

416-17

1241-42

Plava

4344 1165 1300

649

417-18

1242-43

36 .Subhakrit

11C6 1301

650

418-19

1243-44

37 Sobhana..

4346 1167 1302

651

419-20

4347 1168 1303

652

420-21

1245-46

39 Visvavasu

4348 1169 1304

653

421-22

1246-47

40 ParSbhava

4349 1170 1305

654

422-23

1247-48

41 I'lavanga

433

434

1244-45 38 Krodhin

39 Visvavasu
.

40 Parabhava

41 Plavai'iga

44

Sildhiiraua

655

423-24

*1248-49

42 Kilaka

46 ParldhJvin

656

424-25

1249-50

43 Saumj a ....

47 Pramadin.

4352 1173 1308

657

425-26

1250-51

44 Sadhilrana

48 Ananda

4353 1174 1309

658

426-27

1251-52

45 Virodhakrit.

50 Anala

4354 1175 1310

659

427-28

1252-53

46 Paridhilviu

51

435

1176 1311

660

428-29

1253-.54

47 Pranifidin

4356 1177 1312

661

429-30

12.54-55

48 Ananda ....

53 Siddharthin

4357 1178 1313

662

430-31

1255-,56

49 Rakshasa

54 Haudra

l)

670

7 .\svina.

342

1256-57 50 Anala

1180 1815

432-33

1257-58

5 1 Pii'igala ....

56 Dundublii

1316

433-34

1258-.59

52 Kalayukta.

57 Uudiiirodiiar

55 Durmati

5 Srivaya.

431-32

8 Karttika

10

4361 1182 1317

434-35

1259-60

4362 1183 1318

435-36

1260-61

4363 1184 1319

436-37

1261-62

55 Durmati ....

4364 1185 1320

437-38

1262-63

56 Duudubhi

1186 1321

138-39

1263-64

57 KuJhiriidgurii:

43(1

')

Kakshaita,

.No.

49, nan suppressed

53 Siddhartbin

54 Raudra

iu the

uortli.

58 Rjiktaksha..
59 Krodhaua

60 Kshaya
1

Pii'igala

4358 1179 1314

435'J

3 Jyeslitha.

52 KSlayukta...

406

45 Virodhakrit..

1306

43.51

6 liliadrapada

43 Saumj a

. .

377

42 Kilaka

9746

Srftvaija

1172 1307

43.50 1171

11

Chaitra.

29.658

51

35

0.105

9930

9876

29.628

65

6 llhadnipadn.

Prabhava.

2 Vibhava

I'ltiisha (lis/i

447

THE If/NDU CALENDAR.

TABLE

I.

Ixi

..
..

... ..,

THE INDIAN CALENDAR.

TABLE
I.uiialioii-jmi-ts

I.

r= 10,000M of a

circle.

liihi

I.

'/^oM of (he moon's sj/nodic rcmluiwn.

CONCURRENT YEAR.

ADDED LUNAR MONTHS

II.

True.

Time
Brihaspati

of the

preceiling

cvdc

sankrdnti

Luni-Solar

Name

(Nort liei-n)

Time

of the
succeeding
sankr&nti

expressed in

of

cycle.

current

month.

(Southern.)
at

Mesha

sankranti.

6
4366 1187 1322

439-40

'1264-65

Raktaksha

4367 1188 1323

MO-41

1265-66

Krodhana

4368 1189 1324

441-42

1266-67

Kshaja

4369 1190 132

442-43

1267-68

Prabhava..

4370 1191 1326

443-44

1268-69

Vibhava..

Srimukha

4371 1192 1327

444-45

1269-70

Sukla

4372 1193 1328

445-46

1270-71

Pramoda

4373 1194 1329

446-47

1271-72

Prajapati..

Dhatri

4374 1195 1330

447-48

1272-73

Angiras

Isvara

1196 1331

448-49

1273-74

Srimukha

4376 1197 133

449-50

1274-75

Bhava ....

Pnimathin..

4377 1198 1333

450-51

1275-76

Vuvan

Vikrama

4378 1199 1334

451-52

*1276-77

437.5

Sukla

29.277

Pramoda

Prajapati..

Angiras

29.874

Bhava

..

306

Yuvan

Bahudhanya

Dhatri...

3 Jveshtlia

Vrisha
8 Karttika

1277-78

10 Paii3ka{Ksh)

11 Isv

12 Phaiguna

4380 1201 1336

453-54

4381 1202 1337

454-55

1279-80

4382 1203 1338

455-56

1280-81

4383 1204 1339

466-57

1281-82

4384 1205 1340

457-58

438

1206 1341

458-59

4386 1207 1342

459-60

1284-85

4387 1208 1343

460-61

4388 1209 1344

461-62

4389 1210 134

1278-79

Buhudhanya
Pi'ani&thin.

19 Parthiva

Vrisha

20 Vyaya

1282-83

Cbitrabhanu.

21Sarvajit

1283-84

Subhauu ....

22 Sarvadharin

TAi-aua

23 Virodhin

1285-86

ITirthiva ....

24 Vikrita

1286-87

Vjaya

25 Khara

462-63

1287-88

SarvBJit

26 Nandana

4390 1211 1346

463-64

1288-89

4391 1212 1347

464-65

1289-90

Virodhin..

4392 1213 1348

465-66

1290-91

Vikrita

29 Maumatha.

4393 1214

13-19

466-67

1291-92

Khara

30 Diirmukha

4394 1215

13.50

467-68

1292-93

1216 1351

468-69

1293-94

Vyaya

32 Vihimba

169-70

1294-9.5

J"va

33 Vik.irin

439.')

4396 1217

13.52

29,538

25

45

0.135

9982

9955

32

18 Taraiia

Sarvadh&rin

9846

17 Subhauu....

Vikrama ....

Nandana.

643

Sriivana

9730
.

6 Bhftdrapada

27 Vijaya
8 Jaya
.

31 Ilemalamba.,

Aahadha...

9266

27.798

...

..
..
.

...
.

THE HINDU CALENDAR.

TABLE
(CoL 23)

(/

in IHsUiHfe of moon from

sun.

{Col. 24) b

III.

bdii

I.

=: moon's mean

COMMENCEMENT OF

anom/ily.

25)

(Col.

.iuh'k

mean anomaly.

Till.

Luni-Solar year. (Civil day of Chaitra Sukla Ut.)

Solar year.

(Time of the Mesha

At Sunrise on
mertdian of CJJaIn

sankrflnti.)

Moon's

Day

Day
and Month

By
Week

A. U.

By

the Arya

day.

A. D.

Siddhanta.

Siddhfinta.

Age.

Week

and Month

the Sflrya

day.

14

13

16a

16

17a

20

18

23

26

24 Mar.

84).

2 Mon..

59

35

29 Feb.

60).

-=>

9914

4366

25 Mar.

;84).

Wed

15

20 Mar.

79).

6 Fri...

330

287

4367

25 Mar.

;84).

5 Thur.

30

37

9 Mar.

68).

3 Tue8..

165

163

4368

25 Mar.

;84).

6 Fri...

46

Sat..

118

38

4369

25 Mar.

;85).,

25 Mar.

84).

2 Mon.

25 Mar.

;84).

25 Mar.

84).

25 Mar.

85).

6 Fri...

25 Mar.

84).

Sat.

25 Mar.

84).

25 Mar.

25 Mar.

18

26 Feb.

57)..

40

16 Mar.

76)..

6 Fri...

204

73

4370

52

5 Mar.

64)..

3 Tues..

200

9949

4371

40

17

11

3 Tues..

32

42

13

24 Mar.

83)..

2 Mon..

259

9983

4372

4 Wed..

48

14

19

17

13 Mar.

72).

6 Fri...

107

9859

4373

45

30

2 Mar.

62).

4 Wed..

235

73

4374

19

16

42

21 Mar.

80)..

3 Tues..

212

108

4375

Sun..

34

47

13

55

10 Mar.

69).

-;

9984

4376

84).

2 Mon..

.50

19

20

28 Feb

59)..

Thur.

210

198

4377

85).

4 Wed..

20

18 Mar.

78)..

4 Wed..

273

233

4378

Mar.

66)..

Snn.

6 Fri...

45

9804

4380

4 Wed..

299

19

4381

Sun..

121

9894

4382

Sat..

104

9929

4383

71)..

5 Thur.

217

143

4384

Mar.

(60).

2 Mon..

22

19

4385

19 Mar.

:79).

Sun..

59

54

4386

5 Thur.

22

9930

4387

Mon..

31

9805

4388

Sun..

100

9840

4389

6 Fri...

332

54

4390
4391

16

10

25 Mar.

;84).

Sat

22

23

15 Mar.

74)

25 Mar.

85).

2 Mon....

36

3 Mar.

25 Mar.

84).

3 Tues....

in

48

22 Mar.

;81)..

25 Mar.

:84).

4 Wed.

12 Mar.

25 Mar

84).

5 Thar.

25 Mar.

;85).

Sat

25 Mar.

;84).

25 Mar.

84).

2 Mon....

25 Mar.

84).

3 Tues.

25 Mar.

85).

25 Mar.

84).

25 Mar.

84).

25 Mar.

:84).

25 Mar.

;85).

3 Tues...

84).

4 Wed.

84)

27 Feb.

25 .Mar.

Sun

39

51

. .

Thur.

6 Fri

84).

26

:84).

25 Mar.

14

Sat.

25 Mar.

Mar

27

84).

25

6 Fri.

;63).

8 Mar. ;67).

25 Feb.

[56)..

16 Mar. 75).

17

6 Fri

12

29

23 Mar. ;82)..

4 Wed..

9750

Sat

18

42

13

Sun

to
7

Thur.

See footnote

p. liii above.

Sec Text. Art. 101,

5 Mar.

[65).

Mai-.

:72)..

2 Mon..

109

9965

4392

54

3 Mar.

;62)..

Sat...

228

179

4393

21 Mar.

;8l)..

6 Fri...

228

214

4394

10 Mar. (69)..

3 Tues..

106

89

4395

91

9965

4396

pai-a

Sal.

THE INDIAN CALENDAR.

TABLE

I.

THE HINDU CALENDAR.

TABLE
{Col. 23)

a zr Dulanee of moon

from

sun.

2i) b

(Cot.

III.

nwon.s mean anomaly.

(if

the

(Col. 25) c

suit't

mean anomaly.

COMMENCEMENT OF THE

Solar year.

(Time

Ixv

I.

Liini-Solar year. (Civil day of Chaitra Sukia

Mesha

at.)

At Sunilae on
meridian of Ujjaln.
sai'iki'fmti.]

.Moon's

Day

Day

and Moiitii

A. D.

By
Week

By

the Arya

Siddbanta.

and Month

the Siirya

Week

Age.

day.

A. D.

Siddbanta.

day.

Gh.

14
26 Mar

Pa.

15

H.

M
17

Gh.

Pa.

H.

17a

24

43'J7

4398

4399
4400
4401

4402
4403
4404
440.-)

4400
4407
4408

4409

4410
4411
4412

4413

4414
441.5

4416

4418
4419

4420
4421

4422

4423

4424
4425

.
.

...
.

THE rNDfAN CALENDAR.

Ixvi

TABLE
l,ii,iulioii-jiiii-ls

I.

=: 10,OOOM. of a

rircli\

r=

tillii

',3oM of

tlie

CONCURRENT YEAR.

mooii\i si/nodic revolulioii.

ADDED LUNAR MONTHS.

II.

Sainvatsara.

True.

Time

of the

Time

of the
succeeding

Brihaspati

preceding

cycle

Bankrfinti

saiikrdnti

expressed in

expressed in

]>uiii-Sular

Name

(Northeni)

of

cycle.

month.

cuiTeiit

c :^

(Southern.)

Mesha

at

sankrSnti.

3a
1324-25

4+26 1247 1382

10

Raktaksha

Sukla

461

4127 1248 1383

500-

1325-26

4428 1249 1384

.501-

4429 1250

502-

4430 1251 1386

503-

1328-29

Vibhava

Srimukha

4431 1252 1387

504-

1329-30

Sukla

Bbava....

4432 1253 1388

505-

1330-31

Pramoda.

4433 1254 1389

506-

1331-32

4434 1255 1390

507-

1332-33

4435 1256 1391

508-

1333-34

138,

Krodhaua

1326-27

Kshaya

1327-28

Prabhava..

Pramoda

6 Bbudrapada

Prajapali..

Yuvan.

9297

Dhatri...
AiigU-as...

Isvara

Srimukhii

Bahudbauva
Asvina.

510- 11

1335-36

Yuvan

Vikrama

1).

1394

511- 12

1336-37

Dhatri

Chitrabbanu

4439 1260 1395

512- 13

1337-38

Isvara

Subhanu

4440 1261 1396

513- 14

1338-39

liabudhauyn

4441 1262 1397

514- 15

1339-40

PramStbin

4442 1263 1398

515- 16

1340-41

4143 1264 1399

516- 17

4444 1265 1400

4445

Parthiva

Vrisba

Sarvajit

517- IH

1342-43

CbitrabbHnu

518- 19

1343-44

Subhduu

Virodhin.

519- 20

1344-45

Tirana

Vikfita

4447 1268 1403

520- 21

1345-46

PArthiva

Khara

444K 1269 1404

521- 22

1346-47

Vyaya

Nandana ....

4449 1270 1405

522- 23

1347-48

Sarvajit

4450 1271 1406

523- 24

1348-49

4451 1272 1407

524- 25

1349-50

Virodhin

Manmatha

4452 1273 1408

525- 26

1350-51

VikriU

Durmukba.

4453 1274 1409

526- 27

1351-52

khara

Ilcnialaniba.

4454 1275 1410

627- 28

1352-53

Naudaua

Vilamba

1276 1411

528- 29

1353-54

Vijnya

VikArin

1277 1412

529- 30

1354-55

.I:iv,-i

444(5 1267

445

'J

1402

Vrisba, No.

15, Viia suppressed

in

Sarvadhilrin

the north.

9915

29.745

33

28.827

SrAvapa.

1341-42

9942

Taraua

Vyaya

266 1401

130

0.027

Vikrama

29.727
9

12 Phalguna.

12.59

27.891

4438

433

Angiras..

10 I'aitsha (Ksh.)

4437 1258 1393

11

4 AsliAdha

Sarvadbirin
.

627

2 Vaisakba

514

6 BbAdrapada.

9957

Vijaya
.

4 AsbAdha

Java
.

Vai.sftkha

6 ItlimhMpada.

9471

29.871

538

THE HINDU CALENDAR.

TAIiliE I.
{Col.

2.'i)

II

zrz

Dislinire

of moon from

xiiii.

(Cnl.

i\) h

mdoiis meun iniomulj/.

Kvii

(Col.

25) r r=

sun'.':

menu

iiiwaiiiUj.

..
.

.
.

THE INDIAN CALENDAR.

Ixviii

TABLE
hiiiHition-puTta

I.

10,000//(.

of

ti

rirrlf.

lilhi

I.

'/muM

of

CONCURRENT YEAR.

the moon's synodic recolatioii.

11.

ADDED LUNAR MONTHS.

True.

Time

of the
preceding

Brihaspati

sai'ikrunti

cycle

l.uni-Solar

Name

(Northern)

expressed in

Time of

the
succeeding
sahkrunti

expressed in

of

cycle.

current

month.

(Southern.)
at

Mesha

sai'iki'lnli.

3a
4457 1278 1413

530-31

1355-56

Manmatha

4458 1279 1414

531-32

*1356-57

Durmukha

4459 1280 1415

532-33

1357-58

4460 1281 1416

533-34

1358-59

Vilamba ....

Krodhin

4461 1282 1417

534-35

1359-60

Vikai'in

Visvfivasu

4462 1283 1418

535-36

1360-61

Sfirvari

ParSbhava

4463 1284 1419

536-37

1361-62

Plava

Plavaiiga.

1420

537-38

1362-63

Subhakrit

1286 1421

538-39

1363-64

Sobhana

4466 1287 1422

539-40

*1364-65

Krodhiu ....

SSdhfiraiia

4467 1288 1423

540-41

1365-66

Visvavasu.

Virodhakrit

4468 1289 1424

541-42

1366-67

Parabhava

4469 1290 1425

542-43

1367-68

Plavauga ....

Praniadin

4470 1291 1426

543-44

1368-69

Kilaka

Anauda.

4471 1292 1427

544-45

1369-70

Sauraya

Rakshasa

4472 1293 1428

545-46

1370-71

Sudharaua..

4473 1294 1429

546-47

1371-72

Virodhakrit..

4474 1295 1430

547-48

1372-73

Paridhuvin

Kalayuktn.

1296 1431

548-49

1373-74

Pramadiu

Sidlulrthiu.

4464 128;
446

447

Plava

Subhakrit

Hemalamba.

Sobhana.

549-50

1374-75

Anauda

550-51

1375-76

Rakshasa..

4478 1299 1434

551-52

1376-77

4479 1300 143

552-53

1377-78

Piiigala

4480 1301 1436

553-54

1378-79

KAIayukta.

4481 1302 1437

554-55

1379-80

Siddharthin..

4482 1303 1438

555-56

1380-81

28.872

490
.

Piiigala ...

Raudra

...

Durmati

6 BUadrapaJa

5 SrAvava.

28.731

Raktaksba

Krodhana
CiO

556-57

1381-82

Dunnati

4484 1305 1440

557-58

1382-83

Dundubhi.

558-59

1383-84

559-60

1384-85

4487 1308 1443

560-61

44S8 1309 1444

561-62

29.229

Rudhirodgtirin

4483 1304 1439

1306 1441

9743

Dundubhi.

Aiiala

8 Kfirttikn.

4486 130; 1442

544

6 Bhadraiiada

Kshaya

Prabhava

Vibhava.

2 Vaisakha.

KiidhirodgAriii

3 Suklu

Raktaksha..

4 Pranioda.

1385-86

Krodhana

1386-87

Kshuva

9987

29.811

15

15

0.045

9927

9927

29.781

455

9 Mdrgai.(Ksh)

448:

374

Anala

1432

Paridhavin

4477 1298 1433

4476 129'

Kilaka

Sauniya.

6 Bhadra|)ada.

29.718

5 PrajApati.

6 Aiiginis..

29.397

THr. [ff.XDU CAI.EXDAR.

TABLE
(Tn/. 23)

(I

=z

Disliiiire

of moon from

sun.

(Col.

III.

21-)

li

[Cot.

W.tk

the

.iiin'.s

mean anomaly.

At Sanrlse on
morldiaD of tTjJalD.
sankrfinti.)

Day

By

COMMENCEMENT OF THE

Day
and Mmith

25) c

Luni-Solar year. (Civil day of Chaitra Sukla Ut.)

(Time of the Mesha

1).

1.

niuonn mean unomalij.

Solar year.

A.

Ixix

Arya

SiddfaSnta.

By

the Silrya

Siddhauta.

nod Month

Week

Moon's
Age.

day
A.

1).

day.

13
26

Mai-.

14

15

17

15a

17a

19

20

23 24

...
.

.....
.

THE INDIAN CALENDAR.

I.vx

TABLE
Liaiation-pnrls

I.

=^ 10,O00M.v nf n

cirrli-.

.1

tithi

I.

:=

of

';'au//<

the moon's synodic revolution.

CONCURRENT YEAR

ADDED LUNAR MONTHS

II.

True.

Time

of the

preceding
saiikr^nti

cycle

I.uni-Solar

Name

(Northern)

expressed in

Time

of the
succeeding
sankr9nti

cipnssed in

of

cycle.

current

month.

(Southern.)
at

Mesha

sankr^nti

10

2
4489 1310 1445

562-63

1387- 88

4490 1311 1446

563-64

1388- 89

2 Vikhava

Bhava.

4491 1312 1447

564-65

1389- 90

3 Sukla

Yuvan

4498 1313 1448

565-66

1390- 91

4 Pramoda ....

Dhatri

5 Praj&pati

Prabhava..

Srimukha

4493 1314 1449

566-67

1391- 92

4494 1315 1450

567-68

1392- 93

Ai'igiras

4495 1316 1451

568-69

1393- 94

Srimukha

Pramathin.

4496 1317 1452

569-70

1394- 95

8 Bhava

Vikrama

4497 1318 1453

570-71

1395- 96

9 Yuvan

Vrisha

1396- 97 10

Bhadrapada

Sravana

Bahudhanya
.

4498 1319 1454

571-72

4499 1320 1455

572-73

1397- 98

11 Isvara

Subhunn

4500 1321 1456

573-74

1398- 99

12 liahudhanya.

Tarava

4501 1322 1457

574-75

1399-400

13 Pramfithiu..

Chitrabhanu.

Dhatri

3 Jveshtha

8 Kai-ttika.

10 Pau3h/i(Ksh.)

4502 1323 1458

575-76

'1400-

14 Vikrama.

4503 1324 1459

576-77

1401-

15 Vrisha

Sarvajit

4504 132i

1460

577-78

1402-

16 CUitrabhanu.

Sarvadharin

4505 1326 1461

578-79

1403-

17 Subhfinu....

Virodhin..

4500 1327 1462

579-80

1404-

4507 1328 1463

580-81

1405-

19 Pfirthiva

Kbara

4508 1329 1464

581-82

1406-

20 Vyaya

Nandana

4509 1330 1465

582-83

1407-

21 Sarvajit

Vijaya

4510 1331 1466

583-84

1408-

22 Sarvadhftrin

Jaya

4511 133:

1467

584-85

1409- 10

23 Virodhiu

Maumatha..

4512 1333 1468

585-86

1410- 11

24 Vikrita

Durmukha

4513 1334 1469

586-87

1411- 12

25 Kharu

lliinnlamba.

4514 1335 1470

587-88

'1412- 13

4515 1336 1471

588-89

1413- 14

27 Vijaya

Vikariii

4516 1337 1472

589-90

1414- 15

28 Java

savvari

1338 1473

590-91

1415- 16

29 Manmatha..

Plava

4518 1339 1474

591-92

'1416- 17

30 Durmukha.

Subhakrit

340 1475

592-93

1417- 18

31 Hemalamba..

Sobbaoa.

4520 1341 1476

593-94

141 S-

32 Vilamba ....

Krodhin

451

4519

19

Vyaya .......

Chaitra

6 Bhftdrapada.

Vikrita

Tiiratia

26 Nandana.

29.943

121

0.240

9950

29.586

56

Vilamba

6 Bhadrapada.

29.967

THE HINDU CALENDAR.

TABLE
yCol.

23)

II

IHstiinre

of moon from

sun.

2I)

(Col.

in.

li

^=

nioon'.i

Ixxi

1.

mean

unomali/.

[Col.

25) r := sun's mean

COMMENCEMENT OF THE
Luni-Solar year. (Civil day of Chaitra Sukla

Solar year.

Moon's

Day

Week
A. D.

By
Week

the Arya

Siddh&nta.

By

the SOrya

Siddh&nta.

Age.

and Month.
day.

A.

1).

day.

13
20 Mar.

14

17

lal.)

At SuQTlae on
meridian ot UJjaln.

(Time of the Mesbn sankrunti.)

aud Month.

iinniiiali/.

17a

19

20

21

22 23

..
.
..
...

...

THE INDIAN CALENDAR

Ixxii

TABLE
LuiiiilioH-parts

I.

U,tJI)U//j.v

oj a cinlc.

lillii

1.

z^

of

\.titli

CONCURRENT YEAR.

the moon's synodic retoliihn

II.

ADDED LUNAR MONTHS

True

Time

of the
preceding
sankr&nti

Brihasputi
cycle

Limi-Solar

(Norlheni)

N'amc of

current

month.

Time

of the
succeeding
sankranti

expressed in

cycle.

(Southern.)
at

Mesha

sankrSnti.

3a

11

4521 1342 1477

594-

1419-

Vikilriu

4522 1343 1478

595-

*1420-

Sarvari

Parabhava

4523 1344 1479

596-

1421-

Plava..

Kilaka

4524 1345 1480

597-

1422-

Subhakrit

Saumya

4525 1346 1481

598-

1423-

Sobhana.

Sadharapa

4526 1347 1482

599-

*U24-

Krodhin

Virodhakrit..

4527 1348 1483

600-

1425-

Visvavasu

Paridhavin

4528 1349 1484

601-

1426-

Parabhava

Pramadin

4529 1350 1485

602-

1427-

Plavanga

Ananda

4530 1351 1486

603-

'1428-

Kilaka..

Rakshasa

4531 1352 1487

G04-

1429-

Sauiaya.,

Anala

4532 1353 1488

605-

1430-

Sudhilrana

Piiigala

4533 1354 1489

606-

1431-

4534 1355 1490

607-

*1432-

4535 1356 1491

608-

4536 1357 1492

4537 1358 1493

4538 1359 1494

Visvuvasu ....
')

28.776

29.487

111

6 Bhadrapada.

Virodhakrit

Kalayukta.

Paridhavin

Siddhiirthin..

1433-

Pramadin

Raudra

609-

1434-

Ananda.

Durmati

610-

1435-

Rakshasa

Dundubhi.

611-

*1436-

Anala ...

Kudhirodgariu

4539 1360 1495

612-

1437-

Piiigala

Raktaksha

4540 1361 1496

613-

1438-

Klllayukta

4541 1362 1497

614-

1439-

Siddharthi

Kshaya

4542 1363 1498

615-

*1440-

Kaudra

Prabhava

4543 1364 1499

016-

1441-

Durmati

Vibhava

4544 1365

Ki'odhana

1.500

017-

1442-

Dundubhi

Sukla

4545 1366 1501

618-

1443-

Uudhirodgi

Pramoda

4546 1367 1502

619-

1444-

4547 1368 1503

620-

1445-

4548 1369 1504

621-

1446-

Kshaya

4549 1370 1505

622-

1447-

Prabhava.

Bhdva

Raktaksha

Prajfipati

Krodhaua

Ai'igiras

Srimukha

623-

1448-

Vibhava.

Yuvan

624-

1449-

Sukla..

Dhfltri

4552 1373 1508

625-

1450-

Pramnda

Isvara

4553 1374 1509

026-

1451-

I'n.jn|iati,

Ualiudhaiivn

';

Plavniiga

No. 41

wan suppressed

in

the

.N'orlh.

173

3 Jveshtha.

28.788

264

90
.

5 Srftvapa.

1506

81

4551 1372 1507

50 1371

28.887

297

6 Bhfidrapada.

29.475

THE HfNDU CALENDAR.

TABLE

1.

Ixxiii

THE INDIAN CALENDAR

Ixxiv

TABLE
iliaii-jHirl.i

I.

=r

10,0UU//i.s

of

ii

rircle.

CONCURRENT YEAR.

tillii

3=

1.
'/.wM

nf

the moon's lynodic rerolutii.n.

.
.
.

..
..
.

....

THE HIXDU CALEMhlK.

TABLE
2:i)

iCol.

,1

Distann- of

front

.11111.

Co/.

2i)

rr

Ixxv

1.

Mooii'.i

25)

(Col.

iiiiomiili/.

uieiiii

fiati/.

COMMENCEMKNT OF TUB

111.

Luni-Soliu' year. (Civil day of Chaitra

.Siiltla

Ist)

At Hanriso <iii
meridian of UJJalD

(Time of the Mcshii sankrAnli

Moon's
Day

Day

Age.

Wfi'k

and Monti

By

A. D.

Week

By

the Aiy^i

the Surya

A.

Siddhanta.

Siddhilntn.

.Month

>d

I).

dav.

13

15

14

17a

17

20

19

26 Mar.

22

.Mar.

:82).

4 Wed..

26 Mar.

2 Mod.

11

Mar.

70)..

27 Mar.

4 Wed.

28 Feb.

59)..

19 Mar.

Mar.

26 Mar.

85)..

16 Mar.

75)..

:64).

2 Mon.

SUD.

Thur,

27 Mar.

26 Mar.

6 Fri...

26 Mar.

Sat.

Mon.

267 4554

230 4555

9954

205 4556

78)..

4 Wed..

9988

4557

67)..

Sun

9864

4558

9899

4559

Thnr.

113

4560

Sat..

27 Mai-.

3 Tues.

26 Mar.

4 Wed.

23 Mar.

83)..

28 Mar.

5 Thur.

13 Mar.

72)..

6 Fri.

27 Mar.

Sat.

61).

3 Tues..

27 Mar.

1 Siin..

21 Mar.

80)..

26 Mar.

9 .Mar.

26 Mar.

3 Tues.

27 Mar.

.5

27

JIar.

6 Fri.

26 Mar.

Sat.

9989

4561

23

4562

238

4563

114

4564

Mon..

148

4565

69)..

6 Fri...

24

4566

26 Feb.

57)..

3 Tues..

9900

4567

17 Mar.

76)..

9934

4568

7 JIar.

66)..

tat.

149

4569

25 Mar.

85)..

6 Fri...

183

4570

59

4571

Mar.

2 Mar.

Mon.

Thur.

Sun..
.

Mon.
.

27 Mar.

.Mon.

14 Mar.

73)..

3 Tufs

27 Mar.

3 Tues.

4 Mar.

63)..

27 Mar.

i Wed.

22 Mar.

81)..

6 Fri.

26 Mar.

Thur.

10 Mar.

70).

Sat...

27 Feb.

58)..

Sun

18 .Mar.

77)..

6 Fri...

202

5 Thur.

27 Mar.

25

78

Sun

27 Mar.

27 Mar.

23

67)

273

4572

9969

4573

3 Tues..

9845

4574

Sat.

9721

4575

9755

4576

Sun.
.

14577

54

28

26 Mar.

86)..

3 Tues.

4578

Thur.

.5

31

oil

16 Mar.

75)..

Sun..

219

4579

27 Mar.

6 Fi-i...

21

25

31

5 Mar.

64)..

Thur.

94

4580

27 Mar.

Sat.

36

34

41

24 Mar.

83)..

4 Wed.

129

4581

Sun.

52

5f,

34

12 Mar.

72)..

1 Sun..

4582

36

12

Mar.

60)..

Thur.

9880

208 4583

23

27

37

20 Mar.

79)..

4 Wed.

9915

259 4584

26 Mar.
27 Mar.

50

3 Tues.
86)

26 Mar.

27 Mar.

3 Tues..

27 Mar.

Wed

Sec footnote

p.

liii

above.

....

..

... .

THE INDIAN CALENDAR.

TABLE
zr lO.OOOMs of a

[.Hiiiitiihi-pitrls

I.

A /Mi

circle.

I.

=r

of

'liot/i

CONCURRENT YEAR.

IJie

moon's si/nodic

II.

revolulioii.

ADDED LUNAK MONTHS.

True.

Time
Brihaspati

of the

preceding

cycle

Luni-Sular

Name

(Northern)

Time

of the
succeeding

sauki'anti

saiikrlnti

expressed in

expressed in

()f

cycle.

current

month.

(Southern.)
at

Mesha

sankrauti.

10

3a

44 Sadharana.

4.585

658-59

1483-

37 Sobhana

4586 1407 1542

659-60

1484-

38 Krodhin

4587 1408 1543

660-61

1485-

39 Visvavasu.

4588 1409 1544

061-62

1486-

40 Parabhava..

47 Pramadin ....

4589 1410 154

062-63

1487-

41

48 Ananda

4590 1411 1546

663-64

^488-

42 Kilaka..

4591 1412 1547

664-65

1489-

43 Saumya,.

4592 1413 1548

665-66

1490-

44 Sadharana

4593 1414 1549

666-67

1491-

45 Virodhakrit..

4594 1415 1550

899

667-68

1492-

4595 1416 1551

900

068-69

4596 1417 1552

901

4597 1418 1553

90:

4598 1419 1554

4599 1420 155

Virodhakrit..

46 ParidhSvin

Plavai'iga ....

9679

5 Sravaoa.

50 Anala

51 Piiigala
Kalayukta.

53 Siddharthiu

1493-

47 Pramadin

609-70

1494-

48 Anauda

55 Dai-mati

670-71

1495-

49 Rakshasa

56 Dundubhi

903

671-72

1496-

50 Anala .....

57 Rudhirodgurin

904

672-73

1497-

51 Piiigala

58 Raktaksha

4600 1421 1556

90

673-74

1498-

52 Killayukta

4C01 1422 1557

906

674-75

1499-

53 Siddharthiu

H'Mi 1423 1558

907

675-76

1500-

4003 1424 1559

908

676-77

1501-

1425 1560

909

677-78

1502-

56 Dundubhi.

4005 1426 1561

910

678-79

1503-

57 RudhirodirArin

4 Pramoda

4606 1427 1502 911

679-80

1504-

58 Raktuksha

5 Prajapati ....

4607 1428 1503

912

680-81

1505-

59 Krodhana

4008 1429 1564

913

081-82

1506-

60 Kshaya

4609 1430 1565

914

682-83

1507-

4010 1431 1506

91

083-84

1508-

1432 1507

910

684-85

1.509-

3 Sukla

10 Dhatri

4012 1433 1508

917

685-80

1510-

4 Pramoda

11 isvara

4613 1434 15

918

686-87

1511-

Prajilpati

4614 1435 1570 919

687-88

'1512-

Ai'igiras

13 Pramftthin..

4615 1436 1571

920

688-89

1513

7 Srimukha ...

14 Vikrama

4616 1437 1572

921

689-90

1514

8 Bhftva

15 Vrishal)

690-9

1515

9 Vuvan

4(104

401

4617 1438 1573

1)

Chitrahhiinu, No.

10,

M.ppi

54 Raudra

59 Krodhana

Prabhava

28.770

2 Vikhava

Dunnati

3 Sukla

Aiigiras

Srimukha

5 Sravatia
.

8 Bhfiva

Prabhava

9 Yuvan

2 Vibhava

rill.

6 Bhadrapada.
.

60 Kshaya

54 Raudra

27.777

49 Rakshasa
.

46 Paridhavin

155

11

2 BahudhAnya

17 SuljhAmi.

...

137

6 Bhadrapada

145

THE HINDU CALENDAR.

TABLE

I.

Ixxvii

.. .
.

....

..

..

THE INDIAN CALENDAR.

TAlJliK

Ixxviii

I.

Liiniilio)i-iiUi-ts

I.

lO.OOOMi of a

rirele.

tithi

'/aoM of the moon's synodic revotulion.

CONCURRENT YEAR.

.\DDED LUNAR MONTHS.

II.

Trne.

Time

Luni-.Salar

Name

(Northern)

of the

preceding
sankrAnti
expressed in

cycle

Time

of the
succeeding

sankrSnfi
cxpresscil in

of

oyclc.

current

month.

(Southern.)
at

Mesha

saukrauti.
1-^

3a
1439 1574

923

691- 92

1516-17

10 Dhatn

18 Taraua...

4fil9

1440 1575

924

692- 93

1517-18

11 Isvara

19 Parthiva.

1441 1576

925

693- 94

1518-19

12 Bahudhanya

20 Vyaya

1442 1577

926

694- 95

1519-20

13 Pramathin...

21 Sarrajit..

Wii

1443 1578

927

695- 96

1520-21

14 Vikrama

22 Sarvadhar

4623 1444 1579

928

696- 97

1521-22

4624 1445 1580

929

697- 98

1522-23

16 Chitrabhilim.

4625 1446 1581

930

698- 99

1523-24

17 .SubhAuu

1524-25

3 Jveshtha

8 KarCtika

4 Vikrita

931

699-700

932

700-

1525-26

19 Parthiva

27 Vijaya

4628 1449 1584

28 Jaya

18 Tiiraiia

933

701-

1526-27

20 Vyaya

462!)

1450 158,

934

702-

1527-28

21 Sarvajit

KiliO

1451 1586

935

703-

*1528-29

4631 1452 1587

936

704-

1529-30

23 Virodhin....

31 Hemalainba

4632 1453 1588 937

705-

1530-31

24 Viknta

32 Vilamba...

4633 1454 1589

938

706-

1531-32

25 Khara

33 Vikurin.

4634 1455 1590

939

707-

i& Nandana ...

34 Survari

4635 1456 1591

940

708-

0.036]

12

29.967

9911 29.733}

1.674

558

4636 1457 1592

941

4637 1458 1593

942

616

6 Bliadi'apada

1.848

29 Manmatha.

22 Sarvadhru'in

30 Durnuikha

27 Vijaya

709- 10

1534-35

28 Jaya

36 Subhaki-it

710- 11

1535-36

29 Manmatlm.

37 Sobhana

4638 1459 1594 943

711- 12

1536-37

30 Uurmukha.

38 Krodhin.

0.747

6 Bhadrapada..

...

1533-34

Plava

1460 1595

944

712- 13

1537-38

31

945

713- 14

1538-39

32 Vilamba

4641 1462 1597

946

714- 15

1539-40

83 Vikfirin

41 PlaTanga.

4642 1463

947

715- 16

1540-41

34 SHrvari

42 Kilaka.

Hemalamba
.

29.748

4640 1461 1596

39 Visvilvaau

40 Farabhava.

3 Jveshtlia

9649

J.947

7 A?vina.

9704

29.112

60

0.1801

96

0.288

9948

29.844)

9847

29.541

65

10 l'ausl,a(Kah.)

4643 1464 1599

948

716- 17

1541-42

35 Plava

4644 1465 1000

949

717- 18

1542-43

36 Subhakrit

464

48 Saumya.
.

44

SildhfiraQa.

950

718- 19

1543-44

37 Sobhana

45 Virodhakrit.

4646 1467 1602 951

719- 20

1544-45

38 Krodhin

46 ParidhJfin

4647 1408 1003

952

720- 21

1545-46

89 VisvUvasu

464K 1469 1604

953

721- 22

1540-47

40

1460 1601

0.036

2 Vaiiikha.

Nandana

1447 1582

115

29.883

12

25 Khara

4627 1448 1583

463'J

9961

23 Virodhin..

15 Vrisha

9 Mdrgas.(Ksh.)

532-33

1.374

458

9756

tCc'l

*1

12

11

4f)18

462(1

C.

I'arlibhava ..

47 Pnimi'idin
48 .\nanda

Chaitra

5 Srilvava.

9348

0.195

THE HINDU CALENDAR.

TABLP]
{Co/.

33)

./

Dhliiiirc

of moon /,

II.

{Cil.

21)

/j

nr

hioon's

Ixxix

1.

mean

iiHniiiiilj/.

{Cut.

25)

pj'.v

iiieiiii

II noiniilij

THE INDIAN CALENDAR.

Ix.xx

TABLE
Lii,i(ilio,i-jjiiiis

I.

Kl.OOflM.v

of

II

CONCURRENT YEAR.

ririli:

titlii

I.
','3oM

nf

Ihr moon'!'

II.

si/,iijJii-

ncoliilwii.

ADDED LUNAR MONTHS.

THE HINDU CALENDAR.

TABLE
(Col.

2.'{)

(/

IHstiimc of moon

from

(Col.

snii.

JII.

)l\)

h :=: moon's

Ixxxi

I.

menu nnomnli/.

iCnI.

25) r =: xun's mean nnomnli/.

COMMENCEMENT OF THE
Luni-Solar year. (Civil day of Chaitra Sukla Ut.)

Solar year.

(Time of the Mesha

At SanrlM on
meridian of UUalnsankrfinti.)

Moon's

Day

Day

ami Month

and Montli

Wuck
A. D.

By
Week

the Arya

SiddhAnta.

By

the Siirja

SiddbAnta.

Age.

dav.

A. D.

day.

13
28

.Mar.

17

17a

19

20

23 24 25

...
.
.

....

THE IXDIAN CALENDAR.

TABLE
I.iiiiiilioii-piiiis

I.

=^

V),(UI(l//is

of

circli'.

II

1.

lithi

'

nutli

itf Ih:

mrjim

CONCUKKENT YEAR.

si/,iudir

fticoliiliun

AUDEU LUNAR MONTHS.

11.

Triic

Time

of the

Brihaspati

])rice(ling

rydc

sankranti

Ijuni-Solai'

Name

(Ncirtheni)

i',\iii-esfed

in

Time

of the
succeeding
suiikranti

expressed in

nf

I'jcle.

fiin'cnl

innntli.

(Southern.)
ul

Mesha

sauki-anti.

3a

Vikrama

1503 1638

987

755-56

'1580- 81

4683 1504 1639

988

756-57

1581- 82

Vrisha

Virodhin..

4684 1505 1640 989

757-58

1582- 83

Chitrabhanu

Vikrita

468; 1506 1641

990

758-59

1583- 84

Siibhi'inu

4686 1507 1642

991

759-60

1584- 85

4687 1508 1643

992

760-61

1585- 86

4688 1509 1644

993

761-62

1586- 87

Vyaja

4689 1510 1645

994

762-63

1587- 88

Sarvajit

4690 1511 1646

995

763-64

'1588- 89

4691 1512 1647

996

764-65

1589- 90

Virodhin

4692 1513 1648

997

765-66

1590- 91

Vikrita

4693 1514 1649

998

766-67

1591- 92

4694 1515 1650

999

767-68

'1592- 93

4695 1516 1651 1000

768-69

1593- 94

Vijava

4696 1517 1652 1001

769-70

1594- 95

Jaya

Sttbhakrit

4697 1518 1653 1002

770-71

1595- 96

.Maumatha..

Sobhana.

4698 1519 1654 1003

771-72

'1596- 97

Durmukha

Krodhin ...

4B99 1520 1655 1004

772-73

1597- 98

llemalamba..

Visvavasu

1656 1005

773-74

1598- 99

Vilamba

Parabhava

4701 1522 1657 1006

774-75

1599-600

Vikurin

Plavaiiga

4702 1523 1658 1007

775-76

'1600-

Sartari

Kilaka 1)..

1659 1008

776-77

1601-

Plava

Sadharana

4704 1525 1660 1009

777-78

1602-

Subhakrit

4705 1526 1661 1010

778-79

1603-

Sobhana

4706 1527 1662 1011

779-80

1604-

Krodhin

PramAdiu

4707 1528 1663 1012

780-81

1605-

Visvuvasu

Auanda.

4708 1529 1664 1013

781-82

1606-

ParAbhava..

Rftkshasa..

4709 1530 1665 1014

782-83

1607-

Plavaiiga

Annla

4710

'1608-

4fi82

47(10 1521

4703

1.524

Khara

Vijaya

Nandana

Durmukha

Hemalamba.

Vilamba..

Khara

280

6 Bhadrapada

9806

29.418

233

9443

28.329

Vikarin

Naudana.

SSrvari ....

Plava

. .

9728

21

...

KAIayuktn.

4712 1533 1668 1017

785-86

1810- 11

Sildhurava

4713 1534 1669 1018

786-87

1611- 12

\irodhakrit..

Raudrn

47

7W7-KK

1612- 13

I'aiiilhnvin

Diiriiiati

Siddhilrtbiu

731

Piiigala

375

Paridhi'iviu

7 As

9753

Virodhakrit.

Kilaka

nurih.

29.682

Sauniya

.\o

9894

1609- 10

.SuuMlja,

29.682

9894

Manmatha..

Sarvailharin

784-85

29.256

Java

783-84

1535 1(170 1019

9752

11

1666 1015

4711 1532 1667 1016

1.531

10

Sarvadhariu.

Tarana
I'arthiva

9789

6 BhAdrapada.

9997

...
.

..
..

.
..

THE /i/XDU

CAI.F.XDAR.

TABLE
{Vol.

2:{)

(I

Dislanre of moon

from

sun.

il)

(Col.

Ij

Ixxxiii

I.

=r iiwonx mean

atiomuli/.

(Col.

25)

.tiin'.i

mean anomaly.

COMMENCEMENT OF THE

III.

Luni-Solar year. (Civil day of Chaitra Siikla

Solar year.

Ist.)

At Snnrise on
meridian of UJJaln.

(Time of

tlic

Mesha

snnkiAiili

Moon's

Day

D..V
niul

Miiiit

.\.

By

Week

I).

the

By

Arya

the Sftrya

Age.

dav.

A. D.

Siddhanta.

Siddh&nta.

Week

and Month

(lay.

14

13
il Mar

,87)..

15

169

Sun..

0-27

25 Mar.

Sun..

322

14 Mar.

5 Thur.

70

12

8 Mar.

3 Taes..

235

5 Mar.

4 Wed..

5 Thur.

41

6 Fri...

2 Mod..

28 Mar.

:87)..

28 Mar.

;87).

27 Mar.

:87)..

28 Mar. :87)..

Sun..

fi

44

22 Mar.

2 Mon..

267

28 Mar.

;87)..

2 Mon..

22

1.5

Mar.

6 Fri...

226

28 Mar.

;87).

3 Tues..

37

47

28 Feb.

3 Tues..

233

27 Mar.

(87).

4 Wed..

.53

18

18 Mar.

2 Mon..

305

28 Mar.

:87)..

6 Fri...

50

7 Mar.

6 Fri...

198

28 Mar.

:87)..

Sat.

24

21

26 Mar.

5 Thur.

203

Sun

3 Tues..

327

28 Mar. (87)..

39

53

16 Mar.

27 Mar.

;87)..

2 Mon..

55

25

4 Mar.

28 Mar.

:87)..

4 Wed..

10

56

23 Mar.

6 Fri...

91

28 Mar.

7)..

5 Thui-.

26

28

13 Mar.

4 Wed..

313

28 Mar.

7)..

6 Fri...

41

59

2 Mar.

Sun..

293

27 Mar.

;87)..

Sat...

57

31

19 Mar.

6 Fri...

73

28 Mar.

7)..

2 Mon..

13

8 Mar.

3 Tues..

26

28 Mar.

7)..

3 Tues..

28

34

27 Mar.

2 Mon..

28 Mar.

7)..

4 Wed..

44

17 Mar.

Sat.

27 Mar. ;87)..

5 Thur.

59

37

Sat.

15

25 Mar.

4 Wed.
1

28 Mar.

;87).

Mar.

Sat.

Thur.

85

59

214
331

312

28 Mar.

7)..

Sun..

30

40

14 Mar.

28 Mar.

7)..

Mon

46

3 Mar.

5 Thur.

51

3 Tues..

tl

43

21 Mar.

4 Wed..

133

Sun

136

27 Mar.

:87).

28 Mar.

(87)

28 Mar.

;87)..

28 Mar.

:87).

27 Mar.

(87).

Sun..

121

Thur.

17

14

10 Mai-.

6 Fri...

32

46

27 Feb.

5 Thur.

Sat.

48

17

18 Mar.

4 Wed..

82

Sun

t3

49

7 Mar.

2 Men..

223

66

28 Mar. :87)..

3 Tues..

19

20

26 Mar.

Sun..

200

28 Mar.

;87)..

4 Wed..

34

52

16 Mar.

6 Fri...

323

28 Mar.

:87).

.5

Thur.

50

23

5 Mar.

3 Tues..

160

Mon..

213

L>S

Mar.

Saf...

23 Mar.

23

21

4 Wed..

16 Mar.

38

86)..

20

19

17a

Sun..

Mar.

-11

15a

507

25

THE TNDTAN CALENDAR.

TABLE
I.uinitwn-parif

I.

1 (l,O00///.v

of

ii

tirrlt:

CONCURRENT YEAR.

lithi

r=

I.
';.;oM

of

tin-

moon's

II.

si/iiodii-

retolution.

ADDED LUNAR MONTHS.

rffi-:

inxnv cAirxDAit

TABLE
[(til.

i'.\]

II

z=

Di.iliinie

of

iiition J'rviii

iiii.

{Oil.

ii) h

\\\

I.

moon's menu

idkhiiiiIi/.

(Col.

25) r

:=:

.sun'.i

meiin

iiiioiiinly.

.....

THE INDIAN CALENDAR.

Ixxxvi

TABLE
f.iiiiiitioii-piirls

I.

:= lO.OOOM.v nf a

rirclf.

lithi

I.

zn

of

'jjot/i

CONCURRENT YEAH.

moon's synodic revolution.

tin'

II.

ADDED LUNAR MONTHS.

True.

Time

of the
preceding

Brihaspati

-I

Liini-Solar

Name

(Northern)

of

Time

saiikrSnti

expressed in

expressed in

cycle.

current

month.

(Southern.)
at

Me8ha

sankrunti.

3a

4748 1569 1704 1053

821-22

1646-47

20 Vyaya

Manmatha.

4749 1570 1705 1054

822-23

1647-48

21 Sarvajit ....

Dunnukiia

4750 1571 1706 1055

823-24

1648-49

22 SarradhSrin

Hemalamba

4751 1572 1707 1056

824-25

1649-50

23 Virodhin

Vilamba

4752 1573 1708 1057

825-26

1650-51

24 Vikrita

VikArin.

4753 1574 1709 1058

826-27

1651-52

25 Khara

Sarva

4754 1575 1710 1059

827-28

*1652-53

26 Nandana ....

Plava

4755 1576 1711 1060

828-29

1653-54

27 Vijaja

Subhakrit

1577 1712 1061

829-30

1654-55

28 Jaya

4757 1578 1713 1062

830-31

1655-56

29 Manmatha.

4758 1579 1714 1063

831-32

1656-57

30 Durnmkha

4759 1580 171

1064

832-33

1657-58

47fiO 1581

106."

833-34

1658-59

32 Vilamba

475fi

1716

28.974

Sobhana

Hcmalamba

Krodhin

Visvavasu

Plavaiiga

1582 1717 1066

834-35

1659-60

33 VikArin

Kilaka

835-36

1660-61

34 Sarvari

Saumya.

4703 1584 1719 1068

836-37

1661-62

35 Plava

SadliAraua.

1720 1069

837-38

1662-63

36 Subhakrit

4765 1586 1721 1070

838-39

1663-64

37 Sobhana

ParidhAvin

1722 1071

839-40

1664-65

38 Krodbin

PiamAdin

1588 1723 1072

840-41

1665-66

Visvavasu..

47CH 1589 1724 1073

841-42

1666-67

40 Parabhava..

1590 172

47fi4 1585

47fi6 1587
47fi

1667-68

1668-69

4771 1.592 172' 1076

844-45

1669-70

43 Saumya

4772 1593 1728 107'

845-46

1B70-71

44 SAdhai'ava..

4773 1594 1729 1078

846-47

1671-72

45 Virodhakrit..

47

1595 1730 1079

847-48

47

1.596

1731 1080

848-49

1673-74

47 PramAdiu

477fi

1.59'

1732 1081

849-50

1674-75

48 Ananda

4777

49 RAkshnsa ....

RaktAkslia

50 Anala,

Krodbana
Kshayn

KAlayukta.

ParidhAvin
.

598 1733 1082

850-51

1675-76

851-52

1676-77

4779 1600 1735 1084

852-53

1677-78

51

47H() 1601

K.i3-54

167S-7it

52 KAIavukta...

108.-)

27.957

Pii'igala ...

4778 1599 1734 1083

173r'

SrAvaya

Anala

42 Kilaka

1672-73 46

RAkshasa..

843-44

41 Plavaiiga..

.\nanda ....

842-43

1074

Virodhakrit

4770 1591 1726 107

47fi

219

6 BliAJrapada

SrAvaiia

4702 1583 1718 1067

47fil

216

Parabhava

27.984

Piiigala

SiddliArthin
liiiudra

Durmati

212

Duudubbi

6 BhAdraiutda.

RudhirodgAriu

Prabhava..

SrAvaua

of the

succeeding

saiikranti

cycle

262

THE HINDU CALENDAR.

TABLE
[f'ol.

2."?)

(I

:=

Disltnire

of mnon from

sun.

(Col.

21-)

z=

mouii'.i

Ixxxvii

1.

mean

uiwukiIi/.

(Col.

25) r :=

.tun's

mean rniomah/.

..
..

..

THE INDIAN CALENDAR

Ixxxviii

TABLE
Ijunrilion-jHirix

I.

=^

]U,(JI)U///.v

0/

rirrle.

ti

litlii

1.

=^

of

^jiuth

the moon's stynoilic revolution.

CONCURRENT YEAR.

ADDED LUNAR MONTHS.

II.

True.

Time

of the
preceding
sankrSnti

Brihaspali
cjclct

Luni -Solar

Name

(Norlheni)

espnssed

Time

of the
succeeding
saiikrunti

in

of

cycle.

current

month.

(Southern.)
at

Mcsha

saiikriiutk

11

3a
4783 1602 1737 1086

854-55

1679- 80

53 Siddfaarthin.

2 Vibhava.

4782 1603 1738 1087

855-56

1680- 81

54 Raudra ....

3 Sukla.

4783 1604 1739 1088

856-57

1681- 82

55 Durniati

4 Pramoda.

9755

7 Asvina..

4784 1605 1740 1089

857-58

1682- 83

56 Dundubhi

1090

858-59

1683- 84

57 Rudhirodgfirin

Ai'igiraa

4786 1607 1742 1091

859-60

1684- 85

58 Raktakshn.

Srimukha

4787 1608 1743 1092

860-61

1685- 86

59 Krodhana

BhAva

4788 1609 1744 1093

861-62

1686- 87

60 Kshaya

4789 1610 1745 1094

862-63

1687- 88

1 PrabhavB

11 Isvara

4790 1611 1746 1095

863-64

1688- 89

2 Vibhava

12 Bahudhunya.

4791 1612 1747 1096

864-65

1689- 90

3 Sukla

13 Pramathin..

4792 1613 1748 1097

865-06

1690- 91

4 Pramoda

14 Vikrama

4793 1614 1749 1098

866-67

1691- 92

5 Prajnpati

4794 1615 1750 1099

867-68

1692- 93

4795 1616 1751 1100

868-69

1693- 94

7 Srimukha

4796 1617 1752 1101

869-70

1694- 95

8 Bhava

4797 1618 1753 1102

870-71

1695- 96

9 Yuvan

4798 1619 1754 1103

871-72

1104

478.5 1606 1741

5 PrajSpati..

1)

17 Subhanu

12 Bahudh&nya

22 SarvadhArin..

4801 1622 1757 1106

874-75

13 Pramdthin

23 Virodhin

4802 1623 1758 1107

875-70

1700-

4803 1624 1759 1108

876-77

1701-

4804 1625 1760 1109

877-78

1702-

16 Chitrahhfinu.. 26 Nauduna

4805 1626 1761 1110

878-79

1703-

17 Subhfinu

27 Vijnya

4806 1627 1762 1111

879-80

'1704-

18 TArava

28 Jaya

4807 1628 1763 1112

880-81

1705-

19 PArthiva

29 Manmatlia

4808 1629 1764 1113

881-82

1706J

20 Vyaya

30 Durmuklia.

4809 1630

1114

882-83

1707-

21 Sarv^jit

31 Ilemahiniba

4810 1631 1766 1115

883-84

'1708-

22 SarvadhArin

4811 1632 1767 1116

884-85

Nil.

9.

was supprcssril

in

21 Sarvajit

14 Vikrama

24 Vikrita

15 Vriaha

25 Kliara

the imrtli.

216

19 PArthiva

11 Isvara

Yuvnii,

28.827

BhAdrapada

20 Vyaya

1698- 99

<;

29.760

18 Turana

1697- 98

23 Virodhin

9920

169

873-74

1709- 10

872-73

176.';

9936

Vrisha

16 ChitrabhSuu

6 Aiigiras

1696- 97 10 Dhatri

699-700

no

0.282

10 Dhatri

4800 1621 1756 110

4799 1620 175

Chaitra

29.364
94

10 Pamha{Ksk.)

32 Vilaniba
33 VikAriu

..

511

Asvina.

SrAvana

9772

147

THE HINDU CALENDAR.

TABLE

1.

Ixxxix

....
.

..
.

THE INDIAN CALENDAR

TABLE
Liauilion-jKirts

I.

10,0(IOMi'

oj a

circle.

lithi

1.

',,'"'''

"f

'^''

CONCURRENT YEAR.

mo(jii's

II.

synodic revolution.

ADDED LUNAR MONTHS.

'i'ruf.

Time

of the
preceding

Brihaspali
fvclf

Luni-Solar

Name

(Nortliern)

fvde.
ciuTcnt

Time

of the
succeeding

sai'ikr&nti

soi'ikrunti

e\'pr-ssed in

expressed in

of

month.

(Southern.)
at

Mcsha

saiikranti.

3a

11

4812 1633 1768 1117

8S5- 86

1710-11

Vikrita

Sfirvari

4813 1634 1769 1118

886- 87

1711-12

Khara

Plava

4814 1635 1770 1119

887- 88

1712-13

Nandana

Subhakrit

4815 1636 1771 1120

888- 89

1713-14

Vijaya

Sobhana

4816 1637 1772 1121

889- 90

1714-15

Java

Krodhin

4817 1638 1773 1122

890- 91

1715-16

Manmatha ....

Visvavasu ...

4818 1639 1774 1123

891- 92

1716-17

Durmukha

Parabhava

4819 1640 1775 1124

892- 93

1717-18

Heraalamba

Plavaiiga

4820 1641 1776 1125

893- 94

1718-19

Vilaraba

Kilaka

Vikarin

Saumja

Siirvari

Sadht'iraua ....

6 Bhadiapada.
.

...

457

4821 1642 1777 1126

894- 95

1719-20

4822 1643 1778 1127

895- 96

1720-21

4823 1644 1779 1128

896- 97

1721-22

Plava

4824 1645 1780 1129

897- 98

1722-23

Subhakrit

4825 1646 1781 1130

898- 99

1723-24

Subhana

Pramadin

4826 1647 1782 1131

899-900

1724-25

Krodhin

A nanda

4827 1648 1783 1132

900-

1725-26

Visvfivasu ....

Rilkshasa

4828 1649 1784 1133

901-

1726-27

Pai'fibhava ...

Anala

4829 1650 1785 1134

902-

1727-28

Plavariga

Pii'igala

4830 1651 1786 113

903-

1728-29

4831 1652 1787 1136

904-

1729-30

4832 1653 1788 1137

905-

1730-31

Siidharatia ....

Raudra

4833 1654 1789 1138

906-

1731-32

Virodhakrit..

Dui'mati

4834 1655 1790 1139

907-

1732-33

Pai-idh&vin.

Dundubhi

4835 1656 1791 1140

908-

1733-34

Pramildin

Riidhirodgarin

4836 1657 1792 1141

909- 10

1734-35

.\nanda

Raktaksha

4837 1658 1793 1142

910- 11

1735-36

Rnkshasa

Krodhana

483H 1659 1794 1143

911- 12

1736-37

Auala

Ksliaya

4839 1660 179

1144

912- 13

1737-38

Pii'igala

Pn\bhava

4840 1661 1796 1145

913- 14

1738-39

KAhiyukttt..

4841 1662 1797 1146

914- 15

1739-40

Siddh&rthin.

915- 16

1740-41

916- 17

1741-42

4842 1663 1798

114'

4843 1664 1799 114H

Virodhakrit

Kilaka

K&layukta.

Saumya

Siddhjirthin..

...

Paridhavin

Vibhava

128

7 Asvina.

280

252

6 Bbadrapada.

9552

9763

29.289

458

7 Asvina.

9754

29.262

96

SrAvana

9893

29.676

Sukla

Ksudra

Praniuda

Durniati

PmjApati

THE HINDU CALENDAR.

TABLE

I.

1
5

...

2
1

...

...
..
.

THE INDIAN CALENDAR.

TABLE
Luiwiion-iiaits :=.

I.

10,OOOMs of a

rircte.

tithi

1.

of

'jinl/i

CONCURRENT YEAR.

the moon's synodic recolution.

II,

ADDED LUNAR MONTHS.

True.

Time

of the
preceding

Brihaspati
cycle

saiikrant

Lmii-Suhu(Northern)

Name

expressed in
(jf

cycle.

cun-cnt

month.

(Southern.)
at

Mesha

sai'ikrSnti.

3a

10

4844 1665 1800 1149

917-18

1742-43

56 Dundubhi ....

4K45 1666 1801 1150

918-19

1743-44

57 Rudhirodgarin

7 Srimukha

4846 1667 1802 1151

919-20

1744-45

58 Raktaksha..

Bhava

4847 1668 1803 1152

920-21

1745-46

59 Krodhana ....

Yuvan

4848 1669 1804 1153

921-22

1746-47

60 Kshaya

4849 1670 1805 1154

922-23

1747-48

4850 1671 1806 1155

923-24

1748-49

4851 1672 1807 1156

924-25

4852 1673 1808 1157

925-26

4853 1674 1809 1158

926-27

1751-52

4854 1675 1810 1159

927-28

*1752-53

4855 1676 1811 1160

928-29

1753-54

485B 1677 1812 1161

929-30

1754-55

8 Bhava

4857 1678 1813 1162

930-31

1755-56

9 Yuvan

4858 1679 1814 1163

931-32

4859 1680 1815 1164

932-33

1757-58

4860 1681 1816 116

933-34

1758-59

12 Bahudhanya

4861 1682 1817 1166

934-35

17.59-60

4S62 1683 1818 1167

935-36

1760-61

4863 1684 1819 1168

936-37

1761-62

4864 1G85 1820 1169

937-38

1762-63

16 Chitrabhanu.

26 Nandana

486

1686 1821 1170

938-39

1763-64

17 Subhfinu...

27 Vijaya

4SG6 1687 1822 1171

939-40

1764-65

18 Tdraiia

28 Java

4867 1688 1823 1172

940-41

1765-66

19 Parthiva.

4868 1689 1824 1173

941-42

1766-67

20 Vyaya

4869 1690 1825 1174

942-43

1767-68

21 Sarvajit..

4870 1691 1826 1175

943-44

4871 1692 1827 1176

944-45

1769-70

23 Virodhin

4872 1693 1828 1177

945-46

1770-71

24 Vikrita

34 Sirvarin

4873 1694 1829 1178

946-47

1771-72

25 Khara

35 Plaval)

4874 1695 1830 1179

947-48

1772-73

4875 1696 1831 1180

948-49

1773-74

')

Ai'igiras
,

10 Dhatri

Prabhava

Isvara

2 Vibhava

BahudhJnya

1749-50

3 Snkls

13 Pramathin..

1730-51

4 Pi'amoda

14 Vikrama

5 Prajapati

15 Vrisha

6 Aiigiras

16 Chitrabhanu.

1756-57 10

Srimukha .... 17 Subhanu

21 Sarvajit

13 Pramathin.

9878

22 Sarvadharin

23 Virodhiu

24 Vikrite

5 Sravava.

25 Khara

Vrisha

..

29 Manmatha.
30 Durmakha

Sarvadhfirin
.

27 Vijaya..'.

n()r(h.

19 PArthiva

Isvara

Subhakril, No. 36, was suppressed in (he

6 Bhadrapada.

20 Vyaya

Dhatri

26 Nandann

18 Tarana

14 Vikrama

1768-69 22

31 Hemalamba..

32 Vilamba
33 Vikuriu

37 Sobhana

..

38 Krodhin

..

9779

29.837

Time of

the
succeeding
saiiki-finti

expressed in

..

..

..

...

THE HINDU CALENDAR.

TABLE
iro/.

2.'i)

ii

Diftuiiir

of

iiionii

from

xiiti.

{Col.

III.

'^1)

zz

I.

25) c =:

(Col.

aiiomiili/.

nieaii

iiiooii''s

t'tin

OllOnllltt/.

COMMENCEMENT OF THE
Luni-Solar year. (Civil day of Chaitra

Solar year.

SukU

Ist.)

At Sanrfse on
mfrtdlon of UJjsln.

(Time of the Mesha sankrinti.)

Moon's

Day
Hii.i

Day

Month

A.

By
Wtck

i).

the

By

Arya

the Siirya

Age.

dav.

A.

Siddh&nta.

Siildh&nla.

Week

and Month
1).

<lav.

14

13

16

Mod

17

15a

20

19

23

29 Mar.

26 Mar.

85)..

6 Fri...

128

4844

29 Mar.

3 Tucs..

15 Mar.

74)..

3 Tues..

4845

29 Mar.

5 Thur.

4 Mar.

64)..

Sun..

218

4846

29

Mai-.

6 Fri...

23 Mar.

:82)..

Sat...

254

4847

29 Mar.

Sat...

12 Mar.

71)..

4 Wed..

129

4848

60).

Sun..

4849

SuD

29 Mar.

29 Mar.

3 Tues..

19 Mar.

29 Mar.

4 Wed..

8 Mar.

29 Mar.

Thur.

29 Mar.

6 Fii...

29 Mar.

89)

9 April 99)

Sun..

39

4850

67).

4 Wed..

9915

4851

27 Mar.

86)..

3 Tues..

9949

4852

17 Mar.

76)..

Sun..

164

4853

Mar.

65)..

Thur.

39

4854

4 Wed..

74

4855

2 Mon..

Mar.

79)..

4 April i94)X

Sat.

3 Tues..

24 Mar.

83)..

Sun.

9950

4856

10 April 100).

5 Thur.

13 Mar.

72)..

Thur.

9825

485

9 April 100).

6 Fri...

31 Mar.

91)..

4 Wed..

9860

4858

Sat.

20 Mar.

Sun..

9736

4859

Sat...

9770

4860

9 April

,99).

9 April 99).
9 April 99)..

10 April 100).

1 Sun.

8 April

3 Tues..

29 Mar.

Thur.

9985

4861

Wed

18 Mar.

3 Tues..

199

4862

2 Mon..

234

4863
4864

9 April 100).

9 April ;99)..

5 Thur.

9 April 99)..

6 Fri.

10 April 100).

6 April

26 Mar.

6 Fri...

109

Sun.

15 Mar.

3 Tnes..

9985

4865

20

4866

2 Mon.

2 Mon..

2 April

9 April 99)..

3 Tues..

22 Mar.

6 Fri...

9896

4867

9 April 99)..

4 Wed..

11 Mar.

3 Tues..

9771

4868

10 April 100).

6 Fri...

30 Mar.

2 Mon..

9806

4869

Sat.

19 Mar.

Sat.

9 April

100).

9 April 100).

9 April
9 April

10 April

Sun..

7 April

4871

4872

2 Mon..

28 Mar.

4 Wed..

Wed

17 Mar.

4870

6 Fri...

Sun.

4873

9 April

5 Thur.

4 April

Sat...

4874

9 April

6 Fri...

24 Mar.

4 Wed..

4875

See fuutnute p.

liii

above.

From

here (inelusive) forward the dates are

New

Style.

......

..

..
.

THE INDIAN CALENDAR.

TABLE
Liinatioii-iiUi-ts

I.

10,000Mi of a

circle.

lithi

I.

z=

of

'/30M

llie

CONCURRENT YEAR.

moon's si/nodic revolution.

ADDED LUNAR MONTHS.

11.

True.

Time
Brihiispati

of the

precedinfT

cycle

Limi-Soliu-

Name

(Northern)
cydo,

Time of

the
succeeding

saijki'anti

sai'ikr&uti

expressed in

expressed in

month.

ClUTCIlt

(Southern.)
at

Mcsha

sanki'unti.

10

3a

39 VisVilvasu

4S76

lfi97

1832 1181

949-50

1774-

28 Java

4877

lfi98

1833 1182

950-51

1775-

29 Manmatha.

4S78 1699 1834 1183

951-52

1776-

30 Durmukba.

41 Plava^ga

1184

952-53

1777-

31 Hemalamba.

42 Kilaka

4880 1701 1836 11 85

953-54

1778-

32 Vilamba ...

43 Saumya..

4881 1702 1837 1186

954-55

1779-

33 Vikarin

44 SSdhfirapa..

4882 1703 1838 1187

955-56

1780-

34

45 Virodhakrit.

4883 1704 1839 1188

956-57

1781-

35 Plava

4884 1705 1840 1189

957-58

1782-

1706 1841 1190

958-59

1783-

37 Sobhana.

4886 1707 1842 1191

959-60

1784-

38 Krodhin

4887 1708 1843 1192

960-61

1785-

39 Visvilvasu

4888 1709 1844 1193

961-62

1786-

40 Parabhava

4889 1710 1845 1194

962-63

1787-

41 Plavaiiga

4890 1711 1846 1195

963-64

'1788-

4891 1712 1847 1196

9C4-65

1789-

43 Saumj a ....

54 Raudra ....

4892 1713 1848 1197

965-66

1790-

44

55 Durmati

1714 1849 1198

966-67

1791-

45 Virodhakrit.

56 Dundubhi.

4894 ll\h 1850 1199

967-68

'1792-

46 I'aridhuvin

57 RudhirodgSrin

1716 1851 1200

968-69

1793-

47 Pramadin

4890 1717 1852 1201

969-70

1791-

48 A nanda ....

59 Krodhaua

4897 1718 1853 1202

970-71

179.5-

49 Rfikshasa

60 Kshaya

4898 1719 1854 1203

971-72

1796-

4899 1720 1855 1204

972-73

1797-

51 Pingnla

4900 1721 1856 1205

973-74

1798-

52 KSlavukta..

4901 1722 1857 1206

974-75

1799-

53 Siddharthin.

4902 1723 1858 1207

975-76

1800 5

54 Kaudra

5 Prajapati..

490;i

1724 1859 1208

976-77

1801-

55 Durmati

4904

172.')

1860 1209

977-78

1802-

56 Dundubhi

7 Srimukha

490!:

57 Kudhirodgririn

8 iJhfiva

58 llaktllksha

9 Yuvan ....

4879 1700

488.i

48'.)3

489.5

183.5

1726 1861 1210

978-79

1803-

4900 1727 1862 1211

979-80

1804-

4907 1728 1863 1212

980-81

The

jcjir

1800 was not

805-

leap-year.

40 Parabhava..

Silrvari

46 Paridhavin
.

47 Pramadin

48 Ananda.

49 R&kshasa

50 Anala

Subhakrit

3 Jvcshtlia.

Chaitra.

217

Sravapa.

221

51 Piiigala

52 Kfilavukta.

6 Bhadiapada.

53 .Siddharthin,

Kllaka

Sadharai.ia..

4 .^shailha

58 Raktiiksha.

50 Anala

59 Krodhnnn

6 Rhadrapada.

1 Prabhava..
2 Vibhava.

3 Sukla

5 Sri'iTaoa.

4 Pramoda

.'Viigiras.

10 Dhfltri,

3 Jveshtha.

...

27.684

THE HINDU CALENDAR.

TABLK
[iol.

23)

ti

Distiiiiic

of moon from

sun.

(Cot.

iV) h

I.

moons mean

Ij/.

{Col.

25)

iDlomdIi/.

....

..
.

THE INDIAN CALENDAR.

TABLE
I.ii,i,itio,i-]Hirlf

I.

\U,UWtli.s

of

rirrli:

II

1.

titlii

of

...Mi

tin-

CONCUKRENT YEAR.

moon's

s,/,ioiJir

i-cniii/io

ADDED LUNAR MONTHS.

II.

True.

Time

of the
preceding

Brihaspali
cycle
liUiii-Solar

(Northeni)

X;mie of

cuiTeiit

jM.mlh.

Time

of the
succeeding

sai'ikr&nti

sankrfinti

expressed in

expressed in

cycle.

(Southern.)
at

Mesha

sai'ikranti.

3a

4908 1729 1864 1213

981-

1806-

4909 1730 1865 1214

982-

1807- 8

4910 1731

983-

*1808- 9

121

10

60 Kshaya
1

Isvara

Prabhavii

2 Vibhava.

4911 1732 1867 1216

1809-10

3 Sukla

4912 1733 1868 1217

1810-11

4 Pnimoda
5 Prajilpati

4913 1734

1218

986-

1811-12

4914

1870 1219

987-

1812-13

173.^.

1813-14

4913 1736 1871 1220

6 Aiigiras
7

5 Sraraiia.

Balimllianya

Pramathin.

Vikrama

Vrisha

Cliitrabhauu.

Sublianu

Srimukha.

1814-15

8 Bhava

Parthiva ....

990-

1815-16

9 Yuvau

Vvaya

4918 1739 1874 1223

991-

*1816-17

10 Dhatri

Sarvajit..

4919 1740 1875 1224

992-

1817-18

11 Isvara

SarvadUariu

491

993-

1818-19

12 Bahudhanya

Virodhin

4921 1742 1877 1226

994-

1819-20

13 Pramalhiu

Vikrita ....

4922 1743 1878 1227

995-

1820-21

4923 1744 1879 1228

996-

1821-22

15 Vrisha

1822-23

16 Chitrabbanu.

...

Khara

Nandaua

7 Asvina.

4924 1745 1880 1229 997-

98

4925 1746 1881 1230

998-

99

1823-24

999-1000

1824-25

17

Subhauu...

Jaya

18 Tarana

Maumatha.

4927 1748 1883 1232 1000-

1825-26

19 PArthiva

Durmukha.

4928 1749 1884 1233 1001-

1826-27

20 Vyaya

Ucmalamba.

21 Sarvajit

4929 1750 1885 1234 1002-

1827-28

4930 1751 1886 1235 1003-

1828-29

4931 1752 1887 1236 1004-

1829-30

4932 1753 1888 1237 1005-

1830-31

24 Vikrita

Plava

4933 1754 1889 1238 lOOC-

1831-32

25 Khara

Subbakrit

4934 1755 1890 1239 1007-

1832-33

26 Naudaoa ...

Stibbana.

4935 1756 1891 1240 1008-

1833-34

27 Vijaya

Krodbiu

4936 1757 1892 1241 1009-

1834-35

28 Jaya

Visvfivasu

1835-36

29

4937 1758 1893 1242 1010-

4938 1759 1894

243 1011-

1836-37

Vilamba.

22 Sarvadhilrin

Vikarin....

3 Virodhiu....

Sarvari ....

.Maiiinatha.

ParAbbava

127

0.222

9918

9870

29 610

161

Plavnnia

28.380

251

Cbaitra

Srava^a..

9427

6 Bbtulnipada.

9707

4 .\sb(\dha

9160

30 Durmiikha

29.544
74

27 Vijaya.
10 l'ait3ha(Ksh.)

4826 1747 1882 1231

336

Bhildrapada.

4920 1741 1876 1225

14 Vikrama.

308

Tarana

1738 1873 1222

4916 1737 1872 1221

0.7-53

THE HINDU CALENDAR.

TABLE
[Col.

23)

It

iz:

DisUiiiic

of moon front

sun.

ii) h

(Col.

III.

xc

I.

moon's menu

iitKimiily

(Col.

sun's

mean

(inomiili/.

COMMENCEMENT OK THE

Solar year.

Lani-Solar year. (Civil

(Time of the Mesha

25) <

ilay

of Chaitra Sukla Ist.)

sankrjlnti.)

Moon's

Day

Day

and .Mouth

and Mouth

A.

1).

By

Week

the Arya

Siddhnnta.

By

the Surya

Siddhanta.

Week

Ape.

day.

A. D.

.lav.

13
11

April

14

17

15a

17a

19

20

23 24 25

....

...

THE INDIAN CALENDAR.

TABLE
I.iiiiiilioii-jiiirls

I.

l<l/MI(lMs

of

ririh'.

i(

.i

titlii

1.

'

of

j.iM

CONCURRENT YEAR.

I lie

niooiix

s>//ioi/if

recnliilio

ADDED LUNAR iMONTHS.

II.

True.

Time
Brihiispati

cjclc
I.uiii-Solai'

Name

(Northern)
cydc.

of

mouth.

current
(Southern.)

of the
preceding
sankr&nti
expressed in

Time

of the
succeeding

sankr&nti
expressed in

.*^

at Meslia

sankrrinti.

10

6
1939

1760 1895 1244

1012-13

1837-38

31 Uenialamba.

1896 1245

1013-14

1838-39

32 Vilamba

Saumya

1910 1761

Kilaka

I9il 1762 1897 1246

1014-15

1839-40

33 Vikfirin

SSdliSraua ....

4942 1763 1898 1247

1015-16

1840-41

34 Sarvari

Virodhakrit..

4943 1764 1899 1248

1016-17

1841-42

35 Plava

Paridhiivin

4944 1765 1900 1249

1017-18

1842-43

36 Subhakril

Pramadin

494.5

1766 1901 1250

1018-19

1843-44

37 Sobhana

Ananda

494(!

1767 1902 1251

1019-20

*1844-45

38 Krodhin

494* 1768 1903 1252

1020-21

1845-46

39 Visvuvasu

494S 1769 1904 1253

1021-22

1846-47

40 Parubhava

4949 1770 190

1254

1022-23

1847-48

41 Plavanga

4950 1771 1906 1255

1023-24

1848-49

1256

1024-25

1849-50 43 ISaumya

49.51

1772 190

495i2

Rakshasa
.

Anala
Piiigala

Kiilayukta ....

Kilaka

Siddharthin.

Raudra

1773 1908 1257

1025-26

1850-51

4953 1774 1909 1258

1026-27

1851-52 45 Virodhakrit..

4954 1775 1910 1259

1027-28

*1852-53

46 Paridhuvin

Rudhirodgarin

4955 1776 1911 1260

1028-29

18.53-54

47 Pramfidiu

Raktaksha..

49.56 1777 1912 1201

1029-30

1854-55

48 .^nauda

Krodhaua

4957 1778 1913 1262

1030-31

1855-56

49 Uukshasa

Kshaya

4958 1779 1914 1263

1031-32

1856-57

4959 1780 1915 1264

1032-33

1857-58

44 Sadhilrana..

Durmati

Duudubhi ....

50 Anala

Prabhava

51 Piii^ala

Sukla

4960 1781 1916 1265

1033-34

1858-59

4961 1782 1917 1260

1034-35

1859-60

4962 1783 1918 1267

1035-36

1860-61

4963 1784 1919 1268

1036-37

1861-62

4961 1785 1920 1209

1037-38

1862-63

4965 1786 1921 1270

1038-39

1863-04

i7

RudhirodgAriu

Vuvan

49(;fi

1787 1922 1271

1039-40

1864-65

>8

RiikliUsha....

DhStri

496

Pramoda

53 Siddhilrthin..

PrajSpuli

KAlayukt.'i.

56 Dundubhi.

1788 1923 1272

1040-41

1865-06

59 Krodhaua

1041-42

1866-67

CO Ksliaya

4969 1790 1925 1274

1042-43

1867-68

4970 1791 1926 1275

1043-44

1868-69

Vibhava, No.

2,

Mas auppresscd

in

Prabhnva

2 Vibliava

the niutli.

1)

6 Bhi'idrapada

7 Asviua.

Ai'iginis

Durmati ....

496S 1789 1924 1273

')

54 Raudra
5

7 Asviua.

Srimukha ....
lihilva

5 Sravana.

BalmdliAnya
PrauiAthin.

Vikrama

9876

11

THE HINDU CALENDAR.

TABLE

1.

..
..

..

..
.
..
.

THE INDIAN CALENDAR.

TABLE
^: 10,000M.s of

Liincitimi-jmrls

ii

rirrle.

.1 lithi

I.

^jiM of

the moon's synodic revolution.

CONCURRENT YEAR.

I.

ADDED LUNAR MONTHS.

II.

True.

Time

of the

Time

of the
succeeding

Brihaspati

preceding

cycle

sanki'uuti

bai'ikranti

cipreased in

csjiressed in

I.mii-Solar

Name

(Northern)

of

cycle.

current

mouth.

(Soutlieni.)
at

Mesha

sai'ikranti.

10

3a

4971 1792 1927 1276

1044-45

1869- 70

3 Sakla

4972 1793 1928 1277

1045-46

1870- 71

4 Pramoda

4973 1794 1929 1278

1046-47

1871- 72

5 Prajapati

Subhanu

4974 1795 1930 1279

1047-48

'1872- 73

Ai'igiras ....

Tai-ana

4975 1796 1931 1280

1048-49

1873- 74

Srimutha

Parthiva.

4976 1797 1932 1281

1049-50

1874- 75

8 Bhilfa

Vyaya
Sarvajit

2 A'aisakha..

Vrisha
.

Chitrabhauu

6 Bhadrapada

1798 1933 1282

1050-51

1875- 76

9 Yuvan

4978 1799 1934 1283

1051-52

'1876- 77

10 Dhatri

Sarvadharin.

4979 1800 1935 1284

1052-53

1877- 78

11 Jsvara

Virodhin

4980 1801 1936 1285

1053-54

1878- 79

12 Bahudhanja

Vikrita

4981 1802 1937 1286

1054-55

1879- 80

13 Pramfithin

Khara

4982 1803 1938 1287

1055-56

1880- 81

4983 1804 1939 1288

1056-57

1881- 82

15 Vrisha

Vijaya

4984 1805 1940 1289

1057-58

1882- 83

16 Chitrabhfinu

Jaya

1806 1941 1290

1058-59

1883- 84

17 Subhiluu

Manuiatha..

4986 1807 1942 1291

1059-60

18 Tarann

Durmukha

1808 1943 1292

1060-61

1885- 86

19 Parthiva...

Hemalamba

4988 1809 1944 1293

1061-62

1886- 87

20 Vyaya

Vilamba

4989 1810 1945 1294

1062-63

1887- 88

21 Sarvajit....

Vikurin

4990 1811 1946 129

1063-64

1888- 89

22 Sarf adharin.

4991 1812 1947 1296

1064-65

1889- 90

23 Virodhin

49

498

498

1884-

85

14 Vikrama.

Nandana

24 Vikrita

Subhakrit

1891- 92

25 Khara

Sobhuna

4994 1815 1950 1299

1067-68

1892- 93

1816 1951 1300

1068-69

1893- 94

27 Vijaya

Visvavasu

499B 1H17 1952 1301

1069-70

1894- 95

28 Java

Parabhava

29 .Manniatha..

Plavaugii

30 Durmukha

Kilaka

1818 1953 1302

1070-71

1895- 96

4998' 1819 1954 1303

1071-72

1896- 97

4999 1820 1955 1304

1072-73

1897- 98

31

Krodhin

Hcmalaniba.

32 Vilamba...

Sadharaua

1899-900

33 Vikftrin....

Virodhakrit.

5002 1823 1958 1307

1075-76

34 Sarvari

Paridhavin

The year 1900 A

1)

ill

not

l,r

:,

leap-year.

402

544

1898- 99

Blu'idnipada.

Saumya

1074-75

1073-74

1900J-

29.763

1956 1305

1821

194

5001 1822 1957 1306

.-)000

62

1890- 91

499

Sarvari

1066-67

527

Plava

1065-66

Nandaua

Sravaua.

4992 1813 1948 129

7 Asviua.
.

4993 1814 1949 1298

499

11

7 Asvina.

189

...

....

....

THE HINDU CALENDAR.

TABLE
[Cnl.

2.'i)

:=:

Distance of moon

from

siiii.

i\) h

(Col.

1.
nieini

/iwoii'x

ininmuli/.

25) r :=

[Col.

sun'.i

mean

iiiiomuli/.

COMMENCEMENT OF THE

III.

I.uui-Solar year. (Civil day of Chaitra Sukia Ut.)

Solar year.

(Time of the Mesha

At Saurlae or,
meridian of UJJaln.

sankraiiti

.)

Moon's

Day

Day

and Month

By

A. D.

Week

the

Arya

By

Siddhunta.

the

Sunn

Week

and Month

Age.

dnv
A. D.

Siddhliuta.

(lav.

14

13

16

April (101)

11

April (101)

2 Mon.

12 April (102)

15a

17

Sun.

11

17a

14 Mar.

4 Wed..

20

le
(73).

Sun

21

22 23

25

.651

120

1971

.918

155

4972

4 Wed...

.876

31

4973

2 Mon...

.021 9727

4974

Sat....

.528 9941

4975

2 April (92)..

Sat....

22 Mar. (81).,
8 April (99).

11

April (102).

.5

11

April (101).

6 Fri...

29 Mar. (88)..

11

April (101).

Sat...

19 Mar. (78)..

5 Thur..

.897

155

4976

12 April (102).

2 Mon..

7 April (97).,

4 Wed...

.828

190

4977

April (102).

3 Tues..

26 Mar. (86)..

Sun...

.210

66

4978

11 April (101).

4 Wed..

16 Mar. (75)..

6 Fri....

.900

280

4979

Thur.

3 April (93).

4 Wed...

.171 9976

4980

Sat...

23 Mar. (82)..

11

11

April (101).

12 April (102).

Thiir.

Sun...

.189

4981

Sat.

.417

4982

11 April (102).

Siin..

10 April (101).

11

April (101).

Mon..

30 Mar. (89)..

4 Wed.

.10:

4983

11

April (101).

3 Toes..

20 Mar. (79)..

2 Mon.

.564

4984

April (102).

a Thur.

8 April (98)..

Sun...

.504

11

4985

April (102).

f.

Fri...

28 Mar. (88)..

C Fri....

.855

226

4986

17 Mar. (76)..

3 Tues...

.309

101

4987

5 April (95).

2 Mon...

.441

136

4988

11

11 April (101).

April (101).

Sat.

Sun..

.59

12 April (102).

3 Tues..

15

24

25 Mar. (84)..

6 Fri....

.369

12

4989

11

April (102).

4 Wed..

.30

5.5

13 Mar. (73)..

3 Tues...

.378 1887

4990

11

April (101).

5 Thur.

46

27

April (91)..

2 Mon...

.570 9922

4991

11

April (101).

6 Fri...

tl

58

21 Mar. (SO).

6 Fri....

.147 9798

4992

April (102).

Sun..

17

30

9 April (99).

Thur..

.162 9832

4993

11 April (102).

2 Mon..

33

29 Mar. (89)..

3 Tues...

11

April (101).

3 Tues..

48

33

19 Mar. (78)..

April (101).

4 Wed..

t4

7 April (97)..

April (102).

6 Fri...

19

36

27 Mar. (86)..

4 Wed...

April (102).

Sat...

35

15 Mar. (75)..

Sun

Sun..

50

39

11

11 April (101).
11

3 April (93)..

Snn

Sat

Sat

.513

47

4994

.897

261

4995

.912

296

4996

.594

171

4997

.582

47

4998

82

4999

9957

5000

.840

April (101).

2 Mon..,

23 Mar. (82)..

4 Wed...,

.70;

April (102).

4 Wed..

11 April (101).

3 Tues....

.810 9992

Thur.

31 Mar. (90)..

12 April (102).

Si-f

footnotr p.

liii

above.

Sat

.186

001

5002

......
,

THE HINDU CALENDAR.

TABLE

PART

11.

1.

CORRESPONDENCE OP AMANTA AND PtjUNIMANTA MONTHS

(See Arl. 51

Amantn

rrm.iimfiuta monllis

iiumllis.

Sukla.

s
Krishna

Sukla.

Krishna

Sukla

Jycshtha.

Krishua

Sukla

4 Ashitdha.
Krishna

Sukla

5 Sruvaya
^

(i

Bhailrapaila

BhaJrapada

Krishiia

Sukla

Krishua

Sukla

Krishna

Sukla

Krishna

Sukla.

Asvina.

Krishna

Sukla.

Krishria

MAaha

Sukla

Krishna

Sukla.

Krishiia

Phalgnna.

Sukla

:::

Suddha and other synonyms.

Krishpa z^ Bahula, Vadya, and other synonyms.

THE INDIAN CALENDAR.

TABLE

PART

II.

CORKESPONDENCE OP MONTHS
(\,v

LUNI-SOLAR YEAR.

.Irl.

lli:i

uf

IX

the 'JWl.)

II.

DIFFERENT ERAS.

THE HINDU CALENDAR.

TARLE
coin: KSI'ON

II.

PART

11.

(continuer)

DEN CE OF MONTHS IN DIFFERENT ERAS.

(See Art

103 of the Text.

=var
ttika).

THE INDIAN CALENDAR.

Kali.

THE HINDU CALENDAR.

TABLE
COLLEC'I'lVE

1'

K T

i.

111.

DURATION OF MONTHS

...

...

,.

THE HINDU CALENDAR.

TABLE

ill.

COLLKCTIVK DURATION OF MdNTllS

I'.virr

Collective duration (iu days) from the bcgiuning of the year to the

Collective

duration

end of the month in

from the
beginning

II.

Solar year (McshMi).

Luni-Solar year (Chaitrudi).

il

at

By
mouth

Mont

5,

or to the saiikrfmti in col. 3

h.

col.

the

Arya Siddhdnta.

By

3a

5.

Hindu

European

Hindu

European

reckoning.

reckoning.

reckoning.

reckouing.

6a
Mesha.

Vaisukha...

Vrishablia.

Jyeshtha.

Mithuna..

Karka

93(2)

Karka.

Siiiiha

125(6)

,\shailha

Sravaiia

Siiiiha.

Vrisliabha

Mithuna

3n(2)

62(6)

Kanya

156(2)

Tula

186(4)

BhAdrapada.

KanvH

.\5vi11a

Tula

Vrischika... 216i6)

Vrischika

Dhanus.

Karttika.

Margasirsha

Pausha

.Makara

Kumbha

Matrha

Phalguna
In

Dhanus

interca-

lary years.

Mma ...

246(1)

Makara .... 275(2)

Kumbha

Mina
Mesha

GH.

D.

H.

M
10

Cliaitra

the Siirija Siddhiiuta.

iu

D.

a.

end of

of

month.

col.

Sai'ikrAnti

111

of the yeai
to the end
of each

305(4)
334(5)

(of

the following ycar)t. 365(1)

30(2)

THE INDIAN CALENDAR.

TABLE
(//)

{.t)

(B) (C)

IV.

FOR EATIRY DAY IN THE YEAK.

THE HINDU CALENDAR.

T A B L E IV.
N..

(CONTINUED).

THE INDIAN CALENDAR.

TABLE
X.I.

IV.

(CONTINUED)

THE HINDU CALENDAR.

TABLE
M)

(B)

(C)

KOI!

(Trof.

Hours.

V.

IIOUKS AND MINUTES.

Jaculns

Ind.

Ant.,

Table

8).

THE INDIAN CALENDAR.

TAJiLE

SOLAK EQUATION.

(ArU. 107,108).

(Aria. 107,108).

The equation

in col.

ai-gumcnts in

(This

AUGUUENT

(i).

2 corresponds lu either of the

cols.

and

N.B.

The equation

in rol.

arguments in

3.

Prof. Jamil's Ind. Ant., Vol. XFII., Table 9,

re-arrariged.)

Argn.

Vll.

LUNAR EQUATION.
Akovuk.nt
N.B.

TABLE

VI.

(Thix

is

(c).

2 coiTesponds
cols.

Prof, .lacohi's Ind. Aid.,

re-arranged.)

and
Vol.

to

either of the

3.

XVII., Table 10,

....

..
..

THE HINDU CALENDAR.

TABLE
INDICES OF

TITIllS,

AND KARANA.

TITHI

VI 11.

NAKSHATRAS, AND YOGAS; AND THE KARANAS OF TITHIS.

NAKSHATRA.

KaraQos.

Index
Index

Index for the

coding point of
tlie Nakahatra
accordic); to

For the

For the

()

1st half of

2nd half of

(Ordinal")'

the tithi.

the tithi.

system).

tlie

Index

unequal
space system of
firulimi

ia

Garga

Siddhflnta.

10

13

11

akla.

0-

333

Kiiiistaghna

0-

370

370

366

Vishkambha

333-

667

2 Biilava

3 Kaulava.

Bharan!

370-

741

556

549

Priti

5 Gara.

Krittika

741-

1111

926

915

Ayuahmat

667- 1000 4

Taitila...

Asvini

Bava.

Rohiiii

Ull- 1481

1481

1464

Saubhagya

2 Bulava.

Mrigasiras

1481-

1852

1852

18,30

Sobhana.

3 Kaulava..

Ardra

1852-

2222

2037

5 Gara

6 Vavij.

Punarvasu

2222-

2.593

2593

Bava.

Pnshja

2593-

2963

3 Kaulava.

.\sleshi

2963-

3333

5 Gara.

Magha

3333-

7 Vishti.

Purva Phalsuni.

2 Balava.

Taitila.

Vaijij.

Bava.

1000- 1333

6 Vaiiij..

1333- 1667

1667- 2000
7

2000- 2333

2333- 2667

2667- 3000

2 Balava...

10

3000- 3333

11

3333- 3667

6 Vaiiij..

12

3667- 4000

13

4000- 4333

3 Kaulava..

4333- 4667

5 Gara

1.5

4667- 5000

7 Vishti

7 Vishti

Bava....

Vishti f..

Taitila...
.

Bava....

t.

Taitila.

0-

370

370-

741

741-

nil

nil-

1481

1481- 1852

2013

Atigatida.

1852- 2222

2562

Snkaiiiiau

2222- 2593

2963

2928

Dhriti

2593- 2963

3148

3111

Sula

2963- 3333

3704

3518

3477

Gatxla

3704-

4074

3888

3843

Vriddhi

Uttara Phalguni

4074-

4444

4444

4392

Dhruva

Hasta

4444-

4815

4815

4758

VySghata..

Chitra

4815-

5185

5185

5124

Harshatia.

Svati

5185-

5556

5370

5307

Vajra

3333- 3704

3704- 4074
.

4074- 4444

4444- 4815

481.5- 5185

5185- 5556

Krish.
1

5000- 5333

2 Bilava...

3 Kaulava.

Visakha

5556-

5926

.5333- 5667

4 Taitila

5 Gara.

Anurddha

5926-

6296

5667- 6000

A'aiiij

7 Vishti.

Jjeshtha

6296-

6667

6000- 6333

Bava

2 Balava.

Mula

6667-

6333- 06C7

3 Kaulava..

I'llrva Asliadha.

7037-

6667- 7000

7000- 7333

7 Vishti

7333- 7667

2 Balava...

7667- 8000 4
8000- 8333

Gara

Taitila.

6 Vaoij.

6 Va(iij ....

8333- 8667

8667- 9000

3 Kaulava

9000- 9333

5 Gara ....

9333- 9667

7 Vishti

Bava ....

9667-10000 Chatashpada
'

in-

is

also called

or Sravishtha.

tt

or Satataraka.
or Asrij.

Bhadra,

Vyatipata.

5926- 6296

6481

6405

Variyas

6296- 6667

7037

6852

6771

Parigha

6667- 7037

7407

7222

7137

Siva

7037- 7407

7407-

7778

7778

7686

Siddha

7407- 7778

Ahhijit

(7685-

7802)

Sravana

7778-

8148

8148

Uttara Ashadha.

7804

7778- 8148

8170

Sadhya

8148-

8519

8519

8536

Subha

8519-

8889

8704

8719

Sukla..

7 Vishti.

Pilrva Bhadrapada 8889-

9259

9074

9085

Brahman... 8889- 9259

2 BAlava.

Uttara Bhadrapadu 9259-

9630

9630

9634

Rcvali

9630- 10000 10000

10000

Bava.

3 Kaulava.

DhanishthS

5 Gara.

Satabhishaj \^.

Taitila.

6 Vaoij.
Sakuni.

N5ga.

KiiiilUiilma.

Vishti

t
**

Taitila.

Siddhi.... 5556- 5926

6222

Kal_\;"u,ii

8148- 8519

85 19- 8889

Indra

9259-

Vaidhriti...

9630-10000

96.30

THE INDIAN CALENDAR.

TABLE VII1\
LONGITUDES OF KNDING-POINTS OF TITHIS.
Tithi-Indes

TABLE

VIIIB.

LONGITUDES OF PARTS OK TITHIS, NAKSHATRAS

AND YOGAS.

TABL
TITIU.

P]

THE HINDU CALENDAR.

T ABLE V J

(coNTiMiED.)

cxv
1

(continued)

THE INDIAN CALENDAR.

TABLE

IX.

TABLE GIVING THE SERIAL NUMBER 01' DAVS FROM THE END OF A YEAR AD. FOR TWO
CONSECUTIVE AD. YEARS.

Pakt

I.

THE HINDU CALENDAR.

TABLE
I'ABI.K GIVINT,

Till'.

SKIUAI.

IX.

NUMHEK OF DAYS

(CONTIMJKD.)

FIIOM TllK
CONSEClil'lVE A.B. YEARS.

END OK

VEAK AD.

KOI!

TWO

THE INDIAN CALENDAR.

TABLE

X.

FOR CONVERTING TITHI-PARTS, AND INDICES OF TITHIS, NAKSHATRAS, AND YOGAS INTO TIJIE
[N.B.

In this Table a tithi

.,

i>

is

supposed to eontain

lunation

1,000

parts.

10,000

,,

sidereal month

.,

10,000

yoga ehakra

10,000

Therefore
the argument shews

In the case of Titbi-parts

Tithi-index

,,

,,

Nakshatra-indes

,,

.,

Ydgn-index

,,

(t)

(//)

()

l,000ths of a

lO.OOOths

tithi.

lunation.

10,000ths

sidereal month.

lO.OOOths

yoga-i-halvra].

THE HINDU CALENDAR.

cxi

TABLE XL
LATITUDES AND LONGITUDES OF PRINCIPAL PLACES.
(Latitudes and lonc/itudes in degrees and minutes; Longitudes in minutes of time, being the difference in time beticeen

and
This

[N.B.

III'

To

Table

;!'

convert

39"

based

is

on

the

maps of the Great Trigonometrical Survey of

mean

time,

as

India, but all longitudes require a correction

Madras Observatory, namely, 80 14' 51"].

to bring thcni to the latest corrected longitude of the

Ujjain

found by the previous Tables, into local mean time, add to or subtract from the former

the minutes of longitude of the place in question, as indicated by the sign of plus or

NAxME OF PLACE.

Long.

N.

minus

in this Table.

Long.

from

NAME

from

njjain In

Latitude.

Greenwich.

minutes

24" 36'

72 50'

Bombay

27 10'

78

Ahmadubad

23

1'

Ahmaduagar

19

N.
OF

PLACE.
Latitude.

Long. E
from
Greenwich.

18 54'

72 52'

Broach (Bhrigukachha)

21 42'

73

72 39'

Bundi

25 26'

75 42'

4'

74 48'

BurhSnpur

21

19'

76 18'

Ajanta

20 32'

75 49'

88 24'

20 30'

74 45'

22 33'

Ajna-r

(Fort)

.isi-a

Aligadh (Allyghnr. Coel)

27 52'

78

8'

Allahabiul (Prayfuja)

25 26'

81 54'

.Aniaravati (on the Krishna)*

16 34'

80 25'

+
+

20 55'

77 49'

Amritsar

31 37'

74 56'

Anhilvad (Patan)

23 51'

72 11'

Arcot (.irkUdu)

12 54'

79 24'

Aurangabad

19 54'

75 24'

+
-

Amaruvati

(Amraoti,

Ayodhya

(see

Calcutta

(Gt. Trig. Station)

Calingapatam

15 55'

75 45'

14 23'

75 18'

Bauavasi

14 32'

75

5'

Bai'dhvun (Burdnan)

23 14'

87 55'

Bai-oda (Badoda)

22 18'

73 16'

18 13'

75 46'

15 51'

74 35'

2'

12
11
1

+
+

50

(see Kalii'igapatam]

Cambay (Khambat, Sthambarati)

22 18'

72 41'

13

Cannpore (Kahupar, Old City)

26 29'

80 22'

4-

18

18

Cochin

9 58'

76 18'

(see Klnchi).

Cuttack (see Katak)

Dacca (Dhaka)

23 43'

90 27'

Debli (Delhi, Old City)

28 39'

77 18'

15

14

Oudc)

Balagavi, or Balagaiiivc

minates

24

Congeeveram

B'ldami

William)

(Foi-t

Oomra-

wnttee, in Berar)

5'

from
Ujjain in

of time.

of time.

Abrt (Arbuda)

Ujjain

the place in question.)

Devagiri (Daulatabad)

19 57'

75 17'

DhSra (Dhar)

22 36'

7.5 22'

+
+
-

DharvSd (Dharwar)

15 27'

75

5'

3
9

58

26 41'

77 58'

Dhnlia

20 54'

74 50'

Dvaraka

22 14'

69

27

48

Ellora (Velapura)

20

2'

75 14'

10

Farukhabad (Furruck.)

27 23'

79 37'

Dholpur

(City)

2'

26 14'

78 14'

17 22'

78 32'

+
+
+
+
+
+
+

Haidarubad (Sindh)

25 23'

68 26'

Hijuagar (see Vijayanagai-)

Harda

22 20'

77

9'

Hikauer

Ilardwilr

29 57'

78 14'

10

Iknares

25 19'

83

4'

HhAgalpur (Bengal)

25 15'

87

2'

liharatpur (Bhurtpoor)

27 13'

77 33'

Blulsa

23 32'

77 52'

Blinpill

23 15'

77 28'

+
+
+
+
+

25 11'

85 35'

16 50'

75 47'

Barsi

Bclgaum

Bihar

(Birhar. in Bengal)

Bijapur (Becjapoor)

Gaya

24 47'

85

GhSzipur

25 35'

83 39'

29

Gimir

21 32'

70 36'

45

Goa (G6pakapattana)

15 30'

73 57'

Gorakhapur (Goruckpoor) ....

26 45'

83 25'

7
8

84 30'

Gurkha
Gwalior

39

Haidarabad

(in

4'

(l)i:khan)

Gwalior)

15

37
31
21

30
35
10
11

30

THE INDIAN CALENDAR.

X I.

TABLE
Latitude.

Luug. E
from
Greenwich.

HoshangAbad

22 45'

77 47'

Indorc

22 43'

75 55'

Jabalinir (Jubbulpore)

23 11'

80

Jaganathapuri

19 48'

21

N.

NAME

OF PLACE.

from

(CONTIM

NAME

oy

El)

Lon;;.

N.

PLACE

Latitude.

from
Greenwich.

Oude (Oudh, Ayodhya)

26 48'

82 16'

Paithan

19 29'

75 27'

17 41'

75 24'

Patiahl

30 19'

76 28'

11

Patpa

25 36'

85 16'

11

Peshawur

34

0'

71 40'

21

Poona (Puijem)

18 30'

73 55'

25 48'

87 34'

9 17'

79 23'

0'

73 21'

24 31'

81 21'

Cjjain in

minutes
of time.

+
+

17

Pandhapiir

85 53'

40

Pfitan {see Ai.ibilwad)

75 38'

0'

26 55'

75

53'

JhAnsi

25 28'

78 38'

Jcidlipur

26 18'

73

JunagiuIIi

21 31'

70 31'

18 20'

84

11'

33

Pooree (Pari, see Jagannathapurl)

19 15'

73 11'

11

Puriiiya

Jalgaum
Jaypur (Jeypore,

in Rajputilna)

Kalii'igapatam (Calingapatam)

Kalvan (Bombaj)

Kalyan

1'

5'

Kanauj

17 53'

77

1'

27

79

59'

3'

12 50'

79 46'

Katak (Cuttack)

20 28'

85 56'

Khatmaniju

27 39'

85

19'

Kfllapnr (Kolhapur)

16 41'

74

17'

Labor (Lahore)

31 35'

74 23'

Lakhnau (Lucknow)

26 51'

80 58'

9 55'

78 11'

(or

Madhura

Congceveram)

(Jladura,

Madras

Madras (Observatory)

Prcs.)

13

Maisfir (Mysore)

4'

80 ISVs

12 18'

76 43'

.Malkhcil

(Manvaklif-ta)

17 12'

77 13'

Maudavi

(in

Catch)

22 50'

69 25'

12 52'

74 54'

27 30'

77 45'

Maiigalur (Mangalort)

Mathura (Muttra N.W.P.)

25 23'

86 32'

MultSn (Mooltau)

30 12'

71 32'

NSgpur (Nagpore)

21

79 10'

20

0'

73 51'

Mongir

(or

Muriger)

Nfisik

Oomrawuttee

(.iw

Patau

{see

Somnathpatan)

(Poomeah)

Ramesvara (Rameshwur)

Nizam's

(Kalliannce,

Dominions)

Kai'ichi

Amaravati

17

Batnagiri

+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
-

+
+
+

17

RevS (Rewa,

16

Sigar (Saugor)

23 50'

78 48'

40

Sahet Mahet (Sravasti) 2

27 31'

82

38

Sambhalpur (Sumbulpore) ....

21 28'

84

2'

Satilra

17 41'

74

3'

6
6

21

9
IS

5'

Seringapatam (Srirangapattana)

12 25'

76 44'

Sholapur

17 41'

75 58'

Sironj

24

6'

77 45'

.Somnathpatan

20 53'

70 28'

34

6'

74 52'

21 12'

72 53'

10 47'

79

12'

19 12'

73

1'

Srinagar

Surat

26

Riwiiui)

Taujore

(in

Kashmir)

(Tanjiivi'ir)

(Tannah)

Thi'uia

Travancore (Tirnvai'ikudu)

8 14'

10 49'

77 19'
78 45'

43

Trichinopoly

17

Trivandrum

13

Udaipur (Oodeypore)

24 34'

73 45'

I'jjain '

23 11'

75 50'

Vijayanagar

15 19'

76 32'

8 29'

77

1
The longitude of the .Madras Observatory, wliieh forms llic basis of the Indian tieo-i-apliieal surveys, has been lalel\
corrected to 80 14' 51".
i
Sahet Mahet is not on the Survey of India map. The particulars are taken from the Imperial Gazetteer.
6".
With the curiwtion noted in note 1 above ( 3' 39") the longitude of Ujjaiu comes to 75 46'
'

''

THE HINDU CALENDAR.

TABLE

XII.

THE INDIAN CALENDAR.

TABLE XI 11.

;xii

(Tlie

foUow'wq Table fur

fiiidiwi thi-

ilai/

of

CAIENnAK

Hit-

ireek

FOl!

for

anij date

from

THE YEARS FROM

A.

J).

A.I).

300
:500

lo

2300 has been

TO 2'MW.

sujijjiied bi/

Dr. Burgess)

THE HINDU CALENDAR.

TABLE

XIV.

Where

THE HINDU CALENDAR.

TABLE XV.

THE HINDU CALENDAR.

XV. (coNTiNUBn.)

TABLE

THE MLHAMMADAN CALENDAR.

TABLE
INITIAL DAYS OF
N.U.

i.

ii.

llijra

year.

XVI.

MUHAMMADAN YEAKS OK

TlIK

III.IKA.

Asteritkt indicate Leap-yfara.

lj>

U,

llijra

11G5

iiielusire, Ihr

.1.1).

daU.i are Old

Sl,,le.

THE MUHAMMAD AN CALENDAR.

TABLE
INITIAI,
N'.li.

i.

ii.

Ilijra

yonr.

DAYS OK

XVI.

MUHAMMADAN YEARS OF

TIIK

III.IKA.

Axlrriaks imiicale Leap-ijeara.

//.

In

Ilijra

11(15

inclusive,

llir

.1.1).

dal,:i

ar^ Old

Sl,,lf.

TffE

IXDIAN CALENDAR.

TABLE XV
INITIAL DA.YS OF
N.B.

i.

I.

(CONTINUED)

MUIIAMMADAN YEARS

Asterisks indicate Leap-years.

Ol'

THE

IIIJKA.

THE Ml IfAMMADAN CALENDAR.

TABLE
INITIAL DAYS
N.li.

i.

ii.

llijni

vnir.

Asterhka imUcalv
//.

I,

XVI.

(CONTINUED.)

OP MUIIAMMADAN YEARS OF THE

llijra

lltir)

IlIJRA.

Lcaji-i/ears.
i,ic!i(.iive,

the

A.D.

d,il,:s

nr,-

(llil

M.,lr

THE INDIAN CALENDAR.

TABLE
INITI.a,
N.B.

i.

ii.

llijia

year.

DAYS OF

XVI.

(CONTINUED.)

MDHAMMADAN YEARS OK THE

HIJRA.

Asterisks indicate Leap-j/ears.

I'p to

Uijra llfiS inclusive,

llir

A.l). dittcs are

Old

Style.

THE MUHAMMADAN CALENDAR.

TABLE
INITIAL DAYS OK

B,

i.

ii

Ilijn.

jcnr.

XVI.

(CONTJNUKD.)

MUHAMMADAN YEARS OK THE

HIJRA.

Asterisks indicate Lvap-yt'ors.

1 1>

In llijra

nf)5

iiictiisiie,

the A.I), ilolfs are

Old

Style.

THE INDIAN CALENDAR.

TABLE XV
INITIAL DAYS OK
N,B.

i.

ii.

Hijra
yeai-.

I.

(CONTINUED.)

MUHAMMADAN YEAUS OK THE

HI.IRA.

Asterisks ii/dicate Lf/ip-ifears.

1 1,

to

llijr.i

llfiS iiiclusivi; the .I.IJ.

<l.il,s

are Old Mijle.

77//!:

MUHAMMADAN

TABLE
INITIAI,

li

i.

ii

Ilijra
.vonr.

XVI.

CALENDAR.
(CONTINUED.)

DAYS OF MUIIAMMADAN YEARS OK THE

.hirrixk.i
//.

1,1

iiii/i,;,/,-

IHjni

IlIJKA.

Lfaji-yi-ars.

\U\:> inc/iisiiv, the

A.D. dales are Old

Sli/I,-.

Till-:

INDIAN CALENDAR.

TABLE
INITIAL DAYS OF

B.

i.

ii.

Uijra
jciir.

Asteruks indicate

Vp

to

XVI.

MCIIAMMADAN

(CONTINIED.)
YEAliS

OF

TIIK lllJRA.

Leai>-;tears.

Hijra 1105 inclusie,; the A.l). dales are Old

Style.

'/'///;

mihammadan

TABLE
INITIAI, IIAVS
N.B.

ii.

llijrn

vcar

XVI.

calendar.
(CONTINUKD.)

OF MLllAMMADAN VKAKS OF TllK

IIIJKA

Asterisks indicate Leap-ijears.

Up

to llijra

1165

inrlusive, the

A.D. dales are Old

Sti/lf

THE INDIAN CALENDAR.

TABLE
INITIAL DAYS OF
N.H.

i.

ii

llijra

year.

XVI.

(CONTINUED)

MUUAMMAUAX YEARS OF THE

HIJKA

Asterisks indicate Leap-years.

l']j

to

Ilijra

UG.') inclusive, the

A.D. dates are Old

Sti/le.

THE MUHAMMADAN CALENDAR.

TABLE XV
INITIAL DAYS OF

N B

I.

(CONTINUED)

MUHAMMADAN YEARS OF THE

AileriiLi indiealf Leap-ijfars.

IIIJRA.

THE INDIAN CALENDAR.

TABLE
INITIAL DAYS OF
N.B.

i.

ii.

Hijra
year.

XVI.

(coNTiNiEir)

MUHAMMADAN YEARS OF THE

IIIJKA.

Asterisk! indicitr Leap-years.

Vji

to nijra

116.')

Inclusive, the

A.B. dates are Old

Sli/le.

APPENDIX.

THE SUN

ECLIPSES OF

IN INDIA.'

By Dr. Robert Schram.

A
1

complete

200 B.C.

of

list

all

any part of the globe between the years

eclipses of the sun for

2160 A.D. has been published by Oppolzer

and

in his

"Canon

der Finsternisse",

(Denkschriften der mathematisch naturwissenscliaftliclien Classe der Kais. Akademie der Wissenschaftcti in

Wieji,

Vol. LII. 1887).

In this

required

for

every eclipse

But inasmuch as the problem

phase, and end for any particular place.

calculations

work are given

path of the shadow on the earth's surface, and of

for the calculation of the

are also unavoidably complicated.

It

is

all

its

the data necessary

beginning, greatest

a complicated one

tlie

takes considerable time to work out

by the exact formula; the time of the greatest phase of a given eclipse for a particular place,
and when, as is often the case with Indian inscriptions, we are not sure of the year in which
a reported eclipse has taken place, and it is therefore necessary to calculate for a large number
of eclipses, the work becomes almost impossible.
The use, however, of the exact formulae is seldom necessary. In most cases it is sufficient
to make use of a close approximation, or still better of tables based on approximate formuhe.
Such tables I have published under the title " Tafeln zur Berechnung der naheren Umstande
der Sonnenfinsternisse", (Denkschriften der mathematisch 7iatunvissenschaftlichen Classe der Kais.
Akademie der Wisscnschaften in Wien, Vol. LI. 1886) and the Tables B, C, and D, now given
are based on those.
That is to say. they contain extracts from those tables, somewhat modified
and containing only what is of interest for the continent of India. Table A is a modified extract
from Oppolzer's Canon, containing only eclipses visible in India and the immediate neighbourhood.
All others are eliminated, and thus the work of calculation is greatly diminished, as no other
need be examined to ascertain

eclipses

their visibility at the given place.

Oppolzer's Canon gives the following elements

Date of eclipse and Greenwich mean

= longitude

L'

log pi

log

AL
I

periodicals,

equal
to
"1

sinP beinc
p
"^
fa
latitude,

time of conjunction
is

in

longitude.

of course identical at the middle of the eclipse.

n Equation of time in degrees,

= Obliquity of the ecliptic.

Z
f

civil

of Sun and Moon, which

i?

and

iv'

^'"

^''~^\

s,Q

(T 5r')

where

q cosQ being the hourly motion of p

= the

propose

hourly
' motion of

to publish,

"'"'

'.'

sm

and

b'

denote

the

moon's and

sun's

'''"

(t

'^T'''^
t')

sinP.

where L denotes the moon's, L' the sun's longitude.

in a second edition of this work, if such should be called for, or in one of the scientific
compiled from Oppolzer's Canon der Fimtemitae, and containing those visible in India during

ritlier

tables of lunar eclipses,

their respective parallaxes.

the period comprised in the present volume.

[R. S.]

ECLIPSES OF THE

no
u',

y
(I,

log n
,

S'j
.

INDIA.

shadow.

= angle of shadow's cone.

= shortest distance of shadow's centre from earth's centre.
= Sun's hour-angle at Greenwich at the moment of this shortest
= hourly motion of shadow's centre.

f,

log sin

log cos

=: radius of

SUN IN

Sun

'

^.

,.

declination,

N' =. angle of moon's orbit with declination circle (N'

the moon's orbit with latitude circle, and tan h

G
K
g

sin

G rz sin V sin
G = cos N'.

sin

g sin
g cos

sin

sin

k cos

sin

sin

cos g zz cos

cos g
cos k

sin

K == sin
K =: sin

N h, where N
^ cos L' cos

N'.

sin N'.

'

cos N'.

S'

cos N'.

With these elements the calculation of the moment of greatest phase of eclipse at a given
whose longitude from Greenwich is A, and whose latitude is ^, is found by the formula:
log

m sinM ~ 7 0,9966
m cosM rz A
(t

/ct)

-^

0,9966

0,2618 cos cp^

m'cosM'=n 0,2618 cos

= t-

15

Making

firstly

formulae instead of

again put

1^,

=A+

cos

sin Cpj cos k

this

t,

(G

sin

cos

moment

These calculations
it

k cos (K

+ t).

This value

t,.

is

The

last

which,

by these formulje

from the former one, but, as a general

differs

value of

Calculation

t.

put in the

for t;

is

then the hour-angle of the sun at the

With the

of greatest phase at that place.

=6

last

value of

r-

we

find

_^

be seen, very complicated, and for other than astronomical

hardly ever necessary to attain to so great a degree of accuracy. For ordinary purposes

is

may be

t).

formuhe gives the value of

the magnitude of the greatest phase at the given place in digits

problems

sin

i^j

gives a second corrected value of

or four times suffices.

given place for the

(p.

M').

must be repeated as long as the new value of

three

log

sin

<?)j

g cos (G + t).
sin k sin (K + tj.

(M +
(/.,

= 0,9966

and the calculation repeated, and thus we get a closer value

the place of

in

cos

sin

cj>,

ti

cpi

cos g sin 0i

m'sinM'=:

they

the angle of

is

f.

N'.

= cos

cos k

place,

rule,

distance.

are, as will

greatly simplified, as

it

suffices to

merely

fix

the hour-angle to the nearest degree.

The angle N is very nearly constant, its mean value being N = 843 or N = 957
according as the moon is in the a.scending or descending node. Which of these is the case is
always shown by the value of P, as P is always near o" when the moon is in the ascending,
and near 180 when she is in the descending node. Taking also for f a mean value, say fzz 236o,
and making the calculations separately for the cases of the ascending and descending node, we
find

that

h,

S',

N',

sin

g,

cos

g,

sin

k,

cos

k,

and

therefore be tabulated for single values of L', say from 10 to

The second of

m
will

give for

cos
t

M=

are

all

dependents of

L',

10 degrees.

the above formulae

(t,,

the value

/!*)

^ 0,9966

sin

(?),

cos k

-|-

cos

(p,

sin

k cos (K

-f t)

and can


SUN /N INDIA.

ECLIPSES OE THE
=(;.

+^X

jc*)

The angle

m cosM
with

sin

cos k

<J),

moment

- ^ cos

k cos (K

sin

<$i

1 1

t)

+^m

cos M.

of greatest phase, always sufficiently near 90 or 270",

can be neglected; and, introducing

the value of

<p,

0,9966

being, at the

for

mean

its

value

and

27,544,

identifying

(J),

can simply be determined by the expression

cos k - 27,544 cos $ sin k cos (K + t)

+ 27,447 sin
by the whole of the above formulje. Now in this last expression k and K
are mere dependents on L', and therefore the values of t can be tabulated for each value ofL'
and cp. Table D is constructed on this formula, only instead
with the two arguments ?. -}of counting t in degrees and from true noon it is counted, for Indian purposes, in ghatikas and
t

zr (A

instead of determining

jtt)

it

ijl

their tenths

The

from true sunrise.

value of

t for

the instant of the greatest phase at the given place being found,

it

can

be introduced into the formula

M=

As

m sin
y 0,9966 cos g
always near 90 or 270, sin

is

+ m=y

where the sign

is

The second

0,9966 cos g sin cp -\- cos

be selected so that the value of

to

for

sake

the

sin

<p

m may

sin

(G +

t)

always be positive.

part of the above expression

0,9966
(which,

+ cos Cpj sin g sin (G + t).

can be considered equal to +1, so we have

sin Cpj

of brevity,

cos g sincp

may be

coscp sing sin(G

by the

called

t)

V) contains only values which

letter

depend on

L', such as cos g, sin g, G, or which, for a given value of L', depend only
and therefore the values of r' can be tabulated for each value of L' with the
two arguments X + /* and (p. This has been done in the Table B which follows, but instead of
the value i -f r' = T has been tabulated to avoid negative numbers.
r'
The value of m can
then be found from

directly

on

/!t

and

<p,

m = + (y +
B and D ought

Both Tables

from 0 to 360

L'

0 to

360 for the case

P being

of

P being near

of

in the case of

take the argument as given in the

first

With the value of m, found by

phase

m,

or

places

with

near 0 or 180, the two tables are combined

P being near

0 L'

is

given as argument,

400" as argument.

in

We

the

need

ascending or descending node, but simply

in the

table.

m =: + (7 +

r'),

we can

find the

magnitude of the greatest

7, which formula can also be tabulated with the arguments u' and

-p--

and (7

u'.

Table

that

cipher

avoid this division into two tables, and the

is

r).

This has been done

in

As

Table C.

u',

when abbreviated

to

two

of decimals has only the six values 0.53, 0.54, 0.55, 0.56, 0.57 and 0.58, every column

of this
so

digits

in

is

one containing the values of

To

180" the table contains, instead of L', L'

no longer care whether the moon

therefore

tables,

the other containing the values of L' from

o",

remember whether P

one single one; but, whilst

case

near 180".

r').

two separate

P being near

in the case of

trouble of having always to

into

to consist of

all

given

is

value of

calculated for another value of

is

values

in

the

first

Table

may

as tenths to the value of (7

u'^,

whilst to

be positive.

y the constant

Instead of giving

r) so that there

is

no need

has been added

u', directly,

u',.

Of
Date of

all

we want only the following ones;

and Greenwich mean time of conjunction in longitude.

elements, then, given by the Canon

eclipse,

its

last

for ascertaining the


SUN IN INDIA.

ECLIPSES OF THE

1,2

L'

longitude

of sun and moon.

(only indication

if

near o" or near i8o).

is

= radius of shadow.
= shortest distance of

shadow's centre from earth's centre.

fi

=. Sun's hour-angle at

Greenwich

u',

(There

no necessity

is

moment

at the

of this shortest distance.

attempting any further explanation of

for

all

the other elements

and formulae noted above, which would be impossible without going into the whole theory, of
Such an attempt is not called for in a work of this kind.)
eclipses.
These elements are given in Table A in the following form:
Column I. Date of eclipse, year, month, and day; Old Style till 2 September, 1752 A.D., New

Style from 14 September, 1752.

Column
Column

2.

Lanka time of conjunction

3.

longitude

of sun

moon

and

degrees,

in

when P

near

when P

in

hours and minutes.

near 0; or longitude of

is

numbers in this column

and indicate that P is near 0,
or that the moon is in the ascending node, whilst numbers over 400 must be diminished
by 400 when it is desired to ascertain this longitude. At the same time these last
indicate that P is near 180, that is that the moon is in the descending node.
= Sun's hour-angle at Greenwich at the moment of shortest distance of shadow's

sun

plus

400,

is

under 360 give directly the value of

Column

counted from mean sunrise

in longitude,

and moon

4.

180; so that

this longitude,

/tt

centre from earth.

= ten times the second decimal cipher of u'^

So the tenths of the
numbers of this column give the last cipher of u' whose first ciphers are 0.5,
and the rest of the number diminished by 5 gives the value of y.
For instance the Une 975 II 14, o h 52 m, 730, 202, 74.66 shows that on the 14th February,

Column

+5+7-

y'

5.

A.D. 975, the conjunction took place at oh 52m after mean Lanka
202,
of sun and moon was 330 (the moon in the descending node),
yi,

sunrise, that the longitude

u'^

= 0,57, and y = 0,34.

Use of the Tables.

Table

gives, in the

column, the year, month, and day of all eclipses visible

first

in

any part

The frontiers are purposely taken on rather too

side. The letters appended shew the kind of eclipse;

of India, or quite close to the frontiers of India.

large a scale, but this

"a"

is

stands for annular,

a fault on the right

"t"

for total,

"p"

for partial. Eclipses of the last

kind are visible only

and are therefore not of much importance.' When the letter is in

brackets the meaning is that the eclipse was only visible quite on the frontiers or even beyond them,
and was without importance. When the letter is marked with an asterisk it shews that the eclipse
was either total or annular in India or close to it, and is therefore one of greater importance.
as

very slight ones

The second column

in India

shews, in hours and minutes counted from

took

place

place

may

in the
differ

from Table D,
furnish the

if

morning or afternoon

for the

required.

arguments

Hut

sunri.se at

Lanka, the time

period of the greatest phase at any particular

very sensibly from the time thus given, and mu.st

The

for the

third,

fourth,

and

fifth

Bcc Art. 40rt, p. 23, panigraph

2,

I'rofcssor Jarobi'a

in

every case be determined

,, and y\
by which can be found the magnitude

columns, headed respectively L,

following Tables B, C, and D,

and the moment of the greatest phase of the eclipse

'

mean

This column serves only as an indication as to whether the eclipse

of conjunction in longitude.

at a particular place.

remarks ou tclipscs uuDtioneJ

iu

Imlian inscriptions.

[K. S.]

SUN IN

ECLIPSES OE THE
H

Table
calculated

well

(as

Table D) consists of seventy-two

as

a particular value of

for

table with a double argument, giving

and

<$,

which

augmented

and

value of y"

tlie

is

is

vertically the latitude

are,

by the value of , given in Table A. The reader selects that table

L given by Table A, and determines from it, by interpolation

and

(p

value of

/+/ic, the

The

7".

a greater degree of accuracy

If

and

:p

desired,

is

it is

the value of 7" by both tables preceding

a-|-;,

the given value of L, and to interpolate between the two values of y" so found.

following

The arguments

tables

little

i;^

nearest to the value of

is

with the arguments

y'

each of which

different Tables,

taken in tens of degrees. Kach of these

necessary to determine, with the arguments

and

the longitude A of the given place, the latter being stated in degrees from

horizontally

Greenwich

INDIA.

of y"

value

final

added

is

to the value of y' given

by Table A, and

value ot

this

y" serves as argunjent for Table C, which gives directly the magnitude of the greatest phase

at the given place in digits, or twelfths of the sun's diameter.

Table

moment

arranged just

is

like

Table B, and

of the greatest phase at the given place

gives, with the

arguments

^ and

/.+

//,

the

ghatikas and their tenths, counted from true

in

sunrise at the given place.

The
and the

first

value

in

each

poses of interpolation. Therefore

exactly with the

given

eclipse

As

moment

does

might

exceed

not

have

been

15

invisible

degrees,
after

it

before sunrise

it

is

when / +

/Ci

first

or

last

end of the

beginning of the eclipse before sunset.

the

or

for pur-

coincides

and the

possible that in the given place the

is

sunrise,

At

than the

less

both cases, when the difference between A

in

visible

is

more so when

still

moment

Both values are given only

both cases the greatest phase

in

But

corresponds to a

after sunset.

or last value of the line, and

first

greater than the last value.

value

B and D

of Tables

line

value in each line to a

last

by

the tables give only the time for the greatest phase this question must be decided

direct

calculation.

EXAMPLES.
Example
(p,

is

Table

gives: 540

Jalna has

(p

z= 20,

Table B.

1=

490

VI

AD.

the echpse of the 20th June,

and whose longitude,

19 48' N.,

Was

i.

20,

A, is

75 54' E.

/h 57m

540, visible at Jalna,

490

[/.

=1 314

=
A+^ =

and

Cp

20"

and A

/x

:= 35,34

y"

=
=

30

=: 30,

y'+y"
Table

Table

D.

gives,

with

L =

490

y'

y"

gives,

<p

magnitude

the

36,20,

with

20

and X+f^

latitude

76

gives, with

whose

0,86

36,20

of the greatest phase as nearly 8 digits.

30,

the

for

moment

of the greatest

phase, 24.8 ghatikas or 24 gh. 48 pa. after true sunrise at Jalna.

Example 2. Was the same eclipse

whose longitude, A, is 71 26' E.?
Table A gives: A.D. 540 VI 20, 7h.57m.
Multan has
= 30 and

visible at Multan,

L=z490.

Table B.

= 490

gives, with

-^o"

and

>.

{^

3i4"

Air

71

/.i.

= 2$".

whose

is

30"

13'

N.,

and

7':^ 35,34

25

f4=:
.

latitude

y"

7'

0,76

/ = 36,10

^^^^
^
'
(0.80 and 0.72)
'

ECLIPSES OF THE

"4

SUN IN INDIA.

Table C gives, with 7' + y"=36,io, the magnitude of the greatest phase as exactly lo digits.
Table D. L=490 gives, with 4) = 30 and A + /^ = 25, for the moment of the greatest phase,
24,0 ghatikas, or 24 gh. o pa. after true sunrise at Multan.

Example
latitude,

Table

is

(p,

Was

3.

VI

gives: 913

Trivandrum

has,

7656'E.?

A,

L = 48o

8 h.35 m.

7,

;= 8

($)

the eclipse of the 7th June, A.D. 913, visible at Trivandrum, whose

and longitude.

8 30' N.,

= 323
= ^^
A +
= 40

7'

/^

and

= 44,98

A.

iM

L = 480

Table B.

gives, with

= 8

4)

and A

/.4

= 40",

y"
7'

Table C shews, with

= 480

Table D.

or 26 gh.

y'

y"

= 46,00, that
cp = 8 and

;tt

40,

total at Tri\?andrum.

moment

for the

of totality 26,2 ghatikas

=:

480

gives, with

(p

eclipse visible

Lahore whose

at

L = 48o

= 32

and A

latitude,

= 323
A= 74

y'=: 44,98

A^

= 37,

-f ^a

gives, with 7'

Table D.

L = 48o

table

this

+ 7" = 45,67,

3i''33'N.,

is

cp,

/'

r'

Table

-)-

= ,02
= 46,00

12 pa. after true sunrise at Trivandrum.

ExAMi'LE 4. Was the same

and longitude, A, 74 16' E..?
Table A gives: 913 VI 7, 8 h. 35 m.
Lahore has ($ = 32 and

Table B.

was

the eclipse

gives, with

y"

0,69

r"=: 45 ,67

the magnitude of the greatest phase 4,8 digits.

0=332 and A

+ ^ 37, for the moment of the greatest phase

26,9 ghatikas, or 26 gh. 54 pa. after true sunrise at Lahore.
In all these examples the value of L (Table A) was divisible by 10, and therefore a special
for

will

mostly

case

we may

instance,

if

gives,

was found

value

be the

with

case,

there

Table B.

no special table exactly

take the small table

is

in

Table B

we may work by

233

When

in
is

not divisible by 10, as

In such a

nearest to that given.

when L

230, or

is

the given value.

fitting

for the value of

the table

the value of

Thus

for

487 we may work by

is

L
490 and proceed as before, but the result will not be very accurate. The better course
take the value of y" from both the table next preceding and the table nex-t following the
given value of L, and to fix a value of y" between the two. ^ Thus for L
233 we take the
value of y" both from Table 230 and from Table 240 and fix its truer value from the two.
But where the only question is whether an eclipse was visible at a given place and there is no
the Table
is

to

necessity to ascertain

Example
latitude,

Table

Cp,

is

5.

<p

magnitude, the
the

eclipse

first

process

is

sufificient.

of the 15 January, A.D. 1032, visible at Karachi, whose

24 53' N., and longitude. A, 6657'E.?

gives 1032

Karachi has

its

Was

= 25,

15,

L = 70i

loh.im.

((4

and
A

Table B.

L 1=700 gives,

with

i:p

= 342

-^.

67

49

= 2 5 and A + = 49... 7"

=0,6-?

..7"

=0,69

TableB.L = 7io

/*

,,

J
!'

^^

7'=:45,46

.
'^'

^oi

^
./'=o,64

7'
1

Here the auxiliary

tabic lo Tabliu VI.

and VII. ubuvo miiy be

iisid.

[R.

S]

?'''

= 46,10

'

SUN /N

ECLIPSES OE THE
Tabic

gives, with y'

L 700
'

Table D.

^
,,
^ ,
Table D. L

= 46,

y"

gives, with

cp

710

,,5

the magnitude of the greatest phase as 10,0 digits.

o,

and A

== 25

INDIA.

+
^

/ot

'^

= 49,
'^^

25,7

26,0

^"

or

t
L

for

moment

-.1

for the

701,
'

of the greatest phase, 25,7 ghatikas, or 25 gh. 42 pa. after true sunrise at Karachi.

Example
longitude,

Table

Was

6.

88 23' E.

A,

gives 1032

Calcutta has

10

15,

h.

m.

= 70i

jtt

is

latitude,

= 342
= 88

/*

=:

a'

A
A

whose

eclipse visible at Calcutta,

and

23,

::=

same

the

is

cp,

70

the eclipse of the 31st. December, A.D.

1358 XII 31,

(J)

Was

7.

23 45' N., and longitude,

gives:

Dhaka has

90 23' E.

28 m.

h.

A,

280

T
ui
Table

L
D TL
B.

288

Table

290

=: 213

,(*

=
=

gives, with <h

24

and A

i^

303,

7"

+ ^

= 0,42

L 280
T
L 290

Table D.
,

T^

D.

gives, with

y"

7"

z::

0,36

45.84

45,48

7"

45184, the magnitude of the greatest phase as 8,5 digits.

<p

y'

303
^

7'

gives, with y'

'

90

"
,, (. orforL 288
7 =10,351

therefore invisible.

1358, visible at Dhaka, whose

and

24,

is

Table B.

~
Table

45,56

greater than the arguments for which values are given in Table B, 700 and 710. This

EXtVMPLE.

Table

7'

indicates that the greatest phase of the eclipse takes place after stmset and

latitude,

22 36' N., and

is

(J),

24

and X

fi

0,0

^ ^
... 0,2

303,

,,

,,

or for

288, for the

moment

of the greatest phase 0,2 ghatikas, or o gh. 12 pa. after true sunrise at Dhaka.

Example
longitude.

Table

Bombay

Was

8.

72 51' E.

A,

1358 XII 31,

gives:

has

the same eclipse visible at

<p

Bombay whose

28 m.

h.

=: 288

+ ^

This

/ess

is

jCt

ig"

A
A

latitude,

213

and

y'

the

that

greatest

45,48

73

=: 286

;a

than the arguments for which there are values given in Table

indicates

18 57' N.,

<$, is

B 280 and B

290.

phase of the eclipse took place before stmrise and was

therefore invisible.

Example
<p,

is

Table

34 6' N.,

gives:

Srinagar has

:p

Was

9.

the eclipse of the

and longitude,

A,

VI

h.

14 m.

141

34,

7,

7tli

74 55' E.

June, A.D. 141

5,

484

/x

and

A
A

Table B 480 gives, with

T- L,
D

Table B

490

,,

visible at Srinagar,

4)

zz 34

,,

and A
,,

;tt

4
,

289

IT

+ ^

y" z=o,8i

gives, with y'

y"

I/O
0,82

y'

35,58

y
/

=z

0,81

1,

or for

L t484
*t

For the

visibility of the beginning of the eclipse see page 111.

For the

visibility of the

eclipse see page 111.

y" zz 36,39

36,39, the magnitude of the greatest phase as 3,3 digits.

end of the

latitude,

75

y'

Table

whose

D
^
^
Table D

480

Table
,

SUN IN INDIA.

ECLIPSES OF THE

ii6

gives, with

490

and A

34"

+ ^

=: 4",

18,8

i8.9

.,

or for

moment

484, ior the

of the greatest phase 18,8 ghatikas, or 18 gh. 48 pa. after true sunrise at Snnagar.

Example
Table

gives:

Madras has

\f E.?
141 5 VI

Cp

Was

10.

longitude, A, 80

same

the

7,

L =

14 m.

h.

whose

eclipse visible at Madras,

484

Table B.

,5

Table B.

{/.

and

13,

L 480 gives, with ^il" and

L490

,,

9,

jt*

,,

7"

i
^

latitude, $, =r 13

|(*

484 ...
^
^

Example

Was

ii.

too

is

much

13

N.,

5'

36.72

1495, visible at Madras,

whose

with

Table C gives, with

7'

L
L

Table D.
phase

7"

'

E.

L=i5S

/4

/.*

=: 349",

7'

7"

is

less

pi

.oS /, or for

7"

54,62

5 5

,03

7+7=55,65

and 7

3-

o pa. after
same eclipse

2 gh.

the

/^

= 349

2'

'

ii,8\

or for

5 5

for the greatest

true sunrise at Madras.

whose

visible at Srinagar

latitude, v,

= 34" 6'

N.,

and

h.

L=i55

55 m.

^
A
A

7'

= 80
= 349

y"-\fi\S

,.

r"

:= 34"

L 50 gives,
TableB. Li 60

Table B.

= 269''

55,65, the magnitude of the greatest phase as 4,4 digits.

1495 VIII 20, 4

gives:

Was

12.

and A

2.0 ghatikas, or

Srinagar has

50 gives, with cp
160

longitude, A, 74

Table

Example

7"

E.?

17'

L 50 gives,
TableB. L160
Table D.

1,14
j

to the south to see the eclipse.

the eclipse of the 20th August, A.D.

and longitude, A, 80
Table A gives: 1495 VIII 20, 4h. 55m
Madras has =: 13 and

Table B.

'^

greater than the values contained in Table C.

is

This indicates that Madras

latitude, ^, is

35,58

7'

7"

7'

and

80

or for

=; 1,14 V

7'

289

1,

N.,

5'

with

,?

34" and 7

/>!

than the values contained

This indicates that Srinagar

is

too

7"
7"

344".

much

in

/^

=: 269

7'

54,62

= 75
= 344

= '72 q^ for L
= 0,69 V

= o '
7
7' + 7" = 55.33
7"

1 5 5
'

"

Table C.

to the north to see the eclipse.

be accompanied by maps shewing the centre-lines,

between A.D. 300 and 1900, but it has
not been found possible to complete them in time, owing to the numerous calculations that have
Such
to be made in order that the path of the shadow may be exactly marked in each case.
It

was intended

that these tables should

across the continent of India, of

maps would

plainly

be

all

eclipses of the sun

of considerable value as a

first

approximation, and

hope

to be able

soon to publish them separately.

Vienna, November, 1895.

R- SCHRAM.

ECL/PSF.S

OF

rifF.

RUN IN

TABLE

A.

INDIA.

nS

ECLIPSES OF THE

SUN IN INDIA.

TABLE
Date A. D.

A.

P.CffPSFS

OF THE

TA

iJ

.V^'yV

IJ-:

A.

IN INDIA.

ECLIPSES OF

THE SUN IN INDIA.

TABLE

A.

ECLIPSES OF THE

TA

r.

SUN IN

liK

A.

INDIA.

ECLIPSES OF

THE SUN IN INDIA.

TABLE

A.

KCfJ/'SFS

OF
T.\

'/HE

S(W IN

IM.K

A.

INDIA.

'2.3

ECLIPSES OF THE

SUN IN INDIA.

TABLE

A.

ECLIPSES OF THE

SUN IN

TA HliK

A.

INDIA.

126

ECLIPSES OF THE

SUN IN INDIA.

TABLE

A.

ECLIPSES OF THE

TA

Dote A.

P.li

SUN IN
K

A.

INDIA.

127

ECLIPSES OF THE

128

SUN IN INDIA.

TABLE
A

F.

B.

ECLIPSES OF THE

SUN IN INDIA.

TABLE
X

y..

B.

29

ECLIPSES OF THE

I30

SUN IN INDIA.

TABLE
A

,x.

B.

SUN IN
TAHIiK. 1}.

ECLIPSES OF THE

/i.

INDIA.

'31

ECLIPSES OF

132

THE SUN IN INDIA.

TABLE
A

^.

B.

ECLIPSES OP TIJE

+M.

SUN IN INDIA.

133

ECLIPSES OF THE

SUN IN INDIA.

TABLE
A

ft.

B.

RCUPSF.S OF THE

SUN IN

TA15LK
A

^.

15.

INDIA.

>3S

ECLIPSES OF

"36

THE SUN IN INDIA.

TABLE
>.

11..

B.

ECLIPSES OF THE

SUN IN INDIA.

TA HLK
A

(.

15.

t38

ECLIPSES OF THE SUN IN INDIA.

TABLE a

SUN /N
TA I5LK I).

ECLIPSES OF THE

INDIA.

'39

ECL/PSES OF THE

SUN IN INDIA.

TABLE
.-,.

1).

ECL/PSES OF THE
TAI'.
A

^.

SUN IN INDIA.

LI-:

I>.

ECUPSES OF THE SUN IN INDIA.

142

TABLE
A

-i-

^,.

D.

ECLIPSES OF THE

TA
A

iL.

SUN IN

I{|>K

1).

INDIA.

'43

ECLIPSES OF THE

SUN IN INDIA.

TABLE
?.

il.

D.

ECLIPSES OF THE
T,\
A

^.

r,

SUN IN

LK

1).

INDIA.

'45

ECLIPSES OF THE

146

SUN IN INDIA.

TABLE
A

/z.

D.

ECLIPSES OE THE
T.\
K

it

SUN IN INDIA.

ni.M

1).

ECLIPSES OF THE SUN IN INDIA.

148

TABLE
>.

y.

D.

ADDITIONS AND CORRECTIONS.

Art. 3i.

p.

/>.

may

better description of the sankrantis

be<^iven thus.

The sayana Mesha

saiikranti, al.so

marks the vernal equinox, or the moment of the sun's passing the first point
of Aries. The sayana Karka sankranti, three solar months later, is also called the dakshinayana
It is tlie point of the summer solstice, and marks the moment when
(soutliward-going) sankranti.
called a Vishuva sankranti,

the

The sayana Tula

southward.

turns

sun

months

sankranti, three solar

also called a

later,

Vishuva sankranti, marks the autumnal equino.x or the moment of the sun's passing the first point
of Libra. The sayana Makara sankranti, three solar months later still, is also called the uttarayana

moment when the sun turns northMesha and Tula sankrantis are also called Vishuva sankrantis,
nirayana Karka and Makara sankrantis are also, though erroneously, called dakshinayana

(northward-going) sankranti.

The nirayana

ward.

It

is

the other solstitial point, the

(or sidereal)

and the
and uttarayana sankrantis.
Art. po, p. 52.

Line

"we

After

6.

of the luni-solar year

Siddhanta {Table

/.,

Cols, ij, i^,

and

After

16.

"The

and the

Cols, ip, 20)

ija, or lya

After "Art. 151 " add;

Lijie p.

Line

/.,

proceed thus" add;

Table

"or

^)

point of the solar year

can be easily found.

according to the process

and suppressions" add;V^e

"intercalations

between the initial point

by the Surya

interval of time
initial

Example

in

will give

i,

Art. 148."

an example.

In

Saka 551 expired, A.D. 629 30 (see Ind.

Let
Ant., XXILL. p. 106); while in our Table Asvina is the intercalary month for that year.
First we want the tithi-index [t) for the moments of the Kanya and Tula
us work for Asvina.

Professor

Chhatre's Table, Karttika

is

intercalary in

In the given year we have {Table /., Col. 19) the initial point of the luni-solar year
on 1st March, A.D. 629, (=60), and {Cols, ij, 17) the initial point of the solar year by
the Ary a- Siddhanta (= 17 h. 32 m. after sunrise on March 19th of the same year). By the Table given
below (p. 151) we find that the initial moment of the solar year by the Siirya Siddhanta was
5 minutes later than that by the Ary a Siddhanta. Thus we have the interval between the initial points
of the luni-solar and solar years, according to the Surya Siddhanta, 'as 18 days, 17 hours, and 47
sankrantis.
at sunrise

Adding

minutes.

[Table

LIL,

this to the collective duration

Col.

i.e.,

p),

156 days,

up to the moment of the Kanya and Tula sankrantis

hours and 52 minutes, and 186 days, 22 hours and 27

hours, 39 minutes, and 205 days, 16 hours, 14 minutes.

minutes respectively, we get 175 days, 5

We work for these moments according to the usual rules (Method C,

For the beginning of the

luni-solar year

Table

/.,

Cols. 2j, 24, 25)

For 175 days {Tabic IV)

For 5 hours {Tabic T.)
For 39 minutes {Do)

p.

b.

9994

692

228

9261

351

479

71

52

708

9335
Our

'

Siiri/a

a,

Siddhinta.

for years

b,

r,

(Table

The time

from A.D. 300

to

I.,

Cols. 23,

of the

Mesha

2-t,

ia) arc calculated by the

saiikrilntis

Siiri/a

Sidd/idiita,

by the Arya Siddhanta from

1100 can be obtained from the Table on

p.

151.

AD.

Jj).

a.

c.

and therefore we give the rule

1101

to

190O

is

given

in

Table

for the
I.

That

THE INDIAN CALENDAR.

ISO

over

Equation

Do.

for b (52)

[Tabic

(or c (70S) (Tab/c-

9335

7.)

186

17/.)

119

52

708

9640
Aj^'-aifi

a.

For the beginning of the

For 205 days
For 16 hours
4

For

'minutes

Equation

Do.

for

(/;)

for

(c)

luni-solar

year

b.

9994
9420
226
3

9643
256
119

156

791

ADDITIONS AND CORRECTIONS.

save

gives

trouble

the

accuracy
it

in

of

making any

calculation according to the Tabic in the text.

required the latter will yield results correct up to 24 seconds, while the

is

'51

Uut

if

great

new Table

minutes.

TABLE
Shewing time -difference

in

minutes between the moments oftheMesha

sahkr^nti as calculated by the Present Surya and First

[The

sign

the

sign

Years

shews that the Mesha sahkranti according

that

it

took place

after,

to

Arya Siddhantas.

the Siirya Siddhc'uita took place before,

that according to the

Arya SiddhantaJ

THE INDIAN CALENDAR.

152

(which

the

gives

increase

with exactness the

initial

in

w.

zc.

a.

b.

b.

a.
c.

for

for the different year-lengths)

c.

it

is

easy to calculate

subsequent luni-solar years. Thus

Table

(Oitr entries in

I.)

b.

For Kali 3402

355 days

)i-4>

For Kali 3403

384 days

895-17
883-51

255-93
971-91

9981

89s

256

195-75

778-68

27 84

196

779

228

34-66

935-97

51-31

For Kali 3404

230-41

714-65

etc.

etc.

etc.

!i4-34

279-15

230

715

279

etc.

etc.

etc.

etc.

etc.

To
of Table

ascertain
I.

how many days

with Table IX.

left-hand side,

there were in each year

it

is

only necessary to use

col.

19

Table IX. gives the figure 57 on

the former being entered in our Table I.

Kali 3403 began 26th February.

and 422 on the right-hand

side,

But since A.D. 300 was a leap-year we must take, not 422, but 423, as the proper figure.
Kali 3402 began 8th March (68).
42368=355, and this in days was the length of Kali 3402.
Similarly (17th March) 441
It

385

may be

days,

years

four

(26 February) 57

384, and this was the length of Kali 3403

interesting to note that in every century there are on an average

of

383

days,

years

twenty-three

and so on.

one year of

355 days, thirty-two years of 384

of

days, and forty years of 354 days.

P. 98.

To

e7id

of Art. 160, add the following; "160(a). To find the tropical (say ana) as well
Find the time of the nirayana saiikranti (xiCd' ^r/. 2j) required,

as the sidereal (nirayana) saiikranti.

by adding to the time of the Mesha sankranti

for the y&z.x

duration of the nirayana sankranti as given in col.

roughly,
there

are

the sayana sankranti took place as

years

many

{Table

of Table

III.,

/.,

Cols, /j /c 77^?) the collective

under head " sankrantis." Then,

ghatikas before or after the nirayana one as

between Saka 445 current, and the year next following or next preceding the

given year, respectively.

" For more accurate purposes, however, the following calculation must be made. Find the
number of years intervening between Saka 445 current, or Saka 422 current in the case of the
Siirya Siddhanta, and the given year.
Multiply that number by i;, or ^^ in the case of the

amount of precession in degrees.

which the sayana sankranti occurs (as shewn
Take the result as days
in the preceding paragraph) by these ayanamsas and divide by 30.
and by so many days will the sayana sankranti take place before or after the nirayana saiikranti
of the same name, according as the given year is after or before Saka 445 (or Saka 422). This
will be found sufficiently accurate, though it is liable to a maximum error (in A.D. 1900) of 15

Surya

Siddhanta.

Take

the product as in ayanamsas, or the

Multiply the length of the solar

ghatikas.

The maximum

error

month

[Art.

by the

2./)

first

in

rule

is

one day

in

A.D. 1900.

The

smaller the

For absolute
of the given date from Saka 445 (or 422) the smaller will be the error.
accuracy special Tables would have to be constructed, and it seems hardly necessary to do this.
distance

d.

THE INDIAN CALENDAR.

'54

Table of Rasis
moments

[The

Simha sankrinti

Rilsis (signs.)

is

of

shewn by

the
s.

sankrantis are indicated by the

3333, degrees

120.]

first

(signs).

of the two entries in cols

2 and

3.

Thus

the

moment

of the

ADDITIONS AND CORRECTIONS.

When

(b)

cases

the year of

current,

When

D.

(a)

both Meshiidi and non-Meshadi, three possible

is

year current,

(/')

Mcshadi

to the civil beginning of the

the era of a date

According to

is

not known,

all

Hindu Astronomy a

month,

known

tithi

on Sunday

at sunrise

and

years,

can

It

(/^)

that

in the

only,

are only seven instances

But

(d)

there

the

current

tithi

of

one year,

one very rare case, end on the same week-day

in the

it

systems

it

cannot stand

in

first

in

two consecutive
There

and second.

1600 years from A.D. 300 to 1900.

in

three consecutive years.

for

two consecutive years

the naming of the civil day, naming, that

but also by the

sunrise,

at

in

year next preceding or next following.

can be connected with the same week-day

tithi

confusion

is

For

three consecutive years.

in

there are thirteen lunar months between the

of

'

the cases in Art. 28.

all

Sunday

cannot end on the same week-day more than twice

It

(c)

in

when

is

non-Mcshadi year

of a bright or dark fortnight of a montli

Chaitra .sukla pratipada stands at sunrise on a

if

possible eras should be tried.

never stands at sunrise on the same week-day more than once

instance,

year expired

non-Meshadi year expired.

(i)

With reference

(II.)

C.

given era

tlie

Meshadi

{a)

155

when

tithi

current during any time of

is,

tliat

if

not only by

day.

Even

months between the two.

If, for instance, Chaitra sukla
ist be current during, though not at sunrise on, a Sunday in one
year; next year, if an added month intervenes, it may stand at sunrise on a Sunday, and conhowever,

this,

sequently

can

only

may be

it

take

place

there

connected with a Sunday

in

are

thirteen lunar

both these (consecutive) years.

may end on the same week-day as it did

month of the same name during the preceding year.
(/) The interval between the weekdays connected with a tithi in two consecutive years,
when there are 12 months between them, is generally four, and sometimes five but when thirteen
For instance, if Chaitra
lunar months intervene, the interval is generally one of six weekdays.
sukla 1st ends on Sunday (=1) in one year, it ends next year generally on (i 4- 4 = 5 =) Thursday.
and sometimes on(i +5 = 6 =) Friday, provided there is no added month between the two. If
there is an added month it will probably end on(i -f6 = o=) Saturday.
According to Hindu Astronomy the minimum length of a lunar month is 29 days,
{g)
20 ghatikas, and the maximum 29 days and 43 ghatikas. Hence the interval between the weekdays of a tithi in two consecutive months is generally one or two. If, for instance, Chaitra sukla
pratipada falls on a Sunday, then Vaisakha sukla pratipada may end on Monday or Tuesday. But by
(1?)

tithi

of

an amanta month of one year

in the pijrnimanta

day from the tithi current at its sunrise, as well

may sometimes be increased to three, and
Vai.sakha sukla pratipada, in the above example, connected with a Wednesday.
A sankranti cannot occur on the same week-day for at least the four years preceding

the existence of the two systems of naming a

as

by

that current'at

we may

find

E.

{a)

any time

in

civil

the day, this interval

and four following.

(/;)

160
I.
(i.)

Table

W.
(ii.)

See Art. 119, par.

3.

To find the apparent longitude of Jupiter. (See Art. 4?, /. .,v, and Table XII.)
find, first, the mean longitude of Jupiter and the sun.
Find the mean longitude of Jupiter at the time of the Mesha sankranti by the following

(c)

To

That of the sun

the sodhya

Add

They arc A.D

is

0" at that

(Art. 26, p.

moment.

n,

Art. 90, p. 52) given in the following Table

4401; 7767; 8389, 8578; 11834; 12645; 15812.

9

to

THE INDIAN CALENDAR.

156

of the apparent

time

the

sum

moment

the

is

of the

Mesha sai'ikranti (as given in Table I., cols. 13 to

mean Mesha sankranti. F'ind the interval in days,

and the given time

between this
mean motion

of Jupiter

during

which Jupiter's place

(for

the

by

interval

is

Table

to

add

and

the

at the given

With

this

If

mean

be more than

it

mean

place

argument

Call the remainder the "

longitude from that of Jupiter.

six signs, subtract

it

first

from twelve signs, and use the remainder.

by Table Z below. Parallax is tiihius when the commutawhen it is more than six. Apply half the parallax to the

find the parallax

not more than six signs, plus

is

the sun's

secondly, the apparent longitude.

find,

Subtract the sun's

commutation".
tion

mean

to the

moment.

To

II.
(i.)

Calculate the

it

place of Jupiter at

the

at

The

i/rf).

ghatikas, and palas

be calculated).

below,

moment of mean Mesha sankranti. The sum is the mean

given moment. The motion of the sun during the interval (Table Y) is

longitude

or

17,

longitude of Jupiter, and subtract from the sum the longitude of Jupiter's aphelion, as given at
bottom of Table Z below. The remainder is the anomaly. (If this is more than six signs,
subtract it from twelve signs, as before, and use the remainder.) With this argument find the equ ition
of the centre by Table Z.
This is minus or plus according as the anomaly is o to 6, or 6 to 12
signs.
Apply it to the mean longitude of Jupiter, and the result is the heliocentric longitude.

mean

the

'

Apply

(ii.)

the equation of the centre (plus or minus) to the

"second commutation".
and twelve signs. With

If

it

more than

is

We

Example.

have

a date in an inscription.

Kumbha, and the sun

by our method "C"

Jupiter being in

commutation

sum

the

Calculating

"In

is

is

the

between

it

Apply

second commutation as argument find the parallax as before.

this

(whole) to Jupiter's heliocentric longitude, and the result

it

first

six signs, use, as before, the difference

Jupiter's apparent longitude.

the year opposite Kollam year 389,

18 days old in Mina, Thursday, loth lunar day of Pushya"

in the

we

Text,

find that the date

"

corresponds to Saka

1 138
current, Chaitra sukla dasami (lOth), Pushya nakshatra, the i8th day of the
Mina of Kollam 390 of our Tables, or March 12th, A.D. 1215.^
To find the place of Jupiter on the given day.

month

solar

gh. pa.

Apparent Me.sha sank,

Add sodhya

in

Saka 1137 {Table

Cols. 13

/.,

/j)

{Table Y)

The given date

-Saka

is

25 Mar.

(84) Tues. (3)

32

51

1138

27 Mar. (86) Tues. (5) 12

12 Mar. (436)

23

(350)
350, then,

The

interval

Neglecting

49", the equation

between Saka

minutes

the

may

mean Mesha

the interval from

and

current and Saka

seeonJs

be taken for 149'.

sankranti to

of
If

anomaly,

it

the equation

1137 current
mnv

on the given day.

12 gh. 23 pa.
is

1136 years.

be taken for degrees.

were 149 31' 12", take the eijuation for 150.

Thus,

And

if

the anomaly

is

so in the case of

149

comma-

For greater accuracy the equation and parallax may be found by proportion

Ution.

and

is

Indian Antiquary, XXIV., p. 307, date No. XI.

'

The year 389

am

in the original

inclined to think that the

seems

to be the etpired year

word used

used to shew the 18lh day of the solar month.

for
[S.

"opposite"
B. D.)

is

There are instances

in

which the word "opposite"

used to denote "expired" (gata).

is

so used

The phrase " 18 days old"

is

ADDITIONS AND CORRECTIONS.

JUI'ITER.

Saka

(Table

Wj
looo

Years

lOO

30

',

At mean Mesha sank

Days (Table Y)

300
50

Mean

long: on the given day.

Deduct Sun's mean longitude from

that of Jupiter

>57

THE INDIAN CALENDAR.

IS8

TABLE W.

number of years
[For finding the 7nean place of Jupiter. Argument
between Saka i and the given Saka year.]
Signs

Surya SidJhanta
5

-H

First

Arja Do.

Sdrya Siddhauta with bija

ADDITIONS AND CORRECTIONS.

TABLE
[Mean

Y.

and Sun. Argument = number of days (ghatikas and

mean Mesha saiikranti and the given moment.]

motion of Jupiter
palas) between

(This

No.
of
days.

is

applicable to alt tie Suldhdntat).

59

i6o

THE INDIAN CALENDAR.

TABLE
[For Equation of

Z.

centre. Argiimetit

Jupiter s

anomaly.

For Parallax, Argument = commutation.]

ADDITIONS AND CORRECTIONS.

i

i6i

INDEX.
~~^aJ\0~*

"(I."

"."

"<;." in

Table

Art. 102,

ejplained.

I.

p.

11;

adhika

variation

to

79,

month,

45

Arts.

49;

48,

p.

17;

19; detailed

51, pp. 25 to .31; Arts. 76

to

under Intercalation, Lunar

also

(see

p.

32,

meaning

Art. 30,

of.

and

note

2, p.

16; Art. 47,

Fasali

the

Art. 71, p. 44;

Era,

and the

Jkbarndma, The,

41;

p.

Kanauj, Art. 71,

Am^ta

system

how

Fazal, Art. 71, p. 46.

Kala

and

Era

the

MultAn

in

months,

lunar

definitiuD,

in

his

day.

Art. 13, p. 4;

system in tabular form. Art. 45,

affects intercalation of

definition

months

in luni-solar

of a

tithi,

id.;

4; see also Art. 13,

p.

were

Ancient,

Aryas,

p.

The

Jri/a Siddhdnta,

of

23; in an actual

limbs; paiichanga. Art. 4,

parichi'iiiga,

p.

p.

First, Art. 17, p.

solar year, definition

Art. 15, and note 3,

and length

of.

note 4, p.

5.

Apara paksha.

planet,

true

and

mean,

defined.

Art.

15,

of,

in

defined.

A.D. 1137, Art. 24, p 11.

26, p. 11; meaning of

Art.

word "apparent", Art. 26, note

Art. 36, p. 19.

and

to.

Art. 49, p. 29

Rule

length

account

Basis of

notes.

mean

37, p. 20;

this work. Art

in

inter-

for finding

of,

p.

36

where used in

the Tables as basis of calculation, Art. 73, p. 47; difference

moment

between

and

Mesha-sankranti

of

as

by the

calculated

the Sdnja Siddhdnta, Art. 96, p. 54, and table.

the.

Art. 24, note 1, p. 11.

(See Vaksha.)

Badi, or Vadi paksha.

Bahula paksha. (See Paksha.)

Solar

reckoning

"Bengali Sau" Era

id.

New

used in. Art. 25, p. 11

in,

Year's

Day

in,

2, p.

use of the

43; of the Viiayati Era

Art. 71, p.

Art. 52, p. 32.

p. 43.

Bcrars, Ganesa Daivajna's works followed in. Art. 20, p. 9.

Bhilskaracharya

1150) mentions the Second .tnja Sidd8

follows the rule given in the Kdlatalia-

(A.D.

Art. 20, p.

rii-fchana for

naming adhika and kshaya

months according

mi'isas.

Art. 47, p 27

to.

Bhdsvall, a Karaya, (A.D. 1099), Art. 20, p. 8

(See Pakaha).

saiikriinti,

the Second, id.

20, 21, pp. 7 to 9,

19,

according

snpprcjised

Apogee, Sun's, longitude

Apparent,

of expunged samvatsaras of the 60-year cycle of Jupiter

hiliila.

p. 5.

in use. Art. 18, p. 7

"Bengali San" Era, The, Art. 71,

2.

lunar month. Art. 12, note 2, p. 4;

of

Arts.

reckoning

now

Bengalis, followers of the Saura school of astronomy. Art. 20, p. 8.

9.

Anomaly

8.

7,

p.

the starry nakshati-as.

the samvatsara current on a particular day. Art. 59, p. 34;

List

in,

angular nioasurement. Art. 22,

Anomalistic, Length of

the.

Bengal.

15.

Angas=

with

acquainted

Bilrhaspatya samvatsara. (See Brihasiiati cluikra.)

Era of Orissa, The, Art. 71, p. 43.

Ariisa, or degree of

name

3;

p.

4; Art. 29, p. 13.

Amrita Siddhi Yoga, Art. 39,

p.

Siir tan).

9.

p.

Ayanamsa, Warren's use of

Art. 7,

of,

ends a paksha or fortnight. Art. 11,

Amli

Mahratta

(See

according to the rule of the. Art. 60,

piiiTjiimanta

it

used

Harsha-KAla Era in Mathura and

system, Art. 51, p. 30.

AmavSsya,

p.

from, Art. 23,

calations

45,

p.

of

compared with
25

Abul

of

Sapfarshi

Art. 71,

length of anomalistic solar

Ai^a-paksha school of astronomers. Arts. 19, 20,

solar

Era. Art. 71, p. 46.

Alberuni,

to

point of Art. 14, p. 5; sidereal longitude measured

first

of year according to First,

established

Ililhi

"Arabi-san" The.
Aries,

reference

in

of,

15, and note, p. 5.

year, Art.

Art. 38, p. 21.

Tithi).

28.

Akbar,

p.

Art.

aecount of longitude, Art. 35,

pp.

Ahargttua,
p.

on

governing.

rules

governing,

rules

tithis,

Line

Apsides,

56.

Abul Fazal, on the Lakshmnna Sena Era, Art. 71, p. 46.

Adhiks miusas, or interi'alnted months, system cxplaincil, Art. 25,
p.

^~OX.aO^

11; "apparent time".

Bija, or correction, Art. 19, p. 7

9; Varilhamihira's, Art. 20, p.

fiijaitka,

id.

Daivajiia's, id.

\i.

p.

8.

in

the

Art.

S;

Art. 50, p. 30.

Art. 52, p. 31.

20 and

Lalla's,

Makaranda,

irf.

Art. 46, p. 27;

notes, pp. 7 to
;

id.

intheAyamp,

Ga^esa

INDEX.

164
Bombay, New

year's day in. Art. 52, p. 32.

Brahmagupta

His

7; Art

p.

Brahma Siddhdnta,

30, note

suremcnl, Art. 38,

1,

p.

p.

Art

to,

38,

system of nakshatra measurement accord-

21

p.

expunged months, Art. 46,

Art.

53

54

to

62.

32

pp

naming

rule for

27; Art. 50,

p.

Brihaspnti sannatsara-chakra,
Arts.

6; Art. 19.

p.

or

siity-year

37

to

30.

p.

of

cycle

Jupiter,

duration of a year of the,

pp. 33 to 36

to 60,

Rules for finding the year current on any day.

Art. 59, p. 34.

Bv'kat tamhilu.

Rule

for

finding the samvatsara current on a

particular day. Art. 59, p. 35

Art

List of expunged samvatsaras

Danda. Length

Dr. R. Schi'am's Article on Eclipses, pp. 109116.

Central Provinces, Gapcsa Daivajua's works followed

Art.

in.

how

of,

regulated

with

17.

Art. 5,

were

acquainted

with the starry nakshatras. Art.

38, p. 21.
p. 46.

71.

or lunar month.

Chcdi Era, The, Art. 71,

p.

1,

Art. 46. note 3,

42.

p.

suppressed months.

27, and Art. 78, and note

in.

1,

p.

49.

Art. 64. p. 38.

in.

(?)

Art. 70, note 2,

in India, Art. 71, p. 42.

Year's

Day

in,

49.

on

inter-

71, p. 46.

107,

Sixty-year

of

p.

Jupiier,

40.
Arts.

5362,

in

inscriptions,

Art.

61,

p.

36,

36;

pp.

3236;

earliest

The

men-

southern

188.

25

108,

Table

longitude.

77

pp. 39

47; use

34,

p.

33

18,

pp.

pp. 48, 49

to 79,

Ai-ts.

19;

45

to 51,

alluded to by

Lunar month);

(See

47, p. 27.

samvatsaras

of

35,

of months,

variations in practice.

expunged samvatsuras. Art. 60 and

List of

every

for

Art. 109, p. 61.

6571,

40.

p.

Arts.

Arts. 46,

36;

5; term

governing. Art 32, p. 17; Variation

samvatsara. Art. 54,

p.

given

61;

p.

Makaranda,

and Arts

:n,

to

of

21.

15, note 4,

Arts. 66, 67, p. 39.

tithis, rules

of

7.

p.

60; greatest possible, according to

Art.

races,

Bhfiskara-charja,

in

the

2-year cycle of

Jupiter, Art. 63, p. 37.

year.

Bengal,

ri,

The,

Art. 71,

p
42,

p.

luni-solar,

New

Madras, Art.

in

Aries, The, sidereal longitude

52,

p.

32;

id.

New

Year's Day ia

measured from.

9.

Dr. F., Art. 71,

71,

Do.

44.

p.

in

id.

piiint

note

p.

40. note 1; on the Chedi Era, Art

on the Gupta and Valabhi Eras, Art.

71, p. 42.

Muhammad's,

Flight,

Daivajna,

Art.

author

161,
of

101.

p.

the Grnha/dghava,

Ij2ll,

(A.D.

1527). Art. 20, p. 8; his bi^a, id.;

mouths according

Art

New

B4.

p.

to.

st

KaraQa

in

of suppresred

Art. 60. p. 30; dilTereut treatment of

Year's Day

p.
in,

39.

Art.

52, p. 32;

37.

Garga's system of nakAhatras, Art. 38,

Gats, a

and of the Brihat and Lat/ku Tithichinldmanit

A.U.

Gaujani,

List of expunged sainvatsaras, Art. 60, p.

pp. 2

defined. Art.

p.

Snka years by. Art. 08.

Current year, defined, Art. 70,

17,

various, treated of. Arts.

account

Ganesa
Indian Eras. List of

and suppressed months, Art. 46, ui>te 3, p. 27. and Art.

and note 1, p. 49. On the Lakshmana Sena Era, Art.

of,

23; note by Professor Jacobi

p.

Expired year, defined, Art. 70,

Fleet,

calated

lion

Art.

by emigrant

Art.

Art. 52, p. 32.

Ciiuuinghain, General Sir Arthur.

Cycle.

Art. 40a,

Siiri/a-Siddhilnta,

The

Fixed

(See Solar day).

39.

p.

4.

p.

War's Day

Colcbrooke, on the Lakshmana Sena Era, Art. 71, p. 46.

Cowasjec FatcU, List of intercalated and suppressed months in
his "Chronologij." Art. 46, note 3, p. 27, and Art. 78, and

7S.

on.

degree of anomaly in the

Fasali

Art. 71, p. 45.

Christian Era, The, current or cipind years

p!

p.

Dr. Schram's paper on, and Tables, pp. 109

Art. 55, p. 83

Chitlagone, The MUgi-san Era used

1,

27.

p.

8.

p.

synodical and sidereal revolutions of moon. Art. 12,

explained.

11.

Professor, list of intercalated and

Chinna Kimrdi, The Oiiko cycle

note

note

id.;

pp.

Sec Lunation, Lunar month

Chara, The. defined. Art. 24, note

New

divi-

7.

2.

of nakshiitras. Art. 35, p. 19;

of,

Yuga).

(See

Expunctiou. Of

Chdlukyan Era, The, Art.

40; Use

2.

p.

"Equal-space-system" of nakshatras. Art. 38,

of,

2.

Civil day. The.

pp

5.

names and Indian

Divyasimhadeva, prince of Orissa, Art. 64,

Eras,

Vikrama year The, Art. 71, p. 41.

Chaldcfa. Names of Hindu days of week derived from,

milsa.

5.

p.

solar day. Art. 6, p. 2.

"Equation of the centre",

Chaitiildi

Cochin,

DvSpura Yuga.

the

performauce

Religious,

reference to tiihis. Art. 31, p.

p.

17,

Elements and Definitions, Arts. 4

See

9.

Chhatrc,

4rts.

Divasa. Sfivana

Art. 6. p. 2.

Dina. or solar day. Art. 6,

note 2,

Buchanan, on the Lakshmana Sena Era, Art. 71, p. 46.

Canon der Finsternisse, by Oppolzer, Art. 40ff, p. 23.

Chiindra

of

Bhikotida, a Karana by Sripati, Art. 47, and note 4,

on

Art. 20, p. 8.

Chaldceans,

37 Onio

64. p.

Bhi-oriddhida, a work by Lalla. Art. 20,

Ecliptic,

p.

Art.

the.

Definitions and general ei|ilanation of

Eclipses,

1,

y. ars,

38.

Days of the week. Names of Hindu, Art.

rule. Art.

60. p. 36.

note

90

of

64. p.

Dakhani system of lunar fortnights. Art. 13,

Dakshinuyana sankr&nti. (See Saiikrdnli).

Brihat TUhichintdmani, The, by Ganesa Daivajua, (A.D. 1527)

20, p.

parirritti

Art. 62, pp. 36, 37; Twelve-

Division of time amongst the Himlus, Art. 6. p. 2.

of the fiO-yrar cycle of Jupiter according to the

Ceremonies,

luni-solar, cycle

Jupiter, Ait. 63, p. 37, and Table XI L; flra/i^i-

of

sions of time,

33; Expuuction of a year of the, Arts. 54

p.

and

intercalated

or

year

the,

19. 20. p. 7, 8.

Brahmapupta, Art. 17,

of

Art. 20, p. 8

ing

23.

1, p.

41. p. 24.

Brahnia-paksha school of astronomers, Arts

Brahma Siddhdnta

19,

mea-

his si stem of naksbatra

21: Art. 40, note

p.

Brahmaiias, The. Art

60-year,

Art. 17, p. 6; Art

year defined. Art. 70

p.

p.

40.

21.

The

Oi'iko cycle.

INDEX.
Kdlatalva-viveciana, The, a work

Ghat!. (Soc ghatikd.)

Ghatikd, Length

Art

1520), Art. 20, p. 8; Art. 60, p. 80; Art. 68,

and note
Gregorian

21,

p.

of,

102, note

p.

compared with that

of,

Karana, Art.

of the Ilijra.

Art. 20,

9;

p.

New

Day

Year's

and by

from

settln-s

p.

Gapcsa

Haiilarfibild,

Art.

in,

Era,

p.

Kanauj, King,

of

Ytar of the

and Gregorian years compared. Art. 162.

from heliacal rising of moon. Art. 164,

Hissabi, The, Art. 161, p.
Ilfihi

Intercalation
Art.

months

of

25,

p.

11;

Art.

of tithis.
Art.

p.

18

in cycles. Art.

50,

29

p.

order of

47. p. 27: by different SiddhJntas,

amSnia and pilrnimSnia systems. Art.

7679,

pp. 4S

p.

KoUam

of months.

months recnrs

p.

Var8ha-mihira,

by
year

cycle

of Art. 63,
beginning
p

37.

p. 37,

p. 37,

8,

pp.

and Table Xll.;

and Table
,

and by Lalla, id

32

ff.;

motion,

heliacal rising of,

for

the

60-year

cycle

id.,

id.,

p.

Tuya).
p.

45

rules governing, Arts.

48,

))p.

49;

35; List of expunged samvatsaras

Jupiter accurdmg to the

rule.

p. 42.

p.

variation

18/ Kshaya

to 51, pp.

25

m4sas,

to 31,

Art. 60, and Table, p. 36. (Sec Erpunction,

p.

and
33;

Lunar

p.

The,

New

work by

Ganesa

Daivajna

Art. 20, p. 8.

Day

Year's

in,

according to Alberuni, Art. 52,

32.

lalla,

Liiukfi,

p.

46,

author of the Dhi-vriddhida. Art. 20,

Anja Siddhdnta.

latitude and longitude

Laukika KSIa Era

The.

of.

p.

8; introduced

id.

Art. 36, and note

2,

p.

20.

(Sec Saptarshi Kfila

Longitude, variation in time caused by. Arts 34, 35, pp. 18, 19.
Lunar month. (See also Foksha, Amdnta, Piinumdnta, Lunition.)
Detini ion of the term. Art.

Art. 60, p. 36.

Kalachun Era, The, Art. 71,

18.

samvatsara. Art. 54,

Lak.hmana Sena Era, The, Art. 71.

of

41; on the Chedi

and note 4; on the Nev&r

42,

general rules governing. Art. 32, p. 17

Tithichinttlmani,

Lahore,

63,

samvatsara current on

Era, Art. 71, p. 41;

pp. 40, note 2,

(See Pakshd).

(See

(A.D. 1527)

marks

eipnnction of a sanivatsara. Arts. 57,

Art. 20,

665),

dtutu, id.

tilhis.

Laghu

XH.

rule for finding the

(A.D.

45; on the Lakshmana Sena Era, Art. 71,

p.

a bija to First

rule

33, 34

The,

month).

sixty-

47, p. 27.

pp

of,

list

tclve-year cycle

The, Rule for mean intercalation of months,

a particular day, Art. 59,

of

p.

to his

of year in one system of 12-year cycle. Art. 63,

Jijotishatattna
59.

20,

53-62.

use of the

Valabhi Era,

101.

p.

the Saptarsbi-Kfila

Era,

Arts. 76 to 79,

twelve-year cycle of the mean-sigu system, Art.

Jgotiska-darpiina

Art

Art.

Arts.

of,

52, p. 32;

Era, Description of the, or Era of Parasurama, Art. 71.

detailed

46.

A.D. 505

Art. 71, p. 41

do. of the

on account of longitude. Arts. 34, 35,

6.

Bija, or correction, applied in

Jupiter.

Art.

in,

Kshaya, meaning of word. Art. 32,

See also

Jacobi, Professor, note on eclipses, Art. 40a, p. 23.

p.

45

Krita ynga

49.

Julian period. Art. 16,

Day

Bralimagupta,

F, on

Dr.

Krishna paksha.

Art. 49, p. 29; by

51, p. 30.

p.

in.

46.

Kshaya

Jahdngir, used the IlAhi Era, Art. 71,

8.

1.

Era, Art. 71,

of nakshatras.

of

p.

Art. 6, p. 2.

of.

Art. 71, p, 41;

in.

of

Kalachuri

or

according to true and mean systems.

note

8,

Kielhom,

the epoch of

17; variation on

19; detailed rules governing the

35, p.

Jr/s.

is

calendar, system explained.

Art. 32, p.

34.

Art. 45 to 51, pp. 25 to 31

Art

his birth

used

The,

Era,

Year's

Era

on the Vikrama Era,

Hindu

in

account of longitude.

p.

32, p. 17.

43.

p.

the

according to Alberuni, Art. 52, p. 32.

in,

Length

New

Khand'kliddya

46.

Indrayumna, R6ja of Orissa, date of

Amli Era. Art. 71.

Day

Year's

Khalif Umar, Art. 161,

Inauspicious days. Certain, Art

Art. 71, p. 43.

102.

p.

Saptarshi-K^la

New

Vikrama

begins

Art.

Art. 52, p. 31.

Kashmir,

KiitbiavM,

101.

Era, The, Art. 71. p

the

102

p.

Vikraina year, The, Art. 71, p. 41.

Kaththa-kalil,

Length of

6; the

p.

the Grahaldghava, id.

Karttikildi

origin. Art. 161, p. 101.

Its

1,

some of the Karanas,

Karaiiaprt^kdsa, an astronomical work. Art. 20,

Heliacal rising of a planet, defined. Art. 63, note 2, p. 37.

Hijra,

id.

note

17,

Kochchanna's

establishes the Harsha-Kula

161, p. 101.

14; "Karapa

p.

45.

71, p. 45.

.\rt.

Helali, The, Art.

Vilviiaia

Makaranda,

the

Blidsvatt

Harshava dfaana

30,

20; further details concerning. Art. 40,

p.

23.

20, p. 8

20,

9.

Harsha-Kdla Era, The, Art. 71,

Art.

panehiliiga.

actual

Arts. 19 to 21, pp. 7 to 9;

works followed

4 and 5; data concerning

An astronomical treatise. Art

PuMha SiddHdntikd, id.; account of

43.

p.

Daiiajno's

Art. 71, p. 45.

in.

cols.

Karana,

in S. India, id.

Gupta Era, The, Art. 71,

an

in

index". Art. 37,

Tithicliin-

Art. 52, p: 32; use of the Vikrania Erain, Art. 71, p.41;

in.

Table Vlll.,

of.

Tithi-

9.

p.

Art. 4, p. 2; definition of. Art. 10, pp. 3,

1;

p.

1,

names

4;

them,

of astronomy followed in. Arts 20,

9; and the Gralialdyhava and Laghu

8,

pp.

Grahaldghava and Laghu

chintu'maui of Gaoesa Daivajna, Art. 20,

id.,

1.

The Brahma school

40.

p.

16, p. 6.

Districts follow the

Kanarese

40.

equation

Art.

of.

Kanauj, Use of Hai-sha-kJla Era

Length

tdmatfi of Gapcsa Daivnjna

p.

37

Art. 64, p.

4.

year,

162,

Art.
Gujarflt,

The,

eycle.

27.

p.

Kalpa, Length

GraJiatdghava. The, a Karava, wriiten by Gapesa Duivajfia(A.D.

Gralia-parivritti

46,

Kali-Vuna, The, Era described. Art. 71,

by, Art. 71, p. 43.

Tables"

Chronological

Chandra,

Giriii

Art. 6, p. 2.

of,

>6S
Sage Vyita.

attributed to the

months, Art. 41,

p.

24.

12a.

and note,

p.

4; names of the

and note 1; originally derived from

INDEX.

i66
Art. 43,

thr nakshatras,

from

names of the

the

45

Arts.

goTerning

rules

detailed

and Table, pp. 24, 25; afterwards

solar months, Art. 44, p. 24;

names of

Art. 45, p.

how

given.

Art.

and

in the Brahma-Siddhtinta,

47,

26; rule in

16, p.

27

p.

50,

id.

of a

suppression

Wn

30;

p.

amanta

by

76

Arts.

col.

and

to 79,

lunar months. Table

Tabic III.,

Kiilatalva-r'tvechana.

and mean systems,

true

month impossible under

months recurs

Part

II.,

piirnimanta systems, Art. 51,

Hindu

48, 49; names of the

pp.

cols. 1 to

i.,

3; Part ii.,cols. 1 to 5;

12,

4; synodical

)).

month-names, general

14, p. 5; Art. 41,

rule, Art.

met with

first

Tdjur Vedas,

in the

from star-names. Arts. 42

id.

5; the former

p.

modem names derived

Luni-solar year. Begins with amanta Clhaitra sukla 1st, Art. 52,

31

p.

when

rule

31;

p.

that day

when Chaitra

rule

adhika or kshaya,

citlier

is

is intercalary,

or luni-solar cycle of Jupiter, Art. 62,

p.

Luni-solar reckoning used in

= mean.

The

p.

Art. 16,

in the, Art. 52, p. 32.

Art, 20, p.

in,

Karana (A.D. 1478), Art. 20,

Art. 71, p. 42

= the

<\i<:

country.

Vikrama Era,

Vdkkya-karaiia,

11;

New

Year's

Day

p.

56; term explained with reference

-c"

and

p.

19;
;

mean

true and

pression of

in

defined.

26,

Table
Art.

note

2,

I.,

20,
p.

p.

p.

41.

months

12,

note 2, p. 4

anoma-

names of

46; Muliammadau, Table

p.

marks the

in longitude

motion by Lalla,

her

to
id.;

mean

how

the

of,

in the

163

Art.

motion

after

Art. 7,

tithi.

id.

tithis,

20, p. 8

.\rt.

and to her apogee,

naming

the

caused

the nakshatras. Art. 43, p. 24

107, pp. 60

age," term used in Table

I,

its

p. 3

bija applied

revolution. Art. 38,

length of her sidereal

moon's

of the centre explained. Art.

"Moon's

lunar equation

f.

meaning. Art. 97,

p.

21

p.

of the lunar

p.

55.

106.

39.

New

71, p. 41.

in. Art.

Muttra. (See Mathuril).

of.

Nadika, Length

Art. 6, p. 2.
Art. 6, p. 2.

of,

Art.

35,

p.

Art. 4, p. 2

length

p. 3;

8,

of,

Art. 38,

p.

21

definition of,

an actual

id.; data concerning, in

Art. 30, p. 16; intercalation and expunctiun

p.

ending

of

19;

points

names

p.

or "nakshatra index," Art.

Table

of,

to the

of,

Art. 38, p. 21

shewing. Art. 38,

of.

37, p. 21;
;

longitudes

22; gave

p.

lunar months. Arts. 43, 44, and Table,

64.

Nepal

Nevar)

(or

KMa

Era

in, id.;

Era,

Art. 71, p. 45; use

The,

Era

use of Gupta

to Tables VI.

and VII.,

Art. 107, p. 60.

p.

11;

11;

meaning of word

"mean

"New Style" in Europe, Art.

New Year's Day, The Hindu,
Nija miisas.

Nirayaua

45.

time," Art. 36,

"niiannoon,"
mean sun,"
mean systems regulating intercalation and sup-

solar day," id.; "

Art. 71, p. 46.

in.

synodical, sidereal, tropical,

102.

p.

localities,

moon's, sun's. Art. 15, note 4, p. 5; Art. 102,

Mean sankninti
"mean". Art.
id.

Titlii-

5.

Milrvadis of Southern India use the Vikrama era. Art. 71,

'

in

9.

MatliurS, Use of Ilarshakala Era in. Art. 71,

"A"

fully detailed. Arts.

in, Art.

of Marsha

71, p. 43.

Ncvflr Era, The, Art. 71, p. 45.

MfirvUdi system of lunar fortnights. Art. 13,

and

Art.

countries,

Art. 52, p. 32.

p.

pp. 24, 25; method for calculating fully explained. Art. 133,

Art. 71. p. 42.

AryaSiddhdnU, kti.tX.f.

chintamani. Art, 20,

p.

in

use of KoUara

Marflthis follow Gayesa Daivajiia's Grahaldghava and Laijhu

Mean anomaly,

Art.

nodical.

listic,

their

solar reckoning used in, Art. 25, p.

the

lengths of

equal and unequal space systems

in.

Malayiljani, school of astronomers use the

20, p. 8; and

Month, Lunar,

panchaiiga.

p. 8.

Art. 71, p. 45.

MSlava Era, The,

pp. 1, 2

3,

101.

to

Use of the Lakshmana Sena Era

Mithila,

Art.

Art. 109, p. 61.

Malabar, Use of the Saka era

in.

05

to 100, pp.

Nakshatra, Art. 1,
8.

Equation of the centre for every degree of anomaly given

au'.ln

135

Nadi, Length

Maisur, Gapesa Daivajiia's works followed

the,

preliminary remarks. Art. 2,

year's day in, according to Alberuni, Art. 52, p. 32.

Art. 71, p. 47.

Makaranda, The,

55.

Sidd/uiuias, Art. 96, Table, p.

Multan, The Saptarshi Kala Era used

Art. 71, p. 45. Kiija-Saka Era.IThe,

MahratU Sur-San Era, The,

11;

Methods, three. A, B, C, for calculation of dates by the Tables,

Mukundadeva, prince of Orissa, Art. 64,

6.

p.

p.

p, 11.

45.

Mahdblidrata, Beginning of year mentioned

of.

takes

Surya and First Arya

Present

the

Fasali

Art. 26, note 2, p. 11.

MSsri-San Era, The, Art. 71,

llahayuga. Length

36

most part of India, Art. 25,

31; difference

Muhammad, date of his flight. Art. 101, p. 101.

Muhammadan calendar, perpetual, by Dr. Burgess p.
Muhammadan months, Table of, Art. 163. p. 102.

32; southern

p.

44.

year. Art. 71, p.

Madhyama,

id.

id.

luni-aolar

mean

at the present day. Art. 26, p.

between

calculation

months

24, 25.

to 44, pp.

naming

for

beginning of the solar year. Art. 52.

files the

in

after the true

rule

Art. 44, p. 24; the

Art. 14, p. 5;

one synodic revolution constitutes 30

24; season-names, star-names. Art. 14,

p.

place

general

the

saukriinti,

months.

Moon, her motion

revolution, id. note 2.

Lunation-parts. (See Tithi-inde.r.)

Luni-sidar

Mesha

Uahi Era, Art. 71,

2.

a natural division of time. Art,

Lunation,

in cycles,

peculiarities observable in the order, id.;

29;

p.

intercalation

of,

and ciijungcd months

intercalated

the latter, id. p. 28; intcrealation of

Art.

cipunction

51, pp. 25 to 31; varying lengths of months.

to

25

Art.

and

intercalation

Mei-idian used in the Tables, Art. 73, p. 47.

I'rf. ;

in the luni-solar calendar. Art. 47, p. 27.

id.,

and note

3,

168,

p.

103.

Art. 52, p. 31

p.

Varies in various

32.

(See adhika tmisas).

Saiiki-Snti.

(Sec Saiikrilnli).

Nirnaycuindhu, The, Art. 31, note,

p.

17.

Art. 12. note

1,

p.

"Old Style" in Europe, Art. 168, p. 103.

Onko cycle. The, Art. 64, p. 37.
Oppolzer's "Canon der JimUmiise", Art. 40a,

p.

23.

Nodical lunar month, Length

Orissa,
in.

New

Year's

Day

in,

of.

Art. 52, p. 32; the

Art. 64, p. 37; use of Amli Era in. Art

Paitamdha Siddhdnla, The, Art. 17,

p. 6.

4.

Ouko

cycle

71, p. 43.

INDEX.
niomi'a

or

Paksha,

Definition

fortnight,

Art.

of,

11,

p.

snkla-, suJdha^-, krishnn"-, behula-, pflrva-, apara-,

Pala,

Art.

of.

Li-iijcth

Art.

Pafichili'ign,

lated according
p.

0,

definition

7; the principal articles

treated in detail, Art. 29 to 51,

of,

pp. 13 to 31; specimen page of

Faheha
Art.

The,

Siddh,!ntii,t,

Art. 30, pp. 14, 15.

a.

Para, Length

Vnruha-Mihira,

of

Art. 20,

]>.

8;

Pardiara Siddlulnta, The, Art. 17,

KAma

Era, The. Art. 71,

Ohko

Parla Kimcdi, The

26.

p.

honour

in

month. End

of,

how determined.

of

the

equinoxes,

tropical s<dar year. Art.

Piirnimd,

definition

reference

in

and

5;

15, p.

Art.

of.

p.

7,

4; Art. 29,

compared

aSects

it

calendar.

p.

4;

luni-solar

in

p.

54,

Art. 19, p. 7

Art. 20,

20, p. S.

.\rt.

p.

by

on the Lakshmana Sena Era, Art.

follow

in,

the

Brahma-paksha school of

Sayana

Shah Jahun used the

Rdma-viaoda, The, Art. 71, note

.\rt.

2,

p.

64, p. 39.

59,

note

2,

Year- measurement
is

list

of ex-

when

by

reckoning

Saka

Art. 60, p. 36.

for

performance

Siddhunia, The, Art. 17.

Era,

The,

sometimea

96,

p.

9.

46.

p.

71, p. 45.

according to the different

different,

9 differences in results

to

37, p. 20

.\rt.

account of

note 1;

id.,

especially in

the matter of adhika and kshaya milsas, Art. 49, p. 29.

Art. 47, p. 27.

.Sripati,

30; coincidence of sidereal

p.

and tropical signs of zodiac according

Art. 23, p. 10.

to,

revolution of moon. Art. 12, note 2, p. 4; length of

lunar month. Art. 12, note

and length

of.

Art.

2,

p.

4;

15 and note

3,

solar year, defip.

revo-

lution of earth, id.

p.

of,

how

regulated,

6; Art. 59, note

represented

in

Year's

Day in.according

Sodhya, defined. Art. 26,

Solar

days,

preparing

Art. 31, p. 17.

Somaka

Art.

19, 20, pp. 7, 8.

.\rts.

a Siddhunta,

to Albcruni, Art. 52. p. 32.

Mahratta

Smrititatlvdmfila, The, Art. 71,

35;

p.

punged samvatsaras of the 60-year cycle of Jupiter, according

day

as

of,

Saka Era, Art. 71,

Riija

p. 47.

42.

Rasi, or sign of the zodiac. Art. 22, p. 9.

ceremonies,

49;

p.

moment

(See So/ar months).

Era, Art. 71,

llahi

Rilja, established the

Religious

Inni-solar

79,

Siddh4ntai,

Sdri/a

Era of the Mahrattas, The, Art

New

the

Sexagesimal division of the circle in India, Art. 22,

Sivaji,

to the rule of the

Art.

(See Sahk-rdntt).

sai'ikranti.

Sindh,

Art.

in

Table;

affects

(See Saptarshi Kd/a).

Ramachaudradeva, prince of Orissa,

.Sripati,

(See also the Additions and Corrections,

Rijyiibhisheka Era, The, of the Mahrattas. Art. 71, p. 47.

Ratnamdld of

months

of

dis-

in this work,

the

of

Siihha Samvat Era, The, Art. 71, p. 46.

9.

p.

and mean,

word

difference

and

Ari/a

the

and Table.

nition,

astronomy. Art. 21,

shewing

table

Siddhdnta Siromani, The, Art. 50,

47.

71, p. 46.
residents

of

and

25,

p.

Siddhdnia Sekhara, The, of

use of the Saptarshi Kala Era in. Art.

Dr.,

Slitra,

149161).

pp.

Sidereal

Rajendra Lai

to 36;

36;

p.

37, and Table

p.

true

incidence

expunction

45,

p.

use of the

the

the various. Arts. 19 to 21, pp. 7

5.

p.

The, Art. 17, p. 6; length of year

in use, Art. 18, p. 7

The,

and

Art. 17, p. 6; what

4,

pp 33

50 to 00,

Art. 60 and Table,

23,

11;

p.

how

12;

Art.

Art.

of,

Art. 26,
p.

Saura masa, or solar month.

71, p. 41.

R^jputAna,

27,

Siddhunlas,

8; corrections introduced in the,

Taraiigini,

definition

tinguished.

Shahi"u--San

Sidd/idnta,

now

12-year cycle of Jupiter, Art. 63,

the

Sastra KSIa Era, The.

months

of

Rija-Saka Era. The, of the -Mahrattas, Art. 71,

Raj4

p.

in tabular form, Art. 45, p.

intercalation

Radius vector. Art. 15, note

to,

the

current on a particular day, Art.

of expunged

list

of a tithi, id.

30.

p.

See also Art. 13,

(See Kollam).

Xdjamrit/diika

p.

4.

p.

(See Paksha).

Pflrva paksha.

according

for

(kshaya samvatsara) Art. 54,

a,

practice. Art.

in

finding

Saura-paksha school of astronomers,

amuota system

with

how

according to the Sdiya Siddhunia,

of,

Saptarshi Kala Era, The, Art. 71. p. 41.

10.

13.

p.

system. Art. 51,

Qnilon.

length of

system of lunar months, definition. Art. 13,

Pflrnimiinta

25;

the

to the coincidence of

name

ends a fortnight, or paksha. Art. 11,

p.

variations

calculated

2.

and tropical signs of the zodiac. Art. 23,

sidereal

33;

Mcsha

Art. 7, p. 3.
Prativipala, Length of. Art 6, p.

69,

60-ycar cycle of Jupiter, Arts. 53 to 02,

the

37; duration

intercalation

Art. 6, p. 2.

oi;

Art.

6;

p.

day for performing. Art. 31, p. 17.

31, p. 17.

Pratipadil, or first tithi of the

of

to

Art. 54, p. 33; expunction of

Art.

Prina, I/cngth

Precession

32

Sai'ikr'inti,

proper day for performinsr, Art.

of,

17,

Art. 63, p. 37, and Table XII.

42, note 2.

p.

Art.

Sankoshtanusana-chaturthi, a certain religious observance, proper

Persian, old calendar of Yazdajird, Art 71, p. 47.

Fhatteiuhaprakdia, The, Art. 71,

The,

XII.; of the 12-year cycle of Jupiter of the mean-sign system,

Art. 64, p. 37.

in.

description of the

39;

p.

Veda).

(See

Samvatsara,

of

45.

p.

cycle in. Art. 64, p. 37.

Pedda KiineUi, The Oiiko cycle

Ceremony

Samhilds.

59, pp. 34/;

Pttultia Siddhdnia, The, Art. 17, p. 6.

Pitri,

Brahma Siddhdnia,

rules

2.

Art. 67,

solar,

as

p. 42.

71,

note 2, p. 34.

p.

Art. 6, p.

of.

Art.

pp.

note 1, p. 6.

17,

Parasn

Art. 4, p. 2; calcu-

of.

one or other of the SiddhaHlas, Art. 19,

to

Tamil country
Sdkalya

2.

p.

1;

p.

1,

4;
id.

167

Bengal

2, p.

and

34.
the

correspondence
calendars,

"mean

p.

16;

its

cause, id.

Solar months. The,

of.

Art.

p,

Art.

", Art.

.\rts.

23, and note

23
1,

p.

46.

11; Art. 90,

of,

with

31, p.

p.

tithis

52.
for

purposes

36, p. 19; variation in lengths

to 28, pp.
p.

of

16; how named. Art. 31,

of,

9 to 13; zodiacal names

10; named after lunar months,

INDEX.

i68
and note

23

Art

10; lengihs

2, p.

Warren,

by

given

Art.

corresiiondeme

1,

11;

calendar. Art. 31, p. 16; intercalation and expunction of

biginiiiiig; of.

28. p. 12; varying rulrs guverniuK the beginning of,

An.

Solar year, vanities of the, defined. Art 15,

Mrsha

saiikranti, Art.

52,

Soma

Siddhiinla, The, Art.

5;

p.

6; Art. 59, note 2, p. 34.

17. p.

New

Day

Spathta,

true or appparent. Art. 26. note 2, p. 11

SrSd.iha ceremony. Proper day for performing

his Balnamild, Art. 59, note

27;

4,

(See Paksha).

the

fixes

Art

tithi,

7,

3; longitude of his apogee in A.D, 1137, Art. 24, p. 11,

"mean sun," Art. 36, p. 19; solar equation of the centre

p.

Sura, Length

(See Expunction).

tithis.

Length

word

'true",

and

of,

length of year according

Art. 17. p. 6 and Art. 18

to.

notes
p. 7; account of the. Arts. 19, 20, 21. pp. 7 to 9, and
Tables, Art. 37. p.

basis of luni-solar reckoning in the

length

trnc

months according

Art.

50, p. 29; list of suppressed

Art.

50,

year

of the

54,

33;

p.

20

Art. 43, p, 25,

to,

months according

to the.

duration of a Burhnspati/a samvalsara, or

29;

p,

Rule,

and note

1, p.

34;

Art. 60, p. .36; ilifference between

as

list

of

expunged

calculated by the

moment

of

Mesha>

and the Arya Siddhdnta,

Art. 96, p. 54, and Table; greatest possible equation of centre

according to the. Art. lOS,

Synodic,

Lunation).

(see

Tabakdt-i-Akbar,. The, Art. 71,

73

iu

47

and

explanation

TMkhi

lUlhi, The, Art. 71, p

The,

follow

the

in.

p.

the

Saka
in,

Era

Art

one

of

the

p.

used

71,

elements

definition of. Art. 7, p

astronomical

reason

for

Art.

20,

Valabhi Era, The, Art. 71,

VAra,

p.

week-day. Art. 4,

or

Hindu, Art.

5,

43.

2,

1,

p.

6; Art. 20, p. 8; Art. 40, note

rdsishtha

Siddhdnta,

6,

The,

p.

in.

3;

Art.

71,

23.

40.

p.

2.

p.

Art.

p. 6; Art. 59, note 2,

17,

34.

p.

Kochchanna, author of

Vfivilala
p.

Karatw, A.D 1298, Art. 20,

8.

Art. 41, p. 24.

Veddiiga Jyotisha, The, Art. 17,

28

6; Art 44, p. 25

p.

beginning of year according

of.

Art.

6.

p.

Art. 47,

Art. 32, p. 32.

to.

2.

Kalaihuri, Defeat of Eastern Chfllukyas by. Art. 71,

Vijala

as

solar

Art.
"

42; use of

and Mcshadi,

p.

p.

40.

42.

71,

Art.

41;

p.

70,

39

Art. 67, p.

note

"Northern

2,

not used by

The

40;

p.

"

and

Southern

Hindu

described.

"

id.,

.Hamvat", p. 42.

Vilfiyati year.

Vinftdi,
in.

Art. 71.

paiichilnga. Art. 4,

varying lengths

varying

p.

Tribhuvana Malla, established the C'balukya Era,

Art. 71, p. 46

2.

45.

of

1,

5.

year defined. Art. 70,

=; solar day. Art.

Vfisara,

Vikramfiditya

8.

p.

names of days of the week,

2;

p.

2.

p.

Varuhamihira, author of the Fahcha Siddhdntikd, Art. 17, notes

Astronomers,

9.

46.

Tirhut. use of the Lakshuiana Sena Era

Tithi,

(See Paksha).

Vikraraa Era, sometimes represented by Tamil calendar makers

Art. 25, p. 11.

V dkhja-Karana,

nomical calculations since A.D. 1298, Art. 20,

Kollam dndu

Arts.

of,

present Siirija Siddhdnta for astro-

Time-divisions, Hindu, Art. 6,

TinncvcUy,

p. 21.

(See Sarikrd'di).

Vikrama, "King-(?), Art. 71,

and the Anja Siddhdnta, Art. 21,

Telugus,

Art. 36, p. 20;

used in the Tables,

of,

karaiia. The, an astronomical work. Art. 20, p. 8.

Vighati. Length

46

p.

Tamil school of astronomers use the

8,

inter-

in luni-solar calendar,

101.

Khalif, Art. Ifil, p.

Vdkkya

p.

to 62.

Tamil countries, solar reckoning used

p.

Length of mean

4.

p.

Description

work.

this

to 117, pp,

p. 5.

Art. 73, p. 47.

Veda, The Ydjur

01.

p.

revolution of moon,

lunar month. Art. 12, note 2,

Tables,

p. 4;

meaning

"true time",

11;

"Unequal-space system'" of nakshatras. Art. 38,

Vartamiina, a

samvatsara current on

the

finding

samvatsaras of the 60-year cycle of Jupiter according to the

saiikr&nti

meridian

for

p.

mean time",

"Ujjain

Varsha, or solar year, Art. 15, p.

rule

2.

months

60-ycar cycle of Jupiler according to the. Art.

a particular day. Art. 59,

note2.

12,

Art. 15, and note,

mean systems regulating

of

note 2;

id.,

Vadi, or badi, pakslia.

solar

Art.

of.

27.

UttarSyana sankraoti.

of

uote

and

true

suppression

Lauki).

(see

longitude

month.

aud length

Art. 26, and note 2, p. 11;

Art. 26,

19;

36,

Ujjain,

Art. 52, p. 32.

in.

lunar

of

Siirya Siddhdnta, epoch of Kali-yiiga according to the. Art. 16,

6;

Day

sai'ikianti defini'd,

Sfir-San Era of the Mahrattas, The, Art. 71, p. 45.

p.

49; conversion of

80, p.

Utpala, a writer on Astronomy, Art. 17, note 2, p. 6.

Art. 6. p. 2.

of,

Art.

82. p. 50.
Year's

solar year, definition

Umar

f.

Suppression of samvatsaras, months, and

20;

p.

(See Yuga),

Art. 47, p

Sun, moon's distance from, in longitude

Art. 107, p. 60

New

calatiim

(See Patsha).

Sukla paksha.

True

Art.

(See Faksha)

Suddha paksba.

Sudi, or Sudi, paksha.

37,

solar time, Art.

of

p. 35.

2.

35. p. 19

Art.

Travancore,

Tropical.

Art. 31, p. 17.

a,

celebrated astronorair. Art. 47, and note

Sripiiti,

Art

Art. 32, p. 17; varies in different

tithis).

into lunation-parts. Art. 81, p. 50; do. into measures of

Treta yuga.

52. p. 32.

in, Art.

of,

(adhika and kshaya

localities,

Tithi-indei,

11.

p.

Southern India, system "f lunar fortnights, Art. 13, p. 4;

Year's

irf.

begins with

SI.

p.

Solar reckoning used in Bengal, Art. 25.

of. Art. 29 p
13;
with solar days for purposes of preparing

3; details concerning the, and names

p.

inaccurate li-nglhs

1(1;

[)

note

24,

according to difTcrent

of,

Slddhintoi, in tabular form. Art 24,

length

of,

of.

of.

Year's Day. Art. 52, p. 32; Art. 71, p 43.

Art. 6, p. 2.

Vipaln, Length of. Art. 6. p. 2.

46.

New

Length

2;

Art, 7, p. 3;

Art. 7, note 1,

Virakesvnradcva, prince of Oiissa, Art. 64. p

Vrata. Proper day for performance of

Pfiddhi, meaning of word. Art. 32,

a,

p.

39.

Art. 31,
18.

p.

17.

INDEX.
Warren

Ilia

KdUuankalita, Art. 24, nolo

lengths of 9olar m^inths recorded in. id

Art. 71, p. 40.

iioU-

p.

1,

11-.

inaccurate

on the Christian Era,

2; on the VilAjaii Era, Art 71,

note 1; on thn Kollam

Kra, Art. 71, p. 45, note 4j

p.

43,

on the

Qraha-farivritii cycle. Art. 64, p. 37.

Week-da\ names, Hindu, An.

Yiizilajird,

Year.

The

beginning
Arts.

5,

Old Persian calendar

53

p.
of.

Hindu, solar, Inni-solar, or

of,

Art.

to 02,

pp.

62,

32

p.

to

31;

Art.

63.

current

37;

(rarlamdna)

year" disiiniiuishcd. Art. 7f,

Yoga. Art.

1.

1;

p.

Art.

4,

p.

p.

2;

of,

30, p

13, "

71. p. 47.
liiimr.

GOyear

Art.

cycle

2.5.

of

p.

11;

Jupiter,

37; twelve-year cycle of Jupiter,

expired

an actual pnnch&n^a, Art.

index", Art. 37, p. 20; special yogas, and

22.

Yogas, Method for calculating, fully explained. Art.

l.'!3,

Yoga

3>i,

tilrils,

Yuga, Length
Zodiac,

or
of.

igala)

definition of, Art. 7. p. 3;

id.\ data concerning, in

length

and

40.

auspicious and inauspicious onrs. Art. 39, p

2.

Art.

169

chief

siai-s

Art.

10, p.

The Hindu, An.

22.

of the nakshatras, Art.

0.
p.

9.

p.

64,

p. 21.

BeOK MUST BE CHAT^aED

WITH CASE

RETURN TO

use
DfI^^^ "^^

l^^r"*
lOAN
DEPT.

5k

IS

due on

rt,.

BORROWED

u.. J

---^^^^^-^^~^m-i!72.,iiM(yJ_

(P6S72glO)476-lA.32

RETURN TO

the circulation desl< of any

University of California Library

or to the

NORTHERN REGIONAL LIBRARY

FACILITY

BIdg. 400, Richmond Field Station

University of California

Richmond,

CA

94804-4698

ALL BOOKS MAY BE RECALLED AFTER 7 DAYS

2-month loans may be renewed by calling
(510)642-6753
1-year loans

may be recharged by

bringing books

^ONRLF

.rcu,a.,onO,k

Renewals and recharges may be made 4 days

prior to due date

>

DUE AS STAMPED BELOW

DEC

1 6 1994

M\

m^

Santa Cruz JiT-

SEP

2 1994

UNIVERSITY OF CALII-URNIA, BERKELEY

FORM NO.

DD6, 60m,

83

BERKELEY,

CA 94720

GENERAL LIBRARY

U.C.

BERKELEY

lilliliilill
BQDD?07aL7